BOARD POLICIES
BOARD POLICIESPOLICY MANUAL:
This site contains the official board policies for the board of directors of the Red Oak Community Schools. Policy development is a dynamic, ongoing process. New problems, issues, and needs give rise to the continuing need to develop new policies or to revise existing ones.
How To Use This Policy Manual
The Red Oak Community School District operates according to policies established by its board of directors. The board develops policies after careful deliberation, and the school administration implements them through specific regulations and procedures. The board reviews and evaluates its policies and makes revisions as necessary.
The manual is organized according to a numeric codification system. There are nine major classifications bearing a numeric Series Code.
100 SCHOOL DISTRICT
200 BOARD OF DIRECTORS
300 ADMINISTRATION
400 EMPLOYEES
500 STUDENTS
600 EDUCATION PROGRAM
700 NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS
800 BUILDINGS AND SITES
900 DISTRICT/COMMUNITY RELATIONS
Sub-classifications under each numeric Series are based on a logical sequence and coded by the sub-classification numeric code.
How To Find A Policy
There are two ways to find a policy. The first is to click on the "Board Policies" header to expand the list, and then navigate to a particular Series and then review the list of policies included under each Series. To view the policy, just click on the policy name in the menu on the left.
The second way to find a policy is to search for a policy number, keyword, or phrase in the Search box in the upper right-hand corner of this site. It will show results that may match your search word or phrase. Then click on an individual policy or item to review.
Inquiries
Inquires about the policies included in this manual may be directed to the board members or to the superintendent by telephone at (712) 623-6600 or writing the school district at Red Oak Community School District, 604 S Broadway, Red Oak, Iowa, 51566.
100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT
100 - SCHOOL DISTRICT Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 09/08/2020 - 08:31100 - Legal Status of the School District
100 - Legal Status of the School DistrictIowa law authorizes the creation of a Common Schools System. As part of this Common School System, this school district is a school corporation created and organized under Iowa law. This school district is known as the Red Oak Community School District.
This school corporation is located in Montgomery County, and its affairs are conducted by elected school officials, the Red Oak Community School District Board of Directors. This school corporation has exclusive jurisdiction over school matters in the territory of the school district.
Approved May 23, 2011
Reviewed June 26, 2024
Revised March 8, 2021
101 - Educational Philosophy of the School District
101 - Educational Philosophy of the School DistrictAs a school corporation of Iowa, the Red Oak Community School District, acting through its board of directors, is dedicated to promoting an equal opportunity for a quality public education to its students. The board’s ability may be limited by the school district’s ability and willingness to furnish financial support in cooperation with student’s parents and school district community. The board is also dedicated to providing the opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance to and encourages critical thinking in the students for a lifetime.
The board endeavors, through the dedication of the school district’s resources, to encourage students, who come to the school district from a variety of backgrounds, to look forward to the time when they will have jobs, homes, families, places in the school district community, and attain recognition as individuals. In order to achieve this goal, the board will seek qualified employees dedicated to development of their professional skills for the betterment of the education program and for the expertise for educational productivity.
Instruction and curriculum are the key elements of a public education. Critical thinking and problem-solving skills that will assist the students’ preparation for life are instructed as part of a sequentially coordinate curriculum. The school district strives to prepare students for employment, to discover and nurture creative talent and to prepare them to meet and cope with social change in an atmosphere conducive to learning.
The support and involvement of the home and the school district community are essential to achieve educational excellence in the school district. The school district strives to maintain an active relationship with the home and the school district community to create within the students an awareness of dignity and worth of the individual, civic responsibility and respect for authority.
Approved May 23, 2011
Reviewed June 26, 2024
Revised March 8, 2021
102 - Equal Educational Opportunity
102 - Equal Educational OpportunityIt is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district. Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth. In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same educational opportunity.
The Red Oak Community School District does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, creed, sex, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity, age (for employment) genetic information (for employment), socioeconomic status (for programs) or marital status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. The belief in equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students. There is a grievance procedure for process complaints of discrimination. Any person with questions or a grievance regarding this policy should contact the Equity Coordinator, 604 S. Broadway Street, Red Oak, IA 51566, 712-623-6610, greens@redoakschools.org
The board requires all persons, agencies, vendors, contractors, and other persons and organizations doing business with or performing services for the school district to subscribe to all applicable federal and state laws, executive orders, rules and regulations pertaining to contract compliance and equal opportunity.
Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Red Oak Community School District, 604 S. Broadway St., Iowa 51566; or by telephoning (712) 623-6600. Such inquiries may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, John C. Kluczynski Federal Building, 230 S. Dearborn St., 37th Floor, Chicago, IL, 60604 (312) 730-1560, fax (312) 730-1576 OCR.Chicago@ed.gov, the Iowa Civil Rights Commissioner, https://icrc.iowa.gov, (515) 281-4121 or the Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA 50319. (515) 281-5294. This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.
Approved October 13, 2014
Reviewed May 15, 2024
Revised June 26, 2024
102.R1 - Grievance Procedure
102.R1 - Grievance ProcedureIt is the policy of the Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Mr. Steven Green, 2011 N. 8th St., Red Oak, IA 51566, 712-623-6610, greens@redoakschools.org.
Students, parents of students, employees, and applications for employment in the school district will have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination under federal or state regulations requiring non-discrimination in programs and employment.
A student, or a parent of a student, employees, and applicants for employment in the school district have the right to file a formal complaint alleging discrimination. The district has policies and procedures in place to identify and investigate complaints alleging discrimination. If appropriate, the district will take steps to prevent the recurrence of discrimination and to correct its discriminatory effects on the Complainant and others.
A Complainant may attempt to resolve the problem informally by discussing the matter with a building principal or a direct supervisor. However, the Complainant has the right to end the informal process at any time and pursue the formal grievance procedures outlined below. Use of the informal or formal grievance procedure is not a prerequisite to the pursuit of other remedies. Please note that informal processes and procedures are not to be used in certain circumstances (e.g., sexual harassment and sexual assault).
Investigation
Within 15 (fifteen) working days, the equity coordinator will begin the investigation of the complaint or appoint a qualified person to undertake the investigation (hereinafter “equity coordinator”). If the Complainant is under 18 years of age, the equity coordinator shall notify his or her parent(s)/guardian(s) that they may attend investigatory meetings in which the Complainant is involved. The complaint and identity of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses will only be disclosed as reasonably necessary in connection with the investigation or as required by law or policy. The investigation may include, but is not limited to the following:
- A request for the Complainant to provide a written statement regarding the nature of the complaint;
- A request for the individual named in the complaint to provide a written statement;
- A request for witnesses identified during the course of the investigation to provide a written statement;
- Interviews of the Complainant, Respondent, or witnesses;
- An opportunity to present witnesses or other relevant information; and
- Review and collection of documentation or information deemed relevant to the investigation.
Within 60 (sixty) working days, the equity coordinator shall complete the investigation and issue a report with respect to the findings.
The equity coordinator shall notify the Complainant and Respondent of the decision within 5 (five) working days of completing the written report. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.
Decision and Appeal
The complaint is closed after the equity coordinator has issued the report, unless with 10 (ten) working days after receiving the decision, either party appeals the decision to the superintendent by making a written request detailing why he/she believes the decision should be reconsidered. The equity coordinator shall promptly forward all materials relative to the complaint and appeal to the superintendent. Within 30 (thirty) working days, the superintendent shall affirm, reverse, amend the decision, or direct the equity coordinator to gather additional information. The superintendent shall notify the Complainant, Respondent, and the equity coordinator of the decision within 5 (five) working days of the decision. Notification shall be by U.S. mail, first class.
The decision of the superintendent shall be final.
The decision of the superintendent in no way prejudices a party from seeking redress through state or federal agencies as provided by in law.
This policy and procedures are to be used for complaints of discrimination, in lieu of any other general complaint policies or procedures that may be available.
If any of the stated timeframes cannot be met by the district, the district will notify the parties and pursue completion as promptly as possible.
Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a complaint or assisted or participated in an investigation, is prohibited. Persons found to have engaged in retaliation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures.
These procedures do not deny the right of any individual to pursue other avenues of recourse which may include filing charges with the Iowa Civil Rights Commission; the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission; the U.S. Department of Education, Office for Civil Rights; the U.S. Department of Education, Office of Special Education Programs; or the Iowa Department of Education. Any inquiry or complaint to a state or federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.
102.E1 - Annual Notice of Nondiscrimination
102.E1 - Annual Notice of NondiscriminationStudents, parents, employees and others doing business with or performing services for the Red Oak Community School District are hereby notified that this school district does not discriminate on the basis race, color, national origin, religion, creed, sex, disability, sexual orientation, gender identity, age (for employment), genetic information (for employment), socioeconomic status (for programs) or marital status (for programs) in its educational programs ands its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Mr. Steven Green, 2011 N. 8th St., Red Oak, IA 51566, 712-623-6610, greens@redoakschools.org.
102.E2 – Continuous Notice of Nondiscrimination
102.E2 – Continuous Notice of NondiscriminationIt is the policy of the Red Oak Community School District not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, religion, creed, age (for employment), marital status (for programs), sexual orientation, gender identity and socioeconomic status (for programs) in its educational programs and its employment practices. There is a grievance procedure for processing complaints of discrimination. If you have questions or a grievance related to this policy please contact Mr. Steven Green, 2011 N. 8th St., Red Oak, IA 51566, 712-623-6610, greens@redoakschools.org.
102.E3 - Grievance Documentation
102.E3 - Grievance DocumentationName of Individual Alleging Discrimination or Non-Compliance
Name_____________________________________________________________________
Grievance Date______________________________________________________________
State the nature of the complaint and the remedy requested.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Indicate Principal’s or Supervisor’s response or action to above complaint.
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
Signature of Principal or Supervisor ___________________________________________________________________________
102.E3 - Grievance Form for Complaints of Discrimination or Non-Compliance with Federal or State Regulations Requiring Nondiscrimination
102.E3 - Grievance Form for Complaints of Discrimination or Non-Compliance with Federal or State Regulations Requiring NondiscriminationI, ___________________________________________, am filing this grievance because
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
(Attach additional sheets if necessary)
Describe incident or occurrence as accurately as possible:
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________
(Attach additional sheets if necessary)
Signature ______________________________________________________________________
Address _______________________________________________________________________
Phone Number_________________________________________________________________
If Student, Name__________________________________Grade Level__________________
Attendance Center __________________________________________________________
102.E4 - Section 504 Student and Parental Rights
102.E4 - Section 504 Student and Parental RightsThe Red Oak Community School District does not discriminate in its educational programs and activities on the basis of a student’s disability. It has been determined that your child has a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made to meet his or her individual needs as adequately as the needs of other students. As a parent, you have the right to the following:
- Participation of your child in school district programs and activities, including extracurricular programs and activities, to the maximum extend appropriate, free of discrimination based upon the student’s disability and at the same level as students without disabilities;
- Receipt of free educational services to the extent they are provided students without disabilities;
- Receipt of information about your child and your child’s educational programs and activities in your native language;
- Notice of identification of your child as having a qualifying disability for which accommodations may need to be made and notice prior to evaluation and placement of your child and right to periodically request a re-evaluation of your child;
- Inspect and review your child’s educational records including a right to copy those records for a reasonable fee; you also have a right to ask the school district to amend your child’s educational records if you feel the information in the records is misleading or inaccurate; should the school district refuse to amend the records, you have a right to a hearing and to place an explanatory letter in your child’s file explaining why you feel the records are misleading or inaccurate;
- Hearing before an impartial hearing officer if you disagree with your child’s evaluation or placement; you have a right to counsel at the hearing and have the decision of the impartial hearing officer reviewed.
Inquiries concerning the school district’s compliance with the regulations implementing Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (ADEA), the Pregnancy Discrimination Act, Iowa Code Chapter 216, or Iowa Code Section 280.3 should be directed to:
Superintendent of Schools
Administrative Center, 604 S Broadway St, Red Oak, IA 51566
(712)-623-6600
Who has been designated by the school district to coordinate the school district’s efforts to comply with the regulations implementing the state and federal laws outlined above.
102.E5- Witness Disclosure Form
102.E5- Witness Disclosure Form
Name of Witness: |
Date of interview: |
Date of initial complaint: |
Date and place of alleged incident(s):
|
Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply): |
|||||
Age |
Physical Attribute |
Sex |
|||
Disability |
Physical/Mental Ability |
Sexual Orientation |
|||
Familial Status |
Political Belief |
Socio-economic Background |
|||
Gender Identity |
Political Party Preference |
Other – Please Specify: |
|||
Marital Status |
Race/Color |
||||
National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry |
Religion/Creed |
|
Description of incident witnessed:
Additional information:
I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.
Signature: ___________________________________ Date: _________________________
Approved March 8, 2021
Reviewed June 26, 2024
Revised March 8, 2021
103 - Long-Range Needs Assessment Process
103 - Long-Range Needs Assessment ProcessLong-range needs assessment enables the school district to analyze assessment data, get feedback from the community about its expectation of student and determines how well students are meeting student learning. The board will conduct ongoing and in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from business, labor, industry, high education and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation.
In conjunction with the in-depth needs assessment of the school district, the board will authorize the appointment of a committee, representing administrators, employees, parents, students and community members, to make recommendations and assist the board in determining the priorities of the school district in addition to the basic skills areas of the education program.
At least every five (5) years the board shall conduct an in-depth needs assessment, soliciting information from parents, students, business, labor, industry, higher education, and community members, regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation. One purpose of this assessment is to assist the board in developing and evaluating a statement of philosophy for the school district. The second purpose of this assessment is to determine the areas of student performance, knowledge, and attitudes and the areas of school district operations which are judges to be the most crucial in meeting school or school district goals. As part of its assessment, the board shall develop a process for communicating with business, industry, labor, and higher education regarding their expectations for adequate student preparation. The statement of philosophy shall describe the board’s beliefs and topics which shall include the nature of learning, the purpose of the school district, the scope of educational experiences that the school district should provide, the nature of its learners and a description of a desirable learning atmosphere.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the school district community is informed of students’ progress on state and locally determined indicators. The superintendent will report annually to the board about the means used to keep the community informed.
As a result of the board and committee’s work, the board will determine major educational needs and rank them in priority order; develop long-range goals and plans to meet the needs; establish and implement short-range and intermediate-range plans to meet the goals and to attain the desired levels of student performance; evaluate progress toward meeting the goals and maintain a record of progress under the plan that includes reports of student performance and results of school improvement projects; and annually report the school district’s progress made under the plan to the committee, community and Iowa Department of Education.
Approved May 23, 2011
Reviewed June 26, 2024
Revised March 8, 2021
103.R1 - Long-Range Needs Assessment Process
103.R1 - Long-Range Needs Assessment ProcessThe school district’s long-range needs assessment process includes:
- Collecting, analyzing and reporting information derived from local, state and national sources;
- Reviewing information acquired on the following:
- State indicators and other locally determined indicators,
- Locally established student learning goals,
- Specific data collection required by state and federal programs;
- Collecting and analyzing assessment data on the following:
- State indicators,
- Locally determined indicators,
- Locally established student learning goals.
104 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex Prohibited
104 - Discrimination and Harassment Based on Sex ProhibitedIn accordance with Title IX of the Education Amendments Act of 1972, the Red Oak Community School District prohibits sex discrimination, including sexual harassment as defined by the regulations implementing Title IX (34 C.F.R. § 106.30), against any individual participating in any education program or activity of the District. This prohibition on discrimination applies to students, employees, and applicants for employment.
The Board authorizes the Superintendent to adopt procedures for any individual to report sexual harassment to the District’s Title IX Coordinator, for the provision of supportive measures to anyone who has been subjected to sexual harassment whether or not they proceed with a formal complaint under those procedures, and for the investigation and resolution of such complaints, as required by Title IX. This Title IX grievance process shall be used to respond to all complaints of sexual harassment that fall within the scope of Title IX. For complaints of sexual harassment that do not fall within the scope of Title IX, the District may still offer supportive measures to the target of such conduct and shall apply any other policy or procedure applicable to the alleged conduct.
Any individual with questions about the District’s Title IX policy and procedures, or who would like to make a report or file a formal complaint of sex discrimination or sexual harassment may contact the District’s designated Title IX Coordinator, Steven Green, Jr/Sr High School Assistant Principal at Red Oak Jr/Sr High School, 2011 8th St. Red Oak, IA 51566, (712) 623-6610 or greens@redoakschools.org.
Retaliation against a person who made a report or complaint of sexual harassment, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation or resolution of a sexual harassment report or complaint is strictly prohibited. Retaliation includes threats, coercion, discrimination, intimidation, reprisals, and/or adverse actions related to employment or education. Any individual who believed they have been retaliated against in violation of this Policy should immediately contact the District’s Title IX Coordinator.
Approved 8-24-2020
Reviewed May 15, 2024
Revised June 26, 2024
200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS
200 - BOARD OF DIRECTORS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 09/08/2020 - 08:32200 - Legal Status of the Board of Directors
200 - Legal Status of the Board of Directors dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 09:29200.1 - Organization of the Board of Directors
200.1 - Organization of the Board of DirectorsThe Red Oak Community School District board is authorized by and derives its organization from Iowa law. The board will consist of 5 board members. Board members are elected at-large.
The board is organized for the purpose of setting policy and providing general direction for the school district. The board will hold its organizational meeting at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes. The retiring board will transfer materials, including the board policy manual, and responsibility to the new board.
The organizational meeting allows the outgoing board to approve minutes of its previous meetings, complete unfinished business and review the school election results. The retiring board will adjourn and the new board will then begin. The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly-elected board members. The board secretary will preside while the new board elects the president and vice-president of the new board.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 16, 2024
Revised May 10, 2021
200.1R1 Regulation Organizational Meeting Procedures
200.1R1 Regulation Organizational Meeting ProceduresRegulation 200.1R1 ORGANIZATIONAL MEETING PROCEDURES
The board will hold its organizational meeting in odd-numbered years at or before the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes. Notice of the meeting's place and time will be given by the board secretary to each member, member-elect and the public.
The purpose of the meeting is to transfer material and responsibility from the outgoing board to the new board. At the meeting, the board will elect a president and a vice president who will hold office for one year. Once elected, the president and vice president will be entitled to vote on all matters before the board.
Meeting Procedure
The organizational meeting of the board will be held in two parts: the final meeting of the outgoing board and the organizational meeting of the new board.
1. Final Meeting of the Retiring Board
(1) Call to order.
(2) Roll call.
(3) Approval of minutes of previous meeting(s).
(4) Visitors.
(5) Unfinished business.
(a) Current claims and accounts (for the retiring board to authorize).
(6) Examine and settle the books for the previous year.
(7) Review of election results. The board secretary will present the county auditor's official report on the latest elections. Official results are recorded in the minutes.
(8) Adjournment of the retiring board.
2. Organizational Meeting of the New Board
(1) The board secretary as president pro-tem, will preside over the meeting until a new board president is elected.
(2) Call to order.
(3) Roll call.
(4) Oath of office. The board secretary will administer the oath to new members.
(5) Election of a president of the board. The president pro-tem calls for nominations; nominations need not be seconded. The board will then vote on the nominations. The secretary will announce the result of the vote, and the board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly elected president and the newly elected president will assume the chair.
(6) Election of the vice-president. The president of the board will call for nominations; the nominations need not be seconded. The board will then vote on the nominations. The president will announce the results and administer the oath of office to the vice-president.
Other items of business at the organizational meeting may include:
(7) Board resolution of appreciation recognizing the public service rendered by retiring board members.
(8) Determination of dates, times, and places for regular meetings of the board.
(9) Board resolution to define the operating rules and practices that will be followed by the new board.
(10) Board resolution to authorize the interim payment of bills pursuant to policy 705.3.
(11) Visitors.
(12) Superintendent's report.
(13) Adjournment.
NOTE: Board members elected at a regular school election must take the oath of office at or before the organization meeting. Failure to do so results in a vacancy.
NOTE: The board president and vice president are each elected to a one year term at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years and at the annual meeting in even-numbered years.
Approved May 10, 2021
Reviewed October 16, 2024
Revised May 10, 2021
200.2 - Powers of the Board of Directors
200.2 - Powers of the Board of DirectorsThe Board of Directors of the Red Oak Community School District, acting on behalf of the school district, will have jurisdiction over school matters within the territory of the school district.
The board is empowered to make policy for its own governance, for employees, for students and for school district facilities. The board is also empowered to enforce its policies. The board may, through its quasi-judicial power, conduct hearings and rule on issues and disputes confronting the school district.
The board has these powers and all other powers expressly granted to it in federal and state law as well as the powers that can be reasonably implied from the express powers.
Because all powers of the board derived from the state statutes are granted in terms of action as a group, individual board members exercise authority over district affairs only as they vote to take action at a legal meeting of the board. In other instances, an individual board member, including the president, will have power only when the board, by vote, has delegated authority. The board will make its members, the district staff, and the public aware that only the board acting as a whole has authority to take official action. Therefore, the board may transact business only with a quorum present during a regular or special meeting.
Pursuant to the state statutes, any board member shall not seek individually to influence the official functions of the district. The board and its members will deal with administrative services through the superintendent and will not give orders to any subordinates of the superintendent either publicly or privately, but may make suggestions and recommendations.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed October 16, 2024
Revised May 10, 2021
200.3 - Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
200.3 - Responsibilities of the Board of DirectorsThe board is authorized to govern the school district, which it oversees. As the governing board of the school district, the board has three duties to perform: legislative duty, executive duty and evaluative duty.
As a representative of the citizens of the school district community, the board is responsible for legislating policy for the school district. As a policy making body, the board has jurisdiction to enact policy with the force and effect of law for the management and operation of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the board, under the board’s executive duty, to select its chief executive officer, the superintendent, to operate the school district on the board’s behalf. The board delegates to the superintendent its authority to carry out board policy, to formulate and carry out rules and regulations and to handle the administrative details in a manner which supports and is consistent with board policy.
The board has a responsibility to review the education program’s performance under its evaluative duty. The board regularly reviews the education program and ancillary services. The review includes a careful study and examination of the facts, conditions and circumstances surrounding the amount of funds received or expended and the education program’s ability to achieve the board’s educational philosophy for the school district.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 274.1; 279.1, .8, .20; 280.12.
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed May 10, 2021
Revised May 10, 2021
201 - Board of Directors’ Elections
201 - Board of Directors’ ElectionsThe school election takes place on the Tuesday after the first Monday in November of odd-numbered years. Each school election is used to elect citizens to the board to maintain a 5-member board and to address other questions that must be submitted to the voters.
Citizens of the school district community seeking a seat on the board must file their nomination papers with the board secretary, or the board secretary’s designee, consistent with the deadlines provided in Iowa law. If a vacancy occurs on the board it may be filled by appointment or by a special election consistent with Iowa law.
All elections will be held as provided in Iowa law. It is the responsibility of the county commissioner of elections to conduct school elections.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 39; 45; 63, 69; 274.7; 277; 278.1, 279.7.
Cross Reference:
202 Board of Directors Members
202.3 Term of Office
202.4 Vacancies
203 Board of Directors' Conflict of Interest
Approved: March 26, 2018
Reviewed: May 10, 2021
Revised: May 10, 2021
202 - Board of Directors Members
202 - Board of Directors Members dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 09:45202.1 - Qualifications
202.1 - QualificationsServing on the board of directors is an honor and privilege. Its rewards are respect from the community, students, and employees and the satisfaction from knowing each board member contributed to the success of the children in the school district community. Only those who are willing to put forth the effort to care and to make a difference should consider running for a position on the board.
Individuals who are willing to serve on the board should believe public education is important, support the democratic process, willingly devote time and energy to board work, respect educators and have the ability to examine the facts and make a decision. The board believes an individual considering a position on the school board should possess these characteristics.
Citizens wanting to run for a position on the board must be a citizen of the school district, eighteen (18) years of age or older, an eligible elector of the district, and free from a financial conflict of interest with the position.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 63; 68B; 277.4, .27; 279.7A
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed May 10, 2021
Revised May 10, 2021
202.2 - Oath of Office
202.2 - Oath of OfficeBoard members are officials of the state. As a public official, each board member must pledge to uphold the Iowa and the United States Constitution and carry out the responsibilities of the office to the best of the board member’s ability.
Each newly-elected board member will take the oath of office prior to any action taken as a school official. The oath of office is taken by each new board member elected at the annual school election at or before the organizational meeting of the board. In the event of an appointment or special election to fill a vacancy, the new board member will take the oath of office within ten days of the appointment or election.
Board members elected to offices of the board will also take the same oath of office but replacing the office of board member with the title of the office to which they were elected.
The oath of office is administered by the board secretary and does not need to be given at a board meeting. In the event the board secretary is absent, the oath is administered by another board member.
The oath of office is the following;
"Do you solemnly swear that you will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution of the state of Iowa, and that you will faithfully and impartially to the best of your ability discharge the duties of the office of Director in the Red Oak Community School District as now and hereafter required by law?"
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 277.28; 279.1, .6.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed May 10, 2021
Revised May 10, 2021
202.3 - Term of Office
202.3 - Term of OfficeBoard members elected for a full term at a regularly scheduled school election in November of odd-numbered years serve for four years. Board members appointed to fill a vacant position will serve until a successor is elected and qualified at the next scheduled school election, unless there is an intervening special election for the school district, in which event a successor shall be elected at the intervening special election. A board member elected to fill a vacancy will serve out the unexpired term.
Being a board member is a unique opportunity for a citizen to participate on a governing board of the school district. Eligible board members are encouraged to consider running for more than one term.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 69.12; 274.7; 279.6; 279.7
Approved: March 26, 2018
Reviewed: May 10, 2021
Revised: May 10, 2021
202.4 - Vacancies
202.4 - VacanciesA vacancy occurs when a board member dies, resigns, forfeits, or otherwise leaves the office. A vacancy also includes, but is not limited to, the following: failure to be properly elected, failure to qualify within the time fixed by law, failure to reside in the school district or director district, a court order declaring the seat vacant, conviction of a felony, three violations of the open meetings law, or conviction of a public offense in violation of the oath of office.
If a vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of a term of office, the vacancy will be filled by board appointment within 30 days of the vacancy and consistent with the requirements of Iowa law. The newly-appointed board member will hold the position until the next scheduled school election. At that time the appointed board member may run for a four year term, if one is available, or run for the remainder of the unexpired term.
If the board is unable to fill a vacancy by appointment within 30 days after the vacancy occurs, the board secretary will call a special election to be held no sooner than 60 days and not later than 70 days after the vacancy occurred. A board member elected at the special election will serve the remaining portion of the unexpired term.
Legal Reference:
Good v. Crouch, 397 N.W.2d 757 (Iowa 1986).
Board of Directors of Grimes Independent School Dist. v. County Board of Public Instruction of Polk Co., 257 Iowa 106, 131 N.W.2d 802 (1965).
Board of Directors of Menlo Consol. School Dist. v. Blakesburg, 240 Iowa 910, 36 N.W.2d 751 (1949).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed May 10, 2021
Revised May 10, 2021
203 - Board of Directors’ Conflict of Interest
203 - Board of Directors’ Conflict of InterestBoard members must be able to make decisions objectively. It is a conflict of interest for a board member to receive direct compensation from the school district, unless exempted in law or this policy, for anything other than reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, including travel, incurred in the performance of official duties. A board member will not act as an agent for school textbook or school supplies including sports apparel or equipment, in any transaction with a director, officer, or other staff member of the school district during the board member’s term of office. It will not be a conflict of interest for board members to receive compensation from the school district for contracts for purchase goods or services which benefits a board member, or to compensation for part-time or temporary employment which benefits a board member, if the benefit to the board member does not exceed $20,000 in a fiscal year or if the contracts are made by the board, upon competitive bid in writing, publicly invited and opened.
The conflict of interest provisions do not apply to a contract that is a bond, note or other obligation of a school corporation if the contract is not acquired directly from the school corporation, but is acquired in a transaction with a third party, who may or may not be the original underwriter, purchaser, or obligee of the contract, or to a contract in which a director has an interest solely by reason of employment if the contract was made by competitive bid, in writing, publicly invited and opened, or if the remuneration for employment will not be directly affected as a result of the contract and duties of employment do not involve any of the preparation or procurement of any part of the contract. The competitive bid section of the conflict of interest provision does not apply to a contract for professional services not customarily competitively bid.
It will also be a conflict of interest for a board member to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the board member’s official duties and responsibilities. In determining whether outside employment or activity of a board member creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist includes, but are not limited to, any of the following:
- The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district’s time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district badge, uniform, business card or other evidence of office to give the board member or member of the board member’s immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public. For purposes of this section, a person is not "similarly situated" merely by being related to a board member.
- The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the board member or a member of the board member’s immediate family from anyone other than the state or the school district for the performance of any act that the board member would be required or expected to perform as part of the board member’s regular duties or during the hours in which the board member performs service or work for the school district.
- The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement authority of the board member, during the performance of the board member’s duties of office or employment.
If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the board member must cease the employment of or activity. If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the board member must:
- Cease the outside employment or activity; or
- Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity. Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.
When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, board members will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract. Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the board member, board member’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.
It is the responsibility of each board member to be aware of an actual or potential conflict of interest should it arise. It is also the responsibility of each board member to take the action necessary to eliminate such a conflict of interest. Should a conflict of interest arise, a board member should not participate in any action relating to the issue from which the conflict arose.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 68B; 71.1; 277.27; 279.7A; 301.28.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed July 11, 2022
Revised August 8, 2022
204 - Code of Ethics
204 - Code of EthicsBoard members’ actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district. Therefore, board members must conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.
Each board member shall follow the code of ethics stated in this policy.
AS A SCHOOL BOARD MEMBER:
- I will listen.
- I will respect the opinion of others.
- I will recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merit of their work.
- I will be motivated only by an earnest desire to serve my school district and the children of my school district community in the best possible way.
- I will not use the school district or any part of the school district program for my own personal advantage or for the advantage of my friends or supporters.
- I will vote for a closed session of the board if the situation requires it, but I will consider "star chamber" or "secret" sessions of board members unethical.
- I will recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting how I will vote on any proposition which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented in the meeting.
- I will expect, in board meetings, to spend more time on education programs and procedures than on business details.
- I will recognize that authority rests with the board in legal session and not with individual members of the board, except as authorized by law.
- I will make no disparaging remarks, in or out of the board meeting, about other members of the board or their opinions.
- I will express my honest and most thoughtful opinions frankly in board meetings in an effort to have decisions made for the best interests of the children and the education program.
- I will insist that the members of the board participate fully in board action and recommend that when special committees are appointed, they serve only in an investigative and advisory capacity.
- I will abide by majority decisions of the board.
- I will carefully consider petitions, resolutions and complaints and will act in the best interests of the school district.
- I will not discuss the confidential business of the board in my home, on the street or in my office; the place for such discussion is the board meeting.
- I will endeavor to keep informed on local, state and national educational developments of significance so I may become a better board member.
IN MEETING MY RESPONSIBILITY TO MY SCHOOL DISTRICT COMMUNITY
- I will consider myself a trustee of public education and will do my best to protect it, conserve it, and advance it, giving to the children of my school district community the educational facilities that are as complete and adequate as it is possible to provide.
- I will consider it an important responsibility of the board to interpret the aims, methods and attitudes of the school district to the community.
- I will earnestly try to interpret the needs and attitudes of the school district community and do my best to translate them into the education program of the school district.
- I will attempt to procure adequate financial support for the school district.
- I will represent the entire school district rather than individual electors, patrons or groups.
- I will not regard the school district facilities as my own private property but as the property of the people.
IN MY RELATIONSHIP WITH SUPERINTENDENT AND EMPLOYEES
- I will function, in meeting the legal responsibility that is mine, as a part of a legislative, policy-forming body, not as an administrative officer.
- I will recognize that it is my responsibility, together with that of my fellow board members, to see the school district is properly run and not to run them myself.
- I will expect the school district to be administered by the best-trained technical and professional people it is possible to procure within the financial resources of the school district.
- I will recognize the superintendent as executive officer of the board.
- I will work through the administrative employees of the board, not over or around them.
- I will expect the superintendent to keep the board adequately informed through oral and written reports.
- I will vote to employ employees only after the recommendation of the superintendent has been received.
- I will insist that contracts be equally binding on teachers and the board.
- I will give the superintendent power commensurate with the superintendent’s responsibility and will not in any way interfere with, or seek to undermine, the superintendent’s authority.
- I will give the superintendent friendly counsel and advice.
- I will present any personal criticism of employees to the superintendent.
- I will refer complaints to the proper administrative officer.
TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER SCHOOL BOARDS
- I will not employ a superintendent, principal or teacher who is already under contract with another school district without first securing assurance from the proper authority that the person can be released from contract.
- I will consider it unethical to pursue any procedure calculated to embarrass a neighboring board or its representatives.
- I will not recommend an employee for a position in another school district unless I would employ the employee under similar circumstances.
- I will answer all inquiries about the standing and ability of an employee to the best of my knowledge and judgment, with complete frankness.
- I will associate myself with board members of other school districts for the purpose of discussing school district issues and cooperating in the improvement of the education program.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 21.6(3)(d); 68B; 69; 277.28; 279.7A, 279.8, 301.28.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed May 10, 2021
Revised May 10, 2021
205 - Board Member Liability
205 - Board Member LiabilityBoard members will not be held personally liable for actions taken in the performance of their duties and responsibilities vested in them by the laws of Iowa and the members of the school district community. In carrying out the duties and responsibilities of their office, board members will act in good faith.
The school district will defend, save harmless and indemnify board members against tort claims or demands, whether groundless or otherwise, arising out of an alleged act or omission occurring within the scope of their official duties, unless it constitutes a willful or wanton act or omission. However, the school district will not save harmless or indemnify board members for punitive damages.
Legal Reference:
Wood v. Strickland, 420 U.S. 308 (1975).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed May 10, 2021
Revised May 10, 2021
206 - Board of Directors’ Officers
206 - Board of Directors’ Officers dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 10:05206.1 - President
206.1 - PresidentIt is the responsibility of the board president to lead a well-organized board in an efficient and effective manner. The board president will set the tone of the board meetings and, as the representative of the consensus of the board, speak on behalf of the board to the public.
The president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or at the annual meeting in even-numbered years, to serve a one year term of office. A member may be elected to successive one-year terms as president.
The president, in addition to presiding at the board meetings, will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on each motion before the board in the same manner as other board members. Before making or seconding a motion, the board president will turn over control of the meeting to either the vice-president or other board member.
The board president has the authority to call special meetings of the board. Prior to board meetings, the board president will consult with the superintendent on the development of the agenda for the meeting.
The board president, as the chief officer of the school district, will sign employment contracts and sign other contracts and school district warrants approved by the board. The board president will appear on behalf of the school corporation in causes of action involving the school district, unless the board president must appear individually as a party, in which case, this duty shall be performed by the board secretary.
Legal Reference:
Approved: March 26, 2018
Reviewed: June 28, 2021
Revised: June 28, 2021
206.2 - Vice President
206.2 - Vice PresidentThe vice-president shall serve in the absence of the president and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned by the president or by the board. If the board president is unable or unwilling to carry out the duties required, it is the responsibility of the vice-president of the board to carry out the duties of the president. If the president is unable or unwilling to complete the term of office, the vice-president will serve as president for the balance of the president’s term of office, and a new vice-president will be elected.
The vice-president of the board is elected by a majority vote at the organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, or at the annual meeting in even-numbered years, to serve a one year term of office. A member may be elected to successive one-year terms as vice-president.
The vice-president will accept control of the meeting from the president when the president wishes to make or second a motion. The vice-president will take an active role in board decisions by discussing and voting on matters before the board in the same manner as other board members.
Legal Reference:
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed June 28, 2021
Revised June 28, 2021
206.3 - Secretary-Treasurer
206.3 - Secretary-TreasurerIt shall be the responsibility of the board to annually appoint a board secretary-treasurer.
A board secretary-treasurer may be appointed from employees, other than a position requiring a teaching certificate, or from the public. To finalize the appointment, the board secretary-treasurer will take the oath of office during the meeting at which the individual was appointed or no later than ten days thereafter. It is the responsibility of the board to evaluate the board secretary-treasurer annually.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer, as custodian of school district records, to preserve and maintain the records and documents pertaining to the business of the board; to keep complete minutes of special and regular board meetings, including closed sessions; to keep a record of the results of regular and special elections; to keep an accurate account of school funds; to sign warrants drawn on the school funds after board approval; and collect data on truant students. The board secretary-treasurer will also be responsible for filing the required reports with the Iowa Department of Education.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary-treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio, to receive funds of the school district, to pay out the funds for expenses approved by the board, to maintain accurate accounting records for each fund, to report monthly regarding the investment portfolio and the status of each fund and to file required reports with the appropriate state agencies and other entities. It will also be the responsibility of the secretary-treasurer to coordinate the financial records, the financial reports, the cash flow needs and the investment portfolio of the school district.
In the event the board secretary-treasurer is unable to fulfill the responsibilities set out by the board and the law, the board will appoint a protem secretary-treasurer to assume those duties until the board secretary-treasurer is able to resume the responsibility or a new board secretary-treasurer is appointed. The board secretary-treasurer will give bond in an amount set by the board. The cost of the bond will be paid by the school district.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 12B.10; 12C; 64; 279.3, .5, .7, .31-.33, .35; 291.2-.4, .6-.12; .14, 299.10.
Approved: March 26, 2018
Reviewed: June 28, 2021
Revised: June 28, 2021
207 - Board of Directors’ Legal Counsel
207 - Board of Directors’ Legal CounselIt is the responsibility of the board to employ legal counsel to assist the board and the administration in carrying out their duties with respect to the numerous legal issues confronting the school district. The board may appoint legal counsel at its annual meeting or as otherwise necessary and appropriate.
The superintendent and board secretary will have the authority to contact the board’s legal counsel on behalf of the board when the superintendent or board secretary believes it is necessary for the management of the school district. The board president may contact and seek advice from the school board’s legal counsel. Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board. It is the responsibility of each board member to pay the legal fees, if any, of an attorney the board member consulted regarding matters of the school district unless the board has authorized the board member to consult an attorney on the matter.
The board’s legal counsel will attend both regular and special school board meetings upon the request of the board or the superintendent. Board members may contact legal counsel upon approval of a majority of the board.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed of matters for which legal counsel was consulted, particularly if the legal services will involve unusual expense for the school district.
Legal Reference:
Bishop v. Iowa State Board of Public Instruction, 395 N.W.2d 888 (Iowa 1986).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed June 28, 2021
Revised June 28, 2021
208 - Board of Directors Committees
208 - Board of Directors Committees dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 10:09208.1 - Board of Directors Committees
208.1 - Board of Directors CommitteesThe board may determine from time to time that board committees may be required to assist the board in its discharge of duties. In addition to any legally required committees, the board may appoint standing committees with specific charges.
If the board creates or appoints a committee, the board and the committee will strive to follow all applicable federal and state laws. The board and the committee will strive to follow state open meetings and public records requirements.
In no case shall a committee constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors.
Reports of board committees shall be circulated in advance through the superintendent's office, except in an emergency or as directed by the board or president of the board.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed June 28, 2021
Revised June 28, 2021
208.2 - AD Hoc Committees
208.2 - AD Hoc CommitteesWhenever the board deems it necessary, the board may appoint a committee composed of citizens, employees or students to assist the board. Committees formed by the board are ad hoc committees.
An ad hoc committee may be formed by board resolution which will outline the duties and purpose of the committee. The committee is advisory in nature and has no duty or responsibility other than that specifically stated in the board resolution. The committee will automatically dissolve upon the delivery of its final recommendation to the board or upon completion of the duties outlined in the board resolution. The board will receive the report of the committee for consideration. The board retains the authority to make a final decision on the issue.
The method for selection of committee members will be stated in the board resolution. When possible, and when the necessary expertise required allows, the committee members will be representative of the school district community and will consider the various viewpoints on the issue. The board may designate a board member and/or the superintendent to serve on an ad hoc committee. The committee will select its own chairperson, unless the board designates otherwise.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8; 280.12(2).
281 I.A.C. 12.3(3), .3(8); .5(8).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed June 28, 2021
Revised June 28, 2021
208.2R1 - AD Hoc Committees Regulations
208.2R1 - AD Hoc Committees RegulationsAd Hoc Committee Purpose and Function
The specific purpose of each ad hoc committee varies. Generally, the primary function of an ad hoc committee is to give specific advice and suggestions. The advice and suggestions should focus on the purpose and duties stated in the board resolution establishing the committee. It is the board’s role to take action based on information received from the ad hoc committee and other sources. Ad hoc committees may be subject to the open meetings law.
Role of an Ad Hoc Committee Member
The primary role of an ad hoc committee member is to be a productive, positive member of the committee. In doing so, it is important to listen to and respect the opinions of others. When the ad hoc committee makes a recommendation to the board, it is important for the ad hoc committee members to support the majority decision of the ad hoc committee. An ad hoc committee will function best when its members work within the committee framework and bring items of business to the ad hoc committee.
Ad Hoc Committee Membership
Ad hoc committee members may be appointed by the board. The board may request input from individuals or organizations, or it may seek volunteers to serve. Only the board or superintendent has the authority to appoint members to an ad hoc committee. Boards must follow the legal limitations or requirements regarding the membership of an ad hoc committee.
209 - Board of Directors’ Management Procedures
209 - Board of Directors’ Management Procedures dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 10:12209.1 - Development of Policy
209.1 - Development of PolicyThe board shall develop and maintain a policy manual that provides a codification of its policy actions. Board policy provides the general direction as to what the board wishes to accomplish and why it wishes to accomplish it while allowing the superintendent to implement board policy. Policies shall be reviewed on a regular basis to ensure relevance to current practices and compliance with the law.
The written policy statements contained in this manual provide guidelines and goals to the citizens, administration, employees and students in the school district community. The policy statements are the basis for the formulation of regulations by the administration. The board will determine the effectiveness of the policy statements by evaluating periodic reports from the administration.
Policy statements may be proposed by a board member, administrator, employee, student or member of the school district community. Proposed policy statements or ideas will be submitted to the superintendent’s office for possible placement on the board agenda. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring these proposals to the attention of the board.
The policies of the board may be amended or revised by resolution adopted at any regular meeting, provided notice of such change shall have been given at a previous meeting. The superintendent is authorized to submit written recommendations for revision of any existing policies as he deems necessary for the most efficient operation of the school district. The superintendent will notify all employees whenever revisions, additions or amendments are made. This notice procedure shall be required except for emergency situations, which shall be determined solely by the board.
Legal Reference:
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed June 28, 2021
Revised June 28, 2021
209.2 - Adoption of Policy
209.2 - Adoption of PolicyThe board will give notice of proposed policy changes or adoption of new policies by placing the item on the agenda of two regular board meetings. The proposed policy changes will be distributed and public comment may be allowed at both meetings prior to final board action. This notice procedure will be required except for emergency situations. If the board adopts a policy in an emergency situation, a statement regarding the emergency and the need for immediate adoption of the policy will be included in the minutes. The board will have complete discretion to determine what constitutes an emergency situation.
The final action taken to adopt the proposed policy will be approved by a simple majority vote of the board at the next regular meeting after the meeting allowing public discussion. The policy will be effective on the later of the date of passage or the date stated in the motion.
In the case of an emergency, a new or changed policy may be adopted by a majority vote of a quorum of the board. The emergency policy will expire at the close of the third regular meeting following the emergency action, unless the policy adoption procedure stated above is followed and the policy is reaffirmed.
Legal Reference:
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed June 28, 2021
Revised June 28, 2021
209.3 Dissemination of Policy
209.3 Dissemination of PolicyThe board policy manual is available electronically. Persons unable to access the policy manual electronically should contact the board secretary for assistance.
It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to ensure copies of new and revised policy statements are distributed to the custodians of board policy manuals as soon as possible following the policy’s adoption. Copies of changes in board policy will also be included in or attached to the minutes of the meetings in which the final action was taken to adopt the new or changed policy.
Legal Reference:
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved: March 26, 2018
Reviewed: June 28, 2021
Revised: June 28, 2021
209.4 - Suspension of Policy
209.4 - Suspension of PolicyGenerally, the board will follow board policy and enforce it equitably. The board, and only the board, may, in extreme emergencies of a very unique nature, suspend policy. It is within the discretion of the board to determine when an extreme emergency of a very unique nature exists. Reasons for suspension of board policy will be documented in board minutes.
Legal Reference:
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed June 28, 2021
Revised June 28, 2021
209.5 - Administration in the Absence of Policy
209.5 - Administration in the Absence of PolicyWhen there is no board policy in existence to provide guidance on a matter, the superintendent is authorized to act appropriately under the circumstances surrounding the situation keeping in mind the educational philosophy and financial condition of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform the board of the situation and the action taken and to document the action taken when necessary. If needed, the superintendent will draft a proposed policy for the board to consider.
Legal Reference:
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed June 28, 2021
Revised June 28, 2021
209.6 - Review and Revision of Policy
209.6 - Review and Revision of PolicyThe board shall, at least once every five years, review board policy. Each year, the board may make a determination about the sections and/or series of the policy manual and the specific policies in the policy manual to be reviewed.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board informed as to legal changes at both the federal and state levels. The superintendent will also be responsible for bringing proposed policy statement revisions to the board’s attention.
If a policy is revised because of a legal change over which the board has no control or a change which is minor, the policy may be approved at one meeting at the discretion of the board.
Legal Reference:
281 I.A.C. 12.3(2).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed June 28, 2021
Revised June 28, 2021
209.7 - Review of Administrative Regulations
209.7 - Review of Administrative RegulationsBoard policy sets the direction for the administration of the education program and school district operations. Some policies require administrative regulations for implementation.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement the board policies. The regulations, including handbooks, will be approved by the board prior to their use in the school district.
Legal Reference:
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed June 28, 2021
Revised June 28, 2021
210 - Board of the Directors’ Meetings
210 - Board of the Directors’ Meetings dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 10:19210.1 - Annual Meeting
210.1 - Annual MeetingEach year at a regular or special meeting held after August 31, but before the organizational meeting the board will hold its annual meeting
At the annual meeting, the board will examine the financial books and settle the secretary’s and treasurer’s statements for the fiscal year ending the preceding June 30 and transact such other business as may properly come before it. As part of the annual reports, the treasurer will present affidavits from depository banks.
The board may also appoint the board’s legal counsel.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 279.1, .3, .33.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised September 27, 2021
210.2 - Organizational Meeting
210.2 - Organizational MeetingThe board will hold its organizational meeting in odd-numbered years at the first regular meeting following the canvass of votes. Notice of the meeting's place and time will be given by the board secretary to each member, member-elect and the public.
The purpose of the meeting is to transfer material and responsibility from the outgoing board to the new board. At the meeting, the board will elect a president and vice president who will hold office for one year. Once elected, the president and vice president will be entitled to vote on all matters before the board.
Meeting Procedure
The organizational meeting of the board will be held in two parts: the final meeting of the outgoing board, and the organizational meeting of the new board.
I. Call to Order
II. Roll Call
III. Communications
- Visitors
- Correspondence
- Other
IV. Consent Agenda
- Agenda
- Approval of Minutes from Previous Meeting
- Claims
- Financial Reports
V. Business of the Retiring Board of Directors
A.
B.
VI. Review of election results. The board secretary will present the county auditor's official report on the latest elections. Official results are recorded in the minutes.
VII. Adjournment of the Retiring Board of Directors
VIII. Business of the New Board of Directors
- Organizational Meeting of the Board of Directors (The board secretary, as president pro tem, will preside over the meeting until a new board president is elected.)
1. Call to Order
-
- Roll Call
- Oath of office. The board secretary will administer the oath to new members.
4. Election of Board Officers (Election of a president of the board. The president pro tem will call for a motion to elect the board president, with the process to continue until a board member is elected as board president following a motion and second. The board secretary will administer the oath of office to the newly elected president and the newly elected president will assume the chair. Election of the vice-president. The president of the board will call for a motion to elect the board vice-president, with the process to continue until a board member is elected as board vice-president following a motion and second. The board president will administer the oath of office to the newly elected vice-president.)
5. Review of Board Member Code of Ethics
6. Appoint Board Member to County Conference Board(s)
7. Make Appointments to Other Board Committees
8. Reaffirm Dates, Place, & Time of Regular Board Meetings
B. New Business
1.
2.
IX. Reports
A. Administrative
B. Upcoming Events and Meetings
X. Adjournment
Vacancies in Officer Positions
If any office of the board should become vacant between organizational meetings, such office will be filled by the remaining members of the board in accordance with this policy.
Approved: March 26, 2018
Reviewed: September 27, 2021
Revised: March 26, 2018
210.3 - Regular Meeting
210.3 - Regular MeetingThe regular meeting time and date will be set by the board at its annual meeting in even-numbered years or organizational meeting in odd-numbered years. In general, the regular meetings of the board will be held on the second and fourth Mondays of each month. The board will adopt the official meeting schedule through September of each year at its organizational meeting.
Meetings will begin promptly at 5:30 p.m. The board will adhere to this meeting date schedule unless the board requires additional meetings or, due to circumstances beyond the board’s control, the meeting cannot be held on the regular meeting date, and the meeting will be re-scheduled at the board’s convenience.
Meetings will be held in the meeting place officially designated by the board, which will be accessible to the public. Public notice of the meetings will be given.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.1
Approved: March 26, 2018
Reviewed: September 27, 2021
Revised: March 26, 2018
210.4 - Special Meeting
210.4 - Special MeetingIt may be necessary for the board to conduct a special meeting in addition to the regularly scheduled board meeting. Special meetings may be called by the president of the board or by the board secretary at the request of a majority of the board.
Should a special meeting be called, public notice will be given. If the special meeting called is an emergency meeting and the board cannot give public notice in its usual manner, the board will give public notice of the meeting as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation. Emergency meetings will only be held when an issue cannot wait twenty-four hours necessary for a special meeting. The reason for the emergency meeting and why notice in its usual manner could not be given will be stated in the minutes.
Only the purpose or issue for which the special meeting was called may be discussed and decided in the special meeting. The board will strictly adhere to the agenda for the special meeting and action on other issues will be reserved for the next regular or special board meeting.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21.3, .4; 279.2.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
210.5 - Work Sessions
210.5 - Work SessionsThe board, as a decision making body, is confronted with a continuing flow of problems, issues and needs which require action. While the board is determined to expedite its business, it is also mindful of the importance of planning, brainstorming and thoughtful discussion without action. Therefore, the board may schedule work sessions and retreats in order to provide its members and the administration with such opportunities. The board has the authority to hire an outside facilitator to assist them in work sessions.
Topics for discussion and study will be announced publicly, and work sessions and retreats will be conducted in open session. However, no board action will take place at the work session.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
210.6 - Meeting Notice
210.6 - Meeting NoticePublic notice will be given for meetings and work sessions held by the board. Public notice will indicate the time, place, date and tentative agenda of board meetings. The public notice will be posted on the bulletin board in the central administration office at least 24 hours before it is scheduled.
A copy of the public notice will be provided to those who have filed a request for notice with the secretary. These requests for notice must be in writing. A copy of the public notice will also be accessible to employees and students.
In the case of special meetings, public notice will be given in the same manner as for a regular meeting unless it is an emergency meeting. In that case, public notice of the meeting will be given as soon as practical and possible in light of the situation. The media and others who have requested notice will be notified of the emergency meeting. Attendance at a special meeting or emergency meeting by the media or board members will constitute a waiver of notice.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to give public notice of board meetings and work sessions.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21.2-.4; 279.1, .2.; Dobrovolny v. Reinhardt, 173 N.W.2d 837 (Iowa 1970).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
210.7 - Quorum
210.7 - QuorumAction by the board regarding the affairs of the school district may be taken only when a quorum, a majority of the board members, is in attendance at the board meeting. While in person participation is encouraged, board members may attend meetings either in person or electronically provided each member can hear and be heard in real time by all members present and the public. While board members are encouraged to attend board meetings, three (3) members will constitute a quorum and are a sufficient number to transact business of the school corporation. The adjournment of a meeting may be executed without a quorum.
An affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is sufficient to pass a motion or take action unless law or board policy requires a vote of a greater number.
It is the responsibility of each board member to attend board meetings.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21.5(1); 279.4.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
210.8 - Rules of Order
210.8 - Rules of OrderAn orderly board meeting allows the board members to participate in the discussion and decision process on an issue confronting the school district. Rules of order for board meetings allow school district business and the relative information concerning the business to be brought to the attention of the board. They also allow the board to discuss, act upon and make a clear record of school district business in a regular, ordered, reasonable and consistent manner.
The board will follow Robert’s Rules of Order, Revised, latest edition as modified by this policy and subsequent rule.
The purpose of modified rules adopted by the board are:
- To establish guidelines by which the business of the governing board can be conducted in a regular and internally consistent manner;
- To organize the meetings so all necessary matters can be brought to the board and decisions of the board can be made in an orderly and reasonable manner;
- To ensure members of the board, concentrating on the substantive issues at hand, have the necessary information to make decisions, and to ensure adequate discussion of decisions to be made; and,
- To ensure meetings and actions of the board are conducted so as to be informative to the staff and the public, and to produce a clear record of actions taken and decisions made.
It is the responsibility of each board member to follow the rules of order stated in this policy at each meeting, and it is the responsibility of the presiding officer to conduct the board meeting within these rules.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21.2, .7; 279.8.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
210.8R1-Regulation Rules of Order
210.8R1-Regulation Rules of OrderThe following rules of procedure have been adopted by the board at the annual or organizational meeting:
- Board members need not rise to gain the recognition of the board president.
- All motions will be made as a positive action.
- A motion will be adopted or carried if it receives an affirmative vote from more than half of the votes cast. Only "yes" and "no" votes are counted in this calculation. It should be noted that some motions require larger numbers of affirmative votes, such as to move into a closed session.
- All motions shall receive a second, prior to opening the issue for discussion of the board. If a motion does not receive a second, the board president may declare the motion dead for lack of a second.
- The board president may decide the order in which board members will be recognized to address an issue. An attempt should be made to alternate between pro and con positions.
- The board president shall rule on all motions that come before the board.
- The board president may rule on points of order brought before the board.
- The board president shall have complete authority to recognize a member of the audience regarding a request to participate in the board meeting. Members of the public who wish to participate shall follow board policy.
- The board president has the authority to declare a recess at any time for the purpose of restoring decorum to the meeting.
- The board president has the same authority and responsibility as each board member to vote on all issues
Approved September 27, 2021
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised
210.9 Board Meeting Agenda
210.9 Board Meeting AgendaThe tentative agenda for each board meeting will state the topics for discussion and action at the board meeting. The agenda is part of the public notice of the board meeting and will be posted and distributed.
It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to develop the agenda for each board meeting. Persons requesting to place an item on the agenda must make a request to the superintendent prior to the drafting of the tentative agenda. The person making the request must state the person’s name, address, purpose of the presentation, action desired and pertinent background information. Requests from the public may be added to the tentative agenda at the discretion of the superintendent after consultation with the board president. Requests received after the deadline may only be added to the agenda for good cause.
The tentative agenda and supporting documents will be sent to the board members prior to the scheduled board meeting. These documents are the private property of the board member. Persons wishing to view the tentative agenda and supporting documents may do so at the central administration office.
The board will take action only on the items listed on the tentative agenda posted with the public notice. Items added to the agenda may be discussed or taken under advisement by the board. If an added item is acted upon, the minutes of the board meeting will state the reason justifying the immediate action.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
210.9E1 - Order of Regular Board of Directors Meeting
210.9E1 - Order of Regular Board of Directors MeetingThe board shall conduct an orderly board meeting. The board will, at all regular board meetings, follow an agenda order similar to the following:
REGULAR SCHOOL BOARD MEETING
RED OAK COMMUNITY SCHOOL DISTRICT
MEETING LOCATION: High School Media Center
2011 N 8th St
RED OAK, IOWA 51566
MONDAY, ----, 20--
7:00 P.M.
MEETING AGENDA
I. Call to Order
II. Roll Call
III. Communications
- Visitors
- Correspondence
- Other
IV. Consent Agenda
- Agenda
- Minutes from Previous Meeting
- Claims
- Financial Reports
V. General Business of the Board of Directors
- Old Business
1.
B. New Business
1.
VI. Reports
A. Administrative
B. Upcoming Events and Meetings
VII. Adjournment
210.10 - Consent Agenda
210.10 - Consent AgendaThe board must often consider agenda items which are noncontroversial or similar in content. Such agenda items might include ministerial tasks such as, but not limited to, the approval of the agenda, approval of previous minutes, approval of bills, approval of reports, etc. These items might also include similar groups of decisions such as, but not limited to, approval of staff contracts, approval of maintenance details for the school buildings and grounds, open enrollment requests or approval of various schedules.
In order for a more efficient administration of board meetings, the board may elect to use a consent agenda for the passage of noncontroversial items or items of a similar nature.
The superintendent in consultation with the board president and board secretary shall place items on the consent agenda. By using a consent agenda, the board has consented to the consideration of certain items as a group under one resolution. Items may be removed from the consent agenda at the request of a board member.
Nothing in this policy is to be construed as an attempt to avoid full compliance with laws dealing with open meetings or public notice of the agenda and meeting.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 279.8.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
211 - Open Meetings
211 - Open MeetingsA gathering of a majority of board members either in person or electronically in which deliberation of an issue within the jurisdiction of the board takes place is a board meeting. A gathering for the purpose of social or ministerial action will not constitute a board meeting unless a discussion of policy takes place. Meetings of the board will be conducted in an open meeting unless a closed session is authorized by law or the meeting is exempt from the open meetings law.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21, 279.1-.2.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
212 - Closed Sessions
212 - Closed SessionsGenerally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session or exempt meeting is provided for by law. The board will hold a closed session or exempt meeting only when a closed session or exempt meeting is permitted under Iowa law.
Closed sessions take place as part of an open meeting. The item for discussion in the closed session will be listed as part of the tentative agenda on the public notice. The motion for a closed session, stating the purpose for the closed session, will be made and seconded during the open meeting. A minimum of two-thirds of the board, or all of the board members present, must vote in favor of the motion on a roll call vote. Closed sessions will be tape recorded and have detailed minutes kept by the board secretary. Final action on matters discussed in the closed session will be taken in an open meeting.
The minutes and the tape recording will restate the motion made in the open meeting, the roll call vote, the members present, and the time the closed session began and ended. The tape recordings and the written minutes will be kept for one year from the date of the meeting. Real estate related minutes and tapes will be made public after the real estate transaction is completed.
The detailed minutes and tape recording will be sealed and will not be public records open to public inspection. The minutes and tape recording will only be available to board members or opened upon court order in an action to enforce the requirements of the open meetings law. The board has complete discretion as to whom may be present at a closed session.
Reasons for the board entering into a closed session from an open meeting include, but are not limited to, the following:
- To review or discuss records which are required or authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential or to be kept confidential as a condition for the board's possession or receipt of federal funds.
- To discuss strategy with legal counsel in matters presently in litigation, or where litigation is imminent, if disclosure would be likely to prejudice or disadvantage the board.
- To discuss whether to conduct a hearing, or conduct a hearing for suspension or expulsion of a student, unless an open meeting is requested by the student or the parent of the student.
- To evaluate the professional competency of an individual whose appointment, hiring, performance, or discharge is being considered when a closed session is necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that individual's reputation and that individual requests a closed session.
- To discuss the purchase or sale of particular real estate, but only when premature disclosure could be reasonably expected to increase.
- To discuss the price the board would have to pay for property, or in case of a sale reduce the price the board could receive for property.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16, .24.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised September 27, 2021
213 - Exempt Meetings
213 - Exempt MeetingsGenerally, board meetings will be open meetings, unless a closed session or exempt meeting is provided for by law. The board will hold a closed session or exempt meeting only when a closed session or exempt meeting is permitted under Iowa law.
Board meetings at which a quorum is not present, or gatherings of the board for purely ministerial or social purposes when there is no discussion of policy or no intent to avoid the purposes of the open meetings law, are exempt from the open meetings law requirements. The board may also hold an exempt session for the reasons outlined in Iowa law.
Since gatherings of this type are exempt from the open meetings requirements, they can be held without public notice, be separate from an open meeting, be held without taping the gathering or taking minutes, and be held without a vote or motion.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 20.17; 21; 22.7; 279.15, .16, .24.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
214 - Public Hearings
214 - Public Hearings dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 10:34214.1 - Public Participation in Board Meetings
214.1 - Public Participation in Board MeetingsThe board recognizes the importance of citizen participation in school district matters. In order to assure citizens are heard and board meetings are conducted efficiently and in an organized manner, the board will set aside specific time for public comment.
Public Comment During Board Meetings
Citizens wishing to address the board during public comment must notify the board secretary or superintendent prior to the board meeting. The board president will recognize these individuals to make their comments at the appropriate time during public comment. Citizens wishing to present petitions to the board may also do so at this time. However, the board will only receive the petitions and not act upon them or their contents.
The board has the discretion to limit the amount of time set aside for public participation. Normally, speakers will be limited to two (2) minutes with a total allotted time for public participation of thirty (30) minutes. However, the board president may modify this time limit, if deemed appropriate or necessary. Public comment is a time set aside for community input, but the board will not discuss or take any action on any matter during public comment.
Public comment shall be limited to regular board meetings and will not be routinely held during special board meetings or board work sessions.
Petitions to Place a Topic on the Agenda
Individuals who wish for an item to be placed on the board agenda may submit a valid petition to the board. For a petition to be valid, it must be signed by at least 500 eligible electors of the district, or ten percent of the individuals who voted in the last school election, whichever number is lower.
Upon receiving a valid petition to the board to place a proposal on the next board agenda for public hearing, the board will place the proposal identified in the petition on the agenda of the next regular meeting, or a special meeting held within 30 days of receipt of the petition. The board will provide a sign-up sheet for all individuals who wish to speak on the proposal, and individuals will be called to speak in order of sign-up. The sign-up sheet will require each individual to list their legal name and mailing address. Each speaker will be limited to an amount of time established by the board president that is reasonable and necessary based on the number of speakers signed up. The same time limit will apply to all speakers on the proposal. Each individual will be limited to one opportunity to speak. The board maintains absolute discretion on whether or not to discuss or act on the public comments made on the proposal. If a petition is related to curriculum, the district maintains discretion to determine whether to stop teaching that curriculum until the board holds the public hearing to discuss the curriculum.
The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted. Only those speakers recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. If disruptive, the individual making the comments or any other individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting.
The board has a significant interest in maintaining the decorum of its meetings, and it is expected that members of the public and the board will address each other with civility. The orderly process of the board meeting will not be interfered with or disrupted by public comment. Only individuals recognized by the board president will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. If disruptive, the individual making the comments or any other individual causing disruption may be asked to leave the board meeting. Defamatory comments may be subject to legal action.
Individuals who have a complaint about employees may bring their complaint to the board only after they have followed board policy addressing citizens’ complaints. Students who have a complaint may only bring their complaint to the board after they have followed board policy addressing students’ complaints.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed August 2, 2023
Revised August 2, 2023
214.1R1 - General Complaints by Citizen Regulations
214.1R1 - General Complaints by Citizen RegulationsThe board recognizes that concerns regarding the operation of the school district will arise. The board further believes that constructive criticism can assist in improving the quality of the education program and in meeting individual student needs more effectively. The board also places trust in its employees and desires to support their actions in a manner which frees them from unnecessary or unwarranted criticism and complaints.
Procedures for dealing with complaints concerning programs or practices should be governed by the following principles:
- where action/investigation is desired by the complainant, or where it seems appropriate, the matter should be handled as near the source as possible;
- complaints should both be investigated and, if possible, resolved expeditiously;
- complaints should be dealt with courteously and in a constructive manner; and,
- individuals directly affected by the complaint should have an opportunity to respond.
Specific procedures for handling complaints may be established in policies. The board, consistent with its board policy-making role, will deal with complaints concerning specific schools, programs or procedures only after the usual channels have been exhausted. Complaints regarding employees or complaints by students will follow the more specific policies on those issues.
When a complaint requiring attention is received by the board or a board member, it will be referred to the superintendent. After all of the channels have been exhausted, the complainant may appeal to the board by requesting a place on the board agenda or during the public audience portion of the board meeting. If the complainant appeals to the board, the appeal will be in writing, signed and explain the process followed by the complainant prior to the appeal to the board. It is within the board's discretion to determine whether to hear the complaint.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code § 279.8
215 - Public Hearings
215 - Public HearingsPublic hearings may be held on school district matters at the discretion of the board. Public notice of a public hearing will be in the same manner as for a board meeting except that the notice will be given at least ten days before the hearing is to be held unless it is impossible or impractical to do so or the law requires otherwise.
At public hearings, citizens of the district who register at the door will be allowed to speak on the issue for which the public hearing is being held. Others may be allowed to speak at the board’s discretion. Speakers are asked to keep their remarks as brief as possible. Prior to the beginning of the hearing, speakers and spectators will be apprised of the rules of order to be followed regarding time limitations, questions, remarks and rebuttals. In no event will a speaker be allowed to take the time of another speaker.
The board will conduct public hearings in an orderly fashion. At the beginning of the hearing, statements, background materials and public hearing rules and procedures will be presented by the board president. The board president will recognize the speakers. A board member may ask questions of the speakers after receiving permission from the board president. Only those speakers recognized by the chair will be allowed to speak. Comments by others are out of order. Individuals who interfere with or interrupt speakers, the board or the proceedings will be asked to leave.
The board may take action on the subject at the public hearing, after all presentations have been made, or at a later meeting.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 24.9; 26.12; 279.8, .10; 297.22.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
216 - Board of Directors’ Records
216 - Board of Directors’ Records dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 10:37216.1 - Board of Directors’ Records
216.1 - Board of Directors’ RecordsThe board will keep and maintain permanent records of the board including, but not limited to, records of the minutes of board meetings and other required records of the board.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep the minutes of the board meetings. The minutes of each board meeting will include, at a minimum, the following items: a record of the date, time, place, members present, action taken and the vote of each member, and the schedule of bills allowed will be attached. This information will be available within two weeks of the board meeting and forwarded to the newspaper designated as the official newspaper for publication. The information does not need to be published within two weeks. The schedule of bills allowed may be published on a once monthly basis in lieu of publication with the minutes. The permanent records of the board minutes may include more detail than is required for the publication of the minutes.
Minutes waiting approval at the next board meeting will be available for inspection at the central administration office after the board secretary transcribes the notes into typewritten material which has been proofread for errors and retyped.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, .35, .36; 291.6, .7; 618.3
281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
216.1E1 - Board Meeting Minutes
216.1E1 - Board Meeting MinutesA complete and accurate set of minutes of each regular and special board meeting shall be kept to comply with all legal requirements.
The board minutes should reflect the following:
- The place, date, and time of each meeting.
- The type of meeting--regular, special, emergency, work session.
- Members present and members absent, by name.
- The call to order and adjournment.
- The departure of members by name before adjournment.
- The late arrival of members, by name.
- The time and place of the next meeting.
- Approval, or amendment and approval, of the minutes of the preceding meeting.
- Complete information as to each subject of the board’s deliberation and the action taken.
- The maker and seconder of the motion, what action was taken, and the vote on the motion detailed enough to attribute a vote to each member present.
- Complete text of all board resolutions, numbered consecutively for each fiscal year.
- A record of all contracts entered into, with the contract documents kept in a separate file.
- A record of all change orders on construction contracts.
- All employment changes, including resignations or terminations.
- A record, by number, of the bills of account approved by the board for payment.
- A record of all calls for bids, bids received, and action taken thereon.
- Approval of all transfers of funds from one budgetary fund to another.
- Important documents forming a part of a motion should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit and placed in the minute book along with the minutes.
- Board policy and administrative guides should be made a part of the minutes by exhibit.
- Adoption of textbooks and establishment of bus routes by the board for the school year as well as the school calendar should become a part of the minutes.
- Approval or disapproval of open enrollment requests with justification for disapproval or approval after the deadline.
- A record of all delegations appearing before the board and a record of all petitions.
- At the annual meeting each year the record should indicate that the books of the treasurer and secretary and the Certified Annual Report have been examined and approved subject to audit.
- The election or appointment of board officers.
- The appointment of auditors to examine the books.
At the annual or organizational meeting in odd-numbered years, the board minutes should reflect the following:
- Appointment of a temporary chairperson if not specified in policy.
- Oath of office administered to newly elected board members.
- Nominations taken for the office of president and vice-president.
- Election of the president and vice-president, the votes and the oath of office administered to the president and vice-president.
- The resolution to pay bills when the board is not in session.
- A resolution to automatically disburse payroll along with a roster of all employees under contract.
- A resolution naming depositories along with the maximum deposit for each depository.
- Resolution authorizing the use of a check protector and signer and the proper control of the signer.
- Motion designating a member or a committee to examine the bills of account for a designated period of time on a rotation basis if desired for the balance of the school year.
- Voting rotation when a roll call vote is used if so desired by the board.
A copy of the minutes shall be sent to each member of the board before the next regularly scheduled meeting. The board secretary shall furnish a copy of the proceedings as indicated by the minutes within a reasonable amount of time following the adjournment of the meeting to the school district’s official newspaper for publication.
Minutes shall be kept in an official record book specified for that purpose and shall be kept on file as the official record of legislation of the school district and shall be open to public inspection. Examination of the official record book by any citizen or group of citizens must be made at the location where the school district maintains the records and under the jurisdiction of the board secretary.
A complete and accurate set of minutes will be made of each meeting and/or session of the board as required by law. A complete and accurate set of minutes and complete audio recordings will be made of each closed session of the board as required by law. The board secretary will be custodian of the minutes and audio recordings from a closed session, which shall be maintained as required by law.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 21; 22; 279.8, .35, .36; 291.6, .7; 618.3
281 I.A.C. 12.3(1).
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
217 - Board of Directors’ Members Compensation and Expenses
217 - Board of Directors’ Members Compensation and ExpensesAs an elected public official, the board member is a public servant who serves without compensation. Board members will be reimbursed for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties as allowed by law.
Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the board member must submit a detailed receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. A credit card receipt is generally not considered a detailed receipt. Failure to provide a detailed receipt will make the expense nonreimbursable. In exceptional circumstances, the board may allow a claim without proper receipt. Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances will be maintained as part of the school district’s record of the claim.
Personal expenses will be reimbursed by the board member to the school district no later than ten working days following the date of the expense.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to compile the expenses of board members and bring them to the board for audit and approval in the same manner as other claims of the school district. It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the expenses incurred by a board member are actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their official duties.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code §§ 68B; 277.27; 279.7A, .8, .32.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
218 - Gifts to Board of Directors
218 - Gifts to Board of DirectorsBoard members may receive a gift on behalf of the school district. Board members will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive a gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of “restricted donor” as outlined in Iowa law or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of “gift” or “honorarium” as outlined in Iowa law. Board members may receive nonmonetary gifts of a value less than $3.00 if the donor does not intend to influence the board member’s professional judgment.
It is the responsibility of each board member to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or honorariums.
Legal Reference: Iowa Code ch. 68B.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed September 27, 2021
Revised March 26, 2018
300 - ADMINISTRATION
300 - ADMINISTRATION Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 09/08/2020 - 08:32300 - Role of School District Administration
300 - Role of School District Administration dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 11:21300.1 - Role of School District Administration
300.1 - Role of School District AdministrationThe purpose of school administration is to help create and to foster an environment in which students can learn most effectively. All administrative duties and functions should be appraised in terms of the goals and objectives and the mission statement created by the school district.
School district administrators have been given a great opportunity and responsibility to manage the school district, to provide educational leadership, and to implement the educational philosophy of the school district. They are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the school district. In carrying out these operations, the administrators are guided by board policies, the law, the needs of the students, and the wishes of the citizens in the school district community.
It is the responsibility of the administrators to implement and enforce the policies of the board, to oversee employees, to monitor educational issues confronting the school district, and to inform the board about school district operations. While the board holds the superintendent ultimately responsible for these duties, the principals are more directly responsible for educational results, for the administration of the school facilities and for the employees.
In this series of the board policy manual, the board defines the role and the employment of school district administrators. Policies in the 400 Series, “Employees,” also apply to administrators unless a more specific policy exists in the 300 Series, “Administration.”
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised April 23, 2018
300.2 - Management
300.2 - ManagementThe board and the administration will work together to share information and decisions under the management team concept. The board and the administrators will work together in making decisions and setting goals for the school district. This effort is designed to obtain, share, and use information to solve problems, make decisions, and formulate school district policies and regulations.
It is the responsibility of each administrator to fully participate in the management of the school district by investigating, analyzing, and expressing their views on issues. Those board members or administrators with special expertise or knowledge of an issue may be called upon to provide information. Each board member and administrator will support the decisions reached on the issues confronting the school district.
The board is responsible for making the final decision in matters pertaining to the school district.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
301 - Administrators
301 - Administrators dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 11:24301.1 - Administrators
301.1 - AdministratorsThe superintendent, the building principals and any other administrators, for purposes of this Series (Series 300) of this Policy, shall be referred to collectively as “administrators.”
Superintendent of the School District
The superintendent shall be the head administrator and executive officer of the board and shall be directly responsible for the execution of the school district’s policies for the faithful and efficient observance of the school district’s rules by all employees throughout the system, and for the enforcement of all provisions of the law relating to the operation of the schools.
Other Administrators of the School District
The building principals and other administrators shall assist the superintendent and the board in the daily operation of the school district.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
301.2 - Recruitment and Appointment of Administrators
301.2 - Recruitment and Appointment of AdministratorsSuperintendent
The board will employ a superintendent to serve as the chief executive officer of the board, to conduct the daily operations of the school district, and to implement board policy with the power and duties prescribed by the board and the law.
The board, as needed, may engage in a search for applicants for the position of superintendent of the school district. The services of a consultant may be engaged to assist in screening and/or selecting candidates to be interviewed by the board.
Other Administrators
The board will employ building principals and other administrators, in addition to the superintendent, to assist in the daily operations of the school district. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board for filling any administrative position. The board will act only on the superintendent’s recommendation.
The services of a consultant may be engaged to assist in screening and/or selecting candidates to be interviewed by the board.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
301.3 - Administrator Contracts and Contract Nonrenewal
301.3 - Administrator Contracts and Contract NonrenewalThe length of the contract for employment between an administrator and the board is determined by the board. The contract will state the length of the contract and the terms of employment.
The first three consecutive years of a contract issued to a newly employed administrator will be considered a probationary period. The probationary period may be extended for an additional year upon the consent of the administrator. In the event of termination of a probationary or non-probationary contract, the board will afford the administrator appropriate due process, as required by law. The administrator and board may mutually agree to terminate the administrator's contract.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create a contract for each administrative position. The board may issue temporary and nonrenewable contracts in accordance with law.
If an administrator wishes to resign, to be released from a contract, or to retire, the administrator must comply with board policies dealing with retirement, release, or resignation.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
301.4 - Administrator Salary and Other Compensation
301.4 - Administrator Salary and Other CompensationThe board has complete discretion to set the salary of the superintendent and/or other administrators. The board authorizes the superintendent to recommend the salary of other administrators to the board. It is the responsibility of the board and/or the superintendent to set the salary and benefits of the superintendent and other administrators at a level that will include consideration of, but not be limited to, the economic condition of the school district and the training, experience, skill, and demonstrated competence of the administrator. The salary is set at the beginning of each contract term.
In addition to the salary and benefits, the administrator’s actual and necessary expenses are paid by the school district when the administrator is performing work-related duties. It is within the discretion of the board to pay dues to professional organizations for the superintendent. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to pay dues to professional organizations for the administrator.
The board believes the administrator is to stay current on educational issues, and as such, the board may approve the payment of dues and other benefits or compensation over and above the administrator’s contract. Approval of dues and other benefits or compensation will be included in the records of the board in accordance with board policy.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
301.5 - Administrator Duties
301.5 - Administrator DutiesSuperintendent
The board employs a superintendent of schools to serve as the chief executive officer of the board. The board delegates to the superintendent the authority to implement board policy and to execute decisions made by the board concerning the internal operations of the school district, unless specifically stated otherwise.
The superintendent is responsible for the implementation and execution of board policy and the observance of board policy by employees and students. The superintendent is responsible for overall supervision and discipline of employees and the education program. In executing the above-stated duties, the superintendent will consider the financial situation of the school district as well as the needs of the students.
Specifically the superintendent:
- Interprets and implements all board policies and all state and federal laws relevant to education;
- Supervises, either directly or through delegation, all activities of the school system according to, and consistent with, the policies of the board;
- Represents the board as a liaison between the school district and the community;
- Establishes and maintains a program of public relations to keep the public well-informed of the activities and needs of the school district, effecting a wholesome and cooperative working relationship between the school district and the community;
- Attends and participates in all meetings of the board, except when the superintendent has been excused, and makes recommendations affecting the school district;
- Reports to the board on such matters as deemed material to the understanding and proper management of the school district or as the board may request;
- Assumes responsibility for the overall financial planning of the district and for the preparation of the annual budget, and submits it to the board for review and approval;
- stablishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school district funds in accordance with the adopted budget, subject to the direction and approval of the board;
- Files, or causes to be filed, all reports required by law;
- Makes recommendations to the board for the selection of employees for the school district;
- Makes and records assignments and transfers of all employees pursuant to their qualifications;
- Employs such employees as may be necessary, within the limits of budgetary provisions and subject to the board’s approval;
- Recommends to the board, for final action, the promotion, salary change, demotion, or dismissal of any employee;
- Prescribes rules for the classification and advancement of students, and for the transfer of students from one building to another in accordance with board policies;
- Summons employees of the school district to attend such regular and occasional meetings as are necessary to carry out the education program of the school district;
- Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools;
- Attends such conventions and conferences as are necessary to keep informed of the latest educational trends;
- Accepts responsibility for the general efficiency of the school system, for the development of the employees, and for the educational growth and welfare of the students;
- Defines educational needs and formulates policies and plans for recommendation to the board;
- Makes administrative decisions necessary for the proper functioning of the school district;
- Responsible for scheduling the use of buildings and grounds by all groups and/or organizations;
- Acts as the purchasing agent for the board, and establishes procedures for the purchase of books, materials and supplies;
- Approves vacation schedules for employees;
- Conducts periodic district administration meetings; and,
- Performs other duties as may be assigned by the board.
- Supervises the establishment or modification of the boundaries of school attendance and transportation areas subject to approval of the board.
- Directs studies of buildings and sites, taking into consideration population trends and the educational and cultural needs of the district in order to ensure timely decisions by the board and the electorate regarding construction and renovation projects.
This list of duties will not act to limit the board’s authority and responsibility over the superintendent. In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the superintendent will consider the school district’s financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.
Other Administrators
The board will employ other administrators to assist the superintendent in the day-to-day operations of the school district.
Building principals shall be responsible for the administration and operation of the attendance center(s) to which they are assigned. Each building principal, as chief administrator of the assigned attendance center, is responsible for the building and grounds, for the students and employees assigned to the attendance center, for school activities at the attendance center, for the education program offered in the attendance center, and the budget for the attendance center. The principal is considered the professional advisor to the superintendent in matters pertaining to the attendance center supervised by the principal.
Although the principals serve under the direction of the superintendent, duties of the principal may include, but not be limited to the following:
- Cooperate in the general organization and plan of procedure in the school under the principal’s supervision;
- Supervision of the teachers in the principal’s attendance center;
- Maintain the necessary records for carrying out delegated duties;
- Work with the superintendent in rating, recommending and selecting supervised employees whenever possible;
- Work with the superintendent in determining the education program to be offered and in arranging the schedules. As much of the schedule as possible should be made before school closes for summer vacation. In the matter of courses offered, the final approval rests with the superintendent who is in turn responsible to the board;
- Ensure that proper care is taken of all school books, supplies, materials, equipment, furniture and facilities;
- Instruct teachers to make a complete annual inventory of all school property contained in their individual rooms. This inventory is reviewed and filed with the board secretary;
- Investigate excessive cases of absence or tardiness of students and notify the parents or guardians of unexcused absence or tardiness. All such cases should be reported to the superintendent;
- Make such reports from time to time as the superintendent may require;
- Maintain the regular schedule of school hours established by the board and make no temporary changes in the schedule without the consent of the superintendent;
- Promptly notify the superintendent whenever ventilation, sanitation or heating of the building is unsatisfactory;
- Contribute to the formation and implementation of general policies and procedures of the school;
- Perform such other duties as may be assigned by the superintendent of schools.
This list of duties will not act to limit the board’s authority and responsibility over the position of the administrators. In executing these duties and others the board may delegate, the administrators will consider the school district’s financial condition as well as the needs of the students in the school district.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
301.6 - Administrator Evaluation
301.6 - Administrator EvaluationSuperintendent
The board will conduct an ongoing evaluation of the superintendent’s skills, abilities, and competence. At a minimum, the board will formally evaluate the superintendent on an annual basis. The goal of the superintendent’s formal evaluation is to ensure the educational program for the students is carried out, promote growth in effective administrative leadership, clarify the superintendent’s role, clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and develop a working relationship between the board and the superintendent.
The superintendent will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:
- Mission, Vision and Core Values: Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
- Ethics and Professional Norms: Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Equity and Cultural Responsiveness: Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment: Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Community Care and Support for Students: Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
- Professional Capacity of School Personnel: Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Professional Community for Teachers and Staff: Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community: Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Operations and Management: Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- School Improvement: Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
The formal evaluation will be based upon the following principles:
- The evaluation criteria will be in writing, clearly stated and mutually agreed upon by the board and the superintendent. The criteria will be related to the job description and the school district’s goals;
- At a minimum, the evaluation process will be conducted annually at a time agreed upon;
- Each board member will have an opportunity to individually evaluate the superintendent, and these individual evaluations will be compiled into an overall evaluation by the entire board;
- The superintendent will conduct a self-evaluation prior to discussing the board’s evaluation, and the board as a whole will discuss its evaluation with the superintendent;
- The board may discuss its evaluation of the superintendent in closed session upon a request from the superintendent and if the board’s discussion in open session will needlessly and irreparably injure the superintendent’s reputation; and,
- The individual evaluation by each board member, if individual board members so desire, will not be reviewed by the superintendent. Board members are encouraged to communicate their criticisms and concerns to the superintendent in the closed session. The board president will develop a written summary of the individual evaluations, including both the strengths and the weaknesses of the superintendent, and place it in the superintendent’s personnel file to be incorporated into the next cycle of evaluations.
This policy supports and does not preclude the ongoing, informal evaluation of the superintendent’s skills, abilities and competence.
Other Administrators
The superintendent will conduct an ongoing process of evaluating the administrators on their skills, abilities, and competence. At a minimum, the superintendent will formally evaluate the administrators annually. The goal of the administrator’s formal evaluation process is to ensure that the educational program for the students is carried out, student learning goals of the school district are met, promote growth in effective administrative leadership for the school district, clarify the administrator’s role as defined by the board and the superintendent, ascertain areas in need of improvement, clarify the immediate priorities of the responsibilities listed in the job description, and develop a working relationship between the superintendent and the administrator.
The superintendent is responsible for designing an administrator evaluation instrument. The formal evaluation will include written criteria related to the job description. The superintendent, after receiving input from the administrators, will present the formal evaluation instrument to the board for approval.
The formal evaluation will also include an opportunity for the administrator and the superintendent to discuss the written criteria, the past year’s performance and the future areas of growth. The evaluation is completed by the superintendent, signed by the administrator and filed in the administrator’s personnel file.
The principal will be an educational leader who promotes the success of all students by:
- Mission, Vision and Core Values: Develop, advocate and enact a shared mission, vision, and core values of high-quality education and academic success and well-being of each student.
- Ethics and Professional Norms: Act ethically and according to professional norms to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Equity and Cultural Responsiveness: Strive for equity of educational opportunity and culturally responsive practices to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Curriculum, Instruction and Assessment: Develop and support intellectually rigorous and coherent systems of curriculum, instruction and assessment to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Community Care and Support for Students: Cultivate an inclusive, caring and supportive school community that promotes the academic success and well-being of each student.
- Professional Capacity of School Personnel: Develop the professional capacity and practice of school personnel to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Professional community for Teachers and Staff: Foster a professional community of teachers and professional staff to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Meaningful Engagement of Families and Community: Engage families and the community in meaningful, reciprocal, and mutually beneficial ways to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- Operations and Management: Manage school operations and resources to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
- School Improvement: Act as an agent of continuous improvement to promote each student’s academic success and well-being.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
301.7 - Administrator Professional Development
301.7 - Administrator Professional DevelopmentThe board encourages the superintendent and other administrators to continue professional growth by being involved in professional organizations, attending conferences, continuing education, and participating in other professional activities.
It is the responsibility of the administrator to arrange the administrator’s schedule in order to enable attendance at various conferences and events. If a conference or event requires the administrator to be absent from the office for more than three days, requires overnight travel, or involves unusual expense, the superintendent will bring it to the attention of the board president and the other administrators will bring it to the attention of the superintendent prior to attending the event.
The administrator may be required to report to the board after an event.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
301.8 - Administrator Consulting/Outside Employment
301.8 - Administrator Consulting/Outside EmploymentAn administrative position is considered full-time employment. The board expects administrators to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over other employment. An administrator may accept consulting or outside employment for pay as long as, in the judgment of the board, the work is conducted on the administrator’s personal time and it does not interfere with the performance of the administrator’s duties.
The board reserves the right, however, to request the administrator cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment. The board will give the administrator thirty days notice to cease outside employment.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
302 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations
302 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 11:35302.1 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative Regulations
302.1 - Development and Enforcement of Administrative RegulationsAdministrative regulations may be necessary to implement board policy. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop and enforce administrative regulations.
In developing the administrative regulations, the superintendent may consult with administrators or others likely to be affected by the regulations. Once the regulations are developed, employees, students and other members of the school district community will be informed in a manner determined by the superintendent.
The board will be kept informed of the administrative regulations utilized and their revisions. The board may review and recommend change of administrative regulations prior to their use in the school district if they are contrary to the intent of board policy.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
302.2 - Monitoring of Administrative Regulations
302.2 - Monitoring of Administrative RegulationsThe administrative regulations will be monitored and revised when necessary. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to monitor and revise the administrative regulations.
The superintendent may rely on the board, administrators, employees, students, and other members of the school district community to inform the superintendent about the effect of and possible changes in the administrative regulations.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
303 - Administrative Succession of Authority
303 - Administrative Succession of AuthorityIn the absence of the superintendent, it is the responsibility of the other administrators to assume the superintendent’s duties. If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the successor shall be that individual or individuals temporarily appointed by the superintendent and communicated to the board president.
If the absence of the superintendent is temporary, the successor will assume only those duties and responsibilities of the superintendent that require immediate action. If the board determines the superintendent will be absent for an extended period of time, the board will appoint an acting superintendent to assume the responsibilities of the superintendent. The successor will assume the duties when the successor learns of the superintendent’s absence or when assigned by the superintendent or the board.
References to “superintendent” in this policy manual will mean the “superintendent or the superintendent’s designee” unless otherwise stated in the board policy.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
304 - Administrator Code of Ethics
304 - Administrator Code of EthicsAdministrators, as part of the educational leadership in the school district community, represent the views of the school district. Their actions, verbal and nonverbal, reflect the attitude and the beliefs of the school district. Therefore, administrators will conduct themselves professionally and in a manner fitting to their position.
Each administrator will follow the code of ethics stated in this policy. Failure to act in accordance with this code of ethics or in a professional manner, in the judgment of the board, will be grounds for discipline up to, and including, discharge.
The professional school administrator:
- Makes the education and well-being of students the fundamental value of all decision making.
- Fulfills all professional duties with honesty and integrity and always acts in a trustworthy and responsible manner.
- Supports the principle of due process and protects the civil and human rights of all individuals.
- Implements local, state and national laws.
- Advises the school board and implements the board's policies and administrative rules and regulations.
- Pursues appropriate measures to correct those laws, policies, and regulations that are not consistent with sound educational goals or that are not in the best interest of children.
- Avoids using his/her position for personal gain through political, social, religious, economic or other influences.
- Accepts academic degrees or professional certification only from accredited institutions.
- Maintains the standards and seeks to improve the effectiveness of the profession through research and continuing professional development.
- Honors all contracts until fulfillment, release or dissolution mutually agreed upon by all parties.
- Accepts responsibility and accountability for one's own actions and behaviors.
- Commits to serving others above self.
Approved April 23, 2018
Reviewed January 10, 2022
Revised January 24, 2022
400 - EMPLOYEES
400 - EMPLOYEES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 09/08/2020 - 08:34400 - Role and Guiding Principles for Employees
400 - Role and Guiding Principles for Employees dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 09/15/2020 - 12:49400.1 - Role of and Guiding Principles for Employees
400.1 - Role of and Guiding Principles for EmployeesThis series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board’s goals and objectives for employees in the performance of their jobs. Employees provide a variety of important services for the children of the school district community. They may be teaching or assisting in the classroom, working in the office, maintaining the facilities, driving or repairing the school buses, or cooking lunches. Each employee plays a vital role in providing an equal opportunity for a quality education for students commensurate with the students’ individual needs. All employees have an impact on the school environment, including students, parents, and community members, by their dedication to their work and their actions. As role models for the students, employees shall promote a cooperative, enthusiastic, and supportive learning environment for the students.
In striving to achieve a quality education program, the board’s goal is to obtain and retain qualified and effective employees. The board shall have complete discretion to determine the number, the qualifications, and the duties of the positions and the school district’s standards of acceptable performance. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board in these areas prior to board action. The board recognizes its duty to bargain collectively with duly certified collective bargaining units.
Board policies in this series relating to general employees shall apply to employees regardless of their position as a licensed employee, classified employee, substitute or administrator. Board policies relating to licensed employees shall apply to positions that require a teaching license or administrator’s certificate or other professional license, certificate or endorsement, unless administrative positions are specifically excluded from the policy or a more specific policy is in the 300 series. Classified employees’ policies included in this series shall apply to positions that do not fall within the definition of licensed employee.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
400.2 - Equal Employment Opportunity
400.2 - Equal Employment OpportunityThe Red Oak Community School District will provide equal opportunity to employees and applicants for employment in accordance with applicable equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws, directives and regulations of federal, state and local governing bodies. Opportunity to all employees and applicants for employment includes hiring, placement, promotion, transfer or demotion, recruitment, advertising or solicitation for employment, treatment during employment, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and layoff or termination. The school district will take affirmative action in major job categories where women, men, minorities, and persons with disabilities are underrepresented.
Employees will support and comply with the district’s established equal employment opportunity and affirmative action policies. Employees will be given notice of this policy annually.
The board will appoint an affirmative action coordinator. The affirmative action coordinator will have the responsibility for drafting the affirmative action plan. The affirmative action plan will be reviewed by the board at least every two years.
Individuals who file an application with the school district will be given consideration for employment if they meet or exceed the qualifications set by the board, administration, and Iowa Department of Education for the position for which they apply. In employing individuals, the board will consider the qualifications, credentials, and records of the applicants without regard to the applicants’ age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information. In keeping with the law, the board will consider the veteran status of applicants.
Prior to a final offer of employment for any position, the school district will perform any background check required by law. The district may determine on a case-by-case basis that, based on the duties, some positions within the district will require more thorough background checks. Based upon the results of the background checks, the school district will determine whether an offer will be extended and may withdraw a previously extended offer.
Advertisements and notices for vacancies within the district will contain the following statement: “The Red Oak Community School District is an equal employment opportunity/affirmative action employer.” The statement will also appear on application forms.
Inquiries by employees or applicants for employment regarding compliance with equal employment opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed to the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 400 E. 14th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309-1004, (515) 281-4121 or 1-800-457-4416, http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html or to the Director of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commissions, Milwaukee Area Office, Reuss Federal Plaza, 310 West Wisconsin Ave., Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI., 53203-2292, (800) 669-4000 or TTY (800) 669-6820. http://www.eeoc.gov/field/milwaukee/index.cfm. Such inquiry or complaint to the state or federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.
Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district’s central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
401 - Employees - General
401 - Employees - General dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 09/15/2020 - 12:52401.1 - Employee Defined
401.1 - Employee DefinedEmployees are those individuals who are employed by the school district on an ongoing basis who are not independent contractors. The district may give employees individual contracts or letters of assignment or may not issue any form of written document to employees, as required by law and in the discretion of the district. Any contracts for employment must be signed by the board president
Licensed employees, including administrators, are those employees required to hold an appropriate license from the Iowa Department of Education for their position as required by the Board of Educational Examiners or others with professional licenses. Licenses required for a position will be considered met if the employee meets the requirements established by the Iowa Department of Education. Licensed employees must present evidence of current license to the board secretary prior to payment of salary each year.
Support staff employees or classified are employees who are not administrators or employees in positions which require a license issued by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners and who are employed to fulfill the duties listed on their job description on a monthly or hourly basis. Support staff employees required to hold a license for their position must present evidence of their current license to the board secretary prior to payment of wages each year.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to establish job specifications and job descriptions for employees’ positions, other than the position of the superintendent. Job descriptions may be approved by the board.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
401.2 - Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and Selection
401.2 - Employee Qualifications, Recruitment, and SelectionRecruitment and selection of the employees of the district shall be the responsibility of the superintendent. In the discharge of this responsibility, the superintendent may utilize other administrators and/or staff members as is practical and effective.
Selection of employees shall be based on the following qualifications, as well as any other qualifications the superintendent or administrator deems appropriate:
- Training, education, experience, and skill
- Demonstrated professional competency;
- Personality;
- General suitability for the position;
- The needs of the district.
All professional employees shall be properly licensed as required by statutory enactment and the Iowa Department of Education.
The superintendent shall make a recommendation to the board and the board shall approve any recommendation prior to any individual being employed by the board, except the superintendent may hire teachers without approval of the board. However, the superintendent will have the authority to employ an employee on a temporary basis until a recommendation can be made and action can be taken by the board on the position.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
401.3 Limitations to Employment References
401.3 Limitations to Employment ReferencesThe Red Oak Community School District believes in taking appropriate measures to promote the health and welfare of all students. Any school employee, contractor, or agent shall not assist another school employee, contractor, or agent in obtaining a new job, apart from the routine transmission of administrative personnel files, if the individual or agency knows, or has probable cause to believe, that such school employee, contractor, or agent engaged in sexual misconduct regarding a minor or student in violation of the law.
This limitation does not apply if the matter has been properly reported to law enforcement and any other regulatory authorities required by law, and either:
- the matter has been officially closed by the law enforcement agency;
- the individual is acquitted or otherwise exonerated of the alleged misconduct; or
- more than four years has passed since the case was opened, and no charges or indictment have been filed.
Approved: March 14, 2022
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised:
401.4 - Employee Leaves and Absences
401.4 - Employee Leaves and AbsencesEmployees shall be provided leave as required under federal, state or local law; as specified in board policy; as specified in a collective bargaining unit covering the employee; or as specified in the individual employee’s contract with the district.
Unpaid leave may be used to excuse an involuntary absence not provided for in other leave policies. Employees may make requests for unpaid leaves of absence. Such requests shall be submitted in writing to the superintendent or designee at least five (5) work days in advance except in cases of emergency, in which case authorization must be requested as soon as possible and in no event more than five (5) work days after the absence. Such requests will be considered individually on their own merits and in accordance with the applicable collective bargaining agreement, if any, and state and federal law.
The superintendent or designee will have complete discretion to grant or deny the requested unpaid leave. In making this determination, the superintendent will consider the effect of the employee’s absence on the education program and school district operations, the financial condition of the school district, length of service, previous record of absence, the reason for the requested absence, and other factors the superintendent believes are relevant in making this determination.
If unpaid leave is granted, the duration of the leave period is coordinated with the scheduling of the education program whenever possible, to minimize the disruption of the education program and school district operations.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
401.5 - Employee Resignation
401.5 - Employee ResignationLicensed Employees
A licensed employee who wishes to resign must notify the superintendent in writing within the time period set by the board for return of the contract. This applies to regular contracts for the licensed employee’s regular duties and for an extracurricular contract for extra duty. Resignations of this nature will be accepted by the board.
The board may require an individual who has resigned from an extracurricular contract to accept the resigned position for only the subsequent school year when the board has made a good faith effort to find a replacement and the licensed employee is continuing to be employed by the school district.
Support Staff Employees
Support staff employees who wish to resign during the school year must notify the superintendent in writing of their intent to resign and final date of employment no less than thirty (30) days prior to their last working day.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
401.6 - Employee Contract Release-Licensed Employees
401.6 - Employee Contract Release-Licensed EmployeesLicensed employees who wish to be released from an executed contract must give at least twenty-one days notice to the superintendent. Licensed employees may be released at the discretion of the board. Only in unusual and extreme circumstances will the board release a licensed employee from a contract. The board will have sole discretion to determine what constitutes unusual and extreme circumstances.
Release from a contract will be contingent upon finding a suitable replacement. Licensed employees requesting release from a contract after it has been signed and before it expires may be required to pay the board the cost of advertising incurred to locate and hire a suitable replacement. Upon written mutual agreement between the employee and the superintendent, the costs may be deducted from the employee’s salary. Payment of these costs is a condition for release from the contract at the discretion of the board. Failure of the licensed employee to pay these expenses may result in a cause of action being filed in small claims court.
The superintendent is required to file a complaint with the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners against a licensed employee who leaves without proper release from the board.
In the event a certified employee (i.e., teacher or administrator) submits a written resignation by November 30, to be effective at the end of the current school year, that employee shall be eligible to receive a $1,250 severance bonus. A certified employee who submits a written resignation by January 15, to be effective at the end of the current school year, shall be eligible to receive a $750 severance bonus. By acceptance of the severance bonus, the employee waives any rights to seek unemployment or other employment claims against the district. The payment of the severance bonus shall occur within thirty (30) days following board approval of the resignation. Once the resignation is approved by the Board, all the employee’s rights will be terminated on the employee’s last contract day of the current school year. Once approved, the employee’s resignation may not be rescinded. This provision may not be applied in conjunction with any other employment separation agreement.
Approved: August 23, 2021
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
401.7 - Employment Retirement
401.7 - Employment RetirementEmployees who will complete their current contract with the board may apply for retirement. No employee will be required to retire at a specific age.
Application for retirement will be considered made when the employee states in writing to the superintendent, no later than the date set by the board for the return of the employee’s contract to the board, if applicable, the intent of the employee to retire. The letter must state the employee’s desire to retire and be witnessed by another party other than the principal or the superintendent. Applications made after the date set by the board for the return of the employee’s contract to the board, if applicable, may be considered by the board if special circumstances exist. It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether special circumstances exist.
Board action to approve a licensed employee’s application for retirement is final, and such action constitutes nonrenewal and/or termination of the employee’s contract effective the day of the employee’s retirement.
Licensed employees who retire under this policy may qualify for retirement benefits through the Iowa Public Employees Retirement System.
Employees and their spouse and dependents who have group insurance coverage through the school district may be allowed to continue coverage of the school district’s group health insurance program, at their own expense, by meeting the requirements of the insurer.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
401.6R1 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Plan
401.6R1 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement PlanI. Eligibility for Early Retirement Plan
The school district offers an Early Retirement Plan for full-time licensed employees. Full-time licensed employees are licensed employees who are eligible for full insurance coverage under the requirements of the insurer and who are currently performing their assigned duties within the school district. A licensed employee is eligible to participate in the Early Retirement Plan under the following terms:
A. The number of applications for the Early Retirement Plan will be limited to no more than five (5) for a given fiscal year, unless the Board chooses to allow more than five(5).
B. The Early Retirement Plan will be available to a licensed employee who is fifty-five (55) years of age by the start of the next school year.
C. The Early Retirement Plan will be available to those who have completed their most recent ten (10) consecutive years of service in the Red Oak Community School District.
D. The employee shall submit an application for the plan on or before January 15 of the current school year, at the Board’s discretion.
E. The employee shall submit a written resignation resigning from the existing contract. The resignation may be contingent upon approval by the board of participation in the
voluntary early retirement program.
F. All applications for the Early Retirement Plan will be considered not later than the second regular Board meeting in January, and if more than the designated number allowed
in Section A are received, the highest priority will be given to the teachers with the longest continuous teaching service in the District.
G. An employee who meets the criteria in item “B”, but who has not completed a minimum of ten (10) consecutive years of service to the school district may apply for a
prorated early retirement amount. Approval of such application by the board will be based on the best interests of the school district, and if a prorated amount is approved,
the amount will be based on completed consecutive years of service at the time of the application for the Early Retirement Plan.
H. The application for the Early Retirement Plan and the resignation must be approved by the board, which will authorize disbursement of the early retirement amount.
I. Approval by the board of the licensed employee’s early retirement application shall constitute a voluntary resignation. Approval by the board of the licensed employee’s
early retirement application will also make the licensed employee eligible for disbursement of the early retirement amount on January 20 of the school year following the
licensed employee’s approval for early retirement. Failure of the board to approve the licensed employee’s early retirement application will make the licensed employee’s
current contract with the board continue in full force and effect.
II. Voluntary Early Retirement Amount and Terms:
A. An employee who meets one of the eligibility requirements will be eligible for the early retirement amount of $15,000, plus an amount equal to 25% of the employee’s
accumulated sick leave times the current daily substitute teacher pay rate. An employee whose contractual full-time equivalency (FTE) is less than 1.00 will be eligible for a
prorated early retirement amount by multiplying the employee’s FTE by the applicable amount above.
B. An employee agrees to participate in the “Special Pay Plan”. This plan allows payment of the early retirement amount to be paid to a Tax Shelter Annuity of the employee’s
choice. This Tax Shelter Annuity must be with a company that participates in the State of Iowa Plan. If the employee is currently contributing to a Tax Shelter Annuity the
payment will be made to the same company. The employee agrees not to close out this account before the January payment is made.
C. Upon retirement, the licensed employee is eligible to continue participation in the school district’s group insurance plan at the licensed employee’s expense by meeting the
requirements of the insurer. The employee/retiree must pay the monthly premium amount in full to the board secretary prior to the due date of the school district’s premium
payment to the insurance carrier.
This insurance coverage will cease when the licensed employee/retiree qualifies for Medicare coverage, secures other employment in which the employer provides
insurance coverage, or dies. If dependent insurance coverage is carried, that coverage may continue at the dependent’s expense beyond the employee’s/retiree’s
qualification for Medicare coverage under COBRA provisions.
In the event of the death of the employee/retiree, the dependent of the employee/retiree may continue coverage in the school district’s group health insurance program at
his/her own expense under COBRA provisions, if the dependent was covered through the school district’s group health insurance program prior to the death of the
employee/retiree.
D. An employee who elects to participate in this program will become a retired employee and will be entitled to all rights and privileges of such a retiree under applicable laws
and policies of the school district.
E. Beneficiary. In the event of the death of the employee prior to the early retirement amount being paid, payment will be as follows:
- Lump sum payment will be made to a designated beneficiary for the early retirement amount due to the employee on January 20 of the school year following the licensed employee’s approval for early retirement.
- In the event no beneficiary is named, payment shall be made to the estate of the employee on January 10 following the licensed employee’s approval for early retirement.
The board has complete discretion to offer or not to offer an Early Retirement Plan for licensed employees and will review this policy annually. The board may discontinue the school district’s Early Retirement Plan at any time.
401.6R2 - Support Staff Employee Early Retirement
401.6R2 - Support Staff Employee Early RetirementI. Eligibility for Early Retirement Plan
The school district offers an Early Retirement Plan for full-time support staff employees. Full-time support staff employees are support staff employees who are eligible for full insurance coverage under the requirements of the insurer and who are currently performing their assigned duties within the school district. A support staff employee is eligible to participate in the Early Retirement Plan under the following terms:
A. The number of applications for the Early Retirement Plan will be limited to no more than five (5) for a given fiscal year, unless the Board chooses to allow more than five (5).
B. The Early Retirement Plan will be available to a support staff employee who is fifty-five (55) years of age by the start of the next school year.
C. The Early Retirement Plan will be available to those who have completed their most recent ten (10) consecutive years of service in the Red Oak Community School District.
D. The employee shall submit an application for the plan on or before January 30 of the current school year, at the Board’s discretion.
E. The employee shall submit a written resignation resigning from the existing contract. The resignation may be contingent upon approval by the board of participation in the
voluntary early retirement program.
F. All applications for the Early Retirement Plan will be considered not later than the first regular board meeting in February, and if more than the designated number allowed in
Section A are received, the highest priority will be given to the employees with the longest continuous years of service in the District.
G. An employee who meets the criteria in item “B”, but who has not completed a minimum of ten (10) consecutive years of service to the school district may apply for a
prorated early retirement amount. Approval of such application by the board will be based on the best interests of the school district, and if a prorated amount is approved,
the amount will be based on completed consecutive years of service at the time of the application for the Early Retirement Plan.
H. The application for the Early Retirement Plan and the resignation must be approved by the board, which will authorize disbursement of the early retirement amount.
I. Approval by the board of the support staff employee's early retirement application shall constitute a voluntary resignation. Approval by the board of the support staff
employee's early retirement application will also make the support staff employee eligible for disbursement of the early retirement amount on January 10 of the school year
following the support staff employee’s approval for early retirement. Failure of the board to approve the support staff employee's early retirement application will make the
support staff employee's current contract with the board continue in full force and effect.
II. Voluntary Early Retirement Amount and Terms:
A. A support staff employee who meets one of the eligibility requirements as stated in the policy will be eligible for the early retirement amount of approximately 45% of the
beginning base pay for their job classification plus an amount equal to 25% of the employee’s accumulated sick leave times the current daily substitute pay rate for that
position. An employee whose contractual full-time equivalency (FTE) is less than 1.00 will be eligible for a prorated early retirement amount by multiplying the employee’s
FTE by the applicable amount above.
B. An employee agrees to participate in the “Special Pay Plan”. This plan allows payment of the early retirement amount to be paid to a Tax Shelter Annuity of the employee’s
choice. This Tax Shelter Annuity must be with a company that participates in the State of Iowa Plan. If the employee is currently contributing to a Tax Shelter Annuity the
payment will be made to the same company. The employee agrees not to close out this account before the January payment is made.
C. Upon retirement, the support staff employee is eligible to continue participation in the school district's group insurance plan at the support staff employee's expense by
meeting the requirements of the insurer. The employee/retiree must pay the monthly premium amount in full to the board secretary prior to the due date of the school
district's premium payment to the insurance carrier.
This insurance coverage will cease when the support staff employee/retiree qualifies for Medicare coverage, secures other employment in which the employer provides
insurance coverage, or dies. If dependent insurance coverage is carried, that coverage may continue at the dependent’s expense beyond the employee's/retiree's
qualification for Medicare coverage under COBRA provisions.
In the event of the death of the employee/retiree, the dependent of the employee/retiree may continue coverage in the school district's group health insurance program at
his/her own expense under COBRA provisions, if the dependent was covered through the school district's group health insurance program prior to the death of the
employee/retiree.
D. An employee who elects to participate in this program will become a retired employee and will be entitled to all rights and privileges of such a retiree under applicable laws
and policies of the school district.
E. Beneficiary. In the event of the death of the employee prior to the early retirement amount being paid, payment will be as follows:
- Lump sum payment will be made to a designated beneficiary for the early retirement amount due to the employee on January 10 of the school year following the support staff employee’s approval for early retirement.
- In the event no beneficiary is named, payment shall be made to the estate of the employee on January 10 following the support staff employee’s approval for early retirement.
The board has complete discretion to offer or not to offer an Early Retirement Plan for support staff employees and will review this policy annually. The board may discontinue the school district's Early Retirement Plan at any time.
401.6E1 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Plan Acknowledgment of Receipt
401.6E1 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Plan Acknowledgment of ReceiptThe undersigned licensed employee acknowledges receipt of the Early Retirement Plan documents stated below, for the licensed employee’s consideration:
- early retirement policy (plan description);
- early retirement application.
The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that the application and participation in the Early Retirement Plan is entirely voluntary.
The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that the school district recommends the licensed employee contact legal counsel and the employee’s personal accountant regarding participation in the Early Retirement Plan.
______________________________________________________________ _______________________________
Licensed Employee Date
401.6E2 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Plan Insurance Options
401.6E2 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Plan Insurance OptionsBoard policy allows the employee to continue to participate in the school district’s group health insurance plan until age 65 by meeting the requirements of the insurer.
The licensed employee is responsible for the cost of the health insurance premium. The licensed employee must pay the employee’s share of the premium by paying the monthly premium amount in full to the board secretary prior to the due date of the school district’s premium payment to the insurance carrier.
________ I would like to remain on the school’s health insurance policy. I will submit a check to the Central Office the first of each month. Failure to submit this check will result in loss of insurance coverage.
Plan selected: ___________________________________________________________________
________ I wish NOT to remain on the school’s health insurance policy when I am no longer an ACTIVE employee. (after all pay is received) COBRA option has been explained to me.
________I would like to remain on the school’s dental insurance policy. I will submit a check to the Central Office the first of each month. Failure to submit this check will result in loss of dental insurance coverage. Plan selected: __________________________________________________________
________I wish NOT to remain on the school’s dental insurance policy when I am no longer an ACTIVE employee. (after all pay is received) COBRA option has been explained to me.
________I wish to receive all remaining pay for the _______ school year on June 10, 20__. (Recommend you contact IPERS to discuss, if it is better for you to take all payment in June or to continue to receive checks during July and August. This varies from person to person) If the employee participates in the TaxSaver Plan, the July and August monthly amounts will be deducted from the June 10, 20__ paycheck.
______________________________________________________________ _______________________________
Licensed Employee Date
401.6E3 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Plan Application
401.6E3 - Licensed Employee Early Retirement Plan Application
The undersigned licensed employee is applying for early retirement pursuant to board policy. Please complete the following information:
______________________________________________________________ _______________________________
(Full Legal Name of Licensed Employee) (Social Security Number)
_______________________________________________________ _________________________ __________________________
(Current Job TItle) (Date of Birth) (Years of Consecutive Service)
Please attach a letter of resignation effective at the end of the current contract year.
The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that application and participation in the Early Retirement Plan is entirely voluntary.
The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that the early retirement amount will be paid on January 10 of the school year following the licensed employee’s approval for early retirement.
The undersigned licensed employee acknowledges that the school district recommends that the licensed employee contact legal counsel and the employee’s own personal accountant regarding participation in the Early Retirement Plan.
Should the licensed employee die prior to full payment of an early retirement amount, the licensed employee designates either the following individual as beneficiary or the licensed employee’s estate.
__________ Beneficiary __________ Estate
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Beneficiary
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Beneficiary Address
______________________________________________________________ _______________________________
Licensed Employee Date
______________________________________________________________ _______________________________
Witness Date
401.8 - Employee Suspension
401.8 - Employee SuspensionEmployees will perform their assigned job, respect and follow board policy, and obey the law. The superintendent is authorized to suspend an employee pending board action on a discharge, for investigation of charges against the employee, for reasons related to staff and student safety, and for disciplinary purposes. In the event of a suspension, appropriate due process will be followed. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to suspend an employee with or without pay.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
401.9 - Employee Dismissal
401.9 - Employee DismissalThe superintendent or designee has authority to suspend the services of any employee, as permitted under law. The superintendent or designee shall make a recommendation to the board regarding the employee’s employment with the district. The board shall take action whether or not to terminate the employee’s employment with the district, as required and/or permitted under law.
The superintendent, the superintendent’s designee and the board shall follow all applicable procedures and provide appropriate due process as required under the law and/or as required in a negotiated labor contract, if any.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
401.10 Employee Expression
401.10 Employee ExpressionThe board believes the district has an interest in maintaining an orderly and effective work environment while balancing employees First Amendment rights to freedom of expression and diverse viewpoints and beliefs. When employees speak within their official capacity, their expression represents the district and may be regulated. The First Amendment protects a public employee’s speech when the employee is speaking as an individual citizen on a matter of public concern. Even so, employee expression that has an adverse impact on district operations and/or negatively impacts an employee’s ability to perform their job for the district may still result in disciplinary action up to and including termination.
Employees who use social media platforms are encouraged to remember that the school community may not be able to separate employees as private citizens, from their role within the district. Employee expression on social media platforms that interferes with the district’s operations or prevents the district from functioning efficiently and effectively may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
A district employee who acts to protect a student for engaging in free expression or who refuses to infringe on students engaging in free expression; and who is acting within the scope of their professional ethics will not be retaliated against or face any adverse employment action based on their behavior provided that expression is otherwise permitted by law and board policy.
If the board or court finds an employee that is subject to licensure, certification or authorization by the Board of Educational Examiners discriminated against a student or other co-employee, the board will refer the employee to the Board of Educational Examiners for additional proceedings as required by law and which may result in discipline up to and including termination.
Approved: February 14, 2022
Reviewed:
Revised:
402 - Employees and Internal Relations
402 - Employees and Internal Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 09/15/2020 - 13:27402.1 - Employee Conflict of Interest
402.1 - Employee Conflict of InterestEmployees’ use of their position with the school district for financial gain is considered a conflict of interest with their position as employees and may subject employees to disciplinary action.
Employees have access to information and a captive audience that could award the employee personal or financial gain. No employee may solicit other employees or students for personal or financial gain to the employee without the approval of the superintendent. If the approval of the superintendent is given, the employee must conduct the solicitations within the conditions set by the superintendent. Further, the superintendent may, upon five days’ notice, require the employee to cease such solicitations as a condition of continued employment.
Employees will not act as an agent or dealer for the sale of textbooks or other school supplies. Employees will not participate for personal financial remuneration in outside activities wherein their position on the staff is used to sell goods or services to students or to parents. Employees will not engage in outside work or activities where the source of information concerning the customer, client or employer originates from information obtained because of the employee’s position in the school district.
It will also be a conflict of interest for an employee to engage in any outside employment or activity which is in conflict with the employee’s official duties and responsibilities. In determining whether outside employment or activity of an employee creates a conflict of interest, situations in which an unacceptable conflict of interest is deemed to exist will include, but not be limited to, any of the following:
- The outside employment or activity involves the use of the school district’s time, facilities, equipment and supplies or the use of the school district’s badge, uniform, business card or other evidences of office to give the employee or the employee’s immediate family an advantage or pecuniary benefit that is not available to other similarly situated members or classes of members of the general public. For purposes of this section, a person is not “similarly situated” merely by being related to an employee who is employed by the school district.
- The outside employment or activity involves the receipt of, promise of, or acceptance of more or other consideration by the employee or a member of the employee’s immediate family from anyone other than the school district for the performance of any act that the employee would be required or expected to perform as part of the employee’s regular duties or during the hours during which the employee performs service or work for the school district.
- The outside employment or activity is subject to the official control, inspection, review, audit or enforcement authority of the employee during the performance of the employee’s duties.
If the outside employment or activity is employment or activity in (1) or (2) above, the employee must cease the employment of or activity. If the activity or employment falls under (3), then the employee must:
- Cease the outside employment or activity; or
- Publicly disclose the existence of the conflict and refrain from taking any official action or performing any official duty that would detrimentally affect or create a benefit for the outside employment or activity. Official action or official duty includes, but is not limited to, participating in any vote, taking affirmative action to influence any vote, or providing any other official service or thing that is not available generally to members of the public in order to further the interests of the outside employment or activity.
When procurement is supported by Federal Child Nutrition funds, employees will not participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract if there is a real or apparent conflict of interest in the contract. Contract, for purposes of this paragraph, includes a contract where the employee, employee’s immediate family, partner, or a non-school district employer of these individuals is a party to the contract.
It is the responsibility of each employee to be aware of and take the necessary action to eliminate a potential conflict of interest should it arise.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: July 25, 2018
402.14 - Required Professional Development for Employees
402.14 - Required Professional Development for EmployeesAppropriate training and professional development of all employees is crucial to the success of all students. The district will provide professional development opportunities appropriate to the duties of school employees.
For all professional development programs the district requires employees to take, the district will provide to the employee notice indicating the section of the law, or rules adopted by the state board of education or board of educational examiners that the district determines requires the employee to participate in the professional development program.
Approved: November 29, 2024
Reviewed: October 18, 2024
Revised:
402.2 - Nepotism
402.2 - NepotismNepotism is patronage bestowed or favoritism shown on the basis of family relationship. More than one family member may be an employee of the district. The decision to employ more than one individual in a family shall be made on the basis of each individual’s qualifications and credentials.
No district employee shall be involved in hiring a family member. No district employee shall serve in a supervisory capacity over one of their family members who is a contracted employee of the district. No district employee shall attempt to influence the evaluation or conditions of employment of the employee’s family member with anyone who serves in a supervisory capacity over that family member.
Family members for purposes of this policy include husbands, wives, mothers, fathers, mothers-in-law, fathers-in-law, sisters, brothers, sisters-in-law, brothers-in-law, daughters, sons, daughters-in-law, and sons-in-law.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: July 25, 2018
402.3 - Employee Harassment
402.3 - Employee HarassmentThe district prohibits any and all forms of harassment including that which is based on an individual’s age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information.
It shall be a violation of this policy for any teacher, administrator, or other school personnel of the district to harass a teacher, administrator, or other school personnel through conduct or communication of a sexual nature or regarding an individual’s age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information, as defined by this policy. For purposes of this policy, school personnel include Board members, school employees, agents, volunteers, contractors, or persons subject to the supervision and control of the district.
It shall also be a violation of this policy for any teacher, administrator or other school personnel of this district to tolerate sexual harassment or harassment because of an individual’s age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information by a teacher, administrator, other school personnel, or by any third parties who are participating in, observing, or otherwise engaging in activities under the direction of the district. Any teacher, administrator, or other school personnel who has knowledge or belief that an individual has or may have been the victim of prohibited harassment is required to immediately report the alleged acts to an appropriate district official designated by this policy. Failure to report the harassing conduct could result in discipline, up to and including termination, for the teacher, administrator, or other school personnel who failed to report.
The district will act to promptly investigate all complaints, either formal or informal, verbal or written, of harassment and to promptly take appropriate action to protect individuals from further harassment. If the district determines that unlawful harassment has occurred, it shall promptly and appropriately discipline any teacher, administrator or other school personnel who is found to have violated this policy, up to and possibly including termination, and/or take other appropriate action reasonably calculated to end the harassment.
II. Definitions
A. Sexual Harassment: Sexual harassment consists of unwelcome and unsolicited sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, sexually motivated physical conduct, or other
verbal, physical, or written conduct or communication of a sexual nature when:
- submission to that conduct or communication by an individual is made a term or condition, either explicitly or implicitly, of obtaining or retaining employment;
- submission to or rejection of that conduct or communication by an individual is used as a factor in decisions affecting the individual’s employment; or
- that conduct or communication has the purpose or effect of substantially or unreasonably interfering with an individual’s employment or education, or creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive employment environment.
Examples of conduct that may constitute sexual harassment may include, but are not limited to:
- unwelcome verbal harassment or abuse, or unwelcome written harassment or abuse, including through the Internet or e-mail;
- unwelcome sexual advances or pressure for sexual activity;
- unwelcome, sexually motivated or inappropriate patting, pinching, or physical contact, other than necessary restraint of students by teachers, administrators or other school personnel to avoid physical harm to persons or property;
- unwelcome sexual behavior or words, including demands for sexual favors, accompanied by implied or overt threats concerning an individual’s employment status or implied or overt promises of preferential treatment with regard to an individual’s employment status;
- unwelcome behavior or words directed at an individual because of gender;
- coercing, forcing or attempting to coerce or force the touching of anyone’s intimate parts;
- coercing, forcing or attempting to coerce or force sexual intercourse or a sexual act on another;
- threatening to force or coerce sexual acts, including the touching of intimate parts or intercourse, on another;
- graffiti of a sexually offensive nature;
- sexual gestures or jokes; or
- spreading rumors about or rating other individuals as to sexual activity or performance.
B. Harassment: Other forms of harassment consist of physical, verbal, or written conduct relating to an individual’s age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender
identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information when the conduct:
- has the purpose or effect of creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive employment environment;
- has the purpose or effect of substantially or unreasonably interfering with an individual’s employment performance; or
- otherwise adversely affects an individual’s employment opportunities.
Examples of conduct that may constitute harassment based on age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic
information include, but are not limited to:
- threatening or intimidating conduct directed at others because of age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information, including through the Internet or e-mail;
- slurs, negative stereotypes and hostile acts based on age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information;
- graffiti containing offensive language that is derogatory to others because of their age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information;
- written or graphic material containing comments or stereotypes which is posted or circulated (including through e-mail or the Internet) and which is aimed at degrading individuals because of age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information; or
- a physical act of aggression or assault upon another because of, or in a manner reasonably related to, the individual’s age, race, creed, color, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, religion, disability, or genetic information.
III. Reporting Procedures
Any teacher, administrator, or other school personnel who has knowledge or belief that an individual has or may have been the victim of prohibited harassment is required to immediately report the alleged acts to the individual’s building principal or the district’s Equity Coordinator. Failure to report the harassing conduct could result in discipline, up to and including termination, for the teacher, administrator, or other school personnel who failed to report.
Any other person with knowledge or belief that an individual has or may have been the victim of prohibited harassment is encouraged to immediately report the alleged acts to the appropriate building principal or the district’s Equity Coordinator.
The district encourages the reporting party or complainant to use the report form available from the principal of each building and available from the district office, but oral reports shall be considered complaints as well. Nothing in this policy shall prevent any person from reporting harassment or violence directly to the district’s Equity Coordinator.
IV. Investigation Procedures
By authority of the Board, the Equity Coordinator, upon receipt of a report or complaint alleging prohibited harassment, shall immediately undertake or authorize an investigation. The investigation may be conducted by district officials or by a third party designated by the district.
The district may take immediate steps, at its discretion, to protect the complainant, students, teachers, administrators or other school personnel pending completion of an investigation of alleged harassment.
The investigation will be completed as soon as practicable. The investigator shall make a written report to the Equity Coordinator or designee upon completion of the investigation, which shall include a determination of whether the allegations have been substantiated as factual and whether they appear to be violations of this policy. Whether a particular action or incident constitutes a violation of this policy requires a determination based on all the facts and surrounding circumstances.
The district will take appropriate action following a finding that a violation of this policy has occurred. Such action may include, but is not limited to: warning, suspension, exclusion, expulsion, transfer, remediation, reprimand, termination or discharge, counseling, training, or mentoring. District action taken for violation of this policy will be consistent with requirements of applicable collective bargaining agreements, state and federal law, and district policy.
VI. Prohibition on Retaliation
Retaliation against an individual because the individual has filed a harassment complaint or assisted or participated in a harassment investigation or proceeding is prohibited. Any teacher, administrator, or other school personnel shall not engage in reprisal, retaliation, harassment, or false accusation against a victim, witness, or an individual who has reliable information, about such an act of harassment. The superintendent/designee has the right to discipline individuals who knowingly file false harassment complaints or otherwise act in bad faith during a complaint/investigative process. An individual who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this regulation will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and possibly including termination.
VII. Right to Alternative Complaint Procedures
These procedures do not deny the right of any individual to pursue other avenues of recourse which may include filing charges with the Iowa Civil Rights Commission, 211 E. Maple, Des Moines, Iowa, 50309, (515) 281-4121, or the U.S. Department of Education, Office for Civil Rights, Citigroup Center, 500 W. Madison Street, Suite 1475, Chicago, IL 60661-4544, (312) 730-1560. Any inquiry or complaint to a state or federal office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
402.4 - Employee Records
402.4 - Employee RecordsThe school district will maintain personnel records on employees. The records are important for the daily administration of the educational program, for implementing board policy, for budget and financial planning, and for meeting state and federal requirements.
The records will include, but not be limited to, records necessary for the daily administration of the school district, salary records, evaluations, application for employment, references, and other items needed to carry out board policy. Employee personnel files are school district records and are considered confidential records and therefore are not generally open to public inspection or accessibility. Only in certain limited instances, when the employee has given a signed consent, will employee personnel records be accessible to individuals other than the employee or authorized school officials.
Employees may have access to their personnel files, with the exception of confidential letters of reference, and copy items from their personnel files at a time mutually agreed upon between the superintendent and the employee. The school district may charge a reasonable fee for each copy made. However, employees will not be allowed access to the employment references written on behalf of the employee. Board members will generally only have access to an employee’s file when it is necessary because of an employee related matter before the board.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep employees’ personnel files current. The board secretary is the custodian of employee records.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
402.4R1 - Employee Records Regulation
402.4R1 - Employee Records RegulationEmployee Personnel Records Contents
1. Employee personnel records may contain the following information:
- Personal information including, but not limited to, name, address, telephone number, emergency numbers, birth date and spouse;
- Application, resume and references, except those that shall be kept confidential according to state and federal law;
- Educational transcripts;
- Copy of the employee’s license or certificate, if needed for the position;
- Individual employment contract;
- Job description and/or assignment;
- Salary information;
- Tax documents, including, but not limited to IRS Form W-4;
- Written attendance records;
- Evaluation documents;
- Complaints;
- Performance improvement plans;
- Documents concerning any raise, promotion, pay decrease or demotion;
- Records of disciplinary matters;
- Receipts and/or acknowledgements of any employee-related material, including policies and handbooks;
- Letters of termination and/or resignation;
- Documentation relating to an employee’s unemployment benefits; and
- Documentation relating to an employee’s employment ceasing.
2. Employee health and medical records are kept in a file separate from the employee’s personnel records. Health and medical records may contain, but are not limited to:
- Medical professional signed physical form;
- Sick or long-term disability leave days;
- Worker’s compensation claims;
- Reasonable accommodation made by the school district to accommodate the employee’s disability;
- Employee’s medical history, including, but not limited to, medical records and/or notes;
- Employee emergency names and numbers; and
- Family and medical leave request forms.
3. Employee immigration forms, specifically Form I-9, are kept separate from employee personnel records, and may be kept in a file that houses all employees’ immigration forms for the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services.
Applicant File Records Content
Records on applicants for positions with the school district are maintained in the central administration office. The records will include, but not be limited to:
- Application for employment;
- Resume;
- References, except those that shall be kept confidential according to state and federal law;
- Evidence of appropriate license or certificate, if necessary for the position for which the individual applied; and
- Affirmative action form, if submitted.
Record Access
The Board shall allow current and former employees access to their files pursuant to state and federal law.
Only authorized school officials will have access to an employee’s records without the written consent of the employee. Authorized school officials may include, but not be limited to, the superintendent, building principal, or board secretary. In the case of a medical emergency, the school nurse or other first aid or safety personnel may have access to the employee’s health or medical file without the consent of the employee. Board members will generally only have access to an employee’s personnel file without the consent of the employee when necessary for the conducting of board business.
The general public may have access to an employee’s personnel records and/or personnel information as permitted by law. Specifically, the general public may have access to the following information:
- An employee’s name and compensation, including any written agreement establishing compensation or any other terms of employment excluding any information otherwise protected under the law.
- Compensation means payment of, or agreement to pay, any money, thing of value, or financial benefit conferred in return for labor or services rendered by an official, officer or employee plus the value of benefits conferred including but not limited to casualty, disability, life, or health insurance, other health or wellness benefits, vacation leave, holiday leave, sick leave, severance payments, retirement benefits, and deferred compensation.
- The dates the employee was employed by the district.
- The positions the employee holds or has held with the district.
- The educational instructions attended by the employee, including any diplomas and degrees earned, and the names of the employee’s previous employers, positions previously held, and dates of previous employment.
- The fact that the individual resigned in lieu of termination, was discharged, or was demoted as the result of a disciplinary action, and the documented reasons and rationale for the resignation in lieu of termination, the discharge, or the demotion.
Employee Record Retention
All employee records, except payroll and salary records, are maintained for a minimum of seven years after termination of employment with the district. Applicant records are maintained for minimum of seven years after the position was filled. Payroll and salary records are maintained for a minimum of three years after payment.
402.5 - Transporting of Student by Employees
402.5 - Transporting of Student by EmployeesEmployees who transport students for school purposes must have the permission of the superintendent. Generally, transportation of students is in a motor vehicle owned by the school district and driven by an employee. In some cases, it may be more economical or efficient for the school district to allow an employee of the school district to transport the students in the employee’s motor vehicle. Employees must have insurance and license on file at the Red Oak Administrative office.
Individuals transporting students for school purposes in private vehicles must have the permission of the superintendent and meet all applicable requirements set by the district. Prior to transporting students in private vehicles, the district may require the following:
- The vehicle used to transport the student(s)is in good condition and meets all applicable safety requirements;
- The driver transporting the student(s) possesses a valid drivers’ license; and
- Proof of insurance has been supplied to the superintendent and the insurance satisfies the minimum coverage requirements for driving personal vehicles in the State of Iowa.
The school district assumes no responsibility for those students who have not received the approval of the superintendent and who ride in private vehicles for school purposes. If transportation is not provided by the school district, or if transportation provided by the school district is declined by the student or parent/guardian, then the responsibility and corresponding liability for transportation for school purposes shall rest solely with the student and parent/guardian.
This policy statement applies to transportation of students for school purposes in addition to the regular bus route transporting students to and from their designated attendance center.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14,2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
402.6 - Employee Travel Compensation
402.6 - Employee Travel CompensationEmployees traveling on behalf of the school district and performing approved school district business will be reimbursed for their actual and necessary expenses. Actual and necessary travel expenses will include, but not be limited to, transportation and/or mileage costs, lodging expenses, meal expenses and registration costs.
Travel Outside the School District
Travel outside of the school district must be pre-approved. Pre-approval will include an evaluation of the necessity of the travel, the reason for the travel and an estimate of the cost of the travel to qualify as approved school district business. Travel outside the school district by employees, other than the superintendent, is approved by the superintendent.
Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses will be allowed for travel outside the school district if the employee received pre-approval for the travel. Prior to reimbursement of actual and necessary expenses, the employee must provide the school district with a detailed receipt, other than a credit card receipt, indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent may allow a claim without proper receipt. Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the school district’s record of the claim.
Failure to have a detailed receipt will make the expense a personal expense. Personal expenses, including mileage, in excess of that required for the trip are reimbursed by the employee to the school district no later than 10 working days following the date of the expense.
Reimbursement for actual and necessary expenses for travel outside the school district will be limited to the pre-approved expenses. Pre-approved expenses for registration are limited to the actual cost of the registration.
Pre-approved expenses for transportation within three-hundred miles of the school district administrative office will be by automobile. If a school district vehicle is not available, the employee will be reimbursed at the mileage rate determined by the board. Pre-approved expenses for transportation outside of three‑hundred miles of the school district administrative office may be by public carrier. Reimbursement for air travel will be at the tourist class fares. Should an employee choose to travel by automobile, reimbursement will be limited to the public carrier amount. Pre-approved expenses for transportation in a rental car is limited to the cost of a Class “C” rental car at a medium priced agency unless the number of people traveling on behalf of the school district warrants a larger vehicle.
Travel Within the School District
Employees required to travel in their personal vehicle between school district buildings to carry out the duties of their position may be reimbursed at the mileage rate determined by the board. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve travel within the school district by employees. It is the responsibility of the board to review the travel within the school district by the superintendent through the board’s audit and approval process.
Employees who are allowed an in-school district travel allowance will have the amount of the allowance actually received during each calendar year included on the employee’s W-2 form as taxable income according to the Internal Revenue Code.
Use of District-Owned Vehicles
Certain district employment positions may require regular and extensive travel. Due to the required duties of these positions, the district may provide certain positions with use of district-owned vehicles. Employees who utilize district-owned vehicles during the course of their job duties are fulfilling the public purpose of meeting the needs of the educational community in an efficient, and time-sensitive manner. District-owned vehicles are purchased and maintained with public money and must be used strictly in accordance with fulfilling a public purpose. These vehicles represent the district in carrying out its educational mission. Therefore, district-owned vehicles will be clearly marked at all times to identify the district.
The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses, in-school district travel allowances and assignment of school district vehicles. The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for reimbursement to the employee from the school district and the procedures for obtaining approval for travel outside of and within the school district.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
402.6R1 - Employee Travel Compensation/Mileage
402.6R1 - Employee Travel Compensation/MileagePre-approved expenses for transportation within three-hundred miles of the school district administrative office will be by automobile. If a school district vehicle is not available, the employee will be reimbursed at the federal reimbursement rate on July 1st of that fiscal year. The superintendent may allow an employee to drive their own vehicle and receive reimbursement in certain situations. Pre-approved expenses for transportation outside of three-hundred miles of the school district administrative office may be by public carrier. Reimbursement for air travel will be at the tourist class rates. Should an employee choose to travel by automobile, reimbursement will be limited to the public carrier amount. Pre-approved expenses for transportation in a rental car is limited to the cost of a Class “C” rental car at a medium priced agency unless the number of people traveling on behalf of the school district warrants a larger vehicle.
402.7 - Employee Credit Cards
402.7 - Employee Credit CardsEmployees may use school district credit cards for the actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties. Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties.
Employees and officers using a school district credit card must submit a detailed receipt in addition to a credit card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. Failure to provide a proper receipt will make the employee responsible for expenses incurred. Those expenses are reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the school district’s credit card. In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent or board may allow a claim without proper receipt. Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the school district’s record of the claim.
The school district may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties. The superintendent may maintain a school district credit card for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of the superintendent’s duties. The transportation director may maintain a school district credit card for fueling school district transportation vehicles in accordance with board policy.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine whether the school district credit card use is for appropriate school business. It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the school district credit card use by the superintendent and the board is for appropriate school business.
If an employee or officer uses a school district credit card for personal purchases/transactions in violation of this policy, the cost of such purchases/transactions will be the financial responsibility of that employee or officer and the employee or officer will be expected to reimburse the district for the full amount of the unauthorized purchase/transaction. In addition to financial responsibility for any purchases/transactions an employee makes with a company credit card in violation of this policy, such actions may result in revocation of card privileges and/or disciplinary or other legal action, depending upon the severity and nature of the offense.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
402.8 - Recognition for Service of Employees
402.8 - Recognition for Service of EmployeesThe board recognizes and appreciates the service of its employees. Employees who retire or resign may be honored by the board, administration and staff in an appropriate manner.
If the form of honor thought appropriate by the administration and employees involves unusual expense to the school district, the superintendent will seek prior approval from the board.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
402.9 - Employee Professional Development
402.9 - Employee Professional DevelopmentThe board encourages licensed employees to attend and participate in professional development activities to maintain, develop, and extend their skills. The board will maintain and support an in-service program for licensed employees.
Requests for attendance or participation in a development program, other than those development programs sponsored by the school district is made to the superintendent. Approval of the superintendent must be obtained prior to attendance by a licensed employee in a professional development program when the attendance would result in the licensed employee being excused from their duties or when the school district pays the expenses for the program.
The superintendent will have sole discretion to allow or disallow licensed employees to attend or participate in the requested event. When making this determination, the superintendent will consider the value of the program for the licensed employee and the school district, the effect of the licensed employee’s absence on the education program and school district operations and the school district’s financial situation as well as other factors deemed relevant in the judgment of the superintendent. Requests that involve unusual expenses or overnight travel must also be approved by the board.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
402.10 - Employee Tutoring
402.10 - Employee TutoringEvery effort will be made by the licensed employees to help students with learning problems before recommending that the parents engage a tutor. Since there are exceptional cases when tutoring will help students overcome learning deficiencies, tutoring by licensed employees may be approved by the superintendent.
Licensed employees may only tutor students other than those for whom the teacher is currently exercising teaching, administrative or supervisory responsibility unless approved by the superintendent. Licensed employees may only tutor students to the extent permitted by any state or federal laws or state or federal regulatory agencies, including the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.
Tutoring for a fee may not take place within school facilities or during regular school hours.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
402.11 - Employee Publication or Creation of Materials
402.11 - Employee Publication or Creation of MaterialsMaterials and/or products created by employees and the financial gain therefrom are the sole and exclusive property of the school district if any school funding, school materials, or school time were used in their creation and/or if such materials were created in the scope of the employee’s employment. The employee must seek prior written approval of the superintendent concerning such activities.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
402.12 - Employee Political Activity
402.12 - Employee Political ActivityEmployees will not engage in political activity upon property under the jurisdiction of the board including the use of school email accounts. Activities including, but not limited to, posting of political circulars or petitions, the distribution of political circulars or petitions, the collection of or solicitation for campaign funds, solicitation for campaign workers, use of district e-mail to originate messages of support for a particular candidate or issue, and the use of students for writing or addressing political materials, or the distribution of such materials to or by students are specifically prohibited.
Violation of this policy may be grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including termination.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
402.13 - Employee Complaints
402.13 - Employee ComplaintsComplaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees. If necessary, complaints will be brought directly to the immediate supervisor, principal or superintendent and will be made in a constructive and professional manner. Complaints will never be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: February 14, 2022
Revised: March 14, 2022
403 - Employees and Outside Relations
403 - Employees and Outside Relations dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 09/15/2020 - 13:48403.1 - Release or Credit Information
403.1 - Release or Credit InformationThe following information will be released to an entity with whom an employee has applied for credit or has obtained credit: title of position, income, and number of years employed. This information will be released without prior written notice to the employee. Confidential information about the employee will be released to an inquiring creditor with a written authorization from the employee.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary or superintendent to respond to inquiries from creditors.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
403.2 - Child Abuse Reporting
403.2 - Child Abuse ReportingIn compliance with state law and to provide protection to victims of child abuse, the board believes incidents of alleged child abuse should be reported to the proper authorities. All licensed school employees, teachers, coaches and paraeducators are mandatory reporters as provided by law and are to report alleged incidents of child abuse they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties.
When a mandatory reporter suspects a student is the victim of child abuse, shall make an oral report of the suspected child abuse the Iowa Department of Human Services within 24 hours of becoming aware of the abusive incident and shall make a written report to the Iowa Department of Human Services within 48 hours following the oral report. If the mandatory reporter believes the child is in immediate danger, the local law enforcement agency will also be notified.
Within six months of their initial employment, mandatory reporters will take a two-hour training course involving the identification and reporting of child abuse or submit evidence they’ve taken the course within the previous three years. Once the training course has been taken, the certificate will remain valid for three years. Employees who have taken the post-July 1, 2019 two-hour training course will take the one-hour follow up training course every three years and prior to the expiration of their certificate.
Approved March 26, 2018
Reviewed July 11, 2022
Revised August 8, 2022
403.2R1 - Child Abuse Reporting Regulation
403.2R1 - Child Abuse Reporting RegulationIowa law requires licensed employees to report to the Iowa Department of Human Services (DHS) instances of suspected child abuse which they become aware of within the scope of their professional duties.
The law further specifies that a licensed employee who is a mandatory reporter who knowingly or willfully fails to report a suspected case of child abuse is guilty of a simple misdemeanor and that the licensed employee may be subject to civil liability for damages caused by the failure to report.
Employees participating in good faith in the making of a report or in a judicial proceeding that may result from the report, are immune from liability.
Child Abuse Defined
“Child abuse“ is defined as:
- Any non-accidental physical injury, or injury which is at variance with the history given of it, suffered by a child as the result of the acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of the child.
- Any mental injury to a child’s intellectual or psychological capacity as evidenced by an observable and substantial impairment in the child’s ability to function within the child’s normal range of performance and behavior as the result of the acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of the child, if the impairment is diagnosed and confirmed by a licensed physician or qualified mental health professional as defined by Iowa law.
- The commission of a sexual offense with or to a child pursuant to Iowa law, as a result of the acts or omissions of the person responsible for the care of the child.
- The failure on the part of a person responsible for the care of a child to provide for the adequate food, shelter, clothing or other care necessary for the child’s health and welfare when financially able to do so or when offered financial or other reasonable means to do so. A parent or guardian legitimately practicing religious beliefs who does not provide specified medical treatment for a child for that reason alone shall not be considered abusing the child.
- The acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of a child which allow, permit, or encourage the child to engage in acts of prostitution.
- An illegal drug is present in a child’s body as a direct and foreseeable consequence of the acts or omissions of the person responsible for the care of the child.
- The person responsible for the care of a child has, in the presence of the child, manufactured a dangerous substance, or in the presence of the child possesses a product containing ephedrine, its salts, optical isomers, salts of optical isomers, or pseudoephedrine, its salts, optical isomers, salts of optical isomers, with the intent to use the product as a precursor or an intermediary to a dangerous substance.
- The commission of bestiality in the presence of a minor by a person who resides in a home with a child, as a result of the acts or omissions of a person responsible for the care of the child.
- Knowingly allowing a person custody or control of, or unsupervised access to a child or minor, after knowing the person is required to register or is on the sex offender registry.
Teachers in public schools are not “persons responsible for the care of the child“ under this definition. However, a teacher who abuses a child is subject to civil, criminal, and professional sanctions.
Reporting Procedures
All licensed school employees, including teachers, coaches, nurses, and paraeducators, are required to report, orally, within 24 hours or and in writing, within 48 hours to the Iowa Department of Human Services (DHS) when the employee reasonably believes a child has suffered from abuse within the scope of employment.
Each report should contain as much of the following information as can be obtained within the time limit. However, the law specifies a report will be considered valid even if it does not contain all of the following information:
- name, age, and home address of the child;
- name and home address of the parents, guardians or other persons believed to be responsible for the care of the child;
- the child’s present whereabouts if not the same as the parent’s or other person’s home address;
- description of injuries, including evidence of previous injuries;
- name, age, and condition of other children in the same home;
- any other information considered helpful; and,
- name and address of the person making the report.
It is not the responsibility of employees to prove that a child has been abused or neglected. Employees should not take it upon themselves to investigate the case or contact the family of the child. DHS is responsible for investigating the incident of alleged abuse.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
403.3 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees
403.3 - Abuse of Students by School District EmployeesPhysical or sexual abuse of students, including inappropriate and intentional sexual behavior, by employees will not be tolerated. The definition of employees for the purpose of this policy includes not only those who work for pay but also those who are volunteers of the school district under the direction and control of the school district. Employees found in violation of this policy will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination.
The school district will respond promptly to allegations of abuse of students by school district employees by investigating or arranging for the investigation of an allegation. The processing of a complaint or allegation will be handled confidentially to the maximum extent possible. Employees are required to assist in the investigation when requested to provide information and to maintain the confidentiality of the reporting and investigation process.
The school district has appointed a Level I investigator and alternate Level I investigator. The school district has also arranged for a trained, experienced professional to serve as the Level II investigator. The Level I investigator and alternate will be provided training in the conducting of an investigation at the expense of the school district. The names of the investigators are listed in the student handbook, published annually in the local newspaper and posted in all school facilities.
The superintendent is responsible for drafting administrative regulations to implement this policy.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
403.3R1 - Abuse of Student by School District Employees Regulation
403.3R1 - Abuse of Student by School District Employees RegulationAn individual who has knowledge an employee has physically or sexually abused a student may immediately report it to the school district’s Level I investigator. “Employee” means one who works for pay or as a volunteer under the direction and control of the school district. The report is written, signed and witnessed by a person of majority age. The witness may be the Level I investigator. The reporter is the individual filing the report.
The report will contain the following:
- The full name, address, and telephone number of the person filing.
- The full name, age, address, and telephone number, and attendance center of the student.
- The name and place of employment of the employee who allegedly committed the abuse.
- A concise statement of the facts surrounding the incident, including date, time, and place of occurrence, if known.
- A list of possible witnesses by name, if known.
- Names and locations of persons who examined, counseled or treated the student for the alleged abuse, including the dates on which those services were provided, if known.
Upon request, the Level I investigator may assist the reporter in completing the report. An incomplete report will not be rejected unless the missing information would render the investigation futile or impossible. An employee receiving a report of alleged abuse of a student by an employee will pass the report to the investigator and will keep the report confidential to the maximum extent possible.
In order for the school district to have jurisdiction over the acts and to constitute a violation of the law, acts of the employee must be alleged to have occurred on school grounds, on school time, at a school-sponsored activity, or in a school-related context. However, the student need not be a student in the school district. The student can be from another school district.
To be investigable, the written report must include basic information showing that the victim of the alleged abuse is or was a student at the time of the incident, that the alleged act of the employee resulted in injury or otherwise meets the definition of abuse in these rules, and that the person responsible for the act is currently an employee. If the report is not investigable due to lack of jurisdiction, the investigator will dismiss the complaint and inform the reporter of other options available. Other options available to the reporter include contacting law enforcement authorities, private counsel, or the Board of Educational Examiners in the case of a licensed employee.
If the Level I investigator believes the student is in imminent danger if continued contact is permitted between the employee and the student, the Level I investigator may:
- temporarily remove the student from contact with the employee;
- temporarily remove the employee from service; or,
- take other appropriate action to ensure the student’s safety.
The Level I investigator will have access to the educational records of the student and access to the student for purposes of interviewing the student about the report.
Any Level I investigation shall follow all applicable Iowa laws and regulations.
403.3E1 - Abuse of Students by School District Employees
403.3E1 - Abuse of Students by School District EmployeesComplaint of Injury to or Abuse of a Student by a School District Employee
Please complete the following as fully as possible. If you need assistance, contact the Level I investigator in your school.
Student’s Name and Address:____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Student’s Telephone number: ____________________________________________________
Student’s School: _____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Name and place of employment of employee accused of abusing student:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Allegation is of________________ Physical abuse_____________ Sexual abuse___________
Please describe what happened. Included the date, time and where the incident took place, if known. If physical abuse is alleged, also state the nature of the student’s injury: ____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Were there any witnesses to the incident or are there students or persons who may have information about this incident? yes no
If yes, please list by name, if known, or classification (for example “third grade class,” “fourth period geometry class”):
____________________________________________________________________________
*Parents of children who are in pre-kindergarten through sixth grade and whose children are the alleged victims of or witnesses to sexual abuse have the right to see and hear any interviews of their children in this investigation. Please indicate “yes” if the parent/guardian wishes to exercise this right:
Yes No Telephone Number
Has any professional person examined or treated the student as a result of the incident? yes no unknown
If yes, please provide the name and address of the professional(s) and the date(s) of examination or treatment, if known
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Has anyone contacted law enforcement about this incident? yes no
Please provide any additional information you have which would be helpful to the investigator. Attach additional pages if needed.
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Your name, address and telephone number:
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Relationship to student:_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________ _________________________________
Complainant Signature Witness Signature
_________________________________________ _________________________________
Date Witness Name (please print)
_________________________________
Witness Address
Be advised that you have the right to contact the police or sheriff’s office, the county attorney, a private attorney, or the State Board of Educational Examiners (if the accused is a licensed employee) for investigation of this incident. The filing of this report does not deny you that opportunity.
You will receive a copy of this report (if you are the named student’s parent or guardian) and a copy of the Investigator’s Report within fifteen calendar days of filing this report unless the investigation is turned over to law enforcement.
403.3E2 - Abuse of Student by School District Employees
403.3E2 - Abuse of Student by School District EmployeesReport of Level I Investigation
Students Name:______________________________________________
Student’s Age_________________________ Students Grade:________________
Student’s Address:_____________________
Student’s School:________________________________________
Name of accused school employee: _____________________ Building:_____________
Name and address of person filing report:___________________________________________
Name and address of student’s parent or guardian, if different from person filing report:_______________________________________________________________________
Date report of abuse was filed:_______________________________________
Allegation is: Physical Abuse:________________ Sexual Abuse:___________________
Describe the nature, extent and cause of the student’s injury, if any and if known: (Attach additional pages if needed) .____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Describe your investigation: Attached additional pages if needed. (Please do not use student witnesses ‘full names.)
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
*Were parent(s) or guardian(s) advised of their right to see and hear any interview of their pre-kindergarten through sixth grade children who are alleged victims of or a witness in a sexual abuse investigation?
_____Yes______No Was the right exercised? ________Yes________No
Were audio tapes made of any interviews? ______Yes________No
Were video tapes made of any interviews? ______Yes________No
Was any action taken to protect the student during or as a result of the investigation?
________Yes_______No
If yes, describe: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______student excused from school __________school employee placed on leave
_______student assigned to different class ___________other (please specify) ___________________________________________________________________________
Level I investigator’s conclusions:
The complaint is being dismissed for lack of jurisdiction.
Physical abuse was alleged, but no allegation of injury was made.
Physical abuse was alleged, but no evidence of physical injury exists, and the nature of the alleged incident makes it unlikely an injury, as defined in the rules,
occurred.
Sexual abuse was alleged, but the alleged actions of the school employee, even if true, would not meet the definition of sexual abuse in the rules.
Alleged victim was not a student at the time of the incident.
Alleged school employee is not currently employed by this school district.
Alleged incident did not occur on school grounds, on school time, at a school-sponsored activity, nor in a school-related context.
The complaint has been investigated and concluded at Level I as unfounded.
Complaint was withdrawn.
Insufficient evidence exists that an incident of abuse, as defined in the rules, took place.
The complaint has been investigated at Level I and is founded.
The investigation is founded at Level I and is being turned over to Level II for further investigation.
Investigation of the complaint was deferred at Level I and referred to law enforcement at this time.
The investigation is concluded at Level I because the accused school employee has admitted the violation, has resigned, or has agreed to relinquish any teaching
license held.
Current status of investigation:
Closed. No further investigation is warranted.
Closed and referred to school officials for further investigation as a personnel matter.
Deferred to law enforcement officials.
Turned over to Level II investigator.
Other Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I have given a copy of the report of abuse and of this investigative report to the employee named in the report, the employee’s supervisor, and the student’s parent or guardian and informed the person filing the report of the options of contacting law enforcement, private counsel, or the State Board of Educational Examiners, if the accused school employee holds an Iowa teacher’s certificate or license.
________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________
Name of investigator (please print) Investigator's place of employment
________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________
Signature of investigator Date
403.4 - Gifts to Employees
403.4 - Gifts to EmployeesEmployees may receive a gift on behalf of the school district. Employees will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, accept or receive any gift, series of gifts or an honorarium unless the donor does not meet the definition of “restricted donor” stated below or the gift or honorarium does not meet the definition of gift or honorarium stated below.
A “restricted donor” is defined as a person or other entity which:
- Is seeking to be, or is a party to, any one or any combination of sales, purchases, leases or contracts to, from or with the school district;
- Will be directly and substantially affected financially by the performance or nonperformance of the employee’s official duty in a way that is greater than the effect on the public generally or on a substantial class of persons to which the person belongs as a member of a profession, occupation, industry or region; or
- Is a lobbyist or a client of a lobbyist with respect to matters within the school district’s jurisdiction?
A “gift” is the giving of anything of value in return for which something of equal or greater value is not given or received. However, “gift” does not include any of the following:
- Contributions to a candidate or a candidate’s committee;
- Information material relevant to an employee’s official function, such as books, pamphlets, reports, documents, periodicals or other information that is recorded in a written, audio or visual format;
- Anything received from a person related within the fourth degree by kinship or marriage, unless the donor is acting as an agent or intermediary for another person not so related;
- An inheritance;
- Anything available or distributed to the general public free of charge without regard to the official status of the employee;
- Items received from a charitable, professional, educational or business organization to which the employee belongs as a dues paying member if the items are given to all members of the organization without regard to an individual member’s status or positions held outside of the organization and if the dues paid are not inconsequential when compared to the items received;
- Actual expenses of an employee for food, beverages, travel and lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at the meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
- Plaques or items of negligible resale value given as recognition for public service;
- Nonmonetary items with a value of less than three dollars that are received from any one donor during one calendar day;
- Items or services solicited or given to a state, national or regional organization in which the state of Iowa or a school district is a member for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting or solicited by or given for the same purposes to state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees for purposes of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting;
- Items or services received by members or representatives of members as part of a regularly scheduled event that is part of a business or educational conference, seminar or other meeting that is sponsored and directed by any state, national or regional government organization in which the state of Iowa or a political subdivision of the state of Iowa is a member or received at such an event by members or representatives of members of state, national or regional government organizations whose memberships and officers are primarily composed of state or local government officials or employees;
- Funeral flowers or memorials to a church or nonprofit organization;
- Gifts which are given to an employee for the employee’s wedding or twenty-fifth or fiftieth wedding anniversary;
- Payment of salary or expenses by the school district for the cost of attending a meeting of a subunit of an agency when the employee whose expenses are being paid serves on a board, commission, committee, council or other subunit of the agency and the employee is not entitled to receive compensation or reimbursement of expenses from the school district for attending the meeting; or
- Gifts other than food, beverages, travel and lodging received by an employee which are received from a person who is a citizen of a country other than the United States and is given during a ceremonial presentation or as a result of a custom of the other country and is of personal value only to the employee.
- Actual registration costs for informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person’s official functions. The costs of food, drink, lodging and travel are not “registration costs” under this paragraph. Meetings or sessions which a public official or public employee attends for personal or professional licensing purposes are not “informational meetings or sessions which assist a public official or public employee in the performance of the person’s official functions” under this paragraph.
An “honorarium” is anything of value that is accepted by, or on behalf of, an employee as consideration for an appearance, speech or article. An honorarium does not include any of the following:
- Actual expenses of an employee for registration, food, beverages, travel or lodging for a meeting, which is given in return for participation in a panel or speaking engagement at a meeting when the expenses relate directly to the day or days on which the employee has participation or presentation responsibilities;
- A nonmonetary gift or series of nonmonetary gifts donated within thirty days to a public body, an educational or charitable organization or the Iowa department of general services; or
- A payment made to an employee for services rendered as part of a private business, trade or profession in which the employee is engaged if the payment is commensurate with the actual services rendered and is not being made because of the person’s status as an employee of the district, but, rather, because of some special expertise or other qualification.
It is the responsibility of each employee to know when it is appropriate to accept or reject gifts or an honorarium. An employee who violates this policy may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination.
Approved July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
403.5 - Employee Outside Employment
403.5 - Employee Outside EmploymentThe primary responsibility of employees is to the duties of their position within the school district as outlined in their job description. The board considers an employee’s duties as part of a regular, full-time position as full-time employment. The board expects such employees to give the responsibilities of their positions in the school district precedence over any other employment.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to counsel employees, whether full-time or part-time, if, in the judgment of the superintendent and the employee’s immediate supervisor, the employee’s outside employment interferes with the performance of the employee’s duties required in the employee’s position within the school district.
The board may request the employee to cease the outside employment as a condition of continued employment with the school district. If an employee is on leave from his/her position in the school district and is engaged in outside employment, the board may request the employee to cease the outside employment, provided such request is reasonable.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
404 - Employees’ Health and Well-Being
404 - Employees’ Health and Well-Being dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 09/15/2020 - 14:44404.1 - Employee Physical Examinations
404.1 - Employee Physical ExaminationsEmployees may be required to submit to a pre-employment physical examination after an offer of employment has been made and before the beginning of service. The district will provide the standard examination form to be completed by an appropriately licensed health care provider who performs the physical examination. A written report of the physical examination shall be submitted to the district. The date by which any such physical examination report shall be submitted to the district shall be determined by the superintendent, but in no case shall be any less than five (5) business days prior to the first working day.
Bus drivers will be examined using all applicable state and federal criteria at the beginning of employment and every two (2) years thereafter.
Fitness-for-duty examinations may be required following an absence from work due to illness, if there is a reasonable belief that the employee is unable to perform the essential functions of the job, or if there is a reasonable belief that the employee poses a direct threat to the employee or others because of a health condition. A direct threat occurs when an individual poses a significant risk of substantial harm to him/herself or others, and the risk cannot be reduced below the direct threat level through reasonable accommodations. The district also reserves the right to request additional physical or mental evaluation as deemed by a licensed physician for job performance.
The school district will provide the standard examination form to be completed by Heartland Occupational Medicine. Failure to use our designated doctor, Heartland Occupational Medicine, will result in loss of reimbursement.
The cost of the initial physical examination will be paid by the employee. The cost of bus driver renewal physicals will be paid by the district up to a maximum set by the district provider.
All new employees will be reimbursed $50.00 out of pocket expense by the Red Oak Community School District.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
404.2 - Employee Injury on the Job
404.2 - Employee Injury on the JobWhen an employee becomes seriously injured on the job, the employee’s supervisor will attempt to notify a member of the family, or an individual of close relationship, as soon as the employee’s supervisor becomes aware of the injury.
If possible, an employee may administer emergency or minor first aid. An injured employee will be turned over to the care of the employee’s family or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible. The school district is not responsible for medical treatment of an injured employee.
It is the responsibility of the employee injured on the job to inform the superintendent within twenty-four (24) hours of the occurrence. It is the responsibility of the employee’s immediate supervisor to file an accident report within twenty-four (24) hours after the employee reported the injury. An employee who fails to follow this policy may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file worker’s comp claims.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
404.3 - Communicable Diseases-Employees
404.3 - Communicable Diseases-EmployeesEmployees with a communicable disease will be allowed to perform their customary employment duties provided they are able to perform the essential functions of their position and their presence does not create a direct threat and/or a substantial risk of illness or transmission to students or other employees. The term “communicable disease” will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law. A “direct threat” occurs when an individual poses a significant risk of substantial harm to him/herself or others, and the risk cannot be reduced below the direct threat level through reasonable accommodations.
Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district’s bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan. The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping. This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.
An employee shall notify the superintendent or the school nurse when the employee learns a communicable disease exists. It shall be the responsibility of the superintendent, when the superintendent or school nurse, upon investigation, has knowledge that a reportable communicable disease is present, to notify the Iowa Department of Public Health.
The health risk to immunoexpressed employees is determined by their personal physician. The health risk to others in the school district environment from the presence of an employee with a communicable disease is determined on a case-by-case basis by the employee’s personal physician, a physician chosen by the school district or public health officials.
Health data of an employee is confidential, and it will not be disclosed to third parties. Employee medical records are kept in a file separate from their personal file.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse, to develop administrative regulations stating the procedures for dealing with employees with a communicable disease.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
404.3R1 - Universal Precautions Regulation
404.3R1 - Universal Precautions RegulationUniversal precautions (UP) are intended to prevent transmission of infection, as well as decrease the risk of exposure for employees and students. It is not currently possible to identify all infected individuals, thus precautions must be used with every individual. UP pertain to blood and other potentially infectious materials (OPIM) containing blood. These precautions do not apply to other body fluids and wastes (OBFW) such as saliva, sputum, feces, tears, nasal secretions, vomitus and urine unless blood is visible in the material. However, these OBFW can be sources of other infections and should be handled as if they are infectious.
The single most important step in preventing exposure to and transmission of any infection is anticipating potential contact with infectious materials in routine as well as emergency situations. Based on the type of possible contact, employees and students should be prepared to use the appropriate precautions prior to the contact. Diligent and proper hand washing, the use of barriers, appropriate disposal of waste products and needles, and proper decontamination of spills are essential techniques of infection control. All individuals should respond to situations practicing UP followed by the activation of the school response team plan. Using common sense in the application of these measures will enhance protection of employees and students.
Hand Washing
Proper hand washing is crucial to preventing the spread of infection. Textured jewelry on the hands or wrists should be removed prior to washing and kept off until completion of the procedure and the hands are rewashed. Use of running water, lathering with soap and using friction to clean all hand surfaces is key. Rinse well with running water and dry hands with paper towels.
The following are general guidelines regarding hand washing:
- Hands should be washed before physical contact with individuals and after contact is completed.
- Hands should be washed after contact with any used equipment.
- If hands (or other skin) come into contact with blood or body fluids, hands should be washed immediately before touching anything else.
- Hands should be washed whether gloves are worn or not and, if gloves are worn, after the gloves are removed.
Barriers
Barriers anticipated to be used at school include disposable gloves, absorbent materials and resuscitation devices. Their use is intended to reduce the risk of contact with blood and body fluids as well as to control the spread of infectious agents from individual to individual. Gloves should be worn when in contact with blood, OPIM or OBFW. Gloves should be removed without touching the outside and disposed of after each use.
Disposal of Waste
Blood, OPIM, OBFW, used gloves, barriers and absorbent materials should be placed in a plastic bag and disposed of in the usual procedure. When the blood or OPIM is liquid, semi-liquid or caked with dried blood, it is not absorbed in materials, and is capable of releasing the substance if compressed, special disposal as regulated waste is required. A band-aid, towel, sanitary napkin or other absorbed waste that does not have the potential of releasing the waste if compressed would not be considered regulated waste. It is anticipated schools would only have regulated waste in the case of a severe incident. Needles, syringes and other sharp disposable objects should be placed in special puncture-proof containers and disposed of as regulated waste. Bodily wastes such as urine, vomitus or feces should be disposed of in the sanitary sewer system.
Clean up
Spills of blood and OPIM should be cleaned up immediately. The employee should:
- Wear gloves.
- Clean up the spill with paper towels or other absorbent material.
- Use a solution of one part household bleach to one hundred parts of water (1:100) or other EPA-approved disinfectant and use it to wash the area well.
- Dispose of gloves, soiled towels and other waste in a plastic bag.
- Clean and disinfect reusable supplies and equipment.
Laundry
Laundry with blood or OPIM should be handled as little as possible with a minimum of agitation. It should be bagged at the location. If it has the potential of releasing the substance when compacted, regulated waste guidelines should be followed. Employees who have contact with this laundry should wear protective barriers.
Exposure
An exposure to blood or OPIM through contact with broken skin, mucous membrane or by needle or sharp stick requires immediate washing, reporting and follow-up.
- Always wash the exposed area immediately with soap and water.
- If a mucous membrane splash (eye or mouth) or exposure of broken skin occurs, irrigate or wash the area thoroughly.
- If a cut or needle stick injury occurs, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.
The exposure should be reported immediately, the parent or guardian is notified, and the person exposed contacts a physician for further health care.
404.4 - Hazardous Chemical Disclosure
404.4 - Hazardous Chemical DisclosureThe board authorizes the development of a comprehensive hazardous chemical communication program for the school district to disseminate information about hazardous chemicals in the workplace.
Each employee will annually review information about hazardous substances in the workplace. When a new employee is hired or transferred to a new position or work site, the information and training, if necessary, is included in the employee’s orientation. When an additional hazardous substance enters the workplace, information about it is distributed to all employees, and training is conducted for the appropriate employees. The superintendent will maintain a file indicating which hazardous substances are present in the workplace and when training and information sessions take place.
Employees who will be instructing or otherwise working with students will disseminate information about the hazardous chemicals with which they will be working as part of the instructional program.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this program.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
404.5 - Substance-Free Workplace
404.5 - Substance-Free WorkplaceThe board expects the school district and its employees to remain substance free. No employee will unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcoholic beverage as defined by federal or state law. “Workplace” includes school district facilities, school district premises or school district vehicles. “Workplace” also includes non-school property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.
If an employee is charged with and/or convicted of a violation of any criminal drug or alcohol offense, the employee will notify the employee’s supervisor of the charge and/or conviction within five (5) days of the charge and/or conviction.
The superintendent will make the determination whether to require the employee to undergo substance abuse treatment or to discipline the employee. An employee who violates the terms of this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. An employee who violates this policy may be required to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program approved by the board. If the employee fails to successfully participate in a program, the employee may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
The superintendent is responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy to each employee. In addition, the superintendent will oversee the establishment of a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment programs.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
404.5R1 - Substance-Free Workplace Regulation
404.5R1 - Substance-Free Workplace RegulationA superintendent who suspects an employee has a substance abuse problem will follow these procedures:
- Identification - the superintendent will document the evidence the superintendent has which leads the superintendent to conclude the employee has violated the Substance-Free Workplace policy. After the superintendent has determined there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent will discuss the problem with the employee.
- Discipline - if, after the discussion with the employee, the superintendent determines there has been a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy, the superintendent may recommend discipline up to and including termination or may recommend the employee seek substance abuse treatment. Participation in a substance abuse treatment program is voluntary.
- Failure to participate in referral – if the employee refuses to participate in a substance abuse treatment program or if the employee does not successfully complete a substance abuse treatment program, the employee may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
- Conviction - if an employee is convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, the employee must notify the employer of the conviction within five days of the conviction.
404.5E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to Employees
404.5E1 - Substance-Free Workplace Notice to EmployeesEMPLOYEES ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED it is a violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy for an employee to unlawfully manufacture, distribute, dispense, possess, use, or be under the influence of in the workplace any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana or any other controlled substance or alcohol, as defined in Schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1300.11 through 1300.15 and Iowa Code Chapter 124.
“Workplace” is defined as the site for the performance of work done in the capacity as a employee. This includes school district facilities, other school premises or school district vehicles. “Workplace” also includes non-school property if the employee is at any school-sponsored, school-approved or school-related activity, event or function, such as field trips or athletic events where students are under the control of the school district or where the employee is engaged in school business.
The superintendent retains the discretion to discipline an employee for violation of the Substance-Free Workplace policy. Employees who violate the terms of the Substance-Free Workplace policy may be required to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program approved by the board. If the employee fails to successfully participate in such a program, the employee is subject to discipline up to and including termination.
EMPLOYEES ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment that they comply with the above policy of the school district and will notify their supervisor of their conviction of any criminal drug or alcohol statute no later than five (5) days after the conviction.
SUBSTANCE-FREE WORKPLACE ACKNOWLEDGMENT FORM
I, , have read and understand the Substance-Free Workplace policy. I understand that if I violate the Substance-Free Workplace policy, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination or I may be required to participate in a substance abuse treatment program. If I fail to successfully participate in a substance abuse treatment program, I understand I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. I understand that if I am required to participate in a substance abuse treatment program and I refuse to participate, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination. I also understand that if I am convicted of a criminal drug offense committed in the workplace, I must report that conviction to my supervisor within five days of the conviction.
___________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________
(Signature of Employee) (Date)
404.6 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program
404.6 - Drug and Alcohol Testing ProgramEmployees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver’s license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs twenty-six thousand one pounds or more. For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, the term “employees” includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate school vehicles.
The employees operating a school vehicle as described above are subject to pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing pursuant to state and federal law. Employees operating school vehicles will not perform a safety-sensitive function within four hours of using alcohol. Employees governed by this policy are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate school vehicles and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program as long as they may be required to perform a safety-sensitive function as it is defined in the administrative regulations.
Employees who violate the terms of this policy are subject to discipline up to and including termination. The district is required to keep a record of all drug or alcohol violations by employees for a minimum of five years. Employees are put on notice that information related to drug or alcohol violations will be reported to the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) Clearinghouse. Additionally, the district will conduct FMCSA Clearinghouse queries for employees annually. Employees must provide written consent for the district to conduct FMCSA Clearinghouse queries; however, employees who choose to withhold consent will be prohibited from performing any safety sensitive functions.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy in compliance with the law. The superintendent will inform applicants of the requirement for drug and alcohol testing in notices or advertisements for employment.
The superintendent will also be responsible for publication and dissemination of this policy and its supporting administrative regulations and forms to employees operating school vehicles. The superintendent will also oversee a substance-free awareness program to educate employees about the dangers of substance abuse and notify them of available substance abuse treatment resources and programs.
Employees with questions about the drug and alcohol testing program may contact the school district contact person, the school nurse at Inman Elementary School, 900 Inman Drive, Red Oak, IA 51566, OR the superintendent of schools at the Red Oak Administrative Center, 604 S. Broadway St. Red Oak, IA 51566.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
404.6E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to Employees
404.6E1 - Drug and Alcohol Testing Program Notice to EmployeesEMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED they are subject to the school district’s drug and alcohol testing program for pre-employment drug testing and random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident drug and alcohol testing as outlined in the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents and the law.
Employees who operate school vehicles are subject to drug and alcohol testing if a commercial driver’s license is required to operate the school vehicle and the school vehicle transports sixteen or more persons including the driver or the school vehicle weighs 26,001 pounds or more. For purposes of the drug and alcohol testing program, “employees” also includes applicants who have been offered a position to operate a school vehicle. The employees operating a school vehicle are subject to the drug and alcohol testing program beginning the first day they operate or are offered a position to operate a school vehicle and continue to be subject to the drug and alcohol testing program until such time employment is terminated or the employee will no longer operate, at any time, a commercial motor vehicle for the school.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to inform employees of the drug and alcohol testing program requirements. Employees with questions regarding the drug and alcohol testing requirements will contact the school district’s contact person.
EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that employees violating this policy, its supporting documents or the law may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
EMPLOYEES GOVERNED BY THE DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING POLICY ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED it is a condition of their continued employment to comply with the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents, regulations and the law. It is a condition of continued employment for employees operating a school vehicle to notify their supervisor of any prescription medication they are using. Drug and alcohol testing records about a driver are confidential and are released in accordance with this policy, its supporting documents, regulations or the law.
404.6E2 - Drug and Alcohol Program Pre-Employment Testing Acknowledgement Form
404.6E2 - Drug and Alcohol Program Pre-Employment Testing Acknowledgement FormI, (____________________), have received a copy, read and understand the Drug and Alcohol
Name of Employee
Testing Program policy of the Red Oak Community School District and its supporting documents.
I also understand that I must inform my supervisor of any prescription medication I use.
I understand that if I violate the Drug and Alcohol Testing Program policy, its supporting documents, or the law, I may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.
In addition, I have received a copy of the U.S. DOT publication, “What Employees Need to Know about DOT Drug & Alcohol Testing,” and have read and understand its contents.
Furthermore, I know and understand that I am required to submit to a controlled substance (drug) test, the results of which must be received by this employer before being employed by the school district and before being allowed to perform a safety-sensitive function. I also understand that if the results of the pre-employment test are positive, that I will not be considered further for employment with the school district.
I further understand that drug and alcohol testing records and information about me are confidential, and may be released at my request or in accordance with the district’s drug and alcohol testing program policy, its supporting documents or the law.
_____________________________________________________________ ____________________________________
(Signature of Employee) (Date)
404.7 - Licensed Employee Family and Medical Leave
404.7 - Licensed Employee Family and Medical LeaveUnpaid family and medical leave will be granted up to twelve (12) weeks per year for qualifying leave to assist employees in balancing family and work life. For purposes of this policy, year is defined as a “rolling” twelve (12) month period measured backward from the date of any FMLA leave usage. Requests for family and medical leave will be made to the superintendent.
Employees eligible for family and medical leave must comply with the family and medical leave administrative rules prior to starting family and medical leave. Employees shall be required to complete all necessary Family and Medical Leave Act documentation prior to any leave being approved as family and medical leave. The required documentation shall be as outlined in this policy and as required by the Department of Labor. All documentations and forms shall be available on the district’s website. If the employee fails to complete and return all necessary Family and Medical Leave Act documentation, and the leave is such that would be covered as approved family and medical leave, administration may designate the leave as approved family and medical leave.
The district may require, or employees may request, to run concurrently applicable paid leave during any family and medical leave by meeting the requirements set out in the family and medical leave administrative rules.
The requirements stated in the Master Contract between employees in the various collective bargaining units, if applicable, and the board and/or district regarding family and medical leave of such employees and the requirements stated in any other contract, collective or individual, between any employees and the board and/or district regarding family and medical leave of such employees will be followed. This policy provision, as well as all policy provisions, concerning family and medical leave may be applied differently to classified, non-classified, certified, non-certified and other classifications of employees.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent/designee to develop administrative rules to implement this policy.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
404.7R1 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Regulation
404.7R1 - Employee Family and Medical Leave RegulationA. School District Notice
- The school district will post the notice in this series regarding family and medical leave.
- Information on the Family and Medical Leave Act and the board policy on family and medical leave, including leave provisions and employee obligations will be provided annually. The information will be in the employee handbook.
- When an employee requests family and medical leave, the school district will provide the employee with information listing the employee’s obligations and requirements. Such information will include:
a. a statement clarifying whether the leave qualifies as family and medical leave and will, therefore, be credited to the employee’s annual 12-week entitlement or 26 week entitlement depending on the purpose of the leave;
b. a reminder that employees requesting family and medical leave for their serious health condition or for that of an immediate family member must furnish medical certification of the serious health condition and the consequences for failing to do so or proof of call to active duty in the case of military family and medical leave;
c. an explanation of the employee’s right to run concurrently applicable paid leave for family and medical leave including a description of when the school district requires substitution of paid leave and the conditions related to the substitution; and
d. a statement notifying employees that they must pay and must make arrangements for paying any premium or other payments to maintain health or other benefits.
B. Eligible Employees
- Employees are eligible for family and medical leave if the following criteria are met:
a. The employee has worked for the school district for at least twelve (12) months or fifty-two (52) weeks (the months and weeks need not be consecutive); and
b. The employee has worked at least 1,250 hours within the previous year. Full-time professional employees who are exempt from the wage and hour law may be presumed to have worked the minimum hour requirement.
- If the employee requesting leave is unable to meet the above criteria, the employee is not eligible for family and medical leave.
C. Employee Requesting Leave (two types of leave)
- Foreseeable family and medical leave
a. Definition - leave is foreseeable for the birth or placement of an adopted or foster child with the employee or for planned medical treatment.
b. Employee must give at least thirty (30) days notice for foreseeable leave. Failure to give the notice may result in the leave beginning thirty (30) days after notice was received. For those taking leave due to military family and medical leave, notice should be given as soon as possible.
c. Employees must consult with the school district prior to scheduling planned medical treatment leave to minimize disruption to the school district. The scheduling is subject to the approval of the health care provider.
- Unforeseeable family and medical leave.
a. Definition - leave is unforeseeable in such situations as emergency medical treatment or premature birth.
b. Employee must give notice as soon as possible but no later than one to two work days after learning that leave will be necessary.
c. A spouse or family member may give the notice if the employee is unable to personally give notice.
D. Eligible Family and Medical Leave Determination
- The following is a list of the acceptable purposes for family or medical leave:
a. The birth of a son or daughter of the employee and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child’s birth;
b. The placement of a son or daughter with the employee for adoption or foster care and in order to care for that son or daughter prior to the first anniversary of the child’s placement;
c. To care for the spouse, son, daughter or parent of the employee if the spouse, son, daughter or parent has a serious health condition;
d. Employee’s serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the essential functions of the employee’s position;
e. Because of a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that an employee’s spouse, son or daughter or parent is on active duty or call to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves; or
f. Because the employee is the spouse, son or daughter, parent or next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.
- The school district may require the employee giving notice of the need for leave to provide reasonable documentation or a statement of family relationship.
- Medical certification.
a. When required:
i. Employees shall be required to present medical certification of the employee’s serious health condition and inability to perform the essential functions
of the job;ii. Employees shall be required to present medical certification of the family member’s serious health condition and that it is medically necessary for the
employee to take leave to care for the family member; and/oriii. Employees may be required to present certification of the call to active duty when taking military family and medical leave.
b. Employee’s medical certification responsibilities:
i. The employee must obtain the certification from the health care provider who is treating the individual with the serious health condition;
ii. The school district may require the employee to obtain a second certification by a health care provider chosen by and paid for by the school district if
the school district has reason to doubt the validity of the certification an employee submits. The second health care provider cannot, however, be
employed by the school district on a regular basis;iii. If the second health care provider disagrees with the first health care provider, then the school district may require a third health care provider to
certify the serious health condition. This health care provider must be mutually agreed upon by the employee and the school district and paid for by
the school district. This certification or lack of certification is binding upon both the employee and the school district.c. Medical certification will be required fifteen (15) days after family and medical leave begins unless it is impracticable to do so. The school district may request recertification every thirty (30) days. Recertification must be submitted within fifteen (15) days of the school district’s request.
d. Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member cannot be required to obtain a second opinion or to provide recertification.
e. Family and medical leave requested for the serious health condition of the employee or to care for a family member with a serious health condition which is not supported by medical certification will be denied until such certification is provided.
f. An employee who fails to complete and return all necessary Family and Medical Leave Act documentation may have the leave designated by administration as approved family and medical leave, provided the leave is such that would be covered as approved family and medical leave.
E. Entitlement.
- Employees are entitled to twelve (12) weeks unpaid family and medical leave per year. Employees taking military caregiver family and medical leave to care for a family service member are entitled to twenty-six (26) weeks of unpaid family and medical leave but only in a single twelve (12) month period.
- Year is defined as a “rolling” twelve (12) month period measured backward from the date of any FMLA leave usage.
- If insufficient leave is available, the school district may:
a. Deny the leave if entitlement is exhausted;
b. Award leave available; and/or
c. Award leave in accordance with other provisions of board policy or the collective bargaining agreement.
F. Type of Leave Requested.
- Continuous - employee will not report to work for set number of days or weeks
- Intermittent - employee requests family and medical leave for separate periods of time.
a. Intermittent family and medical leave is available for:
i. the birth or adoption of the employee’s child, foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;
ii. the employee or the employee’s parent or child, when medically necessary, is suffering from a serious health condition;
iii. a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that the employee’s spouse, the employee’s son or daughter, the employee’s parent is on active duty or call
to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves; and/oriv. the employee is the spouse, son or daughter, parent or next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.
b. In the case of foreseeable intermittent leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.
c. During the period of foreseeable intermittent leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits. (For instructional employees, see G below.)
- Reduced work schedule - employee requests a reduction in the employee’s regular work schedule.
a. Reduced work schedule family and medical leave is available for:
i. the birth or adoption of the employee’s child, foster care placement subject to agreement by the district;
ii. the employee or the employee’s parent or child, when medically necessary, is suffering from a serious health condition;
iii. a qualifying exigency arising out of the fact that the employee’s spouse, the employee’s son or daughter, the employee’s parent is on active duty or call
to active duty status in support of a contingency operation as a member of the National Guard or Reserves; and/oriv. the employee is the spouse, son or daughter, parent or next of kin of a covered service member with a serious injury or illness.
b. In the case of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the employee must schedule the leave to minimize disruption to the school district operation.
c. During the period of foreseeable reduced work schedule leave, the school district may move the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits. (For instructional employees, see G below.)
G. Special Rules for Instructional Employees.
- Definition - an instructional employee is one whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group or an individual setting. This includes, but is not limited to, teachers, coaches, driver’s education instructors and special education assistants.
- Instructional employees who request foreseeable medically necessary intermittent or reduced work schedule family and medical leave greater than twenty percent (20%) of the work days in the leave period may be required to:
a. Take leave for the entire period or periods of the planned medical treatment; or
b. Move to an available alternative position, with equivalent pay and benefits, but not necessarily equivalent duties, for which the employee is qualified.
- Instructional employees who request continuous family and medical leave near the end of a semester may be required to extend the family and medical leave through the end of the semester. The number of weeks remaining before the end of a semester does not include scheduled school breaks, such as summer, winter or spring break.
a. If an instructional employee begins family and medical leave for any purpose more than five weeks before the end of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last at least three weeks and the employee would return to work during the last three weeks of the semester if the leave was not continued.
b. If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee’s own serious health condition during the last five weeks of a semester, the school district may require that the leave be continued until the end of the semester if the leave will last more than two weeks and the employee would return to work during the last two weeks of the semester.
c. If the employee begins family and medical leave for a purpose other than the employee’s own serious health condition during the last three weeks of the semester and the leave will last more than five working days, the school district may require the employee to continue taking leave until the end of the semester.
- The entire period of leave taken under the special rules is credited as family and medical leave. The school district will continue to fulfill the school district’s family and medical leave responsibilities and obligations, including the obligation to continue the employee’s health insurance and other benefits, if an instructional employee’s family and medical leave entitlement ends before the involuntary leave period expires.
H. Employee responsibilities while on family and medical leave.
- Employee must continue to pay health care benefit contributions or other benefit contributions regularly paid by the employee unless employee elects not to continue the benefits while on FMLA leave.
- The employee contribution payments will be deducted from any money owed to the employee or the employee will reimburse the school district by delivery of cash or check to the employer’s business office by the first day of the month in which premiums are due to the carrier.
- An employee who fails to make the health care contribution payments within thirty (30) days after they are due will be notified that their coverage may be canceled if payment is not received within an additional fifteen (15) days.
- An employee may be asked to re-certify the medical necessity of family and medical leave for the serious medical condition of an employee or family member once every thirty (30) days and return the certification within fifteen (15) days of the request.
- The employee must notify the school district of the employee’s intent to return to work at least once each month during their leave and at least two (2) weeks prior to the conclusion of the family and medical leave.
- If an employee intends not to return to work, the employee must immediately notify the school district, in writing, of the employee’s intent not to return. The school district will cease benefits upon receipt of this notification.
I. Use of paid leave for family and medical leave.
- The district may require, or an employee may request, their unpaid family and medical leave run concurrently with applicable paid leave available to the employee under board policy, individual contracts or the collective bargaining agreement, as outlined in the family and medical leave administrative rules. When the district determines that paid leave is being taken for an FMLA reason, the district will notify the employee within two (2) business days that the paid leave will be counted as FMLA leave.
- The district may require, or an employee may request, to run concurrently paid sick and/or personal leave with unpaid FMLA leave for the serious health condition of the employee only. Upon the expiration of paid leave, the FMLA leave for the serious health condition of the employee is unpaid.
- The district may require, or an employee may request, to run concurrently paid family sick leave and personal leave with unpaid FMLA leave for the serious health condition of an employee’s family member. Upon the expiration of paid leave, the FMLA leave for the serious health condition of an employee’s family member is unpaid.
- The district may require or an employee may request to run concurrently paid sick leave/family illness leave with their unpaid FMLA leave for the birth of their child as follows: a mother may run concurrently her available paid sick leave for so long as her health care provider certifies that she is unable to perform the essential functions of her job/has a serious health condition; a mother may run concurrently her available paid family illness leave for so long as a health care provider certifies that her newborn infant has a serious health condition; and a spouse may run concurrently his/her available paid family illness leave for so long as a health care provider certifies that the employee is needed to care for the mother who has a serious health condition or child who has a serious health condition. Upon the expiration of paid leave, the FMLA leave for the birth of a child or for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care is unpaid.
- The district may require, or an employee may request, to run concurrently available paid personal leave with their unpaid FMLA leave for the birth of their child or for placement with the employee of a child for adoption or foster care. Upon the expiration of paid leave, the FMLA leave for the birth of a child or for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care is unpaid.
404.7R2 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Definitions
404.7R2 - Employee Family and Medical Leave DefinitionsActive Duty - duty under a call or order to active duty under a provision of law referring to in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.
Common Law Marriage - according to Iowa law, common law marriages exist when there is a present intent by the two parties to be married, continuous cohabitation, and a public declaration that the parties are husband and wife. There is no time factor that needs to be met in order for there to be a common law marriage.
Contingency Operation - has the same meaning given such term in section 101(a)(13) of title 10, U.S. Code.
Continuing Treatment - a serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes any one or more of the following:
- A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days and any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition that also involves:
- treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders of, or in referral by, a health care provider; or
- treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.
- Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.
- Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition. A chronic serious health condition is one which:
- requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;
- continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of a single underlying condition); and
- may cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).
- Any period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective. The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider. Examples include Alzheimer’s, a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.
- Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).
Covered Servicemember - a current member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, who is undergoing medical treatment, recuperation, or therapy, is otherwise in outpatient status, or is otherwise on the temporary disability retired list, for a serious injury or illness.
Eligible Employee - the district has more than 50 employees on the payroll at the time leave is requested. The employee has worked for the district for at least twelve months and has worked at least 1250 hours within the previous year.
Essential Functions of the Job - those functions which are fundamental to the performance of the job. It does not include marginal functions.
Employment Benefits - all benefits provided or made available to employees by an employer, including group life insurance, health insurance, disability insurance, sick leave, annual leave, educational benefits, and pensions, regardless of whether such benefits are provided by a practice or written policy of an employer or through an “employee benefit plan.”
Family Member - individuals who meet the definition of son, daughter, spouse or parent.
Group Health Plan - any plan of, or contributed to by, an employer (including a self-insured plan) to provide health care (directly or otherwise) to the employer’s employees, former employees, or the families of such employees or former employees.
Health Care Provider-
- A doctor of medicine or osteopathy who is authorized to practice medicine or surgery by the state in which the doctor practices; or
- Podiatrists, dentists, clinical psychologists, optometrists, and chiropractors (limited to treatment consisting of manual manipulation of the spine to correct a subluxation as demonstrated by X ray to exist) authorized to practice in the state and performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and
- Nurse practitioners and nurse-midwives, and clinical social workers who are authorized to practice under state law and who are performing within the scope of their practice as defined under state law; and
- Christian Science practitioners listed with the First Church of Christ Scientist in Boston, Massachusetts;
- Any health care provider from whom an employer or a group health plan’s benefits manager will accept certification of the existence of a serious health condition to substantiate a claim for benefits;
- A health care provider as defined above who practices in a country other than the United States who is licensed to practice in accordance with the laws and regulations of that country.
In Loco Parentis - individuals who had or have day-to-day responsibilities for the care and financial support of a child not their biological child or who had the responsibility for an employee when the employee was a child.
Incapable of Self-Care - that the individual requires active assistance or supervision to provide daily self-care in several of the “activities of daily living” or “ADLs.” Activities of daily living include adaptive activities such as caring appropriately for one’s grooming and hygiene, bathing, dressing, eating, cooking, cleaning, shopping, taking public transportation, paying bills, maintaining a residence, using telephones and directories, using a post office, etc.
Instructional Employee - an employee employed principally in an instructional capacity by an educational agency or school whose principal function is to teach and instruct students in a class, a small group, or an individual setting, and includes athletic coaches, driving instructors, and special education assistants such as signers for the hearing impaired. The term does not include teacher assistants or aides who do not have as their principal function actual teaching or instructing, nor auxiliary personnel such as counselors, psychologists, curriculum specialists, cafeteria workers, maintenance workers, bus drivers, or other primarily noninstructional employees.
Intermittent Leave - leave taken in separate periods of time due to a single illness or injury, rather than for one continuous period of time, and may include leave or periods from an hour or more to several weeks.
Medically Necessary - certification for medical necessity is the same as certification for serious health condition.
“Needed to Care For” - the medical certification that an employee is “needed to care for” a family member encompasses both physical and psychological care. For example, where, because of a serious health condition, the family member is unable to care for his or her own basic medical, hygienic or nutritional needs or safety or is unable to transport himself or herself to medical treatment. It also includes situations where the employee may be needed to fill in for others who are caring for the family member or to make arrangements for changes in care.
Next of Kin - an individual’s nearest blood relative
Outpatient Status - the status of a member of the Armed Forces assigned to one of the following:
- either a military medical treatment facility as an outpatient; or,
- a unit established for the purpose of providing command and control of members of the Armed Forces receiving medical care as outpatients.
Parent - a biological parent or an individual who stands in loco parentis to a child or stood in loco parentis to an employee when the employee was a child. Parent does not include parent-in-law.
Physical or Mental Disability - a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities of an individual.
Reduced Leave Schedule - a leave schedule that reduces the usual number of hours per workweek, or hours per workday, of an employee.
Serious Health Condition - An illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves:
- Inpatient care (i.e. an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice or residential medical care facility including any period of incapacity (for purposes of this section, defined to mean inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from), or any subsequent treatment in connection with such inpatient care; or
- Continuing treatment by a health care provider. A serious health condition involving continuing treatment by a health care provider includes:
- A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days, including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also involves:
- Treatment two or more times by a health care provider, by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical therapist) under orders or, or on referral by, a health care provider; or
- Treatment by a health care provider on at least one occasion which results in a regimen of continuing treatment under the supervision of the health care provider.
- Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy or for prenatal care.
- Any period of incapacity or treatment for such incapacity due to a chronic serious health condition. A chronic serious health condition is one which:
- Requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider or by a nurse or physician’s assistant under direct supervision of a health care provider;
- Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring episodes of s single underlying condition); and,
- May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).
- A period of incapacity which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective. The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider. Examples include Alzheimer’s a severe stroke or the terminal stages of a disease.
- Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery from) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), kidney disease (dialysis).
- A period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious health condition, treatment for or recovery from) of more than three consecutive calendar days, including any subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also involves:
- Treatment for purposes of this definition includes, but is not limited to, examinations to determine if a serious health condition exists and evaluation of the condition. Treatment does not include routine physical examinations, eye examinations or dental examinations. Under this definition, a regimen of continuing treatment includes, for example, a course of prescription medication (e.g., an antibiotic) or therapy requiring special equipment to resolve or alleviate the health condition (e.g., oxygen). A regimen of continuing treatment that includes the taking of over-the-counter medications such as aspirin, antihistamines, or salves; or bed rest, drinking fluids, exercise and other similar activities that can be initiated without a visit to a health care provider, is not, by itself, sufficient to constitute a regimen of continuing treatment for purposes of FMLA leave.
- Conditions for which cosmetic treatments are administered (such as most treatments for acne or plastic surgery) are not “serious health conditions” unless inpatient hospital care is required or unless complications develop. Ordinarily, unless complications arise, the common cold, the flu, ear aches, upset stomach, ulcers, headaches other than migraine, routine dental or orthodontia problems, periodontal disease, etc., are examples of conditions that do not meet the definition of a serious health condition and do not qualify for FMLA leave. Restorative dental or plastic surgery after an injury or removal of cancerous growths are serious health conditions provided all the other conditions of this regulation are met. Mental illness resulting from stress or allergies may be serious health conditions, but only if all the conditions of this section are met.
- Substance abuse may be a serious health condition if the conditions of this section are met. However, FMLA leave may only be taken for treatment for substance abuse by a health care provider or by a provider of health care on referral by a health care provider. On the other hand, absence because of the employee’s use of the substance, rather than for treatment, does not qualify for FMLA leave.
- Absence attributable to incapacity under this definition qualify for FMLA leave even though the employee or the immediate family member does not receive treatment from a health care provider during the absence, and even if the absence does not last more than three days. For example, an employee with asthma may be unable to report for work due to the onset of an asthma attack or because the employee’s health care provider has advised the employee to stay home when the pollen count exceeds a certain level. An employee who is pregnant may be unable to report to work because of severe morning sickness.
Serious Injury or Illness - an injury or illness incurred by a member of the Armed forces, including the National Guard or Reserves in the line of duty on active duty in the Armed Forces that may render the member medically unfit to perform the duties of the member’s office, grade, rank, or rating.
Son or daughter - a biological child, adopted child, foster child, stepchild, legal ward, or a child of a person standing in loco parentis. The child must be under age 18 or, if over 18, incapable of self-care because of a mental or physical disability.
Spouse - a husband or wife recognized by Iowa law including common law marriages.
404.7E1 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Notice to Employees
404.7E1 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Notice to EmployeesLEAVE ENTITLEMENTS - Eligible employees who work for a covered employer can take up to 12 weeks of unpaid, job-protected leave in a 12-month period for the following reasons:
- The birth of a child or placement of a child for adoption or foster care;
- To bond with a child (leave must be taken within 1 year of the child’s birth or placement);
- To care for the employee’s spouse, child, or parent who has a qualifying serious health condition;
- For the employee’s own qualifying serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the employee’s job;
- For qualifying exigencies related to the foreign deployment of a military member who is the employee’s spouse, child, or parent.
An eligible employee who is a covered servicemember’s spouse, child, parent, or next of kin may also take up to 26 weeks of FMLA leave in a single 12-month period to care for the servicemember with a serious injury or illness.
An employee does not need to use leave in one block. When it is medically necessary or otherwise permitted, employees may take leave intermittently or on a reduced schedule.
Employees may choose, or an employer may require, use of accrued paid leave while taking FMLA leave. If an employee substitutes accrued paid leave for FMLA leave, the employee must comply with the employer’s normal paid leave policies.
BENEFITS & PROTECTIONS - While employees are on FMLA leave, employers must continue health insurance coverage as if the employees were not on leave.
Upon return from FMLA leave, most employees must be restored to the same job or one nearly identical to it with equivalent pay, benefits, and other employment terms and conditions.
An employer may not interfere with an individual’s FMLA rights or retaliate against someone for using or trying to use FMLA leave, opposing any practice made unlawful by the FMLA, or being involved in any proceeding under or related to the FMLA.
ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS - An employee who works for a covered employer must meet three criteria in order to be eligible for FMLA leave. The employee must:
- Have worked for the employer for at least 12 months;
- Have at least 1,250 hours of service in the 12 months before taking leave; and
- Work at a location where the employer has at least 50 employees within 75 miles of the employee’s worksite.
REQUESTING LEAVE - Generally, employees must give 30-days’ advance notice of the need for FMLA leave. If it is not possible to give 30-days’ notice, an employee must notify the employer as soon as possible and, generally, follow the employer’s usual procedures. Employees do not have to share a medical diagnosis but must provide enough information to the employer so it can determine if the leave qualifies for FMLA protection. Sufficient information could include informing an employer that the employee is or will be unable to perform his or her job functions, that a family member cannot perform daily activities, or that hospitalization or continuing medical treatment is necessary. Employees must inform the employer if the need for leave is for a reason for which FMLA leave was previously taken or certified.
Employers can require a certification or periodic recertification supporting the need for leave. If the employer determines that the certification is incomplete, it must provide a written notice indicating what additional information is required.
EMPLOYER RESPONSIBILITIES - Once an employer becomes aware that an employee’s need for leave is for a reason that may qualify under the FMLA, the employer must notify the employee if he or she is eligible for FMLA leave and, if eligible, must also provide a notice of rights and responsibilities under the FMLA. If the employee is not eligible, the employer must provide a reason for ineligibility. Employers must notify its employees if leave will be designated as FMLA leave, and if so, how much leave will be designated as FMLA leave.
ENFORCEMENT - Employees may file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Labor, Wage and Hour Division, or may bring a private lawsuit against an employer.
The FMLA does not affect any federal or state law prohibiting discrimination or supersede any state or local law or collective bargaining agreement that provides greater family or medical leave rights.
For additional information or to file a complaint:
1-866-4-USWAGE
(1-866-487-9243) TTY: 1-877-889-5627
www.dol.gov/whd
U.S. Department of Labor | Wage and Hour Division
404.7E2 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Request Form
404.7E2 - Employee Family and Medical Leave Request FormDate:
I, , request family and medical leave for the following reason: (check all that apply)
for the birth of my child;
for the placement of a child for adoption or foster care;
to care for my child who has a serious health condition;
to care for my parent who has a serious health condition;
to care for my spouse who has a serious health condition; or
because I am seriously ill and unable to perform the essential functions of my position.
I acknowledge my obligation to provide medical certification of my serious health condition or that of a family member in order to be eligible for family and medical leave within 15 days of the request for certification.
I acknowledge receipt of information regarding my obligations under the family and medical leave policy of the school district.
I request that my family and medical leave begin on and I request leave as follows: (check one)
continuous
I anticipate that I will be able to return to work on .
intermittent leave for the:
birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the district
serious health condition of myself, parent, or child when medically necessary
Details of the needed intermittent leave:
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on .
reduced work schedule for the:
birth of my child or adoption or foster care placement subject to agreement by the school district
serious health condition of myself, parent, or child when medically necessary
Details of needed reduction in work schedule as follows:
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
I anticipate returning to work at my regular schedule on .
I realize I may be moved to an alternative position during or following the period of the family and medical intermittent or reduced work schedule leave. I also realize that with foreseeable intermittent or reduced work schedule leave, subject to the requirements of my health care provider, I may be required to schedule the leave to minimize interruptions to school district operations.
While on family and medical leave, I agree to pay my regular contributions to employer sponsored benefit plans. My contributions will be deducted from moneys owed me during the leave period. If no monies are owed me, I will reimburse the school district by personal check or cash for my contributions. I understand that I may be dropped from the employer-sponsored benefit plans for failure to pay my contribution.
I agree to reimburse the school district for any payment of my contributions with deductions from future monies owed to me or the school district may seek reimbursement of payments of my contributions in court.
I acknowledge that the above information is true to the best of my knowledge.
Signed
Date
405 - Employee Conduct and Appearance
405 - Employee Conduct and Appearance dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 09/15/2020 - 15:27405.1 - Employee Conduct and Appearance
405.1 - Employee Conduct and AppearanceEmployees are role models for the students who come in contact with them during and after school hours. The board recognizes the positive effect employees can have on students in this capacity. To this end, the board strongly suggests and encourages employees to dress themselves, groom themselves and conduct themselves in a manner appropriate to the educational environment.
Employees will conduct themselves in a professional manner. Employees will act appropriately, professionally, and respectful in their roles as employees of the district. As role models for the students of the district, employees must recognize that their failure to act appropriately reflects negatively upon them and upon the district.
Employees will dress in attire appropriate for their position. Clothing should be neat, clean, and in good taste. Discretion and common sense call for an avoidance of extremes which would interfere with or have an effect on the educational process.
Licensed employees of the school district, including administrators, will follow the code of ethics for their profession as established by the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
405.1R1 - Employee Conduct and Appearance
405.1R1 - Employee Conduct and AppearanceI. Commitment to the Student.
The educator measures success by the progress of each student toward realization of potential as a worthy and effective citizen. The educator therefore works to stimulate the spirit of inquiry, the acquisition of knowledge and understanding, and the thoughtful formulation of worthy goals. In fulfilling obligations to the student, the educator:
- Shall not without just cause restrain the student from independent action in a pursuit of learning and shall not without just cause deny the student access to varying points of view.
- Shall not deliberately suppress or distort subject matter for which the educator bears responsibility.
- Shall make reasonable effort to protect the student from conditions harmful to learning or to health and safety.
- Shall conduct professional business in such a way that the educator does not expose the student to unnecessary embarrassment or disparagement.
- Shall not on the basis of race, color, creed, age, sex, physical or mental handicap, marital status, or national origin exclude any student from participation in or deny the student benefits under any program nor grant any discriminatory consideration or advantage.
- Shall not use professional relationships with students for private advantage.
- Shall keep in confidence information that has been obtained in the course of professional service, unless disclosure serves professional purposes or is required by law.
- Shall not tutor for remuneration students assigned to the educator’s classes, unless no other qualified teacher is reasonably available.
II. Commitment to the Public.
The educator believes that patriotism in its highest form requires dedication to the principles of our democratic heritage. The educator shares with all other citizens the responsibility for the development of sound public policy and assumes full political and citizenship responsibilities. The educator bears particular responsibility for the development of policy relating to the extension of educational opportunities for all and for interpreting educational programs and policies to the public. In fulfilling an obligation to the public, the educator:
- Shall not misrepresent an institution or organization with which the educator is affiliated and shall take adequate precautions to distinguish between personal and institutional or organizational views.
- Shall not knowingly distort or misrepresent the facts concerning educational matters in direct and indirect public expressions.
- Shall not interfere with a colleague’s exercise of political and citizenship rights and responsibilities.
- Shall not sue institutional privileges for monetary private gain or to promote political candidates or partisan political activities.
- Shall accept no gratuities, gifts, or favors that might impair or appear to impair professional judgment, not offer any favor, service, or thing of value to obtain special advantage.
III. Commitment to the Profession.
The educator believes that the quality of the services of the education profession directly influences the nation and its citizens. The educator therefore exerts every effort to raise professional standards, to improve service, to promote a climate in which the exercise of professional judgment is encouraged, and to achieve conditions which attract persons worthy of the trust to careers in education. In fulfilling an obligation to the profession, the educator:
- Shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, age, sex, physical or mental handicap, marital status, or national origin for membership in the profession, nor interfere with the participation or nonparticipation of colleagues in the affairs of their professional associations.
- Shall accord just and equitable treatment to all members of the profession in the exercise of their professional rights and responsibilities.
- Shall not use coercive means or promise special treatment in order to influence professional decisions of colleagues.
- Shall withhold and safeguard information acquired about colleagues in the course of employment, unless disclosure serves professional purposes.
- Shall not refuse to participate in a professional inquiry when requested by the commission board.
- Shall provide upon the request of the aggrieved party a written statement of specific reason for recommendations that lead to the denial of increments, significant change in employment, or termination of employment.
- Shall not misrepresent professional qualifications.
- Shall not knowingly distort evaluations of colleagues.
IV. Commitment to Professional Employment Practices.
The educator regards the employment agreement as a pledge to be executed both in spirit and in fact in a manner consistent with the highest ideals of professional service. The educator believes that sound professional personnel relationships with governing boards are built upon personal integrity, dignity and mutual respect. The administrator discourages the practice of the profession by unqualified persons. In fulfilling the obligation to professional employment practices, the educator:
- Shall apply for, accept, offer, or assign a position or responsibility on the basis of professional preparation and legal qualifications.
- Should recognize salary schedules and the salary clause of an individual teacher’s contract as a binding document on both parties. The educator should not in anyway violate the terms of the contract.
- Shall not knowingly withhold information regarding a position from an applicant or misrepresent an assignment or conditions of employment.
- Shall give prompt notice to the employing agency of any change in availability of service, and the employing agent shall give prompt notice of change in availability or nature of a position.
- Shall adhere to the terms of a contract or appointment unless these terms have been legally terminated, falsely represented, or substantially altered by unilateral action of the employing agency.
- Shall not delegate assigned tasks to unqualified personnel.
- Shall use time or funds granted for the purpose for which they were intended.
V. Commitment of Board Members and Staff.
The board members and staff will be independent and impartial and not use the public office for private gain. In fulfilling their obligation the board employees will not:
- Receive any remuneration for services, other than that payable by law.
- Solicit, accept or agree to accept any gifts, loans, gratuities, discounts, favors, hospitalities or services from anyone with vested interests in board matters.
- Disclose confidential information garnered from official duties.
- Solicit, accept or agree to accept compensation contingent upon board actions.
- Hold positions, perform duties, or engage in activities not compatible with official capacity.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code, chapter 272.
Violation of this policy may be grounds for disciplinary action, up to and including termination.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: July 25, 2018
Revised: July 25, 2018
405.2 - Professionalism and Courtesy in the Workplace/Communications
405.2 - Professionalism and Courtesy in the Workplace/CommunicationsTo promote professionalism and collegial interaction in the workplace, the board expects its employees to communicate in the workplace in a professional and courteous manner.
Collaborative meetings and discussions among employees about educational issues may involve confidential information. Such meetings and discussions also are normally most productive and best conducted in an atmosphere of trust and respect.
To engender effective professional communication about educational issues, employees should not record meetings or communications without the knowledge of other participants. Recording of any professional communication should normally also be done by mutual consent of the parties.
Approved: July 25, 2018
Reviewed: May 23, 2022
Revised: May 23, 2022
405.3 Employee Complaints
405.3 Employee ComplaintsComplaints of employees against fellow employees should be discussed directly between employees.
If necessary, complaints will be brought directly to the immediate supervisor, principal or superintendent and will be made in a constructive and professional manner. Complaints will never be made in the presence of other employees, students or outside persons to include social media.
This policy is designed to create an appropriate process for pursuing general employee complaints. Employees wishing to address a complaint on a topic with a more specialized procedure such as master contract grievances, or bullying or harassment claims should follow the appropriate process set forth in the master contract, employee handbook or other board policies specific to that topic.
Approved March 8, 2021
Reviewed My 23, 2022
Revised May 23, 2022
405.4 Dishonesty
405.4 DishonestyEmployees of the District serve in a position of public trust, are compensated with public funds, and are entrusted with public property. Employee actions and behavior must be honest and above reproach at all times. This work rule requires complete honesty in the discharge of an employee's duties, and, unless otherwise prohibited by law, it applies to all conduct whether the employee is on duty or off duty.
The conduct which is prohibited by this work rule includes, but is not limited to, the following:
- Making statements to representatives of the District which the employee knows or has reason to believe are untrue, inaccurate, or incomplete.
- Stealing cash, funds, or property of any kind belonging to the District, belonging to a fellow employee, or belonging to other persons who are on District property.
- Failing to report or to transfer to the District any funds or property belonging to the District.
- Unauthorized use, possession or removal of vehicles, property or equipment belonging to the District, belonging to a fellow employee, or belonging to other persons who are on District property.
- Falsification of employment applications or any District records, including, but not limited to, work records and time records. Time record violations include, but are not limited to, claiming time for work which was not performed by the employee and punching/signing another employee in or out.
- Performing official duties in an unauthorized manner.
- Charging items for personal use to a District credit card or account, or making unauthorized withdrawals from a District account using a debit card.
- Misuse or unauthorized use of accounts or allowances (clothing, mileage, meals, etc.).
- Converting surplus District property to personal use without authorization, or declaring property to be surplus or junk and then converting it to personal use.
- Making improper claims for overtime when no overtime was worked, or working slowly to create the need for overtime work.
- Using sick leave, or any other leave of absence, for any purpose which is not authorized.
Employees who violate this policy are subject to disciplinary action, including termination.
Approved March 8, 2021
Reviewed May 23, 2022
Revised May 23, 2022
405.5 Cooperation in Investigations
405.5 Cooperation in InvestigationsAll employees are required to fully cooperate with any representative of the District who is conducting a work-related investigation. Employees will be disciplined for lying to any representative of the District, or providing information to any representative of the District which is dishonest, misleading, inaccurate, or incomplete.
Employees will also be disciplined for impeding, obstructing, or failing to cooperate with an inquiry or investigation conducted by any representative of the District. "Obstructing" includes, but is not limited to, threatening, intimidating, or coercing other individuals who may be contacted by a representative of the District, and discouraging other individuals who may be contacted by a representative of the District from responding to or cooperating with the District. "Failing to cooperate" includes, but is not limited to, failing to provide information, documents, or materials requested by a representative of the District, and providing information, documents, or materials to a representative of the District which are dishonest, misleading, inaccurate, or incomplete.
If an employee is the subject of an investigation, the District will respect the rights afforded to the employee by the Iowa Public Employment Relations Act, the United States Constitution, and any other applicable state or federal law.
Approved March 8, 2021
Reviewed May 23, 2022
Revised May 23, 2022
406 - Licensed Employee Evaluation
406 - Licensed Employee EvaluationEvaluation of licensed employees on their skills, abilities, and competence is an ongoing process supervised by the building principals and conducted by approved evaluators. The goal of the formal evaluation of licensed employees, other than administrators, but including extracurricular employees, is to improve the education program, to maintain licensed employees who meet or exceed the board's standards of performance, to clarify the licensed employee's role, to ascertain the areas in need of improvement, to clarify the immediate priorities of the board, and to develop a working relationship between the administrators and other employees.
The formal evaluation criteria is in writing and approved by the board. The formal evaluation will provide an opportunity for the evaluator and the licensed employee to discuss performance and the future areas of growth. The formal evaluation is completed by the evaluator, signed by the licensed employee and filed in the licensed employee's personnel file. This policy supports, and does not preclude, the ongoing informal evaluation of the licensed employee's skills, abilities and competence.
Licensed employees will be required to:
- Demonstrate the ability to enhance academic performance and support for and implementation of the school district’s student achievement goals.
- Demonstrate competency in content knowledge appropriate to the teaching position.
- Demonstrate competency in planning and preparation for instruction.
- Use strategies to deliver instruction that meets the multiple learning needs of students.
- Use a variety of methods to monitor student learning.
- Demonstrate competence in classroom management.
- Engage in professional growth.
- Fulfill professional responsibilities established by the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure licensed employees are evaluated. New and probationary licensed employees are evaluated at least twice each year.
Approved: January 24, 2024
Reviewed:
Revised:
500 - STUDENTS
500 - STUDENTS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 09/08/2020 - 08:35500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for Students
500 - Objectives for Equal Educational Opportunities for StudentsThis series of the board policy manual is devoted to the board’s goals and objectives for assisting the students of the school district in obtaining an education. Each student will have an opportunity to obtain an education in compliance with the policies in this series.
It is the goal of the board to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in the students enrolled in the school district. Each student attending school will have the opportunity to use it and its education program and services as a means for self-improvement and individual growth. In so doing, the students are expected to conduct themselves in a manner that assures each student the same opportunity.
The board supports the delivery of the education program and services to students free of discrimination on the basis of race, color, sex, marital status, national origin, sexual orientation, creed, gender identity, religion, disability or socioeconomic status. This concept of equal educational opportunity serves as a guide for the board and employees in making decisions relating to school district facilities, employment, the selection of educational materials, equipment, curriculum, and regulations affecting students.
In the delivery of the education program, students will treat the employees with respect and students will receive the same in return. Employees have the best interests of the students in mind and will assist them in school-related or personal matters if they are able to do so. Students should feel free to discuss problems, whether school-related or personal, with the guidance counselor or other employees.
Board policies, rules and regulations affect students while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.
Board policy refers to the term “parents” in many of the policies. The term parents for purposes of this policy manual will mean the legal parents, the legal guardian or custodian of a student, and students who have reached the age of majority or are otherwise considered an adult by law.
Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, are directed to the Affirmative Action Coordinator by writing to the Affirmative Action Coordinator, Red Oak Community School District, Red Oak, Iowa 51566, or by telephoning (712) 623-6600.
Inquiries by students regarding compliance with equal educational opportunity and affirmative action laws and policies, including but not limited to complaints of discrimination, may also be directed in writing to the Director of the Region VII office of Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education 8930 Ward Parkway, Suite 2037, Kansas City, MO. 64114 (816) 268-0550 http://www.state.ia.us/government/crc/index.html or Iowa Dept. of Education, Grimes State Office Bldg., Des Moines, IA. (515) 281-5294. This inquiry or complaint to the federal or state office may be done instead of, or in addition to, an inquiry or complaint at the local level.
Further information and copies of the procedures for filing a complaint are available in the school district’s central administrative office and the administrative office in each attendance center.
Approved: August 27, 2018
Reviewed: September 12, 2022
Revised: August 27, 2018
501 - Student Attendance
501 - Student Attendance dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/17/2020 - 13:12501.1 - Resident Students
501.1 - Resident StudentsChildren in the district community will be allowed to enroll in the district’s regular education program beginning at age five. The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the district’s kindergarten program. The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.
The residence of a student means the place, abode, or dwelling of the student. Generally, the legal dwelling of minors is the same as their parents. A student may establish a dwelling with someone other than the parents and attend public school in the school district without paying tuition if the primary purpose for residing in the school district is not for the purpose of obtaining a free public education. Further, students who have reached the age of majority and who are still eligible to attend an Iowa secondary school may declare their residence independent of the residence of the parents.
Each case involving the bona fide residence of a student will be decided upon its individual merits by the superintendent.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
501.2 - Nonresident Students
501.2 - Nonresident StudentsStudents who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school but who are not legal residents of the school district may be admitted into the school district at the discretion of the superintendent upon application and payment of tuition. The tuition rate is the current per-pupil cost of the school district as computed by the board secretary and as authorized by the Iowa Department of Education.
Resident students whose families move from the school district after the start of a semester and who wish to complete the semester in the school district may be permitted to attend without the payment of tuition at the discretion of the superintendent and approval of the board. Students who plan to open enroll to the nonresident district may complete the school year without approval of the superintendent or board. These students, other than students in grades eleven and twelve, must have the recommendation of the principal.
Students in grades eleven or twelve who are no longer residents of the school district, but were residents in the preceding school year, may continue to attend school until they graduate without the payment of tuition. These students may be required to identify an adult, who resides in the school district, identified for purposes of administration.
Nonresident students who are eligible to attend an Iowa public school and who have evidence they will become legal residents of the school district prior to October 1 may be allowed to attend without the payment of tuition.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
501.2R1 - Foreign Students
501.2R1 - Foreign StudentsForeign students must meet all district entrance requirements including age, place of residence and immunization. Foreign students must be approved by the board. The board reserves the right to limit the number of foreign students accepted.
Students who are citizens of a foreign country will be considered residents if they meet one of the following requirements:
- The student resides with his/her parents(s) or legal guardian;
- The student is in the United States with appropriate documentation (Form I-20) from the United States Department of Justice-Immigration and Naturalization Services; or
- The student is a participant in a recognized foreign exchange program; and
- The student is physically able to attend school and has provided the school district with such proof, including a current TB test.
501.2R2 - Foreign Exchange Students
501.2R2 - Foreign Exchange StudentsIntroduction
Youth exchanges provide foreign exchange students with an American experience, giving them a more balanced understanding of our country. They encourage new perspectives that open the minds of the students of the school to the entire world. More importantly, these “connections” help students on both sides of the exchanges grow and gain maturity. These cross-cultural experiences offer unique opportunities for American schools to help their students and communities:
- Learn first-hand about other cultures and customs;
- Create life-long friendships across cultures;
- Gain new perspectives on our country and the world;
- Begin to understand how tightly connected the peoples and countries of the world are to each other;
- Open young minds to the importance of understanding other languages and other cultures, particularly with respect to career and personal opportunities.
At the same time, schools have a right to expect that international exchange students and student exchange programs adhere to guidelines that will minimize problems and make success more likely. The critical element is the ongoing relationship between the exchange program and the school, as well as the responsiveness of the exchange program.
The local school district will control the number of foreign exchange students enrolled in the school system and will limit enrollment to the high school only. District finances, appropriate host family support, and appropriate course offerings for the student are among the factors that will be considered when reviewing the admission of foreign exchange students.
Timing of the Placement Process
The Red Oak Community School District requires that organizations contact the school each year to indicate an interest in placing exchange students. Exchange organizations are to provide the school with advance notice of their intent to place students. The school is to be notified as soon as the student and host family match-ups are confirmed. Recognizing the timing of school staffing and resourcing, exchange organizations should submit student and host family applications as early as possible, or up to two weeks prior to the start of the school year. Acknowledging the difficulty of securing host family commitments, the school will try to accept applications until school starts.
Selecting Student Exchange Programs
The Red Oak Community School District reserves the right to work with exchange organizations that have proven their commitment and responsiveness. The school also will be open to new organizations that demonstrate a serious commitment to the school and community.
School Expectations of Student Exchange Program
The Red Oak Community School District reserves the right of final approval on all student placements. Additionally, the district requires that each individual foreign exchange program must:
- Be listed in the most current Council on Standards for International Educational Travel (CSIET) Advisory List;
- Maintain a network of qualified and trained local representatives living in or near the community, with responsibility for each student; the representatives will provide orientation and ongoing support for both the host family and the student;
- Provide continuing hands-on monitoring and responsiveness, from local representative to national headquarters, including student selection and preparation, selection and screening of host families, ongoing contact with the host family and the student, and communication with the school and responsiveness to school needs;
- Receive school enrollment authorization for placements each year prior to contracting potential host families and follow school policy on timing and requirements;
- Screen and prepare exchange students while monitoring their progress during the school year, responding to issues or problems as they develop;
- Arrange host family placements before exchange students leave their home country, with the expectation that exchange students are to be in their host family and school placements by the first day of classes;
- Personally interview and screen all potential host families, matching student and family interests and personalities;
- Not knowingly place exchange students based on their athletic abilities;
- In the event that tutoring/ESL help is needed, the organization will make arrangements and ensure that the student accepts financial responsibility for it;
- Provide the school with a complete student application that includes the following:
- Personal letter from the student;
- Detailed information on the student and the student’s natural family;
- Proof that the student has sufficient language ability to function in an American classroom;
- Original transcript of the student’s high school grades, with English translation (and this must meet school requirements);
- Necessary medical history, including proof of immunization as required by the State of Iowa, any medical/physical restrictions, and a recent physical exam.
School Expectations for Students on J-1 Visa Sponsorships
The Red Oak Community School District has the following expectations of foreign exchange students:
- Each exchange student must be qualified to participate in regular classes and maintain a typical schedule. This means an acceptable level of proficiency in the English language, a commitment to treat coursework as important, and the social skills to enjoy participation in social and extracurricular activities.
- Foreign exchange students must be aware that participating in interscholastic athletic teams means they must comply with district and state athletic eligibility regulations.
- The school appreciates the difficulty of a student’s move into a different language, culture, and institution, but exchange students are expected to attain passing grades by the end of their first semester.
- The enrollment eligibility of exchange students will be for one year only, and exchange students and their host families are expected to know and must follow all school policies and rules.
- Exchange students must have medical and accident insurance that meets or exceeds U. S. Department of State guidelines.
- Exchange students must understand that they are not guaranteed the ability to graduate or to be granted a diploma.
School Responsibilities
In accepting foreign exchange students, the Red Oak Community School District assumes the following responsibilities:
- Students on U. S. Department-sponsored programs (j-1 Visas) generally pay no tuition, but they are expected to pay all normal expenses, such as meals.
- Foreign exchange students have all rights and privileges accorded to all enrolled students, along with the accompanying responsibilities, except the right to a diploma.
- The school will make every effort to integrate foreign exchange students into the social fabric of the school. In turn, the school encourages foreign exchange students to participate in school activities, to make friends, to make a personal contribution to the school, and to help spread the word about their country and themselves, informally and by making presentations in classes and to community groups and by talking with the media when requested to do so.
501.3 - Compulsory Attendance
501.3 - Compulsory AttendanceParents within the school district who have children over age four (4) and enrolled in the statewide preschool program, over age five (5) and enrolled in the district’s kindergarten program, or over age six and under age sixteen by September 15, in proper physical and mental condition to attend school, shall have the children attend the district at the attendance center designated by the board. Students will attend school the number of days or hours school is in session in accordance with the school calendar. Students of compulsory attendance age will attend school a minimum of 180 days or 1080 hours. Students not attending the minimum days or hours must be exempted by this policy as listed below or, referred to the county attorney. Exceptions to this policy include children who:
- have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or have obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
- are excused for sufficient reason by any court of record or judge;
- are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
- are unable to attend school due to legitimate medical reasons; has an individualized education program that affects the child’s attendance; has a plan under Section 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act, 29 U.S.C. § 794, that affects the child’s attendance;
- are attending an approved or probationally approved private college preparatory school;
- are attending an accredited nonpublic school;
- are receiving independent private instruction; or,
- are receiving competent private instruction.
It is the responsibility of the parent of a child to provide evidence of the child’s mental and physical inability to attend school or of the child’s qualifications for one of the exceptions listed above.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed June 26, 2024
Revised August 21, 2024
501.4 - Entrance - Admissions
501.4 - Entrance - AdmissionsChildren in the school district community will be allowed to enroll in the school district’s regular education program beginning at age five. The child must be age five on or prior to September 15 to participate in the school district’s kindergarten program. The child must be age six on or prior to September 15 to begin the first grade of the education program.
The board will require evidence of age and residency in the form of a birth certificate or other evidence before the student may enroll in the school district’s education program. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine what is satisfactory evidence for proof of age.
Prior to enrollment, the child must provide the administration with their health and immunization certificate. Failure to provide this information within the time period set by the superintendent is reason for suspension, expulsion or denying admission to the student.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
501.5 - Attendance Center Assignment
501.5 - Attendance Center AssignmentThe board will have complete discretion to determine the boundaries for each attendance center, to assign students to the attendance centers, and to assign students to the classrooms within the attendance center.
Parents or guardians of siblings in the same grade level academically in grades kindergarten through grade five may request the siblings be placed in the same or different classrooms. In order to be valid, the request must be made in writing and submitted to the school principal at the time of registration for classes, or within fourteen days after the children’s first day of attendance during the school year. If a valid request is received by the school principal, the request must be honored. While a parent or guardian may make a placement request that siblings be placed together or apart, the district administration retains complete discretion to select the classroom teacher(s) to which siblings are assigned. If after the initial grading period following the placement of siblings in the same or different classrooms the school principal determines the placement is disruptive to the class; the principal may assign one or more of the siblings to different classrooms.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the assigned attendance center for each student. In making the recommendation, the superintendent will consider the geographical layout of the school district, the condition and location of the school district facilities, the location of student population, possible transportation difficulties, financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent or the board.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised September 26, 2022
501.6 - Student Transfers In
501.6 - Student Transfers InA student’s parents or the student may transfer the student to the school district. Students who transfer into the school district must meet the immunization and age requirements set out for students who initially enroll in the school district.
The school district will request the student’s cumulative records from the previous school district. If the student cannot offer proof of grade level, the superintendent will make the grade level determination. The superintendent may require testing or other information to determine the grade level. Students expelled or suspended from their previous school district will only be enrolled after approval of the board.
The superintendent, or the superintendent’s designee will determine the amount of credits to be transferred. If the student has not previously attended an accredited school, it is within the superintendent’s discretion to accept or reject credits or grades.
The board may deny admission if the student is not willing to provide the board with the necessary information.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
501.6R1 - Student Transfers in From Non-Accredited Settings
501.6R1 - Student Transfers in From Non-Accredited SettingsStudents who have been taught in a nonaccredited setting are welcome to attend the Red Oak Community Schools upon meeting legal admissions requirements. The district retains the right to determine grade level placement and whether or not to accept credits the student earned in a nonaccredited setting. In determining the grade placement of a student or the credits to be accepted for a student, the following considerations will be made:
Grades K-8
If the student has been receiving instruction in a nonaccredited setting through a licensed practitioner or under the instructional supervision of a licensed practitioner, the grade placement will be based on the recommendation of that licensed practitioner, as long as the recommendation is age-appropriate for the student. For grade placement other than that which is age-appropriate, documentation must be presented to the superintendent to justify the recommended placement. Such documentation may include, but not be limited to, portfolios, a transcript from an organization which provides the curriculum for the competent private instruction program, and/or standardized test scores. If necessary, the superintendent may require that the student take a standardized test to determine whether the student can demonstrate the necessary skills to justify the placement.
Grades 9-12
A student who is entering grade 9 for the first time at the start of the school year will be subject to the same considerations as those given to students entering grades K-8.
A student who is enrolling at any level in grades 9-12 after having receiving instruction in a nonaccredited setting during those grade levels will be required to provide documentation of work accomplished in each subject area considered to be at the high school level. Such documentation may include, but not be limited to, portfolios, actual completed assignments, information from a licensed practitioner who is providing instruction or instructional supervision, or a transcript from an organization which provides the curriculum for the instructional program in the nonaccredited setting. If concerns exist about the documentation provided to the school, the superintendent may require the student to pass the semester test for a given subject with at least a “C –” grade before approving credit. Credits approved from instruction in a nonaccredited setting will be recorded as a “P” on the student’s transcript and will not be included in computing grade point average, class ranking, or any academic awards.
Unless there are extenuating circumstances, a student who has received instruction in a nonaccredited setting must attend Red Oak High School for his/her full senior year to be eligible for a diploma from Red Oak High School. Students transferring in from nonaccredited settings will only be eligible for honors and awards for the actual period of time they have been enrolled as regular students in the school district. Students transferring into the high school from a nonaccredited setting will not be eligible for class ranking unless he/she has been enrolled for four (4) or more semesters. Such students must meet the graduation requirements of the school district in order to be eligible for a diploma. The combination of credits approved from instruction in the nonaccredited setting and those earned at Red Oak High School must total fifty-two (52) credits. Any requests for exceptions to this policy and regulation must be presented to the board for action.
501.7 - Student Transfers Out or Withdrawals
501.7 - Student Transfers Out or WithdrawalsIf the student’s parents wish to withdraw or transfer the student from school prior to completing and graduating from the education program, they should notify the superintendent in writing as soon as possible of the decision to withdraw or transfer the student from the education program. The notice should state the student’s final day of attendance. The student or parent should present this written notice at the office and receive instructions regarding the return of textbooks, library books, locker equipment, hot lunch tickets, etc.
If the student is not enrolling in another school district, the school district will maintain the student’s records in the same manner as the records of students who have graduated from the school district.
If the parents wish to have the student’s cumulative record sent to the new school district, the parents must notify the superintendent in writing. This notice will include the name of the school district and the person at the new school district to whom the student’s cumulative records should be sent. If the new school district requests the student’s cumulative records, the school district will forward the cumulative records and notify the parents the records have been sent. The notice will inform the parents of their right to review the records sent.
If the student is of compulsory education age and not transferring to another public school district or an accredited nonpublic school, the parents will notify the superintendent that the student is receiving competent private instruction and file the necessary competent private instruction reports.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
501.8 - Student Attendance Records
501.8 - Student Attendance RecordsAs part of the school district’s records, the daily attendance of each student is recorded electronically with the district’s registrar.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
501.9 - Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy
501.9 - Chronic Absenteeism and TruancyThe district believes that traditional, in-person school attendance leads to the greatest learning opportunities for students. Students who are present in school and engaged active learners take greater ownership over their educational outcomes. For this reason, it is the priority of the district to foster regular student attendance throughout the school year and reduce barriers to regular attendance for students in the district.
Chronic absenteeism/absences means any absence from school for more than ten percent of the days in the quarter/semester established by the district.
Truant/truancy means a child of compulsory attendance age who is absent from school for any reason for at least twenty percent of the days in the quarter/semester. Truancy does not apply to the following students who:
- have completed the requirements for graduation in an accredited school or has obtained a high school equivalency diploma;
- are excused for sufficient reason by any court of record or judge;
- are attending religious services or receiving religious instruction;
- are attending a private college preparatory school accredited or probationally accredited;
- are excused under Iowa Code §299.22; and
- are exempt under Iowa Code §299.24.
Students are subject to disciplinary action for truancy including suspension and expulsion. It is within the discretion of the principal to determine, in light of the circumstances, whether a student may make up work missed because of truancy. Students receiving special education services will not be assigned to in-school suspension unless the goals and objectives of the student's Individualized Education Program are capable of being met.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the designated school officials, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy. The administrative regulations will indicate the disciplinary action to be taken for truancy.
Approved September 28, 2022
Reviewed July 26, 2024
Revised August 21, 2024
501.9R1 - Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy Regulation
501.9R1 - Chronic Absenteeism and Truancy RegulationDaily, punctual attendance is an integral part of the learning experience. The education that goes on in the classroom builds from day to day and absences can cause disruption in the educational progress of the absent student. Irregular attendance or tardiness by students not only limits their own studies, but also interferes with the progress of those students who are regular and prompt in attendance. Attendance is a shared responsibility that requires cooperation and communication among students, parents and the school.
This regulation is divided into two sections: Section I addresses legal requirements related to chronic absenteeism and truancy and Section II addresses additional academic, disciplinary and extracurricular consequences students face due to chronic absenteeism and truancy. It is important for students to recognize that chronic absenteeism and truancy impacts all these facets of their educational experience.
SECTION I – Legal Requirements
Chronic Absenteeism
When a student meets the threshold to be considered chronically absent, the school official will send notice by mail or e-mail to the county attorney where the district’s central office is located. The school official will also notify the student, or if a minor, the student’s parent, guardian or legal or actual custodian via certified mail that includes information related to the student’s absences from school and the policies and disciplinary processes associated with additional absences.
School Engagement Meeting
If a student is absent from school for at least fifteen percent of the days in the grading period, the school official will attempt to find the cause of the absences and start and participate in a school engagement meeting. All of the following individuals must participate in the school engagement meeting:
- The student;
- The student’s parent, guardian or legal or actual custodian if the student is an unemancipated minor; and
- A school official.
The purpose of the meeting is to understand the reasons for the student’s absences and attempt to remove barriers to the student’s ongoing absences; and to create and sign an absenteeism prevention plan.
Absenteeism Prevention Plan
The absenteeism prevention plan will identify the causes of the student’s absences and the future responsibilities of each participant. The school official will contact the student and student’s parent/guardian at least once per week for the remainder of the school year to monitor the performance of the student and the student’s parent/guardian under the plan. If the student and student’s parent/guardian do not attend the meeting, do not enter into a plan or violate the terms of the plan, the school official will notify the county attorney.
SECTION II – Academic and Disciplinary Requirements
Students are required to be in attendance each day, pursuant to board policy and the approved school calendar, unless their absences have been excused by the principal for illness (absences of five or more consecutive days due to illness requires a doctor's note), family emergencies, doctor or dental appointment, recognized religious observances and school sponsored or approved activities. Reasonable excuses may also include family trips or vacations approved by the building principal if the student's work is finished prior to the trip or vacation. Absences that do not fall within the categories listed above will be considered unexcused unless approved by the principal. Parents are expected to telephone the school office to report a student's absence prior to 9:00 a.m. on the day of the absence.
If a student accumulates 6 unexcused absences in a class, he or she may lose credit for the class if the student was previously warned at 4 unexcused absences that two more may result in loss of credit. Prior to imposing the loss of credit in one or more classes, the principal or designee will provide the student an opportunity for an informal hearing.
School work missed because of absences must be made up within two times the number of days absent, not to exceed 10 days. The time allowed for make-up work may be extended at the discretion of the classroom teacher or building principal.
Students will remain enrolled in class until the principal or designee makes a decision regarding loss or restoration of credit. Full credit is awarded to all assignments and tests submitted that meet the teacher's specifications until a decision regarding credit has been made.
If a student loses credit, this will be recorded in the student's record as an "AW" (administrative withdrawal).
A student who loses credit due to excessive absences is assigned to supervised study hall and/or in-school suspension for the period(s) in which the course(s) meets or the student may be reassigned to another class or location. A student who, after an informal hearing, loses credit in any courses due to unexcused absences, will not be allowed to participate in any school activities until the following semester. However, the student is eligible to participate in practice if all other eligibility criteria have been met.
The administration and guidance staff will make reasonable efforts to advise and counsel and may impose discipline upon any student approaching 4 unexcused absences. Such advice, discipline and counseling is in addition to the requirements listed in Section I of this regulation and includes, but is not limited to, oral or written notices to the student and his or her parents, conferences with the student and parents, written contracts, or loss of non-academic privileges such as extracurricular activities, open campus, late arrival, early dismissal, etc.
501.10 - Rescinded
501.10 - RescindedRescinded by the Board on August 21, 2024
501.11 - Student Release During School Hours
501.11 - Student Release During School HoursStudents will be allowed to leave the school district facilities during school hours only with prior authorization from their parents, unless the parent appears personally at the student’s attendance center to arrange for the release of the student during school hours, or with the permission of the principal.
Approved reasons for release of a student during the school day will include, but not be limited to, illness, family emergencies, medical appointments, religious instruction, classes outside the student’s attendance center, employment or any MOC and other reasons determined appropriate by the principal.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
501.12 - Open Enrollment Transfers-Procedures as a Sending District
501.12 - Open Enrollment Transfers-Procedures as a Sending DistrictThe school district will participate in open enrollment as a sending district. As a sending district, the board will allow resident students who meet the requirements to open enroll to another public school district.
Parents requesting open enrollment out of the school district for their student will notify both the sending and receiving school district no later than March 1 in the school year preceding the first year desired for open enrollment. The notice is made on forms provided by the Iowa Department of Education. The forms are available at the central administration office.
Parents of children who will begin kindergarten in the school district are exempt from the open enrollment March 1 deadline. Parents of children who will begin kindergarten and prekindergarten children enrolled in special education programs and included in the district’s basic enrollment will file in the same manner set forth above by September 1. Parents who have good cause as defined by law for failing to meet the March 1 deadline may make an open enrollment request by September1 unless another deadline applies.
The receiving district will approve open enrollment requests according to the timelines established by law. The parents may withdraw the open enrollment request prior to the start of the school year. The receiving district’s superintendent will notify both the parents and sending school district by mail within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.
The board may approve a student’s request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation. Conditions for such transportation will be determined annually. Transportation assistance is available to students in families with income below 200% of the Federal Poverty Level, with the mode of transportation assistance decided by the resident district.
Subject to applicable laws, the board may approve a student's request to allow the receiving district to enter the school district for the purposes of transportation.
An open enrollment request out of the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factor for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the receiving school district is appropriate for the student’s needs. The area education agency director of special education serving the receiving district will determine whether the program is appropriate. The special education student will remain in the school district until the final determination is made.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain open enrollment request applications and notice forms. It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures necessary for open enrollment requests.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed August 21, 2024
Revised August 21, 2024
501.13 Open Enrollment Transfers-Procedures as a Receiving District
501.13 Open Enrollment Transfers-Procedures as a Receiving DistrictThe school district will participate in open enrollment as a receiving district. As a receiving district, the board will allow nonresident students, who meet the legal requirements, to open enroll into the school district. The board will have complete discretion to determine the attendance center of the students attending the school district under open enrollment.
The superintendent will approve all timely filed applications by June 1 and incoming kindergarten applications, good cause applications, or continuation of an educational program applications filed by September 1. The superintendent may approve but not deny open enrollment requests.
The superintendent will notify the sending school district and parents within five days of the school district’s action to approve or deny the open enrollment request.
Open enrollment requests into the school district will not be approved if insufficient classroom space exists. Open enrollment requests into the school district will also not be approved for students who have been suspended or expelled by the administration or the board of the school district the student is or was attending until the student has been reinstated into the school district from which the student was suspended or expelled. Once the student is reinstated, the student’s open enrollment request will be considered in the same manner as other open enrollment requests provided the required timelines are met. The district reserves the right to deny continued open enrollment to any students who meet the definition of truant. The district will notify the truant student’s parent or guardian and district of residence of the decision to deny enrollment in the future in accordance with applicable laws. .
Open enrollment requests into the school district that, if denied, would result in students from the same nuclear family being enrolled in different school districts, will be given highest priority. The board, in its discretion, may waive the insufficient classroom space reason for denial for students of the same nuclear family to prevent the division of a nuclear family between two school districts. Other open enrollment requests into the school district are considered in the order received by the school district with the first open enrollment request given a higher priority than the second open enrollment request and so forth.
Students in grades nine through twelve open enrolling into the school district will not be eligible for participation in interscholastic athletics, at the varsity level, in accordance with applicable law.
Parents of students whose open enrollment requests are approved by the board or superintendent are responsible for providing transportation to and from the receiving school district without reimbursement. If an open enrolled student’s primary residence is closer to the receiving district’s attendance center than the distance from the student’s primary residence to the sending attendance center, the sending district will allow the student’s receiving district to send school vehicles no more than two miles into the sending district’s boundaries to pick up the student.
An open enrollment request into the school district from parents of a special education student is reviewed on a case-by-case basis. The determining factors for approval of such an open enrollment request will be whether the special education program available in the school district is appropriate for the student’s needs and whether the enrollment of the special education student will cause the class size to exceed the maximum allowed. The area education agency director of special education serving the school district will determine whether the program is appropriate. The special education student will remain in the sending district until the final determination is made. For children requiring special education, the receiving district will complete and provide to the resident district the documentation needed to seek Medicaid reimbursement for eligible services.
The policies of the school district will apply to students attending the school district under open enrollment.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop appropriate office procedures and administrative regulations necessary for open enrollment requests.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed August 21, 2024
Revised August 21, 2024
501.14 - Homeless Children and Youth
501.14 - Homeless Children and YouthThe board will make reasonable efforts to identify homeless children and youth of school age within the district, encourage their enrollment and eliminate existing barriers to their receiving an education which may exist in district policies or practices. The designated coordinator for identification of homeless children and for tracking and monitoring programs and activities for these children is the superintendent of schools, with the designee as an alternate.
“Homeless child or youth” is defined as a child or youth from the age of 5 years through 21 years who lacks a fixed, regular, and adequate night-time residence and includes the following:
- A child or youth who is sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason; is living in a motel, hotel, trailer park, or camping grounds due to the lack of alternative adequate accommodations; is living in an emergency or transitional shelter; is abandoned in a hospital; or is awaiting foster care placement;
- A child or youth who has a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for or ordinarily used as a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings;
- A child or youth who is living in a car, park, public space, abandoned building, substandard housing, bus or train station, or similar setting; or
- A migratory child or youth who qualifies as homeless because the child or youth is living in circumstances described in paragraphs “1” through “3” above.
School Records: For students transferring out of the district, records may be provided directly to the student or the student’s parents. In addition, students transferring into the school district may provide cumulative records directly to the district. The school district will not require that such records be forwarded from another school district before that student may enroll. The school will then request the official records from the previous school.
Immunization Requirements: Homeless students will not be denied enrollment for lack of immunization records if:
- They have a statement signed by a physician stating that immunization would be injurious to the student;
- They provide an affidavit stating such immunization would conflict with their religious beliefs;
- They are in the process of being immunized; or
- They are a transfer student from another school.
The school district will make a reasonable effort to locate immunization records from the information provided or will arrange for the student to receive immunizations.
Waiver of Fees and Charges: Fees and charges which may present a barrier to the enrollment or transfer of a homeless child or youth may be waived in the discretion of the superintendent.
Enrollment Requirements/Placement: Enrollment requirements which may constitute a barrier to the education of a homeless child or youth may be waived at the discretion of the Superintendent. If the district is unable to determine the grade level of the student because of missing or incomplete records, the district shall administer appropriate tests to determine the appropriate grade level for the child.
Residency: For purpose of a homeless child or youth, residence for the purpose of attending school shall be where the child actually resides or the child’s district of origin. A child’s district of origin is the district where the child was last enrolled. The deciding factor shall be the welfare of the child.
Transportation: Policies or practices regarding transportation of students which might cause a barrier to the attendance of a homeless child or youth may be waived by the Superintendent.
Special Services: All services which are available to resident students shall be made available to homeless children or youths enrolled in the district. Services include special education, talented and gifted programs, vocational education, English as a second language programs, health services, and food and nutrition programs.
The contents of this policy shall supersede any and all conflicting provisions in district policies dealing with the seven policy areas discussed above.
To help ensure that homeless children and youth have a full opportunity to enroll, attend, and succeed at school, the board shall:
- Designate the School Counselor as the local homeless children and youth liaison;
- Provide training opportunities for staff so staff may help identify and meet the needs of homeless children and youth;
- Remove barriers, including those associated with fees, fines, and absences, to the identification, enrollment, retention, attendance and/or success in school for homeless children and youth;
- Ensure collaboration and coordination with other service providers;
- Ensure transportation is provided in accordance with legal requirements;
- Provide school stability in school assignment according to the child’s best interests;
- Ensure the privacy of student records, as provided by applicable law, including information about a homeless child or youth’s living situation;
- Engage in the dispute resolution process for decisions relating to the educational placement of homeless children and youth as provided by applicable law; and
- Prohibit the segregation of a homeless child or youth from other students enrolled in the district.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
501.15 - Competent Private Instruction
501.15 - Competent Private InstructionIn the event a child of compulsory attendance age, over six and under age sixteen, does not attend public school or an accredited nonpublic school the child must receive competent private instruction.
A parent choosing competent private instruction for a student by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner, competent private instruction for a student by a non-licensed individual or independent private instruction must meet the requirements outlined under Iowa law.
A parent choosing competent private instruction for a student must notify the district prior to the first day of school on forms provided by the district. The forms are available in the central administration office. One copy of the completed forms will be kept by the district and another copy will be forwarded to the Area Education Agency.
A parent choosing competent private instruction for a student by a non-licensed individual may notify the district prior to the first day of school on forms provided by the district. The forms are available in the central administration office. One copy of the completed forms will be kept by the district and another copy will be forwarded to the appropriate Area Education Agency.
A parent choosing independent private instruction for a student may be asked to provide a report identifying the primary instructor, location, name of the authority responsible for the independent instruction, and the names of the students enrolled to the district.
The Superintendent or Superintendent’s designee will determine whether the completed form is in compliance with the law. The district shall report noncompliance with the reporting, immunization, attendance, instructor qualifications, and assessment requirements of the compulsory attendance law to the county attorney of the county of residence of the student’s parent, guardian or custodian.
Students receiving competent private instruction are eligible to request open enrollment to another school district. Prior to the request for open enrollment, the student shall request dual enrollment in the resident district. The receiving district shall not bill the resident district unless the receiving district complies with the reporting requirements. If the parent, guardian or custodian fails to comply with the compulsory attendance requirements, the receiving district shall notify the resident district. The resident district shall then report the noncompliance to the county attorney of the county of residence of the parent, guardian or custodian.
Students receiving competent private instruction by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner must make adequate progress. Students receiving competent private instruction by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner shall be monitored for progress by the supervising teacher. Students receiving competent private instruction by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner may be assessed annually. The district will provide any optional assessments at no cost.
Students receiving competent private instruction by a non-licensed individual must make adequate progress. Students receiving competent private instruction by a non-licensed individual shall be evaluated annually by the parent, guardian or legal custodian to ensure adequate progress is being made. Students receiving competent private instruction from a non-licensed individual may be assessed annually. The district will provide any optional assessments at no cost.
Students receiving competent private instruction by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner and students receiving competent private instruction from a non-licensed individual may dual enroll with the district. Students receiving individual private instruction may not dual enroll with the district.
Upon the request of a parent, guardian or legal custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction or upon referral of a licensed practitioner who provides instruction or instructional supervision of a student under competent private instruction, the district shall refer a student who may require special education to the area education agency, Division of Special Education, for evaluation.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
501.16 - Dual Enrollment
501.16 - Dual EnrollmentThe parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction by or under the supervision of a licensed practitioner or by a non-licensed individual may also enroll the student in the district. The student shall be considered under dual enrollment. The parent, guardian or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the Superintendent prior to October 1st each year on forms provided by the Iowa Department of Education. On the form, the parent, guardian or custodian shall indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating. The forms are available at the central administration office.
A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the district. The policies and administrative rules of the district shall apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled in the district. These policies and administrative rules shall include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of the fees required for participation.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities
502 - Student Rights and Responsibilities dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/17/2020 - 14:10502.1 - Student Appearance
502.1 - Student AppearanceThe board believes inappropriate student appearance causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors.
Students are expected to adhere to standards of cleanliness and dress that are compatible with the requirements of a good learning environment. The standards will be those generally acceptable to the community as appropriate in a school setting.
The board expects students to be clean and well-groomed and wear clothes in good repair and appropriate for the time, place and occasion. Clothing or other apparel promoting products illegal for use by minors and clothing displaying obscene material, profanity, or reference to prohibited conduct are disallowed. While the primary responsibility for appearance lies with the students and their parents, appearance disruptive to the education program will not be tolerated. When, in the judgment of a principal, a student’s appearance or mode of dress disrupts the educational process or constitutes a threat to health or safety, the student may be required to make modifications.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502.2 - Care of School Property/Vandalism
502.2 - Care of School Property/VandalismStudents will treat school district property with the care and the respect they would treat their own property. Students found to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be required to reimburse the school district. They may be subject to discipline under board policy and the school district rules and regulations. They may also be referred to local law enforcement authorities.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502.3 - Freedom of Expression
502.3 - Freedom of ExpressionStudent expression, other than student expression in student-produced official school publications, made on the school district premises or under the jurisdiction of the school district or as part of a school-sponsored activity may be attributed to the school district; therefore, student expression must be responsible. Student expression must be appropriate to assure that the students learn and meet the goals of the school activity and that the potential audience is not exposed to material that may be harmful or inappropriate for their level of maturity.
Students will be allowed to express their viewpoints and opinions as long as the expression is responsible. The expression will not, in the judgment of the administration, encourage the breaking of laws, defame others, be obscene or indecent, or cause a material and substantial disruption to the educational program. The administration, when making this judgment, will consider whether the activity in which the expression was made is school-sponsored and whether review or prohibition of the students’ speech furthers an educational purpose. Further, the expression must be done in a reasonable time, place, and manner that is not disruptive to the orderly and efficient operation of the school district.
Students who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary measures. Employees are responsible for insuring students’ expression is in keeping with this policy.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502.4 - Student Complaints and Grievances
502.4 - Student Complaints and GrievancesStudent complaints and grievances regarding board policy or administrative regulations and other matters should be addressed to the student’s teacher or another licensed employee, other than the administration, for resolution of the complaint. It is the goal of the board to resolve student complaints at the lowest organizational level.
If the complaint cannot be resolved by a licensed employee, the student may discuss the matter with the principal within 3 (three) days of the employee’s decision. If the matter cannot be resolved by the principal, the student may discuss it with the superintendent within 5 (five) days after speaking with the principal.
If the matter is not satisfactorily resolved by the superintendent, the student may ask to have the matter placed on the board agenda of a regularly scheduled board meeting in compliance with board policy.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502.5 - Student Lockers
502.5 - Student LockersStudent lockers are the property of the school district. Students will use the lockers assigned to them by the school district for storing their school materials and personal belongings necessary for attendance at school. It is the responsibility of students to keep their assigned lockers clean and undamaged.
To ensure students are properly maintaining their assigned lockers, the principal of the building may periodically inspect all or a random selection of lockers. Either students or another individual will be present during the inspection of lockers. Student lockers may also be searched, at any time and without advance notice, in compliance with board policy regulating search and seizure.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502.6 - Possession or Use of Weapons
502.6 - Possession or Use of WeaponsThe board believes weapons, other dangerous objects and look-a-likes in school district facilities cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees and visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.
School district facilities are not an appropriate place for weapons, dangerous objects and look-a-likes. Weapons and other dangerous objects and look-a-likes will be taken from students and others who bring them onto the school district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the school district or from students who are within the control of the school district.
Parents of students found to possess weapons, dangerous objects or look-a-likes on school property are notified of the incident. Possession or confiscation of weapons or dangerous objects will be reported to law enforcement officials, and students will be subject to disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion.
Weapons, including firearms, are not allowed on school property or at school activities, including hunting rifles or shotguns, even if they are unloaded and locked in vehicles. Students bringing firearms to school or knowingly possessing firearms at school will be expelled for not less than one year. Students bringing to school or possessing dangerous weapons, including firearms, will be referred to law enforcement authorities. The superintendent has the authority to recommend this expulsion requirement be modified for students on a case-by-case basis. For purposes of this portion of this policy, the term “firearm” includes, but is not limited to, any weapon which is designed to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive, the frame or receiver of any such weapon, a muffler or silencer for such a weapon, or any explosive, incendiary or poison gas.
Any student bringing a weapon, look-a-like, other dangerous object, or any instrument used as a weapon onto district property or onto property within the jurisdiction of the district may be suspended or expelled from school.
For purposes of this policy, the term “dangerous object” includes any instrument or device designed primarily for use in inflicting death or injury upon a human being or animal, and which is capable of inflicting death upon a human being when used in the manner for which it was designed. The term “dangerous object” also includes any instrument of device or any sort whatsoever which is actually used in such a manner as to indicate that the individual intends to inflict death or injury upon the other, and which, when so used, is capable of inflicting death upon a human being. In addition, dangerous objects or any instrument used as a weapon in the school includes any object used to intimidate, coerce, scare or threaten a student, school district employee or visitor. Dangerous objects therefore include, but are not limited to, clubs, nunchakus, brass knuckles, knives regardless of blade length, stun guns, BB and pellet guns, toy guns used or displayed as real guns, and unloaded guns.
Weapons under the control of law enforcement officials are exempt from this policy. The principal may allow authorized persons to display weapons, other dangerous objects or look-a-likes for educational purposes. Such a display will also be exempt from this policy. It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502.7 - Smoking-Drinking-Drugs
502.7 - Smoking-Drinking-DrugsThe board prohibits the distribution, dispensing, manufacture, possession, use, or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol, tobacco, other controlled substances, or “look alike” substances that appear to be tobacco, beer, wine, alcohol or controlled substances by students while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district.
The board believes such illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials generally cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or present a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors.
Violation of this policy by students will result in disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion. Use, purchase or being in possession of cigarettes, tobacco or tobacco products for those under the age of eighteen, may be reported to the local law enforcement authorities. Possession, use or being under the influence of beer, wine, alcohol and/or of a controlled substance may also be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.
Students who violate the terms of this policy may be required to satisfactorily complete a substance abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved by the school board. If such student fails to satisfactorily complete such a program, the student may be subject to discipline including suspension or expulsion.
The board believes the substance abuse prevention program will include:
- Age-appropriate, developmentally-based drug and alcohol curriculum for students in grades kindergarten through twelve, which address the legal, social, and health consequences of tobacco, drug and alcohol use and which provide information about effective techniques for resisting peer pressure to use tobacco, drugs or alcohol;
- A statement to students that the use of illicit drugs and the unlawful possession and use of alcohol is wrong and harmful;
- Standards of conduct for students that clearly prohibit, at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use, being under the influence of or distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students on school premises or as part of any of its activities;
- A clear statement that disciplinary sanctions, up to and including suspension or expulsion and referral for prosecution, will be imposed on students who violate the policy and a description of those sanctions;
- A statement that students may be required to successfully complete an appropriate rehabilitation program;
- Information about drug and alcohol counseling and rehabilitation and re-entry programs available to students;
- A requirement that parents and students be given a copy of the standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions required; and
- Notification to parents and students that compliance with the standards of conduct is mandatory.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502.7R1 - Use of Alcohol or Drugs when Attending School Activities
502.7R1 - Use of Alcohol or Drugs when Attending School ActivitiesThe Board prohibits the use of alcohol and drugs by students attending school-sponsored activities or activities held on any school premises. The following guidelines will apply to all school-sponsored activities or activities held on any school premises:
- In order to determine whether or not reasonable suspicion exists, appropriate school personnel, designated as “school function safety employees,” may be trained in the identification of individuals who may be under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Whether or not an employee has received training is not indicative of whether or not reasonable suspicion exists in any given situation.
- If reasonable suspicion of alcohol use exists, a breathalyzer test may be given to the student by a school function safety employee. If the test is positive for alcohol, law enforcement will be called to handle the situation. School disciplinary measures also will be in effect.
- If reasonable suspicion of drug use exists, parents will be contacted and given the option of taking the student for a drug test at the hospital at district expense. If the student tests positive, school disciplinary measures will be in effect. If the test option is refused, school disciplinary measures still may be in effect.
502.8 - Search and Seizure
502.8 - Search and SeizureSchool district property is held in public trust by the board. School district authorities may, without a search warrant, search students or protected student areas based on a reasonable and articulable suspicion that a school district policy, rule, regulation or law has been violated. The search is in a manner reasonable in scope to maintain order and discipline in the schools, promote the educational environment, and protect the safety and welfare of students, employees and visitors to the school district facilities. School officials may also conduct periodic inspections of all, or a randomly selected number of, school lockers, desks, and other facilities or spaces owned by the district and provided as a courtesy to a student.
The furnishing of a locker, desk or other facility or space owned by the school and provided as a courtesy to a student, even if the student provides the lock for it, will not create a protected student area and will not give rise to an expectation of privacy with respect the locker, desk, or other facility.
School authorities may seize any illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials discovered in the search. Items of contraband may include, but are not limited to, nonprescription controlled substances, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, barbiturates, apparatus used for controlled substances, alcoholic beverages, tobacco, weapons, explosives, poisons and stolen property. Such items are not to be possessed by a student while they are on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Possession of such items will be grounds for disciplinary action including suspension or expulsion and may be reported to local law enforcement officials. The board believes that illegal, unauthorized or contraband materials may cause material and substantial disruption to the school environment or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, or visitors on the school district premises or property within the jurisdiction of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502.8R1 - Search and Seizure Regulation
502.8R1 - Search and Seizure RegulationI. Searches, in general.
A. Reasonable and Articulable Suspicion: A search of a student will be justified when there are reasonable grounds for the suspicion that the search will turn up evidence
that the student has violated or is violating the law or school district policy, rules, or regulations affecting school order.
Reasonable suspicion may be formed by considering factors such as the following:
(1) eyewitness observations by employees;
(2) information received from reliable sources;
(3) suspicious behavior by the student; or,
(4) the student’s past history and school record although this factor alone is not sufficient to provide the basis for reasonable suspicion.
B. Reasonable Scope: A search will be permissible in its scope or intrusiveness when the measures adopted are reasonably related to the objectives of the search.
Reasonableness of scope or intrusiveness may be determined based on factors such as the following:
(1) the age of the student;
(2) the sex of the student;
(3) the nature of the infraction; and
(4) the emergency requiring the search without delay.
II. Types of Searches
A. Personal Searches
1. A student’s person and/or personal effects (e.g., purse, backpack, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable suspicion to believe the student
is in possession of illegal or contraband items or has violated school district policies, rules, regulations or the law affecting school order.
2. Personally intrusive searches will require more compelling circumstances to be considered reasonable.
(a) Pat-Down Search: If a pat-down search or a search of a student’s garments (such as jackets, socks, pockets, etc.) is conducted, it will be conducted in
private by a school official of the same sex as the student and with another adult witness of the same sex present, when feasible.
(b) A more intrusive search, short of a strip search, of the student’s person, handbags, book bags, etc., is permissible in emergency situations when the health
and safety of students, employees, or visitors are threatened. Such a search may only be conducted in private by a school official of the same sex as the
student, with an adult of the same sex present unless the health or safety of students will be endangered by the delay which may be caused by following
these procedures.
B. Locker and Desk Inspections
Although school lockers and desks are temporarily assigned to individual students, they remain the property of the school district at all times. The school district has a
reasonable and valid interest in insuring the lockers and desks are properly maintained. For this reason, lockers and desks are subject to unannounced inspections
and students have no legitimate expectations of privacy in the locker or desk. Periodic inspections of all or a random selection of lockers or desks may be conducted
by school officials in the presence of the student or another individual. Any contraband discovered during such searches will be confiscated by school officials and
may be turned over to law enforcement officials.
The contents of a student’s locker or desk (coat, backpack, purse, etc.) may be searched when a school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion that the
contents contains illegal or contraband items or evidence of a violation of law or school policy or rule. Such searches should be conducted in the presence of another
adult witness when feasible.
C. Automobile Searches
Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right. The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of the student parking
lots. The interior of a student’s automobile on the school premises may be searched if the school official has reasonable and articulable suspicion to believe that
illegal, unauthorized or contraband items are contained inside.
502.8E1 - Search and Seizure Checklist
502.8E1 - Search and Seizure ChecklistI. What factors caused you to have a reasonable and articulable suspicion that the search of this student or the student’s effects or automobile would turn up evidence that the student has violated or is violating the law, school policy, rules or regulations affecting school order?
A. Eyewitness account.
- By whom: __________________________________________________________________________________
- Date/Time: _________________________________________________________________________________
- Place: _____________________________________________________________________________________
- What was seen: _____________________________________________________________________________
B. Information from a reliable source.
- From whom: ________________________________________________________________________________
- Time received: ______________________________________________________________________________
- How information was received: _________________________________________________________________
- Who received the information: __________________________________________________________________
- Describe information: _________________________________________________________________________
C. Suspicious behavior? Explain.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
D. Student's past history? Explain.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
E. Time of search: ________________________________________________________________________________
F. Location of search: _____________________________________________________________________________
G. Student told purpose of search: ___________________________________________________________________
H. Consent of student requested: ____________________________________________________________________
II. Was the search you conducted reasonable in terms of scope and intrusiveness:
A. What were you searching for? _____________________________________________________________________
B. Where did you search? __________________________________________________________________________
C. Sex of the student: ______________________________________________________________________________
D. Age of the student: ______________________________________________________________________________
E. Exigency of the situation: _________________________________________________________________________
F. What type of search was being conducted: ___________________________________________________________
G. Who conducted the search: _______________________________________________________________________
Position: _________________________________________________________________________________
Sex: _____________________________________________________________________________________
H. Witness(s):
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
III. Explanation of Search
Describe the time and location of the search:
A. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
Describe exactly what was searched:
B. ___________________________________________________________________________________________
What did the search yield:
C. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
What was seized:
D. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Were any materials turned over to law enforcement officials?
E. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Were parents notified of the search including the reason for it and the scope:
F. _____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
502.9 - Interviews of Students
502.9 - Interviews of StudentsA student may not be interviewed in school unless the building principal gives specific permission. Generally, individuals other than parents and school district officials and employees may not interview students during the school day. No interview shall be permitted unless the principal deems it essential to the welfare of the pupil as set forth in regulations, or he is directed to do so by court order.
Requests from law enforcement officers and from persons other than parents, school district officials, and employees to interview students are made through the principal’s office. Upon receiving a request, it is the responsibility of the principal to determine whether the request will be granted. Generally, prior to granting a request, the principal will attempt to contact the parents to inform them of the request and to ask them to be present.
If a child abuse investigator wishes to interview a student, the principal will defer to the investigator’s judgment as to whether the student should be interviewed independently from the student’s parents, whether the school is the most appropriate setting for the interview, and who will be present during the interview.
Students will not be taken from school without the consent of the principal and without proper warrant.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502.9R1 - Interviews of Students Regulation
502.9R1 - Interviews of Students RegulationI. Investigation Conducted in the Educational Environment
A. Interviews Initiated by School Administrators
- Conducted by Administrators
a. Principals shall have the authority to conduct investigations and to question students pertaining to infractions of school rules, whether or not the alleged conduct is a violation of criminal law.
- Conducted by Law Enforcement Officers
a. The principal/designee shall determine when the necessity exists that law enforcement officers be contacted to conduct an investigation of alleged criminal behavior.b. The principal/designee may request that law enforcement officers conduct an investigation of alleged criminal behavior during school hours. A reasonable attempt shall be made to contact the student's parents, guardian or representative prior to questioning of students by law enforcement officers. Such contacts or attempted contacts with parents, guardian or representative shall be documented by the administrator involved. In the absence of a student's parents, guardian or representative during any questioning of such students, the principal or other designated certificated school staff person shall be present.
c. If the investigation has centered on any particular student suspected of such alleged criminal activity, the procedure of taking students into custody by the police set forth in Section II shall be followed to the extent that they do not interfere with reasonable law enforcement procedures.
B. Interviews Initiated by Law Enforcement Officers
- Although cooperation with law enforcement officers will be maintained, it should not normally be necessary for law enforcement officers to initiate and conduct any investigation and questioning on the school premises during school hours pertaining to criminal activities unrelated to the operation of the school. Only in demonstrated emergency situations, when law enforcement officers find it absolutely necessary, will they be voluntarily permitted to conduct such an investigation during school hours. These circumstances should ordinarily be limited to those in which delay might result in danger to any person, or flight from the jurisdiction of a person reasonably suspected of a crime or destruction of evidence.
- In such cases, the officers shall be requested to obtain prior approval of the principal/designee before beginning such an investigation on school premises. The administrator shall document the circumstances of such investigations as soon as practicable. Alleged criminal behavior related to the school environment brought to the principal's attention by law enforcement officers shall be dealt with under Iowa law.
C. Questioning of Students During Investigation
- Violations of School Rules
a. In instances where school rules have allegedly been violated, the principal/designee may contact the suspected rule violator or potential witness to the infraction.
b. The suspected student shall be advised orally or in writing of the nature of the alleged offense and of the evidence, if any, against the student.
c. In questioning a potential student witness to an alleged disciplinary infraction, care should be taken by the administrator to insure that there is a reasonable likelihood that the student was indeed a witness.
- Violations of Criminal Law
a. During an investigation of violation of school rules, it may come to the attention of the administrator that the investigated activity may also be a violation of criminal law. In proceeding with the investigation, the principal/designee can attempt to ascertain whether there is sufficient justification to believe that a criminal offense was committed that warrants contacting law enforcement officials.
b. Where a suspected violation of criminal law has occurred on the school grounds, involving the operation of the school or during a school-sponsored activity, law enforcement officials may be notified and their presence requested for the questioning of suspected students. Unless circumstances dictate otherwise, questioning of the student shall not begin or continue until the law enforcement officers arrive. Reasonable attempts shall be made to contact a student's parents, guardian or representative who, unless an emergency exists, shall be given the opportunity to confer with the student and to be present with the student during such questioning. The administrator shall document the contact or attempted contact with the student's parents, guardian or representative. The law enforcement officers may wish to advise the student of his/her legal rights.
II. Taking a Student into Custody
A. Students may not be released to law enforcement authorities voluntarily by school officials unless the student has been placed under arrest or unless the parent, guardian or representative and the student agrees to the release. Administrators shall make reasonable objections to law enforcement authorities who attempt to remove students from school without placing them under arrest or without the acquiescence of the parent, guardian or representative and the student. When students are removed from school for any reason by law enforcement authorities, reasonable efforts will be made to contact the student's parents, guardian or representative immediately. Such effort shall be documented. The superintendent's office shall be notified immediately of any removal of a student from school by law enforcement officers under any circumstances.
B. Where it is necessary to take a student into custody on school premises, and the time permits, the law enforcement officer shall be requested to contact the school principal/designee and relate the circumstances necessitating such action. When possible, the principal/designee shall have the student summoned to the principal's office where the student may be taken into custody.
C. When an emergency exists, the school principal/designee may summon law enforcement officials to the school to take a student into custody.
D. When a student has been taken into custody or arrested on school premises without prior notification to the principal/designee, the school staff present shall encourage the law enforcement officers to notify the principal/designee of the circumstances as quickly as possible. In the event that the officers decline to notify the principal/designee, the school staff members present shall immediately notify the principal/designee.
E. If possible, parents, guardian or representative of the student shall be notified by the principal or other school administrator before the student is taken into custody by law enforcement officers or as quickly thereafter as can be accomplished. The administrator shall document such notification or attempted notification.
III. Disturbance of School Environment
A. Law enforcement officers may be requested to assist in controlling disturbances of the school environment which the principal or other school administrator has found to be unmanageable by school personnel or has the potential of causing harm to students and other persons or to property. Such potential of possible harm includes members of the general public who have exhibited inappropriate or illegal conduct on school premises or at a school event held on school property and who have been requested to leave by an administrator, but have refused or failed to do so.
IV. Disseminating and Reviewing Policies
A. This policy shall regularly be disseminated to staff members. School staff members shall be apprised of the contents of these provisions as they are updated, and at least annually.
B. School administrators are encouraged to meet at least annually with local law enforcement officials to discuss the district's policy and rules regarding law enforcement contacts with the district. Law enforcement officials will be asked to instruct their staffs as to the terms of the school's policy and rules.
502.10 - Use of Motor Vehicles
502.10 - Use of Motor VehiclesThe board recognizes the convenience to families and students of having students drive to and park at their school attendance center. Driving a motor vehicle to and parking it at the student’s attendance center is a privilege.
Students who drive to and park at their school attendance center shall only drive to and park at their designated attendance center. Students may not loiter around or be in their vehicle during the school day without permission from the principal. Students shall leave their attendance center when there is no longer a legitimate reason for them to be at their attendance center. Students who drive shall enter and leave the parking lot by the routes designated by the principal.
Students who live within one mile of school, and would not otherwise be eligible for a student driving permit, may be eligible for a student driving permit, for driving to and from school and school activities and practices, if the student has a medically verified physical hardship.
Students who wish to drive to and park at their school attendance center shall comply with the rules and regulations established by the building principal. Failure to comply with this policy or the school district rules shall be reason for revocation of school driving and parking privileges as well as other disciplinary action including suspension and expulsion.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
502.11 - Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone Restraint
502.11 - Corporal Punishment, Mechanical Restraint and Prone RestraintThe use of corporal punishment, mechanical restraint and/or prone restraint is prohibited in all schools.
Corporal punishment is defined as the intentional physical punishment of a student. It includes the use of unreasonable or unnecessary physical force or physical contact made with the intent to harm or cause pain.
No employee is prohibited from:
- Using reasonable and necessary force, not designed or intended to cause pain, in order to accomplish any of the following:
- To quell a disturbance or prevent an act that threatens physical harm to any person.
- To obtain possession of a weapon or other dangerous object within a pupil’s control.
- For the purposes of self-defense or defense of others as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.3.
- For the protection of property as provided for in Iowa Code section 704.4 or 704.5.
- To remove a disruptive pupil from class or any area of school premises or from school-sponsored activities off school premises.
- To protect a student from the self-infliction of harm.
- To protect the safety of others.
- Using incidental, minor, or reasonable physical contact to maintain order and control.
Mechanical restraint means the use of a device as a means of restricting a student’s freedom of movement. Mechanical restraint does not mean a device used by a trained individual for specific approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the device was designed and, if applicable, prescribed, including restraints for medical immobilization, adaptive devices or mechanical supports used to allow greater freedom of mobility than would be possible without use of such devices or mechanical supports; and vehicle safety restraints when used as intended during the transport of a student in a moving vehicle.
Prone restraint means any restraint in which the student is held face down on the floor.
Reasonable physical force should be commensurate with the circumstances of the situation. The following factors should be considered in using reasonable physical force for the reasons stated in this policy:
1. The size and physical, mental, and psychological condition of the student;
2. The nature of the student’s behavior or misconduct provoking the use of physical force;
3. The instrumentality used in applying the physical force;
4. The extent and nature of resulting injury to the student, if any; including mental and psychological injury;
5. The motivation of the school employee using physical force.
Upon request, the student’s parents are given an explanation of the reasons for physical force.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised January 11, 2021
502.12 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of Students
502.12 - Physical Restraint and Seclusion of StudentsIt is the goal of the district that all students can learn and grow in a safe and peaceful environment that nurtures the student and models respect for oneself and others. On occasion, trained district employees and others may have to use behavior management interventions, physical restraint and/or seclusion of students. The goal of these interventions is to promote the dignity, care, safety, welfare and security of each child and the school community. With this objective in mind, the district will prioritize the use of the least restrictive behavioral interventions appropriate for the situation.
Physical restraint means a personal restriction that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a student to move the student’s arms, legs, body, or head freely. Physical restraint does not mean a technique used by trained school personnel, or used by a student, for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the technique was designed and, if applicable, prescribed. Physical restraint does not include instructional strategies, such as physically guiding a student during an educational task, hand-shaking, hugging, or other non-disciplinary physical contact.
Seclusion means the involuntary confinement of a child in a seclusion room or area from which the child is prevented or prohibited from leaving; however, preventing a child from leaving a classroom or school building are not considered seclusion. Seclusion does not include instances when a school employee is present within the room and providing services to the child, such as crisis intervention or instruction.
Physical restraint or seclusion is reasonable or necessary only:
- To prevent or terminate an imminent threat of bodily injury to the student or others; or
- To prevent serious damage to property of significant monetary value or significant nonmonetary value or importance; or
- When the student’s actions seriously disrupt the learning environment or when physical restraint or seclusion is necessary to ensure the safety of the student or others; and
- When less restrictive alternatives to seclusion or physical restraint would not be effective, would not be feasible under the circumstances, or have failed in preventing or terminating the imminent threat or behavior; and
- When the physical restraint or seclusion complies with all applicable laws.
Prior to using physical restraint or seclusion, employees must receive training in accordance with the law. Any individual who is not employed by the district but whose duties could require the individual to use or be present during the use of physical restraint or seclusion on a student will be invited to participate in the same training offered to employees on this topic.
When required by law, the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee will ensure a post-occurrence debriefing meeting is held, maintain documentation and fulfill all reporting requirements for each occurrence of physical restraint or seclusion as required by law.
Approved January 11, 2022
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised January 11, 2021
502.12E1 – Use of Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form
502.12E1 – Use of Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Documentation Form
Student name: |
Date of occurrence: |
|||
Start time of occurrence: |
End time of occurrence: |
|||
Start time of use of physical restraint or seclusion: |
End time of use of physical restraint or seclusion: |
|||
Employee names and titles who observed, were involved with or implemented physical restraint and/or seclusion during occurrence (including administrators who approved extended time if applicable): |
Employee’s date of last training on use of physical restraint and seclusion: |
|||
Describe student actions before, during and after occurrence:
|
||||
Describe employee actions before, during and after occurrence, including the reason for any of the following, if applicable: use of non-approved restraint, use of non-designated seclusion rooms, any restraint or seclusion that lasted longer than necessary:
|
||||
Describe any less restrictive means attempted as an alternative to physical restraint and seclusion or why those means would not be effective or feasible, or have failed:
|
||||
Approval from administrator to continue physical restraint or seclusion past 15 minutes: |
Approval obtained from administrator to continue physical restraint or seclusion more than 30 minutes past last approval time: |
|||
Administrator approving: |
Administrator approving: |
|||
Time approved: |
Time approved: |
|||
Reasons for length of incident: |
Reasons for length of incident: |
|||
If Administrator approval was not obtained at 15 minutes or every 30 minutes thereafter, or a student was not provided with breaks for bodily needs in incidents lasting longer than 15 minutes, explain why:
|
||||
Parent/Guardian notification: Parents/Guardians will be notified as soon as practicable once the occurrence is under control, but no more than one hour after, or the end of the school day, whichever occurs first. Space below for documenting multiple attempts to notify guardians is listed in case the guardian cannot be reached in the first attempt.
|
||||
Employee attempting notification: |
Parent/Guardian contacted: |
Time and manner of attempted notification: |
Was notification successful? |
|
Employee attempting notification: |
Parent/Guardian contacted: |
Time and manner of attempted notification: |
Was notification successful? |
|
Employee attempting notification: |
Parent/Guardian contacted: |
Time and manner of attempted notification: |
Was notification successful? |
|
If Parent/Guardian notification requirements were not complied with, explain why: |
||||
Describe injuries sustained or property damaged by students or employees: |
||||
Describe future approaches to address student behavior including any consequences or disciplinary actions that may be imposed on the student: |
This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee. A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s parent or guardian within three school days of the occurrence. Unless the parent or guardian agrees to receive the report by email, fax, or hand delivery, the report must be sent by mail and postmarked by the third day following the occurrence. Enclosed with a copy of this form is an invitation for the parents or guardians to participate in the debriefing meeting scheduled in accordance with the law.
____________________________________ ______________________________
Employee Date of form delivered to Parent/Guardian
_______________________________
Method of Transmittal
502.12E2 – Debriefing Letter to Guardian of Student Involved in an Occurrence Where Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Was Used
502.12E2 – Debriefing Letter to Guardian of Student Involved in an Occurrence Where Physical Restraint and/or Seclusion Was Used[This letter and the enclosed report may be transmitted electronically via email or fax, picked up in person, or mailed. If the district and the guardian do not agree on how to transmit this letter, it must be mailed via postage prepaid, first class mail to the guardian within 3 school days of the occurrence.]
Dear [Guardian],
Recently, your student [name] was involved in an occurrence at school that required the physical restraint and/or seclusion of your student as defined by 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103. A report related to this occurrence is enclosed with this letter.
The law requires debriefing meetings be held for such occurrences in the following circumstances:
- following the first instance of seclusion or physical restraint during a school year;
- When any personal injury occurs as a part of the use of seclusion or physical restraint;
- When a reasonable educator would determine a debriefing session is necessary;
- When suggested by a student’s IEP team;
- When agreed to by the guardian and school officials; and
- After seven instances of seclusion or physical restraint of the student.
This letter is intended to inform you that a debriefing meeting will be held on [date within 5 days of transmission of letter, time, place] because of [reason from bulleted list above]. The following employees will be in attendance at this meeting: [list names and titles of employees]. We are inviting you to attend this debriefing meeting to engage with us on topics related to this occurrence.
If you would like to reschedule the debriefing meeting, please contact me as soon as possible via email [email address] or telephone [telephone number], and at least one school day prior to the date and time listed for this debriefing meeting. Your student is allowed to attend this meeting with your consent, and you are welcome to bring a representative of your choosing if you wish. If you plan to bring a representative to this meeting, please let us know at least one school day prior to the meeting so that we have an opportunity to make arrangements.
We look forward to working with you to foster the continued health, safety and educational growth of your student.
___________________________________ ___________________________
[Administrator name], title Date
Enclosure: Report related to student occurrence
502.12E3 – Debriefing Meeting Document
502.12E3 – Debriefing Meeting Document[The following individuals must attend the debriefing meeting: employees who administered physical restraint or seclusion; an administrator or employee not involved in the occurrence; the administrator or employee who approved continuation of the physical restraint or seclusion; other relevant personnel designated by the school; if indicated by student’s behavior in occurrence, an expert in behavioral/mental health or other discipline. The following individuals must be invited to attend the debriefing meeting: the parent or guardian of the student, the student with guardian’s consent.]
Student name: |
Date of occurrence: |
Date of debriefing meeting: |
Time of debriefing meeting: |
Location of debriefing meeting: |
|
Names of individuals attending the debriefing meeting (must include the employees involved and at least one employee who was not involved): |
Job title of employee and/or relation to student: |
Documentation reviewed during meeting (must include at least the occurrence report; and BIP, IHP, IEP and/or safety plan if applicable): |
|
Identification of patterns of behavior and proportionate response, if any, in the student and employees involved: |
|
Possible alternative responses, if any, to the incident/less restrictive means, if any: |
|
Additional resources, if any, that could facilitate those alternative responses in the future: |
|
Plans for additional follow up actions, if any: |
|
This form has been reviewed and completed by the undersigned employee. A written copy of this form has been sent to the student’s guardian within three school days of the debriefing meeting.
____________________________________ ______________________________
Employee Date of delivered to Parent/Guardian
______________________________
Method of Transmittal
502.12R1– Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with Students
502.12R1– Use of Physical Restraint and Seclusion with StudentsThe District will comply with 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103 for the use of physical restraint and seclusion with students, including, but not limited to:
- Physical restraint and seclusion will be used only by employees who have been trained in accordance with applicable law unless a trained employee is not immediately available due to the unforeseeable nature of the occurrence.
- As soon as practical after the situation is under control, but within one hour after either the occurrence or the end of the school day, whichever occurs first, the school will attempt to contact the student’s parent or guardian using the school’s emergency contact system.
- The seclusion or physical restraint is used only for as long as necessary based on research and evidence to allow the student to regain control of their behavior to the point that the threat or behavior necessitating the use of the seclusion or physical restraint has ended, or when a medical condition occurs that puts the student at risk of harm. Unless otherwise provided for in the student’s written approved IEP, BIP, IHP or safety plan, if the seclusion or physical restraint continues for more than 15 minutes:
- The student will be provided with any necessary breaks to attend to personal and bodily needs, unless doing so would endanger the child or others.
- An employee will obtain approval from an administrator or administrator’s designee to continue seclusion or physical restraint beyond 15 minutes. After the initial approval, an employee must obtain additional approval every 30 minutes thereafter for the continuation of the seclusion or physical restraint.
- The student’s parent or guardian and the school may agree to more frequent notifications than is required by law.
- Schools and district employees must document and explain in writing the reasons why it was not possible for the employees to obtain approval, notify parents, or take action within prescribed time limits.
- Schools and district employees who begin and then end use of nonapproved restraints will document and explain in writing the reasons why they had no other option but to use this type of behavioral intervention.
- The area of seclusion will be a designated seclusion room that complies with the seclusion room requirements in accordance with law, unless the nature of the occurrence makes the use of the designated seclusion room impossible, clearly impractical, or clearly contrary to the safety of the student, others, or both; in that event, the school must document and explain in writing the reasons why a designated seclusion room was not used.
- An employee must continually visually monitor the student for the duration of the seclusion or physical restraint.
- If an employee restrains a student who uses sign language or an augmentive mode of communication as the student’s primary mode of communication, the student shall be permitted to have the student’s hands free of physical restraint, unless doing so is not feasible in view of the threat posed.
- Seclusion or physical restraint shall not be used: as punishment or discipline; to force compliance or to retaliate; as a substitute for appropriate educational or behavioral support; to prevent property damage except as provided in law; as a routine school safety measure; or as a convenience to staff.
-
- The Superintendent or the Superintendent’s designee will investigate any complaint or allegation that one or more employees violated any provisions of 281 Iowa Administrative Code Ch. 103. If the District determines a violation has occurred, corrective action will be taken up to and including termination of the employees involved. If the allegation or complaint involves a specific student the District will notify the parents or guardian of the involved student about the results of the investigation. If any allegation or complaint is also defined as abuse in 281 Iowa Administrative Code 102.2, the procedures listed in chapter 102 will apply.
-
- The District must comply with and implement Chapter 103 whether or not a parent consents to the use of physical restraint or seclusion.
503 - Student Discipline
503 - Student Discipline dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/17/2020 - 14:52503.1 - Student Conduct
503.1 - Student ConductThe board believes inappropriate student conduct causes material and substantial disruption to the school environment, interferes with the rights of others, or presents a threat to the health and safety of students, employees, and visitors on school premises. Appropriate classroom behavior allows teachers to communicate more effectively with students.
Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.
Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be disciplined for conduct which disrupts or interferes with the education program; conduct which disrupts the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity; conduct which disrupts the rights of other students to participate in or obtain their education; conduct that is violent or destructive; or conduct which interrupts the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere. Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion.
Discipline will be administered depending on the severity and frequency of the acts of misconduct. The imposition of discipline will be within the discretion of the individual responsible for imposing the discipline. In instances where there has been a violation of the law, as well as school rules, appropriate law enforcement officials will be contacted and may become involved in the district’s administration of discipline. The school reserves the right to seek restitution from the parents/guardians of a student or the student for damage caused by the student.
Students may be disciplined for conduct that violates commonly held notions of unacceptable, immoral or inappropriate behavior that includes, but is not limited to, the following:
- Open and/or persistent defiance of authority, school rules, and regulations (including extracurricular rules);
- Assault or threatened assault on another person;
- Extortion, intimidation or coercion;
- Inciting others to violate the law or school rules;
- Vandalism;
- Gambling;
- Theft or possession of stolen goods/property;
- Sale, manufacture or distribution of illegal drugs, controlled substances, imitation controlled substances or drug paraphernalia;
- Possession, use or being under the influence of illegal drugs, controlled substances, imitation controlled substances or drug paraphernalia.
- Possession, use or threatening to use any instrument that is generally considered a weapon, an instrument that is normally not considered a weapon as a weapon, an imitation weapon or an explosive;
- Possession, use or being under the influence of alcoholic beverages;
- Use, possession, and/or transmission of tobacco or imitation substances;
- Profanity;
- Possession of pornographic/obscene literature, items or materials;
- Student dress which is suggestive, condones illegal activity or in some way disrupts the educational process;
- Failure to abide by corrective measures for previous acts of misconduct;
- Harassment in any form of another person;
- Conduct which discriminates against others based upon an individual's sex, race, national origin, religion or disability;
- Destruction, damage, unauthorized use, inappropriate use, and/or manipulation of hardware, software or any aspect or component of the school's electronic information system including the internet; or
- Inappropriate sexual conduct including harassment, indecent exposure, and visible display of affection.
A student who commits an assault against an employee on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school-owned or school-operated chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school district activities will be suspended by the principal. Notice of the suspension is sent to the board president. The board will review the suspension to determine whether to impose further sanctions against the student which may include expulsion. Assault for purposes of this section of this policy is defined as:
- an act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or
- any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or
- intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.
The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace.
The school district may impose a range of disciplinary measures for acts of misconduct. Disciplinary measures include, but are not limited to, removal from the classroom, detention, suspension, probation, and expulsion. Discipline will be administered depending on the severity and frequency of the acts of misconduct. The imposition of discipline will be within the discretion of the individual responsible for imposing the discipline. In instances where there has been a violation of the law, as well as school rules, appropriate law enforcement officials will be contacted and may become involved in the school district's administration of discipline. The school reserves the right to seek restitution from the parents/guardians of a student or the student for damage caused by the student. The school district shall insure due process for the students and parents.
A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school, classes, and practice, but will not participate in other school activities.
Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal’s office. It shall be within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.
Detention means the student’s presence is required during non-school hours for disciplinary purposes. The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day, or on a non-school day. Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee disciplining the student or the building principal.
Suspension means; either an in-school suspension, an out-of-school suspension, a restriction from activities or loss of eligibility. An in-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision. An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days. An out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities. An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten days. A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.
Probation means a student is given a conditional suspension of a penalty for a definite period of time in addition to being reprimanded. The conditional suspension will mean the student must meet the conditions and terms for the suspension of the penalty. Failure of the student to meet these conditions and terms will result in immediate reinstatement of the penalty.
Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board.
Discipline of special education students, including suspensions and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws. Following the suspension of a special education student, an informal evaluation of the student’s placement will take place. The Individual Education Program (IEP) is evaluated to determine whether it needs to be changed or modified in response to the behavior that led to the suspension..
If a special education student’s suspensions, either in or out of school, equal ten days on a cumulative basis, a staffing team will meet to determine whether the IEP is appropriate.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
503.2 - Student Suspension
503.2 - Student SuspensionAdministrative Action
A. Probation
- Probation is conditional suspension of a penalty for a set period of time. Probation may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.
- The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of probation. The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond. Written notice and reasons for the probation will be sent to the parents.
B. In-School Suspension
- In-school suspension is the temporary isolation of a student from one or more classes while under administrative supervision. In-school suspensions may be imposed by the principal for infractions of school rules which are serious but which do not warrant the necessity of removal from school.
- The principal will conduct an investigation of the allegations against the student prior to imposition of an in-school suspension. The investigation will include, but not be limited to, written or oral notice to the student of the allegations against the student and an opportunity to respond. In-school suspension will not be imposed for more than ten school days. Written notice and reasons for the in-school suspension will be sent to the student’s parents.
C. Out-of-School Suspension
- Out-of-school suspension is the removal of a student from the school environment for periods of short duration. Out-of-school suspension is to be used when other available school resources are unable to constructively remedy student misconduct.
- A student may be suspended out of school for up to ten school days by a principal for a commission of gross or repeated infractions of school rules, regulations, policy or the law, or when the presence of the student will cause interference with the maintenance of the educational environment or the operation of the school. The principal may suspend students after conducting an investigation of the charges against the student, giving the student:
a. Oral or written notice of the allegations against the student and
b. The opportunity to respond to those charges.
At the principal’s discretion, the student may be allowed to confront witnesses against the student or present witnesses on behalf of the student.
- Notice of the out-of-school suspension will be mailed no later than the end of the school day following the suspension to the student’s parents and the superintendent. A reasonable effort is made to personally notify the student’s parents and such effort is documented by the person making or attempting to make the contact. Written notice to the parents will include the circumstances which led to the suspension and a copy of the board policy and rules pertaining to the suspension.
D. Suspensions and Special Education Students
- Students who have been identified as special education students may be referred for a review of the student’s Individual Education Program (IEP). The IEP may be revised to include a continuum of intervention strategies and programming to change the behavior.
- Students who have not been identified as special education students may be referred for evaluation after the student’s suspension to determine whether the student has a disability and is in need of special education.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
503.3 - Student Expulsion
503.3 - Student ExpulsionOnly the board may remove a student from the school environment. The removal of a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, is an expulsion from school.
Students may be expelled for violations of board policy, school rules or the law. It is within the discretion of the board to discipline a student by using an expulsion for a single offense or for a series of offenses depending on the nature of the offense and the circumstances surrounding the offense.
It is within the discretion of the superintendent to recommend to the board the expulsion of a student for disciplinary purposes. Only the board may take action to expel a student and to readmit the student. The principal will keep records of expulsions in addition to the board’s records.
When a student is recommended for expulsion by the board, the student is provided with:
- Notice of the reasons for the proposed expulsion written with sufficient specificity to enable the student to prepare a defense;
- Notice of the date, time, and place of the expulsion hearing sufficiently in advance of the hearing to enable the student to obtain the assistance of counsel and to prepare a defense;
- Notice that the student is entitled to a closed hearing unless an open hearing is specifically requested;
- The names of the witnesses1 and an oral or written report on the facts to which each witness testifies unless the witnesses are students whose names may be released at the discretion of the Superintendent;
- An opportunity to present a defense against the charges and provide either oral testimony or written affidavits of witnesses on the student’s behalf;
- The right to be represented by counsel; and,
- The results and finding of the board in writing open to the student’s inspection
At the hearing, the student will have all of the rights given in the notice and may give an opening and closing statement in addition to calling witnesses and cross-examining adverse witnesses. The Board hearing the expulsion matter must be impartial (i.e. have no prior involvement in the situation, have no stake in the outcome, and have no personal bias or prejudice).
After the Board has heard the expulsion matter, it shall go into deliberations. No one who advocated a position at the hearing of the matter should be present during the Board’s deliberations unless the other party or parties are also permitted to attend deliberations. The student has a right to a decision based solely on the evidence presented at hearing. There must be an adequate factual basis for the Board’s decision. A preponderance of the evidence standard is sufficient to find the student violated the rule or policy at issue. Following the Board’s deliberations, the Board shall reconvene in open session and render its decision on the superintendent’ recommendation for expulsion. The student is entitled to a written decision setting out the Board’s findings and conclusions as to the charges and the penalty.
In addition to these procedures, a special education student must be provided with additional procedures. A determination should be made of whether the student is actually guilty of the misconduct. A staffing team should determine whether the student’s behavior is caused by the student’s disability and whether the conduct is the result of inappropriate placement. Discussions and conclusions of this meeting should be recorded.
If the special education student’s conduct is not caused by the disability, the student may be expelled or suspended for a long-term period following written notice to the parent and pursuant to the school district’s expulsion hearing procedures. If the misconduct is caused by the disability and a change in placement is recommended, the change must be made pursuant to the placement procedures used by the school district.
[1] In some cases, information concerning a student's violation of the Code of Conduct will be gained from students who the district may want to remain anonymous. The district believes that it is critically important, in certain circumstances, to protect the anonymity of students who report serious violations of the Code of Conduct to insure that violations are reported and those who report them will not be subjected to ostracism and physical reprisals. If an expulsion is based upon evidence obtained from a student who the district believes needs to remain anonymous because they may be subjected to ostracism or physical reprisals, the administration shall undertake reasonable efforts to determine the veracity of the student's report and the student's credibility.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
503.4 - Good Conduct Rule
503.4 - Good Conduct RuleParticipation in school activities is a privilege. School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and abilities in the students during their school years and for their lifetimes.
Students who participate in extracurricular activities serve as ambassadors of the school district throughout the calendar year, whether away from school or at school. Students who wish to have the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities which are illegal, immoral or unhealthy.
Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures. The principal will keep records of violations of the good conduct rule.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop rules and regulations for school activities. Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
503.5 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Policy
503.5 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment PolicyHarassment and bullying of students are against federal, state and local policy, and are not tolerated by the board. The board is committed to providing all students with a safe and civil school environment in which all members of the school community are treated with dignity and respect. To that end, the board has in place policies, procedures, and practices that are designed to reduce and eliminate bullying and harassment as well as processes and procedures to deal with incidents of bullying and harassment. Bullying and harassment of students by other students, school employees, and volunteers who have direct contact with students will not be tolerated in the school or school district.
The board prohibits harassment, bullying, hazing, or any other victimization, of students, based on any of the following actual or perceived traits or characteristics, including but not limited to, age, color, creed, national origin, race, religion, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, socioeconomic status, or familial status.
This policy is in effect while students are on property within the jurisdiction of the board; while on school-owned or school-operated vehicles; while attending or engaged in school-sponsored activities; and while away from school grounds if the misconduct directly affects the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school or school district.
If, after an investigation, a student is found to be in violation of this policy, the student shall be disciplined by appropriate measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion. If after an investigation, a school employee is found to be in violation of this policy, the employee shall be disciplined by appropriate measures up to, and including, termination. If after an investigation a school volunteer is found to be in violation of this policy, the volunteer shall be subject to appropriate measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds. “Volunteer” means an individual who has regular, significant contact with students.
When looking at the totality of the circumstances, harassment and bullying mean any electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or conduct toward a student which is based on any actual or perceived protected trait or characteristic of the student and which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:
- Places the student in reasonable fear of harm to the student’s person or property;
- Has a substantially detrimental effect on the student’s physical or mental health;
- Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s academic performance; or
- Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.
“Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optical cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means. “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, electronic text messaging or similar technologies.
Harassment and bullying may include, but are not limited to, the following behaviors and circumstances which create an objectively hostile school environment:
- Verbal, nonverbal, physical or written harassment, bullying, hazing, or other victimization that have the purpose or effect of causing substantial injury, discomfort, fear, or suffering to the victim;
- Repeated remarks of a demeaning nature that have the purpose or effect of causing substantial injury, discomfort, fear, or suffering to the victim;
- Implied or explicit threats concerning one's grades, achievements, property, etc. that have the purpose or effect of causing substantial injury, discomfort, fear, or suffering to the victim;
- Demeaning jokes, stories, or activities directed at the student that have the purpose or effect of causing substantial injury, discomfort, fear, or suffering to the victim; and/or
- Unreasonable interference with a student's performance or creation of an objectively intimidating, offensive, or hostile learning environment.
Sexual harassment of a student by an employee means unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:
- Submission to the conduct is made either implicitly or explicitly a term or condition of the student’s education or benefits;
- Submission to or rejection of the conduct by a school employee is used as the basis for academic decisions affecting that student; or
- The conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with the student’s academic performance by creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive education environment.
In situations between students and school officials, faculty, staff, or volunteers who have direct contact with students, bullying and harassment may also include the following behaviors:
- Requiring that a student submit to bullying or harassment by another student, either explicitly or implicitly, as a term or condition of the targeted student’s education or participation in school programs or activities; and/or
- Requiring submission to or rejection of such conduct as a basis for decisions affecting the student.
Any person who promptly, reasonably, and in good faith reports an incident of bullying or harassment under this policy to a school official, shall be immune from civil or criminal liability relating to such report and to the person’s participation in any administrative, judicial, or other proceeding relating to the report. Individuals who knowingly file a false complaint may be subject to appropriate disciplinary action.
Retaliation against any person, because the person has filed a bullying or harassment complaint or assisted or participated in a harassment investigation or proceeding, is also prohibited. Individuals who knowingly file false harassment complaints and any person who gives false statements in an investigation shall be subject to discipline by appropriate measures, as shall any person who is found to have retaliated against another in violation of this policy. Any student found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, suspension and expulsion. Any school employee found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, termination of employment. Any school volunteer found to have retaliated in violation of this policy shall be subject to measures up to, and including, exclusion from school grounds.
The school or school district will promptly and reasonably investigate allegations of bullying or harassment. The building counselor, or designee will be responsible for handling all complaints by students alleging bullying or harassment. The board secretary or designee will be responsible for handling all complaints by employees alleging bullying or harassment.
It also is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the investigator and principals, to develop procedures regarding this policy. The superintendent also is responsible for organizing training programs for students, school officials, faculty, staff, and volunteers who have direct contact with students. The training will include how to recognize harassment and what to do in case a student is harassed. It will also include proven effective harassment prevention strategies.
The superintendent will also develop a process for evaluating the effectiveness of the policy in reducing bullying and harassment. The superintendent shall report to the board on the progress of reducing bullying and harassment.
The board will annually publish this policy. The policy may be publicized by the following means:
- Inclusion in the student handbook,
- Inclusion in the employee handbook
- Inclusion in the registration materials
- Inclusion on the school or school district’s web site,
- Publication in the district newspaper, and
- A copy shall be made to any person at the Red Oak Community School District Central Office, 604 S Broadway, Red Oak, IA 51566.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
503.5R1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Investigation Procedures
503.5R1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Investigation ProceduresI. General Procedures
Students who feel that they have been bullied or harassed should:
- Communicate to the harasser that the student expects the behavior to stop, if the student is comfortable doing so. If the student wants assistance communicating with the harasser, the student should ask a teacher, counselor, principal or another appropriate school employee to help.
- If the harassment does not stop, or the student does not feel comfortable confronting the harasser, the student should:
- tell a teacher, counselor, principal or another appropriate school employee; and
- write down exactly what happened, keep a copy and give another copy to the teacher, counselor, principal or another appropriate school employee including;
- what, when and where it happened;
- who was involved;
- exactly what was said or what the harasser did;
- witnesses to the harassment;
- what the student said or did, either at the time or later;
- how the student felt; and
- how the harasser responded.
II. Complaint Procedure
A student who believes that the individual has been harassed or bullied will notify the appropriate building principal or designee, who will be the designated Level 1 Investigator. The alternate investigator shall be a building principal from another building within the district. The investigator may request that the student complete the Harassment/Bullying Complaint form and turn over evidence of the harassment, including, but not limited to, letters, tapes, or pictures. The complainant shall be given a copy of the completed complaint form. Information received during the investigation is kept confidential to the extent possible.
The investigator has the authority to initiate an investigation in the absence of a written complaint.
III. Investigation Procedure
The investigator will reasonably and promptly commence the investigation upon receipt of the complaint. The investigator will interview the complainant and the alleged harasser. The alleged harasser may file a written statement in response to the complaint. The investigator may also interview witnesses as deemed appropriate.
Upon completion of the investigation, the investigator will make written findings and conclusions as to each allegation of harassment and report the findings and conclusions to the superintendent. The investigator will provide a copy of the findings of the investigation to the superintendent.
Remember the following points:
- Evidence uncovered in the investigation is confidential;
- Complaints must be taken seriously and investigated;
- No retaliation will be taken against individuals involved in the investigation process; and
- Retaliators will be disciplined up to and including suspension and expulsion.
IV. Conflicts with Investigation
If the Level 1 Investigator is a witness to the incident, the alternate investigator shall investigate.
V. Resolution of the Complaint
Following receipt of the investigator's report, the superintendent may investigate further, if deemed necessary, and make a determination of any appropriate additional steps which may include discipline.
Prior to the determination of the appropriate remedial action, the superintendent may, at the superintendent’s discretion, interview the complainant and the alleged harasser. The superintendent will file a written report closing the case and documenting any disciplinary action taken or any other action taken in response to the complaint. The complainant, the alleged harasser and the investigator will receive notice as to the conclusion of the investigation. The superintendent will maintain a log of information necessary to comply with Iowa Department of Education reporting procedures.
ANTI-BULLYING/HARASSMENT HANDBOOK PROVISION
I. Initiations, Hazing, Bullying or Harassment
Harassment, bullying and abuse are violations of school district policies, rules and regulations and, in some cases, may also be a violation of criminal or other laws. The school district has the authority to report students violating this rule to law enforcement officials.
Harassment and bullying may include, but are not limited to, the following behaviors and circumstances:
- Verbal, nonverbal, physical or written harassment, bullying, hazing, or other victimization that have the purpose or effect of causing injury, discomfort, fear, or suffering to the victim;
- Repeated remarks of a demeaning nature that have the purpose or effect of causing injury, discomfort, fear, or suffering to the victim;
- Implied or explicit threats concerning one's grades, achievements, property, etc. that have the purpose or effect of causing injury, discomfort, fear, or suffering to the victim;
- Demeaning jokes, stories, or activities directed at the student that have the purpose or effect of causing injury, discomfort, fear, or suffering to the victim; and/or
- Unreasonable interference with a student's performance or creation of an intimidating, offensive, or hostile learning environment.
Sexual harassment means unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when:
- Submission to the conduct is made either implicitly or explicitly a term or condition of the student’s education or benefits;
- Submission to or rejection of the conduct by a school employee is used as the basis for academic decisions affecting that student; or
- The conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with the student’s academic performance by creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive education environment.
In situations between students and school officials, faculty, staff, or volunteers who have direct contact with students, bullying and harassment may also include the following behaviors:
- Requiring that a student submit to bullying or harassment by another student, either explicitly or implicitly, as a term or condition of the targeted student’s education or participation in school programs or activities; and/or
- Requiring submission to or rejection of such conduct as a basis for decisions affecting the student.
Harassment and bullying includes any electronic, written, verbal, or physical act or conduct toward a student which is based on any actual or perceived trait or characteristic of the student and which creates an objectively hostile school environment that meets one or more of the following conditions:
- Places the student in reasonable fear of harm to the student’s person or property;
- Has a substantially detrimental effect on the student’s physical or mental health;
- Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s academic performance; or
- Has the effect of substantially interfering with the student’s ability to participate in or benefit from the services, activities, or privileges provided by a school.
“Electronic” means any communication involving the transmission of information by wire, radio, optical cable, electromagnetic, or other similar means. “Electronic” includes but is not limited to communication via electronic mail, internet-based communications, pager service, cell phones, electronic text messaging or similar technologies.
II. Procedures
Students who feel that they have been harassed or bullied should:
- Communicate to the harasser that the individual expects the behavior to stop, if the individual is comfortable doing so. If the individual wants assistance communicating with the harasser, the individual should ask a teacher, counselor, principal or another appropriate school employee to help.
- If the harassment does not stop, or the individual does not feel comfortable confronting the harasser, the individual should:
- tell a teacher, counselor, principal or another appropriate school employee; and
- write down exactly what happened, keep a copy and give another copy to the teacher, counselor, principal or another appropriate school employee including:
- what, when and where it happened;
- who was involved;
- exactly what was said or what the harasser did;
- witnesses to the harassment;
- what the student said or did, either at the time or later;
- how the student felt; and
- how the harasser responded.
503.5E1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Complaint Form
503.5E1 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Complaint FormName of Complainant:
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Position of complainant: _____________________________________________________________________________________
Date of complaint: __________________________________________________________________________________________
Name of alleged harasser or bully: _____________________________________________________________________________
Date and place of incident or incidents: _________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Description of incident or incidents: ____________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Name of witnesses (if any): __________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Evidence of harassment or bullying, i.e. letters, photos, etc (attach evidence if possible):
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Any other information: ______________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________
I agree all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.
Signature: ______________________________________________________________
Date: __________________________________________________________________
503.5E2 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Witness Form
503.5E2 - Anti-Bullying/Harassment Witness FormName of witness: _________________________________________________________________________________
Position of witness: _______________________________________________________________________________
Date of testimony, interview: ________________________________________________________________________
Description of incident witnessed: ____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Any other information: _____________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.
Signature: _______________________________________________________
Date: ___________________________________________________________
503.5E3-Disposition of Complaint Form
503.5E3-Disposition of Complaint FormDISPOSITION OF COMPLAINT FORM
Date:_____________________________________________________
Date of initial complaint:_____________________________________________________
Name of Complainant (include whether the Complainant is a student or employee):
________________________________________________________________________________________
Date and place of alleged incident(s):
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
Name of Respondent (include whether the Respondent is a student or employee):
________________________________________________________________________________________
Nature of discrimination, harassment, or bullying alleged (check all that apply):
Age | Physical Attribute | Sex | |||
Disability | Physical/Mental Ability | Sexual Orientation | |||
Familial Status | Political Belief | Socio-Economic Background | |||
Gender Identity | Political Party Preference | Other-Please Specify | |||
Marital Status | Race/Color | ||||
National Origin/Ethnic Background/Ancestry | Religion/Creed |
|
Summary of Investigation: ___________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
I agree that all of the information on this form is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge.Signature:
_____________________________________Date: __________________________
503.6 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence
503.6 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of ViolenceDiscipline is designed to promote behavior that will enable students to learn and successfully participate in their educational and social environments. The district discipline policy for students who make a threat of violence or commit an act of violence is developed to help students understand their obligations to others in the school setting, secure the safety of all students, staff, and the community, and to correct student behavior if a violation occurs (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 1).
Students will conduct themselves in a manner fitting their age, grade level, and maturity, and with respect and consideration for the rights of others while on school district property or on property within the jurisdiction of the school district; while on school owned and/or operated school or chartered vehicles; while attending or engaged in school activities; and while away from school grounds if misconduct will directly affect the good order, efficient management and welfare of the school district. Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and tailored to the age, grade level and maturity of the student.
Discipline and other responses to threats or incidents of violence by a student with a disability, including removal from a class, placement in a therapeutic classroom, suspensions, and expulsions, will comply with the provisions of applicable federal and state laws including, but not limited to, the IDEA, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, and the Americans with Disabilities Act (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 3)
Reporting a Threat of Violence or Incidence of Violence
In the case of any threat of violence or incident of violence that results in injury, property damage or assault by a student, the teacher will report to the school principal or lead administrator within 24 hours of the incident. The principal or lead administrator will notify the parent or guardian of the student(s) who threatened or perpetrated an act of violence and the student(s) who the threatened or perpetrated act of violence was made against within 24 hours after receipt of the teacher’s report and complete an investigation of the incident as soon as possible. The classroom teacher may also notify the parent or guardian of the student who made the threat or caused the incident, and the parent or guardian of the student against whom the threat or incident was directed (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 4).
An investigation will be initiated by the principal or lead administrator upon learning of an incident of violence or threat of violence through any credible means. If the principal or lead administrator finds that an incident of violence or threat of violence did occur, the administrator will determine the level of threat or incident by considering all aspects of the situation, including the student's intent and knowledge of the impact of their actions, their developmental level and context of the incident. The resolution will focus on identifying the cause behind the behavior and appropriate corrective action (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsections 1 and 4).
A student who makes a threat of violence, causes an incident of violence that results in injury or property damage, or who commits an assault, will be subject to escalating levels of discipline for each occurrence. When appropriate, referrals will be made to local law enforcement. The district retains the authority to assign the level of disciplinary measures appropriate to the severity of the threat of violence or incident of violence (2023 Iowa Acts, chapter 96 (House File 604), sec. 7, new section 279.79, subsection 5).
Threats of Violence
Threat of violence means a written, verbal, electronic or behavioral message that either explicitly or implicitly expresses an intention to inflict emotional or physical injury, property damage, or assault.
Incident of Violence
Incident of violence means the intentional use of physical force or power against oneself, another person, a group or community or property resulting in injury, property damage or assault.
Injury
Injury means “physical pain, illness or any impairment of physical condition.” State v. McKee, 312 N.W.2d 907, 913 (Iowa 1981).
Property Damage
Property damage means any destruction, damage, impairment, or alteration of property to which the individual does not have a right to take such an action. Property means real property, which includes any real estate, building, or fixture attached to a building or structure, and personal property, which includes intangible property (Iowa Code section 4.1(21)).
Assault
Assault means when, without justification, a student does any of the following:
an act which is intended to cause pain or injury to, or which is intended to result in physical contact which will be insulting or offensive to another, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or any act which is intended to place another in fear of immediate physical contact which will be painful, injurious, insulting or offensive, coupled with the apparent ability to execute the act; or intentionally points any firearm toward another or displays in a threatening manner any dangerous weapon toward another.
The act is not an assault when the person doing any of the above and the other person are voluntary participants in a sport, social or other activity, not in itself criminal, when the act is a reasonably foreseeable incident of such sport or activity, and does not create an unreasonable risk of serious injury or breach of the peace (Following Iowa Code section 708.1).
Approved: November 29, 2023
Reviewed: October 18, 2023
Revised:
503.6R1 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence Regulation
503.6R1 - Discipline of Students Who Make Threats of Violence or Cause Incidents of Violence RegulationLevels of Behavior
The following levels are used to determine the district’s response to violent misconduct. Levels will be assigned based on the discretion of administrators. Administrators will consider the age level and maturity of students in determining the level of an offense and assigning appropriate consequences. Consequences for the misconduct will be fair and developmentally appropriate in light of the circumstances.
Level 1—Behaviors that jeopardize the physical safety or emotional well-being of others; behaviors that may lead to property damage (e.g., rough play, spontaneous aggressive behaviors such as pushing and shoving, antagonism, verbal threats, fighting words, etc.)
Level 2—Aggressive behaviors that involve the intentional use of force or intimidation; behaviors that include vandalism or the destruction of property valued at less than $50; bringing a dangerous object to school; repeated or significant incidents of Level 1 infractions (e.g., simple assault/fighting/physical altercations, disorderly conduct, verbal abuse, substantial or severe threats, coercion, etc.)
Level 3—Aggressive behaviors involving extreme violence and/or the intentional use of force to inflict serious bodily harm or injury; behaviors that place others in substantial risk or significant fear; vandalism or destruction of property valued over $50; repeated or significant incidents of Level 2 infractions (e.g., serious or aggravated assault, possession or use of a weapon, menacing with a dangerous object, premeditated threats of violence, extortion, etc.)
Escalating Responses by Grade Band
Grades PK-2
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Grades 3-5
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
Grades 6-8
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
Grades 9-12
Level |
Escalating Response |
Level 1 |
|
Level 2 |
|
Level 3 |
|
Definitions
Detention means the student's presence is required during non-school hours (or during lunch or recess) for disciplinary purposes. The student can be required to appear prior to the beginning of the school day, after school has been dismissed for the day or on a non-school day. Whether a student will serve detention, and the length of the detention, is within the discretion of the licensed employee or the building principal disciplining the student.
Expulsion means an action by the board to remove a student from the school environment, which includes, but is not limited to, classes and activities, for a period of time set by the board. In-school suspension means the student will attend school but will be temporarily isolated from one or more classes while under supervision. An in-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days.
Out-of-school suspension means the student is removed from the school environment, which includes school classes and activities. An out-of-school suspension will not exceed ten consecutive school days unless due process is provided as required by federal and state law. A restriction from school activities means a student will attend school and classes and practice but will not participate in school activities.
Placement in an alternate learning environment means placement of a student in an environment established apart from the regular educational program that includes rules, staff and resources designed to accommodate student needs and to provide a comprehensive education consistent with the student learning goals and content standards established by the school district.
Removal from the classroom means a student is sent to the building principal's office. It is within the discretion of the person in charge of the classroom to remove the student.
504 - Student Fines, Fees, and Charges
504 - Student Fines, Fees, and Charges dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/18/2020 - 14:14504.1 - Student Fines, Fees, and Charges
504.1 - Student Fines, Fees, and ChargesThe board believes students should respect school district property and assist in its preservation for future use by others. Students may be assessed fines, charges, or fees for the materials needed in a course, for overdue school materials, for participating in activities, or for misuse of school property. The superintendent will inform the board of the dollar amount to be charged to students or others for fines, charges, or fees annually.
Students at elementary or secondary level shall be required to pay a book rental fee which shall be established annually by the board. No fixed activities fee may be required of all students, nor may class dues be exacted.
Students may be asked to pay a charge for materials or service related to optional activities and projects that are part of the regular school program. Such charges shall be kept to a minimum and shall be approved annually by the building principal.
Certain items required by students, such as locks for lockers, will be purchased by the district and rented to the student. When these items are no longer needed, they may be returned to the school, with refund of the rental fee dependent upon their condition.
Parents of students meeting specific financial eligibility standards will be eligible for a waiver of student fees or a reduction of student fees based upon the request of the parent. It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed September 12, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
504.1R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction Procedures
504.1R1 - Student Fee Waiver and Reduction ProceduresThe board recognizes that while certain fees charged students are appropriate and authorized, certain students and their families are not financially able to pay the fees. The school district will grant either full waivers, partial waivers or temporary waivers depending upon the circumstances and the student or student’s parents’ ability to meet the financial criteria.
A. Waivers -
- Full Waivers - a student will be granted a full waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or student’s parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for free meals under the Child Nutrition program, Family Investment Program, or transportation assistance under open enrollment. Students in foster care are also eligible for full waivers.
- Partial Waivers - a student will be granted a partial waiver of fees charged by the school district if the student or the student’s parents meet the financial eligibility criteria for reduced price meals offered under the Child Nutrition program. The reduction percentage will be 50 percent.
- Temporary Waivers - a student may be eligible for a temporary waiver of fees charged by the district in the event the student’s parents are facing financial difficulty. Temporary waivers may be applied for at any time throughout the school year and will not extend beyond the end of the school year. Temporary waivers will not be applied to fees retroactively.
B. Application - Parents or students eligible for a fee waiver will make an application on the form provided by the school district. Applications may be made at any time but must be renewed annually.
C. Confidentiality - The school district will treat the application and application process as any other student record and student confidentiality and access provisions will be followed.
D. Appeals - Denials of a waiver may be appealed to the superintendent of schools.
E. Fines or charges assessed for damage or loss to school property are not fees and will not be waived.
F. Notice - the school district will annually notify parents and students of the waiver. The following information will be included in registration materials.
Students whose families meet the income guidelines for free and reduced price lunch, the Family Investment Program (FIP), or transportation assistance under open enrollment, or who are in foster care are eligible to have their student fees waived or partially waived. Students whose families are experiencing a temporary financial difficulty may be eligible for a temporary waiver of student fees. Parents or students who believe they may qualify for temporary financial hardship should contact the district central office for a waiver form. This waiver does not carry over from year to year and must be completed annually.
504.1E1 - Standard Fee Waiver Application
504.1E1 - Standard Fee Waiver ApplicationDate_______________ School year_____________
All information provided in connection with this application will be kept confidential
Name of student:____________________________________Grade in school_______________
Name of student:_____________________________________Grade in school______________
Name of student:_____________________________________Grade in school______________
Attendance Center/School:________________________________________________________
Name of parent, guardian or legal or actual custodian_____________________________________________________________________
Please check type of waiver desired:
Full waiver______________ Partial waiver_______________ Temporary Waiver___________
Please check if the student or the student’s family meets the financial eligibility criteria or is involved in one of the following programs:
Full waiver
________ Free meals offered under the Children Nutrition Program(CNP)
________ The Family Investment Program (FIP)
________ Transportation assistance under open enrollment
________ Foster Care
Partial waiver
________ Reduced priced meals offered under the Children Nutrition Program
Temporary waiver
If none of the above apply, but you wish to apply for a temporary waiver of school frees because of serious finance problems, please state the reason for the request: _____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Signature of parent, guardian, or legal of actual custodian________________________________
505 - Student Activities
505 - Student Activities dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/18/2020 - 14:35505.1 - Student Government
505.1 - Student GovernmentThe student council provides for student activities, serves as a training experience for student leaders, promotes the common good, gives students a share in the management of the school, develops high ideals of personal conduct, acts as a clearinghouse for student activities, seeks to interest students in school district affairs and helps solve problems that may arise. Members of the council are student representatives who have direct access to the administration.
The principal, in conjunction with the students and licensed employees, will set forth the guidelines for the student government's elections, operations, and other elements of the government.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
505.2 - Student Organizations
505.2 - Student OrganizationsNo student organization shall exist which is not approved by the board. The superintendent shall determine qualifications and regulations for student groups and make recommendations to the board for groups seeking approval. Applications for organizing shall be relayed to the superintendent through the building principal.
Secondary school student-initiated, noncurriculum-related groups and student curriculum-related groups, upon receiving permission from the principal, may use school facilities for group meetings during non-instructional time.
Non-instructional time will mean any time before the first period of the day and after the last period of the day in which any student attends class. Meetings will not interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations. It is within the discretion of the principal to determine whether the meetings will interfere with the orderly conduct of the education program or other school district operations. Activities relating to and part of the education program will have priority over the activities of another organization.
Curriculum-Related Organizations
It will also be the responsibility of the principal to determine whether a student group is curriculum-related. One or more of the following questions will be answered affirmatively if the group is curriculum-related:
- Is the subject matter of the group actually taught in a regularly offered course?
- Will the subject matter of the group soon be taught in a regularly offered course?
- Does the subject matter of the group concern the body of courses as a whole?
- Is participation in the group required for a particular course?
- Does participation in the group result in academic credit?
Secondary school curriculum-related student organizations may use the school district facilities for meetings and other purposes before and after the instructional school day. Employees are assigned to monitor approved meetings and may interact with curriculum-related organizations.
Noncurriculum-Related Organizations
Student-initiated, noncurriculum-related organizations are provided access to meeting space and school district facilities.
Only students may attend and participate in meetings of noncurriculum-related groups. Such attendance is strictly voluntary and student-initiated. As a means of determining whether a student's attendance is voluntary, the principal may require parental consent for the student to attend the meetings.
Employees will be assigned to monitor approved meetings. Employees will not participate in the meeting or assist in planning, criticizing, or encouraging attendance. Only students may be involved in and attend the noncurriculum group's meetings.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
505.3 - Student Publications
505.3 - Student PublicationsStudents may produce official school publications as part of the curriculum under the supervision of a faculty advisor and the principal. Official school publications include material produced in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to the student body either free or for a fee.
Any expression made by students, including student expression in official school publications, is not an expression of official school policy. The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student speech or expression. The liability, if any, is only to the extent of the interference or alteration of the speech or expression.
Official school publications are free from prior restraint by employees or officials except as provided by law. A faculty advisor will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech. The production of official school publications is guided by the law and by the ethical standards adopted by professional associations or societies of journalism.
Persons, other than students, who believe they have been aggrieved by student expression in a student-produced official school publication will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy 214.1. Students who believe their freedom of expression in a student-produced official school publication has been restricted will follow the grievance procedure outlined in board policy.
The superintendent is responsible for developing a student publications code. This code will include, but not be limited to, reasonable rules including time, place, and manner of restrictions. The superintendent will also be responsible for distributing this board policy and the student publications code to the students and their parents.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
505.3R1 - Student Publications Code
505.3R1 - Student Publications CodeA. Official school publications defined.
An "official school publication" is material produced by students in the journalism, newspaper, yearbook, or writing classes and distributed to students either free or for a fee.
B. Expression in an official school publication.
- No student will express, publish or distribute in an official school publication material which is:
a. obscene;
b. libelous;
c. slanderous; or
d. encourages students to:
1) commit unlawful acts;
2) violate school rules;
3) cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school or school activity;
4) disrupt or interfere with the education program;
5) interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
6) infringe on the rights of others.
- The official school publication is produced under the supervision of a faculty advisor.
C. Responsibilities of students.
- Students writing or editing official school publications will assign and edit the news, editorial and feature contents of the official school publications subject to the limitations of the student publications code and the law.
- Students will strive to achieve professional standards of accuracy, fairness, objectivity and thoroughness in each and every aspect of official school publications.
- Students will strive to achieve professional standards of grammar, usage, punctuation and spelling for clarity and accuracy of official school publications.
D. Responsibilities of faculty advisors.
Faculty advisors will supervise student writers to maintain professional standards of English and journalism and to comply with the law including, but not limited to, the restrictions against unlawful speech.
E. Liability.
Student expression in an official school publication will not be deemed to be an expression of the school district. The school district, the board, and the employees or officials are not liable in any civil or criminal action for any student expression made or published by students unless the employees or officials have interfered with or altered the content of the student expression. The liability, if any, is only to the extent of interference or alteration of the speech or expression.
F. Appeal procedure.
- Students who believe they have been unreasonably restricted in their exercise of expression in an official student publication will seek review of the decision through the student grievance procedure, under board policy 502.6.
- Persons who believe they have been aggrieved by a student-produced official student publication will file their complaint through the citizen grievance procedure, under board policy 214.1.
G. Time, place and manner of restrictions on official school publications.
- Official student publications may be distributed in a reasonable manner on or off school premises.
- Distribution in a reasonable manner will not encourage students to:
a. commit unlawful acts;
b. violate school rules;
c. cause the material and substantial disruption of the orderly and efficient operation of the school district or school activity;
d. disrupt or interfere with the education program;
e. interrupt the maintenance of a disciplined atmosphere; or
f. infringe on the rights of others.
505.4 - Student Performances
505.4 - Student PerformancesStudents, as part of the education program, may participate in contests or other public and private events approved by the superintendent that will be of benefit to the student and the education program. Performance at such events is a privilege.
Students, who perform at such events, serve as ambassadors of the school district and must conduct themselves in the same manner as required in the regular school day. Students who fail to abide by this policy and the administrative regulations supporting it may be subject to disciplinary measures.
Students will be allowed to perform in these events only with proper permission and supervision and when the events do not disrupt the education program or other school district operations. The events must be approved by the superintendent, unless it involves unusual travel and expense, in which case the board must approve of the performance.
In determining whether to approve a student performance, the superintendent shall consider the following guidelines:
- Performances by student groups below the high school level should be allowed on a very limited basis;
- All groups of students should have an opportunity to participate; and,
- Extensive travel by one group of students should be discouraged.
It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the event will benefit the education program and the participating students. Contests or other performances by students unapproved by the superintendent are the responsibility of the parent and the student.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
505.5 - Student Fund Raising
505.5 - Student Fund RaisingStudents may raise funds for school-sponsored events with the permission of the principal and superintendent. Fund raising by students for events other than school-sponsored activities is not allowed. Collection boxes for school fund raising must have prior approval from the principal before being placed on school property or district-sponsored events.
District-sponsored student organizations may have no more than three fund raising projects per year. Only one fund raising project may be a direct person-to-person sales campaign.
There is to be no duplication of direct person-to-person sales projects within the school year. Two organizations may not sell the same project at different times during the same year.
Other fund-raising projects, such as dances, dinners, or car washes may be duplicated, but may not involve the solicitation of funds in any person-to-person manner. For example, the FFA club could have a dance as could the student council, but neither group could solicit people individually to purchase tickets.
A request for authorization to engage in a fund raising project must be submitted well in advance on an appropriate form from the building principal’s office. Such authorization must be obtained before any fund raising may take place. The authorization of the building principal must be forwarded to the superintendent for final approval. In general, no more than one fund raising project is to occur within the district at any given time, other than dances, dinners, car washes, or similar service types of projects. Exceptions may be approved due to seasonal constraints or for other unusual circumstances.
All funds generated from district-sponsored student fundraising will be placed in the district’s student activity fund.
All monies are to be turned in to the principal on a daily basis and forwarded to the district central office. The checks will be issued from the central office for the expenses incurred. Monies collected in buildings on a daily basis are to be kept in a building vault. If no vault exists in a building, the monies are to be forwarded to the district central office daily. Monies must never be kept overnight in desk drawers, file cabinets, or other classroom/office furnishings.
Any person or entity acting on behalf of the district and wishing to conduct any fundraising campaign for the benefit of the district shall begin the process by seeking prior approval from the Superintendent. Any fundraising efforts conducted using the district's name, symbols, or imagery will be conducted in accordance with all policies, regulations and rules for fundraising within the district.
A record of each organization’s projects will be maintained by the building principal, along with a calendar of all approved fund raising dates/activities. The building principals shall coordinate their calendars to ensure compliance with this policy. The superintendent will appraise the Board of all scheduled fund-raising activities at least once per semester.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principal and activities director, to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Approved August 23, 2021
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised November 7, 2022
505.5 R1 Student Fund Raising
505.5 R1 Student Fund RaisingStudent fundraising can enhance a student’s educational experience, but it must not be at the expense of the safety and education of the district’s students. The following are additional regulations to assist the administration in developing procedures necessary for successful fundraising efforts.
Safety:
- Students will not be asked to solicit door to door.
- Students who do not wish to engage in fundraising efforts will be provided an alternative community service option to apply toward credit of funds raised. The alternative option will not be unduly burdensome or onerous when compared to the fundraising activity.
Fiscal Responsibility:
- All funds generated due to a student fund raising activity will be deposited into the district’s student activity funds, pursuant to applicable laws and board policies.
- Funds raised for a participatory student activity will be equally applied to all students regardless of their participation in fundraising efforts.
- All funds generated from district sponsored student fundraising efforts will be deposited in the student activity fund.
- All funds generated from non-district sponsored student fundraising efforts will be deposited into an agency fund designated by the board for such purpose.
- No school district employee or other individual affiliated with the district may deposit student fund raising funds into any other account.
- All funds received from student fundraising are the property of the district.
Advertising/Promotion:
- Any student fundraising activity which utilizes the district name, likeness and/or logo will be subject to board approval, and all other conditions of this policy and accompanying regulations.
Approved: August 8, 2022
Reviewed: August 8, 2022
Revised: August 8, 2022
505.6 - Student Activity Program
505.6 - Student Activity ProgramParticipation in school activities is a privilege. School activities provide the benefits of promoting additional interests and ability in the students during their school years and for their lifetime. The purposes of the student activity program are (a) to provide an outlet for student interests; (b) to contribute to the physical, mental, social, emotional and civic development of students; (c) to allow students to participate in individual and group activities; and (d) to foster the development of leisure-time activities.
Every student shall be encouraged to participate in at least one school-sponsored activity or contest. Any eligible student may elect to participate in the extra-curricular activities of the student’s choice. No coercion shall be used to force a student to participate in an activity. A student shall not be required to participate in one activity in order to be eligible to participate in another activity.
Students will have an opportunity to participate in a school activity unless the activity is not offered or the student cannot participate for disciplinary reasons. If the activity is an intramural or interscholastic athletic activity, students of the opposite sex will have a comparable opportunity for participation. Comparable opportunity does not guarantee boys and girls will be allowed to play on each other's teams when there are athletic activities available that will allow both boys and girls to reap the benefits of school activities, which are the promotion of additional interests and abilities in the students.
All student activities affiliated with the school must be under the direction of school personnel.
Student activity events must be approved by the superintendent unless they involve unusual travel expense, in which case the board will take action. The events must not disrupt the education program or other school district operations.
A high school student who participates in school-sponsored athletics may participate in a non-school sponsored sport during the same season with approval of the high school principal or of the athletic director. Such outside participation will not conflict with the school sponsored athletic activity.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for school activities. These regulations will include, but not be limited to, when physical examinations will be required, how and when parents will be informed about the risk of the activity, academic requirements, and proof of insurance on the student participating in certain activities. Students wanting to participate in school activities must meet the requirements set out by the school district for participation in the activity.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
505.6R1 - Student Activity Program Regulation
505.6R1 - Student Activity Program RegulationGrades 9-12
Activity Eligibility
The merit, value and effectiveness of participation in interscholastic competition is recognized and participation by as many students as possible is encouraged. Participation in interscholastic competition is a privilege and with this privilege comes responsibility.
Individual sponsors or coaches may impose rules in addition to those contained in this handbook. The rules imposed by individual sponsors or coaches must have administrative approval and be on file with the Activities Director. Sponsors or coaches will provide a copy of these rules to his/ her players and their parents. The privilege of participation may be suspended or cancelled for violating an individual coach’s or sponsor’s rules as well as for violation of school district policies, rules, or regulations.
The Board of Directors of the Red Oak Community School District offers a variety of voluntary activities designed to enhance the classroom education of its students. Students who participate in extracurricular activities, whether away from or at school, serve as ambassadors of the school throughout the calendar year. Students who wish to exercise the privilege of participating in extracurricular activities must conduct themselves in accordance with board policy and must refrain from activities that are illegal, immoral, unhealthy, or highly inappropriate. Participating in these activities is a privilege, conditioned upon meeting the eligibility criteria established by the board, administration, and individual activity coaches and sponsors. The activities director shall keep records of violations of the Good Conduct Policy.
The following activities are covered by the board’s policy and these rules:
Athletics, instrumental and vocal music performances, drama productions, speech contests, FFA, FHA, National Honor Society, all co-curricular (e.g., Art Club, French Club), all honorary and elected offices (e.g., Homecoming King/Queen/court, class officer, student government officer or representative), state contests and performances for cheerleading and drill team, mock trial, Academic Decathlon, or any other activity where the student represents the school outside the classroom.
Academic Eligibility
To be eligible for an activity, students participating must
- Be enrolled or dual-enrolled in school;
- Have earned passing grades in at least six full-time classes the previous semester;
- Be earning passing grades in at least six full-time classes in the current semester;
- For students in athletics, music, or speech activities, be under 20 years of age;
- For students in athletics, music, or speech activities, be enrolled in high school for no more than eight semesters;
- For students in athletics, have not been a member of a college squad nor trained with a college squad, nor participated in a college contest nor engaged in that sport professionally;
- Have met all transfer requirements, if the student is a transfer student, or be eligible under state law and regulations if the student is an open enrollment student;
- Special education students or students covered by a Section 504 plan shall not be denied eligibility on the basis of scholarship if the student is making adequate progress, as determined by the student’s team, towards the goals and objectives on the student’s IEP or 504 plan.
Attendance
Students are expected to be in regular attendance the day of and the day after an extracurricular activity. Failure to adhere to this expectation may result in disciplinary action for that activity..
- Students shall be in school and attend all four blocks on the day of an extracurricular interscholastic activity. Any exception must be cleared in advance by the principal or his/her designee.
- If a student will miss a class or classes because of an extracurricular activity, he/she must have an advance excuse and turn in assignments to teachers in advance or make special arrangements for such assignments with the teachers involved.
505.7 Restrictions on participation in interscholastic athletic contests and competitions
505.7 Restrictions on participation in interscholastic athletic contests and competitionsA student who transfers school districts under open enrollment in grades 9 – 12 shall
not be eligible to participate in varsity interscholastic contests and competitions during the first
90 school days of the transfer. This restriction also shall apply to transfers resulting from an
approved petition filed by a parent or guardian to transfer to an alternative receiving district and when the pupil returns to the district of residence.
This 90-school-day restriction does not prohibit the pupil from practicing with an athletic team
during the 90 school days of ineligibility.
This 90-school-day restriction is not applicable to a pupil who:
- participates in an athletic activity in the receiving district that is not available in the district of residence.
- is a participant in an athletic activity for which the resident district and receiving district have a “cooperative student participation agreement” in place as provided by rule 281-36.20(280).
- is requesting open enrollment due to a change in circumstances that meet the definition of good cause exemption from the 90-day waiting period in Iowa Code 282.18, subsection 11, paragraph 1, subparagraph 8, including:
- change in child’s residence due to a change in family residence
- change in child’s residence from the residence of one parent or guardian to the residence of a different parent or guardian
- change in the state in which the family residence is located
- change in a child’s parents’ marital status, a guardianship or custody proceeding, placement in foster care, adoption, participation in a foreign exchange program
- participation in a substance abuse or mental health treatment program
- change in the status of a child’s resident district such as removal of accreditation by the state board, surrender of accreditation, or permanent closure of a nonpublic school, revocation of a charter school contract, the failure of negotiations for a whole grade sharing, reorganization agreement, or the rejection of a current whole grade sharing agreement or reorganization plan.
Approved: August 8, 2022
Reviewed: August 8, 2022
Revised: August 8, 2022
506 - Student Scholastic Achievement
506 - Student Scholastic Achievement dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/18/2020 - 14:55506.1 - Student Progress Reports and Conferences
506.1 - Student Progress Reports and ConferencesStudents shall receive a progress report at the end of each nine-week grading period. Students who are at risk of receiving a failing grade or whose achievement has declined, and their parents, shall be notified prior to the end of the semester in order to have an opportunity to improve their grade. The board encourages the notification of students who have made marked improvement prior to the end of the semester.
Parent-Teacher conferences to keep parents informed will be held in the fall and the spring of each school year. Conferences in the elementary grades are scheduled individually with parents and/or guardians. Conferences at the middle school and high school may be individually scheduled.
Parents, teachers, or principals may request a conference for students in grades kindergarten through twelve in addition to the scheduled conference time. Parents and students are encouraged to discuss the student’s progress or other matters with the student’s teacher.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
506.2 - Student Promotion, Retention, and Acceleration
506.2 - Student Promotion, Retention, and AccelerationStudents will be promoted to the next grade level at the end of each school year based on the student’s achievement, age, maturity, emotional stability, and social adjustment.
The retention of a student will be determined based upon the judgment of the licensed employee and the principal. When it becomes evident a student in grades kindergarten through eight may be retained in a grade level for an additional year, the parents will be informed prior to making the retention decision. It is within the sole discretion of the board to retain students in their current grade level.
Students in grades nine through twelve will be informed of the required course work necessary to be promoted each year. When it becomes evident a student in these grades will be unable to meet the minimum credit requirements for the year, the student and parents will be informed. It is within the sole discretion of the board to retain students in their current grade level and to deny promotion to a student.
Students in grades kindergarten through twelve with exceptional talents may, with the permission of the principal and parents, take classes beyond their current grade level. Enrichment opportunities outside the school district may be allowed when they do not conflict with the school district’s graduation requirements.
For students in grades kindergarten through sixth, if a student is not reading at a proficient level, the district will notify a student’s parent or guardian of the student’s reading level, and the option for parents to request that the student be retained in the student’s current grade level for the subsequent school year. The district is prohibited from promoting a student to the next grade level if the student is not reading proficiently, and the student’s parent or guardian requests the student be retained at their current grade level for the next year.
Any student or parent who is not satisfied with the decision of the district’s professional staff my seek recourse through policy 502.4 – Student Complaints and Grievances.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed July 26, 2024
Revised August 23, 2024
506.3 - Student Honors and Awards
506.3 - Student Honors and AwardsThe school district will provide a program that establishes honors and awards including, but not limited to, academic letters, scholarships and good citizenship awards for students to assist students in setting goals. Students are made aware of honors and awards and the action necessary on the part of the student to achieve them.
Students transferring in from nonaccredited settings will only be eligible for honors and awards for the actual period of time they have been enrolled as regular students in the school district. Students transferring into the high school from a nonaccredited setting will not be eligible for class ranking unless he/she has been enrolled for four (4) or more semesters.
Approved: August 27, 2018
Reviewed: October 24, 2022
Revised: August 27, 2018
506.4 - Student Testing Program
506.4 - Student Testing ProgramA comprehensive testing program is established and maintained to evaluate the education program of the school district and to assist in providing guidance or counseling services to students and their families.
No student is required, as part of any applicable program, to submit to a survey, analysis or evaluation that reveals information concerning:
- political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent:
- mental or psychological problems of the student or the student’s family;
- sex behavior or attitudes;
- illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating or demeaning behavior;
- critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships;
- legally recognized, privileged and analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians and ministers;
- religious practices, affiliations or beliefs of the student or student’s parent; or
- income,(other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program).
It is the responsibility of the board to review and approve the evaluation and testing program.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
506.5 - Graduation Requirements
506.5 - Graduation RequirementsGraduation Requirements
Students must successfully complete the courses required by the board and Iowa Department of Education in order to graduate.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure that students complete grades one through twelve and that high school students complete the required total credits prior to graduation. The following credits will be required:
Tiered Graduation Pathways
Courses |
Distinguished Diploma |
Achievement Diploma |
Core Diploma |
Requirements |
English Language Arts |
8 |
8 |
8 |
Language Arts 9 and Language Arts 10 |
Mathematics |
6 |
6 |
6 |
Algebra I and Geometry: Student seeking a “Distinguished” Diploma must also complete Algebra II |
Science |
8 |
6 |
6 |
Biology and Physical Science: Effective 2026, students seeking a “Distinguished” Diploma must also complete Chemistry or Physics |
Social Studies |
6 |
6 |
6 |
U.S. History I & II and Government |
Physical Education* |
8 |
8 |
8 |
Required each semester unless exempted in accordance with Iowa law.* |
World Language |
4 |
0 |
0 |
Effective in 2026, Students seeking a “Distinguished Diploma” must complete Spanish I and Spanish II |
Career Technical Education/ Work-Based Learning |
1 |
5 |
0 |
|
Personal Finance |
1 |
1 |
1 |
|
Fine Arts |
1 |
0 |
0 |
|
Electives |
9 |
7 |
7 |
|
Total |
52 |
47 |
42 |
|
*Students shall be excused by the principal of the school if their parent or guardian requests in writing they be excused from the physical education requirement. A student who wishes to be excused from the physical education requirement must:
- be seeking to do so in order to enroll in academic courses not otherwise available to the student;
- be enrolled in a work-based learning program or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student to leave the school premises for specified periods of time during the school day; or
- participate in a school sponsored extracurricular activity which requires at least as much physical activity per week as one-eight unit of physical education.
To be granted a waiver, parents must indicate the activities students will participate in to complete at least 120 minutes of physical activity each week, as required by the Healthy Kids Act.
Graduation requirements for special education students will be in accordance with state-required standards and the prescribed course of study as described in the students’ Individualized Education Program (IEP). In order to obtain a diploma, the student must meet current state-required standards including; four units (years) of English, three units (years) of math, three units (years) of social studies, and three units (years) of science (4-3-3-3). An IEP team cannot excuse or waive the state’s graduation requirements. An IEP team may waive local district graduation requirements based on the student’s needs and abilities. An IEP team must demonstrate reasonable cause for waiving local district graduation requirements.
An entitled student who is not able to meet the requirements for a regular high school diploma will be granted a certificate of completion if they fulfill the course requirements and expectations outlined in their IEP.
All students must complete a CPR course provided by the school.
Students who complete a regular session in the Legislative Page Program of the general assembly at the state capitol will be credited ½ credit of social studies.
Prior to graduation, the district will advise students on how to successfully complete the free application for federal student aid (FAFSA).
The Board shall have complete discretion to determine extraordinary circumstances that may permit variances from the above.
The required courses of study will be reviewed by the Board as needed.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed December 13, 2023
Revised October 14, 2024
506.5R1 - Graduation Requirements Regulation
506.5R1 - Graduation Requirements RegulationCode No. 506.5R1
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS REGULATION
Classification of Students
Students in the Red Oak Community High School shall be classified at the beginning of each year as follows:
|
Those entering their first year of high school. |
|
Those entering their second year of high school. |
|
Those entering their third year of high school. |
|
Those entering their fourth or more year(s) of high school. |
COURSE REQUIREMENTS
The following courses are required and should be taken at the level indicated.
9th
Language Arts 9
Biology
US History I
Algebra I or Pre-algebra**
Physical Education**
10th
Language Arts 10
Physical Science
US History II
Algebra I or Geometry**
Physical Education**
11th
Language Arts Elective
Earth & Space Science
Government*
Social Studies Elective*
Geometry, Algebra II or Math Elective
Physical Education**
Personal Finance*
12th
Language Arts Elective
Government*
Social Studies Elective*
Physical Education**
Personal Finance*
*Required as a junior or senior.
**Students shall be excused by the principal of the school if their parent or guardian requests in writing they be excused from the physical education requirement. Students who wish to be excused from physical education must:
- be seeking to do so in order to enroll in academic courses not otherwise available to
the student;
- be enrolled in a work-based learning program or other educational program authorized
by the school which requires the student to leave the school premises for specified
periods of time during the school day; or
- participate in a school sponsored extracurricular activity which requires at least as
much physical activity per week as one-eight unit of physical education.
To be granted a waiver, parents must indicate the activities students will participate in to
complete at least 120 minutes of physical activity each week, as required by the Healthy Kids Act.
Students seeking a “distinguished diploma” must complete Algebra II, Chemistry or Physics, and two years of a world language.
Making up courses that have been failed: Whenever a student fails a required course, the course must be made up or retaken as soon as possible. Whenever a student fails an elective course, the
particular course failed need not be made up or retaken; however, the student must be sure he or she will have enough credits to graduate. The best procedure to follow whenever a course is failed in each and every situation is for the student to visit with the counselor. No credit is given for courses failed.
Duplicating Courses: In most cases when a course is successfully completed it may not be retaken for credit. There are exceptions and you should review each course description. Written permission from the principal and teacher is required to duplicate any course and it should be a part of the student’s 4-year plan.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed February 21, 2024
Revised February 21, 2024
506.6 - Early Graduation
506.6 - Early GraduationGenerally, students will be required to complete the necessary course work and graduate from high school at the end of grade twelve. Students may graduate prior to this time if they meet the minimum graduation requirements stated in board policy.
A student who graduates early will no longer be considered a student and will become an alumnus of the school district. However, the student who graduates early may participate in commencement exercises.
In considering early graduation, the student and his/her parents need to consider seriously the advantages and disadvantages of this option. There should be compelling reasons for pursuing such a course. It is the viewpoint of the board and the administration that students should take advantage of the opportunity to grow and mature intellectually as well as socially through four years of high school attendance. The benefits of interacting with one’s peer group and enrolling in courses/activities that offer opportunity for participation in varied activities need to be given serious consideration. It is recognized, however, that a few students might better satisfy their particular needs by early completion of high school in order to pursue a career, enrollment in a post-secondary school, or to become involved in some other worthwhile endeavor.
The process to accomplish early graduation is as follows:
-
Application for early graduation shall be submitted to the principal no later than the last day of the fourth quarter of the junior year. No late requests will be considered except for transfer students entering after the start of the 4th quarter. In extreme circumstances exceptions to the above deadlines may be made upon the recommendation of the high school principal. It is strongly recommended that all students complete four years of high school.
- The student must earn the required number of credits for graduation from this school that are in effect at the time of application. This includes specific required courses. The eighth semester of required physical education will be waived.
- Prior to the time an application is filed, the student and his/her parents or guardian are required to meet with a school counselor to discuss the feasibility of early graduation. Such matters as the student’s past record of scholastic achievement, attendance, attitude toward school/teachers, reason(s) for early graduation, and subjects to be pursued in earning credits need to be considered.
- A request for early graduation is subject to the recommendation of the principal and the approval of the board.
- A student approved for early graduation forfeits his/her eligibility to participate in all school sponsored or sanctioned activities during the eighth semester and the following summer. This means you cannot participate in prom, class trip, or athletics.
- Even though the student would earn a diploma before the other students in his or her graduating class, it would not be granted until graduation ceremonies at the end of the school year. The student could elect to take part or not take part in graduation ceremonies but in either case the principal would have to be notified of the decision by January 15.
- School records would show the student as having met the requirements for graduation effective the last day of their final semester. Grade average and rank-in-class for the student would be determined and listed at the end of the seventh semester. A student graduating early will not be eligible for valedictorian or salutatorian. If needed, the principal will certify early graduation by letter to any college or post high school institution or prospective employer requiring proof of graduation.
- Any student who has been approved for early graduation will be expected to achieve passing marks in elected courses and to maintain regular school attendance. Course schedule changes will not be made to suit the convenience of the student. Course changes will not be made that will adversely affect the course/section balance.
- Prior to his/her eighth semester, a student may reverse the decision of early graduation. The student would then be required to remain in school and enroll as a full-time student during the final eighth semester.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
506.7 - Commencement
506.7 - CommencementStudents who have met the requirements for graduation will be allowed to participate in the commencement proceedings provided they abide by the proceedings organized by the school district. It is the responsibility of the principal to solicit input from each graduating class regarding the proceedings for their commencement.
Failure of a student to participate in commencement will not be a reason for withholding the student’s final progress report or diploma certifying the student’s completion of high school.
The board may exclude a student from participating in commencement exercises for violation of school rules for orderly operation of the schools.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
506.8 - Parental Involvement
506.8 - Parental InvolvementParental involvement is an important component in a student’s success in school. The board encourages parents to become involved in their child’s education to ensure the child’s academic success. To this end, the board will address the following items:
-
-
-
- How the board will involve parents in the development of the Title I plan, the process for school review of the plan and the process for improvement. Parent advisory groups exist at all Title I attendance centers. The Title I program is discussed at least annually in terms of what assistance is available to students, along with the opportunity for parental input into ways to improve the program. In addition, parents are involved in the Student Assistance Team process, and that is the venue through which students are referred for Title I services.
-
-
-
-
-
- How the board will provide the coordination, technical assistance and other support necessary to assist participating schools in planning and implementing effective parent involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance. Through the annual goal-setting process, the board will promote effective parental involvement in all school activities to improve student achievement for ALL students.
-
-
-
-
-
- Build the schools’ and parents’ capacity for strong parental involvement. Each Title I attendance center will have regular meetings of the parent advisory groups. Annually, a Title I evening will be held during which parents, students, and teachers will have the opportunity to interact, with parents learning strategies that can be effectively implemented at home. Parents are part of the Student Assistance Team process. Title I teachers are responsible for updating parents and keeping them informed about the progress of their child(ren).
-
-
-
-
-
- Coordinate and integrate parental involvement strategies under Title I with other programs such as Reading First, and other initiatives. Title I teachers are part of the professional development activities for all teachers. The recent focus has been on the implementation of Reading First instructional strategies, which has been a topic at the meetings of the parent advisory groups.
-
-
-
-
-
- Conduct with the involvement of parents, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of the parental involvement policy in improving the academic quality of the school served including identifying barriers to greater participation by parents in Title I activities (with particular attention to low-income parents, Limited English Proficient (LEP) parents, minorities, parents with disabilities and parents with low literacy) and use the findings of the evaluation to design strategies for more effective parental involvement and to revise, as necessary, the parental involvement policies. An evaluation of the Title I program will be accomplished annually at the Title I evening for all parents of Title I students.
-
-
-
-
-
- Involve parents in Title I activities. Each Title I attendance center will have regular meetings of the parent advisory groups. Annually, a Title I evening will be held during which parents, students, and teachers will have the opportunity to interact, with parents learning strategies that can be effectively implemented at home. Title I teachers are responsible for updating parents and keeping them informed about the progress of their child(ren). The district Title I coordinator will present an annual report to the Board in June regarding parental involvement and parental evaluations of the Title I program.
-
-
The board will review this policy annually. The superintendent is responsible for notifying parents of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
507 - Student Records
507 - Student Records dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/18/2020 - 15:20507.1 - Student Records
507.1 - Student RecordsThe board recognizes the importance of maintaining student records and preserving their confidentiality as provided by law. Student records containing personally identifiable information are kept confidential at collection, storage, disclosure and destruction stages. The board secretary is the custodian of student records. Student records may be maintained in the central administration office or administrative office of the student’s attendance center.
Definitions
For the purposes of this policy, the defined words have the following meaning:
- “Education Record” means those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution.
- “Eligible Student” means a student who has reached eighteen years or attends a postsecondary institution. Parents of an eligible student are provided access to education records only with the written permission of the eligible student unless the eligible student is defined as a dependent by the Internal Revenue Code. In that case, the parents may be provided access without the written permission of the student.
An education record may contain information on more than one student. Parents will have the right to access the information relating to their student or to be informed of the information. Eligible students will also have the right to access the information relating to themselves, or be informed of the information.
Parents and eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have a right to access the student’s records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. Parents, other than parents of an eligible student, may be denied access to a student's records if the school district has a court order stating such or when the district has been advised under the appropriate laws that the parents may not access the student records. Parents, an eligible student or an authorized representative of the parents will have the right to access the student’s records prior to an Individualized Education Program (IEP) meeting or hearing.
Copies of student records will be provided if failure to do so would effectively prevent the parents or student from exercising the right to access the student records. Fees for copies of the records are waived if it would prevent the parents or student from accessing the records. A fee may not be charged to search or retrieve information from student records.
Upon the request of parents or an eligible student, the school district will provide an explanation and interpretation of the student records and a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the school district.
If the parents or an eligible student believes the information in the student records is inaccurate, misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the student records. The school district will decide whether to amend the student records within a reasonable time after receipt of the request. If the school district determines an amendment is made to the student record, the school district will make the amendment and inform the parents or the eligible student of the decision in writing.
If the school district determines that amendment of the student’s record is not appropriate, it will inform the parents or the eligible student of their right to a hearing before the hearing officer provided by the school district. If the parents’ and the eligible student’s request to amend the student record is further denied following the hearing, the parents or the eligible student are informed that they have a right to place an explanatory letter in the student record commenting on the school district’s decision or setting forth the reasoning for disagreeing with the school district. Additions to the student’s records will become a part of the student record and be maintained like other student records. If the school district discloses the student records, the explanation by the parents will also be disclosed.
Student records may be disclosed in limited circumstances without parental or eligible student’s written permission. This disclosure is made on the condition that the student record will not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of the parents or the eligible student. This disclosure may be made to the following individuals or under the following circumstances:
- to school officials within the school district and AEA personnel whom the superintendent has determined to have a legitimate educational interest, including, but not limited to, board members, employees, school attorney, auditor, health professionals, and individuals serving on official school committees;
- to officials of another school district in which the student wishes to enroll, provided the other school district notifies the parents the student records are being sent and the parents have an opportunity to receive a copy of the records and challenge the contents of the records unless the annual notification includes a provision that records will automatically be transferred to new school districts;
- to the U.S. Comptroller General, the U.S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education or state and local educational authorities;
- in connection with financial aid for which the student has applied or which the student has received if the information is necessary to receive the financial aid;
- to organizations and/or their authorized representatives conducting for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs, and improving instruction, if the study does not release personally identifiable information and their parents by persons other than representatives of such organizations and such information will be destroyed when no longer needed for the purpose for which it is conducted;
- to accrediting organizations;
- to parents of a dependent student as defined in the Internal Revenue Code;
- to comply with a court order or judicially issued subpoena;
- consistent with an interagency agreement between the school district and juvenile justice agencies;
- to authorized representatives of the Secretary of Agriculture or authorized representative from the Food and Nutrition Service for the purposes of conducting program monitoring, evaluations, and performance measurements of state and local educational and other agencies and institutions receiving funding for or providing a school lunch program for which the results will be reported in an aggregate form that does not identify any individual, provided that the data collected shall be protected in a manner that will not permit the personal identification of students and their parents to anyone other than those authorized under this paragraph and any personally identifiable data shall be destroyed when the data are no longer needed for program monitoring, evaluations, and performance measurements;
- to an agency caseworker or other representative of a state or local child welfare agency or tribal organization authorized to access a student’s case plan when such agency or organization is legally responsible for the care and protection of the student, provided that the education records or the personally identifiable information contained in such records of the student will not be disclosed by such agency or organization, except to an individual or entity engaged in addressing the student’s education needs and authorized by such agency or organization to receive such disclosure and such disclosure is consistent with the state or tribal laws applicable to protecting the confidentiality of a student’s education records;
- in connection with a health or safety emergency; or,
- as directory information.
- in additional instances as provided by law.
The superintendent will keep a list of the individuals and their positions who are authorized to view a special education student’s records without the permission of the parents or the eligible student. Individuals not listed are not allowed access without parental or an eligible student’s written permission. This list must be current and available for public inspection and updated as changes occur.
The superintendent will also keep a list of individuals, agencies and organizations which have requested or obtained access to a student’s records, the date access was given and their legitimate educational interest or purpose for which they were authorized to view the records. The superintendent, however, does not need to keep a list of the parents, authorized educational employees, officers and agencies of the school district who have accessed the student’s records. This list for a student record may be accessed by the parents, the eligible student and the custodian of student records.
Permanent student records, including a student’s name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed and year completed may be maintained without time limitation. Permanent student records will be kept in a fire-safe vault.
When personally identifiable information, other than permanent student records, no longer needs to be maintained by the school district to provide educational services to a special education student, the parents or eligible student are notified. This notice is normally given after a student graduates or otherwise leaves the school district. If the parents or eligible student request that the personally identifiable information be destroyed, the school district will destroy the records. Prior to the destruction of the records, the school district must inform the parents or eligible student the records may be needed by the parents or eligible student for social security benefits or other purposes. In the absence of parents or an eligible student’s request to destroy the records, the school district must maintain the records for at least three years after an individual is determined to be no longer eligible for special education.
The school district will cooperate with the juvenile justice system in sharing information contained in permanent student records regarding students who have become involved with the juvenile justice system. The school district will enter into an interagency agreement with the juvenile justice agencies involved.
The purpose of the agreement is to allow for the sharing of information prior to a student’s adjudication in order to promote and collaborate between the school district and the agencies to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.
The school district may share any information with the agencies contained in a student’s permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system’s ability to effectively serve the student. Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the parties without parental consent or court order. Information contained in a student’s permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order. Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student’s family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student’s family.
Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student’s parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.
Confidential information shared between the school district and the agencies will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student’s parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian. The school district may discontinue information sharing with an agency if the school district determines that the agency has violated the intent or letter of the agreement.
The school district will provide training or instruction to employees about parents’ and eligible students’ rights under this policy. Employees will also be informed about the procedures for carrying out this policy.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to annually notify parents and eligible students of their right to:
- Inspect and review the student's education records;
- Seek amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student’s privacy rights;
- Consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that the law authorizes disclosure without consent; and
- File a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the law.
The notice is given in a parents’ or eligible student’s native language. Should the school district collect personal information from students for the purposes of marketing or selling that information, the school district will annually notify parents of such activity.
The notice will include a statement that the parents have a right to file a complaint alleging the school district failed to comply with this policy. Complaints are forwarded to Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue, Washington, DC. 20202-4605.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised November 7, 2022
507.1R1 - Student Records Regulations
507.1R1 - Student Records RegulationsParents and eligible students will have a right to access a student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. The intent of this regulation is to establish procedures for granting requests from eligible students and parents to access a student’s education records.
Education records mean those records that contain information directly related to a student and which are maintained by an education agency or institution or by a party acting for the agency or institution. These may include, but are not necessarily limited to: dates of attendance; academic work completed; level of achievement (grades, standardized test scores); attendance data; scores on standardized intelligence, aptitude, and psychological tests; interest inventory results; health data; family background information; teacher or counselor ratings and observations; and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.
- Access to Records
- Parents, eligible students, and other individuals authorized in accordance with law will have access to the student's education records during the regular business hours of the school district. Parents and eligible students will have a right to access the student's education records upon request without unnecessary delay and in no instance more than forty-five calendar days after the request is made. An eligible student or parent, upon written request to the board secretary, shall receive an explanation and interpretation of the education records. A student, eighteen years or older, has the right to determine who, outside the school system, has access to the records. Parents of students who are 18 years or older but still dependents for income tax purposes may access the student's records without prior permission of the student.
- School officials having access to student records are defined as having a legitimate educational interest. A school official is a person employed by the school district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the school district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employee, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.
- Release of Information Outside the School – Information from education records may be disclosed to outside parties as outlined in board policy and otherwise provided by law.
- Procedures for Requesting a Record Amendment
- If the eligible student, parent, or legal guardian believe the information in the education records is inaccurate, misleading, or violates the privacy of the student, the parents or an eligible student may request that the school district amend the education student records.
- The school district will decide whether to amend the education student records within a reasonable time after receipt of the request.
- If the school district determines an amendment is made to the education student record, the school district will make the amendment and inform the parents or the eligible student of the decision in writing.
- If the school district determines that amendment of the student's education record is not appropriate, it will inform the parents or the eligible student of their right to a hearing before the hearing officer provided by the school district. The hearing officer may be an employee of the school district, so long as the employee does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
- Upon parental request, the school district will hold a hearing regarding the content of a student’s education records which the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of the privacy rights of students.
- The hearing will be held within a reasonable time after receipt of the parent or eligible student’s request. The parent or eligible student will receive reasonable advance notice of date, time and place of the hearing.
- The parents or eligible student will be given a full and fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to the issues. The parent or eligible student may be represented by an individual at their choice at their own expense.
- The hearing officer will render a written decision within a reasonable period after the hearing. The decision will be based upon evidence presented at the hearing and must include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for the decision.
- The parents may appeal the hearing officer’s decision to the superintendent within [insert number] days if the superintendent does not have a direct interest in the outcome of the hearing.
- The parents may appeal the superintendent’s decision or the hearing officer’s decision if the superintendent was unable to hear the appeal, to the board within [insert number] days. It is within the discretion of the board to hear the appeal.
- If the parents' and the eligible student's request to amend the education student record is further denied following the hearing, the parents or the eligible student are informed that they have a right to place an explanatory letter in the education student record commenting on the school district's decision or setting forth the reasoning for disagreeing with the school district. Additions to the student's education records will become a part of the education student record and be maintained like other education student records. If the school district discloses the education student records, the explanation by the parents will also be disclosed or the eligible student of the decision in writing.
Approved November 7, 2022
Reviewed
Revised
507.1E1 - Student Records Checklist
507.1E1 - Student Records ChecklistSee attached form.
507.1E2 - Request of Nonparent for Examinations/Copies of Student Records
507.1E2 - Request of Nonparent for Examinations/Copies of Student RecordsThe undersigned hereby requests permission to examine the Red Oak Community School District’s official student records of:
____________________________________________________________ __________________________________
(Legal Name of Student) (Date of Birth)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The undersigned requests copies of the following official student records of the above student:
The undersigned certifies that they are (check one):
(a) An official of another school system in which the student intends to enroll. ( )
(b) An authorized representative of the Comptroller General of the United States. ( )
(c) An authorized representative of the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education or U.S. Attorney General ( )
(d) An administrative head of an education agency as defined in Section 408 of the Education Amendments of 1974. ( )
(e) An official of the Iowa Department of Education. ( )
(f) A person connected with the student’s application for, or receipt of, financial aid (SPECIFY DETAILS ABOVE.) ( )
(g) A representative of a juvenile justice agency with which the school district has an interagency agreement. ( )
The undersigned agrees that the information obtained will only be redisclosed consistent with state or federal law without the written permission of the parents of the student, or the student if the student is of majority age.
_________________________________________________________
(Signature)
_________________________________________________________
(Title)
_________________________________________________________
(Agency)
APPROVED: Date: ____________________________________________________
Address: _________________________________________________
Signature: ________________________________________ City: _____________________________________________________
Title: ____________________________________________ State: ________________________ ZIP: ______________________
Date: ___________________________________________ Phone Number: ____________________________________________
507.1E3 - Parental Authorization for Release o Student Records
507.1E3 - Parental Authorization for Release o Student RecordsThe undersigned hereby authorizes ______________________________________________________________
School District to release copies of the following official student records:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
concerning _________________________________________________________________________________
(Full Legal Name of Student) (Date of Birth)
___________________________________________________________________________ from 20_____ to 20_____
(Name of Last School Attended ) (Year(s) of Attend.)
The reason for this request is: ________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
My relationship to the child is: _________________________________________________________________________
Copies of the records to be released are to be furnished to:
( ) the undersigned
( ) the student
( ) other (please specify) __________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
(Signature)
Date: _____________________________________________
Address: __________________________________________
City: ______________________________________________
State: _____________________________ ZIP: __________
Phone Number: _____________________________________
507.1E4 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Student Records
507.1E4 - Request for Hearing on Correction of Student RecordsTo: __________________________________________________________ Address: __________________________________________
Board Secretary (Custodian)
I believe certain official student records of my child, , (full legal name of student held by), (school name), are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of privacy rights of my child.
The official education records which I believe are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child are:
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The reason I believe such records are inaccurate, misleading or in violation of the privacy or other rights of my child is:
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
My relationship to the child is: _________________________________________________________________________________________
I understand that I will be notified in writing of the time and place of the hearing; that I will be notified in writing of the decision; and I have the right to appeal the decision by so notifying the hearing officer in writing within ten days after my receipt of the decision or a right to place a statement in my child’s record stating I disagree with the decision and why.
_____________________________________________________
(Signature)
Date: ________________________________________________
Address: _____________________________________________
City: _________________________________________________
State: ___________________________ Zip: ________________
Phone Number: ________________________________________
507.1E5 - Request for Examination of Student Records
507.1E5 - Request for Examination of Student RecordsTo: __________________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________
Board Secretary (Custodian)
The undersigned desires to examine the following official education records.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
of _____________________________________________________, ____________________________________________
(Full Legal Name of Student) (Date of Birth) (Grade)
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
(Name of School)
My relationship to the student is: ___________________________________________
(check one)
_____________ I do
_____________ I do not
desire a copy of such records. I understand that a reasonable charge may be made for the copies.
___________________________________________
(Parent's Signature)
APPROVED: Date: ______________________________________
Address: ___________________________________
Signature:________________________________________ City: _______________________________________
Title: ___________________________________________ State: _____________________ ZIP: ___________
Dated: __________________________________________ Phone Number: ______________________________
507.1E6 - Notification of Transfer of Student Records
507.1E6 - Notification of Transfer of Student RecordsTo: _______________________________________________________________ Date: ___________________________
Parent/or Guardian
Street Address: ________________________________________ City/State: ______________________ ZIP ___________
Please be notified that copies of the Red Oak Community School District’s official student records concerning , (full legal name of student) have been transferred to:
______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________
School District Name Address
upon the written statement that the student intends to enroll in said school system.
If you desire a copy of such records furnished, please check here and return this form to the undersigned. A reasonable charge will be made for the copies.
If you believe such records transferred are inaccurate, misleading or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the student, you have the right to a hearing to challenge the contents of such records.
_____________________________________________________
(Name)
_____________________________________________________
(Title)
507.1E7 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a Subpoena
507.1E7 - Letter to Parent Regarding Receipt of a SubpoenaDate
Dear (Parent) :
This letter is to notify you that the Red Oak Community School District has received a (subpoena or court order) requesting copies of your child’s permanent records. The specific records requested are .
The school district has until (date on subpoena or court order) to deliver the documents to (requesting party on subpoena or court order). If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at (phone #) .
Sincerely,
(Principal or Superintendent)
507.1E8 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing Agreement
507.1E8 - Juvenile Justice Agency Information Sharing AgreementStatement of Purpose: The purpose of this Agreement is to allow for the sharing of information among the School District and the Agencies prior to a student’s adjudication in order to promote and collaborate to improve school safety, reduce alcohol and illegal drug use, reduce truancy, reduce in-school and out-of-school suspensions, and to support alternatives to in-school and out-of-school suspensions and expulsions which provide structured and well supervised educational programs supplemented by coordinated and appropriate services designed to correct behaviors that lead to truancy, suspension, and expulsions and to support students in successfully completing their education.
Identification of Agencies: This agreement is between the Red Oak Community School District (hereinafter “School District”) and (agencies listed) (hereinafter ”Agencies”) .
Statutory Authority: This agreement implements Iowa Code § 280.25 and is consistent with 34 C.F.R. 99.38 (2002).
Parameters of Information Exchange:
- The School District may share any information with the Agencies contained in a student’s permanent record which is directly related to the juvenile justice system’s ability to effectively serve the student.
- Prior to adjudication information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the school district to the Agencies without parental consent or court order.
- Information contained in a student’s permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Agencies after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order.
- Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student’s family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student’s family.
- Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student’s parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian.
- Information obtained by the school from other juvenile justice agencies may not be used as the basis for disciplinary action of the student.
- This agreement only governs a school district’s ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used. Other agencies are bound by their own respective confidentiality policies.
Records’ Transmission: The individual requesting the information should contact the principal of the building in which the student is currently enrolled or was enrolled. The principal will forward the records within 10 business days of the request.
Confidentiality: Confidential information shared between the Agencies and the school district will remain confidential and will not be shared with any other person, unless otherwise provided by law. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student’s parent. Agencies or individuals violating the terms of this agreement subject their entity represented and themselves personally to legal action pursuant to federal and state law.
Amendments: This agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the agencies with respect to information sharing. Agencies may be added to this agreement at the discretion of the school district.
Term: This agreement is effective from (September 1, 20 or other date) .
Termination: The School District may discontinue information sharing with an Agency if the School District determines that the Agency has violated the intent or letter of this Agreement.
APPROVED:
Signature: __________________________________________________ Address: _________________________________________
Title: ______________________________________________________ City: ____________________________________________
Agency: ____________________________________________________ State: ______________________ ZIP ________________
Dated: _____________________________________________________ Phone Number: ___________________________________
Signature: __________________________________________________ Address: _________________________________________
Title: ______________________________________________________ City: ____________________________________________
Agency: ____________________________________________________ State: ______________________ ZIP ________________
Dated: _____________________________________________________ Phone Number: ___________________________________
Signature: __________________________________________________ Address: _________________________________________
Title: ______________________________________________________ City: ____________________________________________
Agency: ____________________________________________________ State: ______________________ ZIP ________________
Dated: _____________________________________________________ Phone Number: ___________________________________
Signature: __________________________________________________ Address: _________________________________________
Title: ______________________________________________________ City: ____________________________________________
Agency: ____________________________________________________ State: ______________________ ZIP ________________
Dated: _____________________________________________________ Phone Number: ___________________________________
507.1E9 - Annual Notice
507.1E9 - Annual NoticeThe Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age (“eligible students”) certain rights with respect to the student’s education records. They are:
(1) The right to inspect and review the student’s education records within 45 days of the day the district receives a request for access.
Parents or eligible students should submit to the school principal (or appropriate school official) a written request that identifies the record(s) they wish to inspect. The principal will make arrangements for access and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.
(2) The right to request the amendment of the student’s education records that the parent or eligible student believes are inaccurate or misleading or in violation of the student’s privacy rights.
Parents or eligible students may ask the school district to amend a record that they believe is inaccurate or misleading. They should write the school principal, clearly identify the part of the record they want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or misleading.
If the district decides not to amend the record as requested by the parent or eligible student, the district will notify the parent or eligible student of the decision and advise them of their right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the parent or eligible student when notified of the right to a hearing.
(3) The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student’s education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.
One exception, which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by the district as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the school board; a person or company with whom the district has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, AEA employees, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee or student assistance team, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.
A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.
Upon request, the district discloses education records without consent to officials of another school district in which a student seeks or intends to enroll. (Note: FERPA requires a school district to make a reasonable attempt to notify the parent or eligible student of the records request unless it states in its annual notification that it intends to forward records on request.)
(4) The right to inform the school district that the parent does not want directory information, as defined below, to be released. Directory information can be released without prior parental consent.
Any student over the age of eighteen or parent not wanting this information released to the public must make object in writing by the first Friday in September to the principal. The objection needs to be renewed annually.
NAME, ADDRESS, TELEPHONE LISTING, DATE AND PLACE OF BIRTH, GRADE LEVEL, ENROLLMENT STATUS, MAJOR FIELD OF STUDY, PARTICIPATION IN OFFICIALLY RECOGNIZED ACTIVITIES AND SPORTS, WEIGHT AND HEIGHT OF MEMBERS OF ATHLETIC TEAMS, DATES OF ATTENDANCE, DEGREES AND AWARDS RECEIVED, THE MOST RECENT PREVIOUS SCHOOL OR INSTITUTION ATTENDED BY THE STUDENT, PHOTOGRAPH AND LIKENESS AND OTHER SIMILAR INFORMATION.
As with all directory information, military recruiters and postsecondary educational institutions may legally access this information without prior parental consent. Parents not wanting military recruiters or postsecondary institutions to access the information must ask the school district to withhold the information. Also, school districts that provide postsecondary institutions and potential employers access to students must provide the same right of access to military recruiters. Parents not wanting military recruiters to contact their children, have the right to deny permission for this activity.
(5) The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the district to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the office that administers FERPA is:
Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education,
400 Maryland Ave., SW, Washington, DC, 20202-4605.
The School District may share any information with the Parties contained in a student’s permanent record, which is directly related to the juvenile justice system’s ability to effectively serve the student. Prior to adjudication, information contained in the permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Parties without parental consent or court order. Information contained in a student’s permanent record may be disclosed by the School District to the Parties after adjudication only with parental consent or a court order. Information shared pursuant to the agreement is used solely for determining the programs and services appropriate to the needs of the student or student’s family or coordinating the delivery of programs and services to the student or student’s family. Information shared under the agreement is not admissible in any court proceedings, which take place prior to a disposition hearing, unless written consent is obtained from a student’s parent, guardian, or legal or actual custodian. Information obtained from others shall not be used for the basis of disciplinary action of the student. This agreement only governs a school district’s ability to share information and the purposes for which that information can be used.
507.1E10 - Annual Notice (Spanish Version)
507.1E10 - Annual Notice (Spanish Version)La FERPA (Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act), la ley que trata sobre el derecho a la privacidad y los derechos educativos de la familia, le depara a los padres y a los estudiantes mayores de dieciocho años (estudiantes emancipados) ciertos derechos con respecto a los expedientes académicos del estudiante. Estos derechos están a continuación:
- El derecho a inspeccionar y a revisar los expedientes académicos del estudiante dentro de un plazo de 45 días a partir de la fecha en que el distrito reciba una solicitud para obtener acceso a los expedientes.
Los padres o los estudiantes emancipados deben someter una solicitud por escrito al director de la escuela (o al oficial escolar apropriado) identificando el expendiente o los expedientes que ellos desean inspeccionar. El director hará arreglos para el acceso a los mismos y le notificará al padre o a la madre o al estudiante emancipado de la hora y el lugar en donde se pueden inspeccionar los expedientes.
- El derecho a solicitar una enmienda de los expedientes académicos del estudiante, los cuales piensan los padres o el estudiante emancipado que están incorrectos, que son engañosos o que quebrantan los derechos del estudiante a su privacidad.
Si los padres o los estudiantes emancipados creen que un expediente está incorrecto o es engañoso, pueden pedirle al distrito escolar que enmiende el expediente. Ellos deben escribirle al director de la escuela, identificando claramente la parte del expediente que ellos desean cambiar y especificando por qué el expediente está incorrecto o es engañoso.
Si el distrito escolar decide no enmendar el expediente, según la solicitación de los padres o de los estudiantes emancipados; el distrito notificará a los padres o al estudiante emancipado de esta decisión y les informará de su derecho a tener una audiencia con relación a la solicitud de enmienda. Cuando se le notifique del derecho a tener una audiencia, el padre, la madre o el estudiante emancipado también recibirá información adicional sobre los procedimientos de la audiencia.
- El derecho al consentimiento de la divulgación de información contenida en el expediente académico del estudiante y que lo identifica personalmente, a la excepción de lo que autoriza FERPA divulgar sin consentimiento.
Una excepción que permite la divulgación de información sin consentimiento es la divulgación de información a los oficiales escolores que tienen intereses educativos legítimos. Un oficial escolor es una persona que es empleado del distrito ya sea como administrador, supervisor, instructor, personal auxiliar (incluyendo el personal médico o de servicios de salud y el personal policial), una persona miembro de la junta escolar, una persona o compañía con quien el distrito ha contratado para realizar una tarea especial (tal
como un abogado, interventor de cuentas, empleados del AEA (Agencias de Educación Regionales), asesor médico o terapeuta), o como un padre o estudiante que participa en un comité oficial, tal como un comité disciplinario o de quejas, o un equipo auxiliar de estudiantes, o como una persona que ayuda a otro oficial escolar a realizar sus tareas.Un oficial escolar tiene un interés escolar legítimo si el oficial necesita revisar un expediente académico a fin de cumplir con su obligación profesional.
[Previa solicitud, el distrito divulgará sin consentimiento los expedientes académicos a los oficiales de otro distrito escolar en el cual el estudiante tiene la intención de matricularse. (Nota: A menos que en su notificación anual haya una declaración indicando que tienen la intención de enviar los expendientes al solicitante cuando éste los solicite. FERPA exige que un distrito escolar haga un intento razonable para notificar al padre o al estudiante emancipado de que han recibido una solicitud para la obtención de los expendientes académicos).
- El derecho de informarle al distrito escolar de que el padre o la madre no quieren que se comunique al público la información contenida en el directorio, tal como se define abajo. Cualquier estudiante mayor de dieciocho años de edad o padre o madre que no quiera que se comunique al público esta información puede hacer una objeción de los escribiéndole al director a más tardar el (date) de (month) de (year) . La objeción tiene que ser renovada anualmente.
Nombre, dirección, número de teléfono, fecha y lugar de nacimiento, materia de estudio principal, participación en deportes y en actividates reconocidas oficialmente, peso y estatura de los miembros de los equipas atléticos, fechas de asistencia a la escuela, diplomas y premios recividos, la escuela o institución docente más reciente a la que asistió el estudiante, fotografía o imagen u otra información parecida.
- El derecho a presentar una queja al U.S. Department of Education (Ministerio de Educación de los Estados Unidos) con respecto a las faltas supuestas del distrito en cumplir con los requisitos de FERPA. A continuación encontrará el nombre y la dirección de la oficina que maneja FERPA:
Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave., S.W., Washington, D.C., 20202-4605.
El Distrito Escolar puede intercambiar con cualquiera de las Partes cualquier información contenida en el expediente académico permanente del estudiante. Esta información debe estar relacionada directamente con la capacidad del sistema de justicia de menores para servir efectivamente al estudiante. Antes de la adjudicación, la información contenida en el expediente permanente puede ser divulgado por parte del Distrito Escolar a las Partes sin consentimiento de los padres y sin una orden judicial. Después de la adjudicación, la información contenida en el expediente permanente del estudiante solamente podrá ser divulgada con consentimiento de los padres o por medio de una orden judicial. La información que se intercambie conforme con un acuerdo, será utilizado únicamente para determinar los programas y los servicios apropriados para las necesidades del estudiante o de la familia del estudiante. También se podrá utilizar para coordinar la entrega de los programas y los servicios al estudiante o a la familia del estudiante. A menos que se obtenga un consentimiento por escrito de parte de los padres de un estudiante, del guardián o del custodio legal o real del estudiante, la información que se intercambie en virtud de un acuerdo, no será admisible en ningún procedimiento judicial que tenga lugar antes de una audiencia de disposición. Este acuerdo solamente rige la capacidad de un distrito escolar para intercambiar información y rige los propósitos para los cuales se puede utilizar esa información.
El propósito para el cual se intercambia la información antes de la adjudicación del estudiante es para mejorar la seguridad del colegio, reducir el uso ilícito de drogas y de alcohol, reducir las inasistencias a clase, reducir las suspensiones en el colegio y fuera del colegio, y para apoyar las alternativas a las suspensiones y expulsiones en el colegio y fuera del colegio. Estas alternativas proporcionan progrmas educativos estructurados y bien supervisados, suplidos por servisions adecuados y coordinados que están diseñados para corregir comportamientos que causan inasistencias a clase, suspensiones y expulsiones. Estos programas apoyan a los estudiantes en completar exitosamente su educación.
El individio que solicite la información debe ponerse en contacto con el director del edificio en el cual el estudiante está actualmente matriculado o en el que estuvo matriculado. El director entonces enviará los expedientes dentro de los diez dias laborables que le siguen a la fecha en que se recibió la solicitud.
La información confidencial que se intercambie entre las Partes y el distrito escolar permanecerá en confianza y no se intercambiará con ninguna otra persona salvo que esté dispuesto por ley. A menos que se obtenga el consentimiento por escrito de parte del padre o la madre del estudiante del guardián o del custodio real o legal del estudiante, ninguna información intercambiada según el acuerdo será admisible en ningún procedimiento judicial que tenga lugar antes de la audiencia.
507.2 - Student Directory Information
507.2 - Student Directory InformationDirectory information is information contained in the education records of a student that would not generally be considered harmful or an invasion of privacy if disclosed. The district may disclose "directory information" to third parties without consent if it has given public notice of the types of information which it has designated as "directory information," the parent's or eligible student's right to restrict the disclosure of such information, and the period of time within which a parent or eligible student has to notify the school in writing that he or she does not want any or all of those types of information designated as "directory information." The district has designated the following as “directory information”:
- Student’s name
- Address
- Telephone listing
- Electronic mail address
- Photograph
- Date and place of birth
- Major field of study
- Dates of attendance
- Grade level
- Participation in officially recognized activities and sports
- Weight and height of members of athletic teams
- Degrees, honors, and awards received
- The most recent educational agency or institution attended
- Student ID number, user ID, or other unique personal identifier used to communicate in electronic systems that cannot be used to access education records without a PIN, password, etc. (A student’s SSN, in whole or in part, cannot be used for this purpose.)
Student is defined as an enrolled individual, PK-12 including children in school district sponsored child-care programs.
Prior to developing a student directory or to giving general information to the public, parents (including parents of students open enrolled out of the school district and parents of children home schooled in the school district) will be given notice annually of the intent to develop a directory or to give out general information and have the opportunity to deny the inclusion of their child’s information in the directory or in the general information about the students.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide notice and to determine the method of notice that will inform parents.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised November 7, 2022
507.2R1 - Student Directory Information Regulation
507.2R1 - Student Directory Information RegulationThe student handbook or similar publication given to each student which contains general information about the school will contain the following statement which is published at least annually in a prominent place or in a newspaper of general circulation in the school district:
The following information may be released to the public in regard to any individual student of the school district as needed. Any student over the age of eighteen or parent not wanting this information released to the public must make objection in writing by the first Friday in September to the principal. The objection needs to be renewed annually.
NAME, ADDRESS, TELEPHONE LISTING, DATE AND PLACE OF BIRTH, GRADE LEVEL, ENROLLMENT STATUS, MAJOR FIELD OF STUDY, PARTICIPATION IN OFFICIALLY RECOGNIZED ACTIVITIES AND SPORTS, WEIGHT AND HEIGHT OF MEMBERS OF ATHLETIC TEAMS, DATES OF ATTENDANCE, DEGREES AND AWARDS RECEIVED, THE MOST RECENT PREVIOUS SCHOOL OR INSTITUTION ATTENDED BY THE STUDENT, PHOTOGRAPH AND LIKENESS AND OTHER SIMILAR INFORMATION.
DATED , 20 .
507.2E1 - Authorization for Releasing Student Directory Information
507.2E1 - Authorization for Releasing Student Directory InformationThe Red Oak Community School District has adopted a policy designed to assure parents and students the full implementation, protection and enjoyment of their rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA). A copy of the school district’s policy is available for review in the office of the principal of all of our schools.
This law requires the school district to designate as “directory information” any personally identifiable information taken from a student’s educational records prior to making such information available to the public.
The school district has designated the following information as directory information: student’s name, address, telephone number, date and place of birth, grade level, enrollment status, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student, photograph and other likeness, and other similar information.
You have the right to refuse the designation of any or all of the categories of personally identifiable information as directory information with respect to your student provided that you notify the school district in writing not later than the first Friday of September of this school year. If you desire to make such a refusal, please complete and return the slip attached to this notice.
If you have no objection to the use of student information, you do not need to take any action.
RETURN THIS FORM
RED OAK Community School District Parental Discretions to Withhold Student/Directory Information for Education Purposes, for 20___ - 20___ school year.
Student Name: _________________________________________________________________ Date of Birth: __________________________________
School: _______________________________________________________________________ Grade: _______________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________
(Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian/Custodian of Child) (Date)
This form must be returned to your child’s school no later than the first Friday of September.
Additional forms are available at your child’s school.
507.3 - Student Photographs
507.3 - Student PhotographsThe board will permit student “portrait” photographs to be taken on school premises by a commercial photographer as a service to the students and their families.
Parents will be notified prior to the taking of pictures by a commercial photographer for student “portraits.” In no case will students be required to have their picture taken or be pressured to purchase pictures.
Students or commercial photographers may take pictures of students upon consent for such things as the yearbook or student newspaper.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
507.4 - Student Library Circulation Records
507.4 - Student Library Circulation RecordsStudent library circulation records are designed to be used internally to assist in the orderly administration of the school district libraries and media center. As a general rule, student library circulation records are considered confidential records and will not be released without parental consent. Individuals who may access such records include a student’s parents, the student, authorized licensed employees, authorized government officials from the U.S. Comptroller General, the Secretary of Education, the Commissioner and Director of the National Institute of Education, and the Assistant Secretary for Education and State Education Department. Appropriate authorities in a health or safety emergency may access the student’s library circulation records without the approval or the notification of the student’s parents. Parents may not access records, without the student’s permission, of a student who has reached the age of majority or who is attending a post-secondary educational institution unless the student is considered a dependent for tax purposes.
It is the school librarian’s responsibility, as the person maintaining the student library circulation records, to approve requests for access to student library circulation records. Students’ library circulation records may be accessed during the regular business hours of the school district. If copies of documents are requested, a fee for such copying is charged.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed October 24, 2022
Revised August 27, 2018
508 - Student Health and Well-Being
508 - Student Health and Well-Being dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 09/22/2020 - 14:25508.1 - Student Health Services
508.1 - Student Health ServicesThe district’s health services shall be administered by the school nurses under the direction of the building principal. Medical care and treatment are not within the scope of the school health services, but first aid and temporary emergency services are provided. The superintendent will provide a written report on the role of health services in the education program to the board annually.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed August 27, 2018
Revised August 27, 2018
508.2 - Student Health and Immunization Certificates
508.2 - Student Health and Immunization CertificatesStudents desiring to participate in athletic activities or enrolling in kindergarten or first grade in the school district will have a physical examination by a licensed physician and provide proof of such an examination to the school district. A physical examination and proof of such an examination may be required by the administration for students in other grades enrolling for the first time in the school district.
A certificate of health stating the results of a physical examination and signed by the physician is on file at the attendance center. Each student will submit an up-to-date certificate of health upon the request of the superintendent. Failure to provide this information may be grounds for disciplinary action.
Students enrolling for the first time in the school district will also submit a certificate of immunization against diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus, poliomyelitis, rubeola, rubella, and other immunizations required by law. The student may be admitted conditionally to the attendance center if the student has not yet completed the immunization process but is in the process of doing so. Failure to meet the immunization requirement will be grounds for suspension, expulsion or denial of admission. Upon recommendation of the Iowa Department of Education and Iowa Department of Public Health, students entering the district for the first time may be required to pass a TB test prior to admission. The district may conduct TB tests of current students.
Students enrolling in kindergarten or any grade in elementary school in the district will have, at a minimum, a dental screening performed by a licensed medical professional (physician, nurse, physician assistant, dentist, dental hygienist) sometime between the student turning three (3) years of age and four (4) months following the student’s enrollment in the district, and will provide proof of such a screening to the district. Students enrolling in any grade in high school in the district will have, at a minimum, a dental screening performed by a licensed dentist or dental hygienist sometime between one (1) year prior to the student’s enrollment in the district and four (4) months following the student’s enrollment in the district, and will provide proof of such a screening to the district.
Parents or guardians of students enrolling in kindergarten in the district shall be provided a student vision card provided by the Iowa optometric association and as approved by the department of education. The goal of the district is that every child receives an eye examination by age seven, as needed.
Exemptions from the immunization requirement in this policy will be allowed only for medical or religious reasons recognized under the law. The student must provide a valid Iowa State Department of Health Certificate of Immunization Exemption to be exempt from this policy.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed August 27, 2018
Revised August 27, 2018
508.3 - Administration of Medication to Students
508.3 - Administration of Medication to StudentsPersons administering medication shall include the licensed registered nurse (school nurse), physician, persons who have successfully completed a medication administration course, or be an authorized practioner, including parents, or in the nurse’s absence, by the nurse’s designee. A qualified designee is a person who has been trained under the State Department of Health guidelines. A medication administration course and periodic update shall be conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist, and a record of course completion kept on file at the school. Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medication may self-administer their medication.
Some students may need prescription and nonprescription medication to participate in their educational program. These students shall receive medication concomitant with their educational program. When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan shall be developed by the licensed health personnel with the student and the student's parent.
Students may be required to take medication during the school day. Medication is administered by the school nurse, or in the nurse's absence, by a person who has successfully completed an administration of medication course reviewed by the Board of Pharmacy Examiners. The course is conducted by a registered nurse or licensed pharmacist. A record of course completion will be maintained by the school District.
Students who have demonstrated competence in administering their own medications may self-administer their medication as long as all other relevant portions of this policy have been complied with by the student and the student’s parent or guardian. A written statement by the student's parent/guardian shall be on file requesting co-administration of medication, when competence has been demonstrated.
Medication will not be administered without written authorization that is signed and dated from the parent, and the medication must be in the original container which is labeled by the pharmacy or the manufacturer with the name of the child, name of the medication, the time of the day which it is to be given, the dosage, and the duration. Written authorization will also be secured when the parent requests student co-administration of medication when competency is demonstrated. When administration of the medication requires ongoing professional health judgment, an individual health plan will be developed by the licensed health personnel with the student and the student's parents. It is the parent’s responsibility to ensure that the medication is current; that all information regarding the medication is current; and that the information provided to the district, including, but not limited to the written authorization, is current.
A written medication administration record shall be on file including:
- date;
- student’s name;
- prescriber or person authorizing administration;
- medication;
- medication dosage;
- administration time;
- administration method;
- signature and title of the person administering medication; and
- any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.
Administration of medication records shall be kept confidential.
The school nurse, or in the nurse’s absence, the nurse’s designee shall have access to the medication which will be kept in a secure area. Students may carry medication only with the approval of the parents and building principal of the student’s attendance center. By law, students with asthma or other airway constricting diseases may self-administer their medication upon written approval of their parents and prescribing physician regardless of competency. Students do not have to prove competency to the school district. Emergency protocol for medication-related reactions will be in place.
Medication shall be stored in a secured area unless an alternate provision is documented.
The Superintendent shall be responsible, in conjunction with the school nurses, for developing rules and regulations governing the administration of medication, prescription and nonprescription, including emergency protocols, to students and for ensuring persons administrating medication have taken the prescribed course and periodically review the prescribed course. Annually, each student shall be provided with the requirements for administration of medication at school.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed August 27, 2018
Revised August 27, 2018
508.3R1 - Administration of Medication to Students Regulation
508.3R1 - Administration of Medication to Students RegulationNo over-the-counter medication shall be administered at school, unless the school has the parent/guardian's written permission.
Prescription medication will be dispersed to students during a school day only if the following requirements are met:
1. Medication must be in the original container, from the pharmacy with the directions clearly stated. This serves two purposes: signifies permission from the doctor and includes directions from the pharmacist. Pharmacists will supply another labeled container for school upon request when the prescription is filled. NO BAGGIES OR ENVELOPES WILL BE ACCEPTED AT SCHOOL. It is the parent’s responsibility to ensure that the medication is current and that all information regarding the medication is current.
2. Parents/guardians must give written authorization for the administration of the medication. It is the parent’s responsibility to ensure that the information provided to the district, including, but not limited to the written authorization, is current.
Students are to bring all medications to the school office immediately upon their arrival at school. Students are not to carry over-the-counter medications with them during the school day unless approved by the school nurse. Students are not to carry prescription medication with them during the school day unless ordered by the physician and cleared by the school nurse.
Medication on school premises shall be kept in a locked container in a limited access storage space. Only appropriate personnel shall have access to the locked container. Each school or facility shall designate in writing the specific locked and limited access space within each building to store pupil medication. More specifically, the following requirements shall be followed:
1. In each building in which a full-time registered nurse is assigned, access to medication locked in a designated space shall be under the authority of the nurse.
2. In each building in which a less than full-time registered nurse is assigned, access to the medication shall be under the authority of the principal.
Emergency protocols for medication-related reactions shall be posted.
A written medication administration record shall be on file, including:
• date;
• student's name;
• prescriber or person authorizing administration;
• medication;
• medication dosage;
• administration time;
• administration method;
• signature and title of the person administering medication; and
• any unusual circumstances, actions, or omissions.
Medication information shall be confidential information and shall be available to school personnel with parental authorization.
Students and parents/guardians shall be provided with the requirements for medication procedures by the school annually.
508.3E1 - Asthma or Airway Constriction Medication Self Administration Consent and Authorization Form
508.3E1 - Asthma or Airway Constriction Medication Self Administration Consent and Authorization Form__________________________________ ___/___/___ _________________ ___/___/___
Student’s Name (Last), (First) (Middle) Birthday School Date
In order for a student to self-administer medication for asthma or any airway constricting disease the following must be on file with the district’s school nurse:
- Parent/guardian provides signed, dated authorization for student medication self-administration.
- Physician (person licensed under chapter 148, 150, or 150A, physician, physician’s assistant, advanced registered nurse practitioner, or other person licensed or registered to distribute or dispense a prescription drug or device in the course of professional practice in Iowa in accordance with section 147.107, or a person licensed by another state in a health field in which, under Iowa law, licensees in this state may legally prescribe drugs) provides written authorization containing:
- purpose of the medication,
- prescribed dosage,
- times or;
- special circumstances under which the medication is to be administered.
- The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer’s labeled container containing the student name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
- Authorization is renewed annually. If any changes occur in the medication, dosage or time of administration, the parent is to notify school officials immediately. The authorization shall be reviewed as soon as practical.
Provided the above requirements are fulfilled, a student with asthma or other airway constricting disease may possess and use the student’s medication while in school, at school-sponsored activities, under the supervision of school personnel, and before or after normal school activities, such as while in before-school or after-school care on school-operated property. If the student abuses the self-administration policy, the ability to self- administer may be withdrawn by the school or discipline may be imposed.
Pursuant to state law, the school district or accredited nonpublic school and its employees are to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of any injury arising from self-administration of medication by the student. The parent or guardian of the student shall sign a statement acknowledging that the school district or nonpublic school is to incur no liability, except for gross negligence, as a result of self-administration of medication by the student as established by Iowa Code § 280.16.
__
Medication Dosage Route Time
Purpose of Medication & Administration /Instructions
/ /
Special Circumstances Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/
Follow-up Date
/ /
Prescriber’s Signature Date
Prescriber’s Address Emergency Phone
- I request the above named student possess and self-administer asthma or other airway constricting disease medication(s) at school and in school activities according to the authorization and instructions.
- I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith shall incur no liability for any improper use of medication or for supervising, monitoring, or interfering with a student’s self-administration of medication
- I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and notify them when questions arise or relevant conditions change.
- I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
- I agree the information is shared with school personnel in accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).
- I agree to provide the school with back-up medication approved in this form.
- (Student maintains self-administration record.) (Note: This bullet is recommended but not required.)
/ /
Parent/Guardian Signature Date
(agreed to above statement)
Parent/Guardian Address Home Phone
Business Phone
Self-Administration Authorization Additional Information
508.3E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students
508.3E2 - Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Prescription Medication to Students_________________________________ ___/___/___ _________________ ___/___/___
Student’s Name (Last), (First), (Middle) Birthday School Date
School medications and health services are administered following these guidelines:
- Parent has provided a signed, dated authorization to administer medication and/or provide the health service.
- The medication is in the original, labeled container as dispensed or the manufacturer’s labeled container.
- The medication label contains the student’s name, name of the medication, directions for use, and date.
- Authorization is renewed annually and immediately when the parent notifies the school that changes are necessary.
_____
Medication/Health Care Dosage Route Time at School
Administration instructions
Special Directives, Signs to Observe and Side Effects
/ /
Discontinue/Re-Evaluate/Follow-up Date
/ /
Prescriber’s Signature Date
Prescriber’s Address Emergency Phone
I request the above named student carry medication at school and school activities, according to the prescription, instructions, and a written record kept. Special considerations are noted above. The information is confidential except as provided to the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). I agree to coordinate and work with school personnel and prescriber when questions arise. I agree to provide safe delivery of medication and equipment to and from school and to pick up remaining medication and equipment.
/ /
Parent’s Signature Date
Parent’s Address Home Phone
Additional Information Business Phone
Authorization Form
508.4 - Communicable Diseases-Students
508.4 - Communicable Diseases-StudentsStudents with a communicable disease will be allowed to attend school provided their presence does not create a substantial risk of illness or transmission to other students or employees. The term “communicable disease” will mean an infectious or contagious disease spread from person to person, or animal to person, or as defined by law.
A student will be excluded from school when the student's condition has been determined to be injurious to the health of others or when the student is too ill to attend school. The health risk to an immuno-depressed student attending school shall be determined by the student's personal physician. The health risk to others in the school environment from the presence of a student with a communicable disease shall be determined on a case-by-case basis by the student's physician and a physician selected by the school district or public health officials.
Since there may be greater risks of transmission of a communicable disease for some persons with certain conditions than for other persons infected with the same disease, these special conditions: the risk of transmission of the disease, the effect upon the educational program, the effect upon the student, and other factors deemed relevant by public health officials or the superintendent shall be considered in assessing the student's continued attendance at school. The superintendent may require medical evidence that students with a communicable disease are able to attend school.
Prevention and control of communicable diseases is included in the school district’s bloodborne pathogens exposure control plan. The procedures will include scope and application, definitions, exposure control, methods of compliance, universal precautions, vaccination, post-exposure evaluation, follow-up, communication of hazards to employees and record keeping. This plan is reviewed annually by the superintendent and school nurse.
A student shall notify the Superintendent or the school nurse when the student learns the student has a communicable disease. It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent, when the Superintendent or school nurse, upon investigation, has knowledge that a reportable communicable disease is present, to notify the Iowa Department of Public Health
Health data of a student is confidential and it shall not be disclosed to third parties, except in cases of reportable communicable diseases.
For more information on communicable disease charts, and reporting forms, go to the Iowa Department of Public Health Web site: http://www.idph.state.ia.us
Approved: August 27, 2018
Reviewed: August 27, 2018
Revised: August 27, 2018
508.4E1 - Communicable Disease Chart
508.4E1 - Communicable Disease ChartCONCISE DESCRIPTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR
EXCLUSION OF CASES FROM SCHOOL
DISEASE *Immunization is available |
Usual Interval Between Exposure and First Symptoms of Disease |
MAIN SYMPTOMS |
Minimum Exclusion From School |
CHICKENPOX* |
13 to 17 days |
Mild symptoms and fever. Pocks are "blistery." Develop scabs, most on covered parts of body. |
7 days from onset of pocks or until pocks become dry |
CONJUNCTIVITIS (PINK EYE) |
24 to 72 hours |
Tearing, redness and puffy lids, eye discharge. |
Until treatment begins or physician approves readmission. |
ERYTHEMIA INFECTIOSUM (5TH DISEASE) |
4 to 20 days |
Usual age 5 to 14 years – unusual in adults. Brief prodrome of low-grade fever followed by Erythemia (slapped cheek) appearance on cheeks, lace-like rash on extremities lasting a few days to 3 weeks. Rash seems to recur. |
After diagnosis no exclusion from school. |
GERMAN MEASLES* (RUBELLA) |
14 to 23 days |
Usually mild. Enlarged glands in neck and behind ears. Brief red rash. |
7 days from onset of rash. Keep away from pregnant women. |
HAEMOPHILUS MENINGITIS |
2 to 4 days |
Fever, vomiting, lethargy, stiff neck and back. |
Until physician permits return. |
HEPATITIS A |
Variable – 15 to 50 (average 28 to 30 days) |
Abdominal pain, nausea, usually fever. Skin and eyes may or may not turn yellow. |
14 days from onset of clinical disease and at least 7 days from onset of jaundice. |
IMPETIGO |
1 to 3 days |
Inflamed sores, with puss. |
48 hours after antibiotic therapy started or until physician permits return |
MEASLES* |
10 days to fever, 14 days to rash |
Begins with fever, conjunctivitis, runny nose, cough, then blotchy red rash. |
4 days from onset of rash. |
MENINGOCOCCAL MENINGITIS |
2 to 10 days (commonly 3 to 4 days) |
Headache, nausea, stiff neck, fever. |
Until physician permits return. |
MUMPS* |
12 to 25 (commonly 18) days |
Fever, swelling and tenderness of glands at angle of jaw. |
9 days after onset of swollen glands or until swelling disappears. |
PEDICULOSIS (HEAD/BODY LICE) |
7 days for eggs to hatch |
Lice and nits (eggs) in hair. |
24 hours after adequate treatment to kill lice and nits. |
RINGWORM OF SCALP |
10 to 14 days |
Scaly patch, usually ring shaped, on scalp. |
No exclusion from school. Exclude from gymnasium, swimming pools, contact sports. |
SCABIES |
2 to 6 weeks initial exposure; 1 to 4 days reexposure |
Tiny burrows in skin caused by mites. |
Until 24 hours after treatment. |
SCARLET FEVER SCARLATINA STREP THROAT |
1 to 3 days |
Sudden onset, vomiting, sore throat, fever, later fine rash (not on face). Rash usually with first infection. |
24 hours after antibiotics started and no fever. |
WHOOPING COUGH* (PERTUSSIS) |
7 to 10 days |
Head cold, slight fever, cough, characteristic whoop after 2 weeks. |
5 days after start of antibiotic treatment. |
508.5 - Student Illness or Injury at School
508.5 - Student Illness or Injury at SchoolThe district and the board assume no responsibility for medical treatment of students. The building principal or designee shall direct the immediate care of ill or injured persons who come within his/her area of responsibility. At each school, procedures for the proper handling of such emergencies shall be developed and made known to the staff.
When a student becomes ill or is injured at school, the school district will attempt to notify the student’s parents as soon as possible. If a parent cannot be reached, the ill or injured child shall be transported home, to the hospital, or to a physician’s office by a member of the school staff. Further medical attention is the responsibility of the parent or guardian, or the person designated for emergencies.
The school district, while not responsible for medical treatment of an ill or injured student, will have employees present administer emergency or minor first aid if possible. An ill or injured child will be turned over to the care of the parents or qualified medical employees as quickly as possible.
It is the responsibility of the principal or designee to file an accident report with the superintendent within twenty-four hours after the student is injured.
Annually, parents are required to complete a medical emergency authorization form indicating the procedures to be followed, if possible, in an emergency involving their child. The authorization form will also include the phone numbers of the parents and alternative numbers to call in case of an injury or illness.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed August 27, 2018
Revised August 27, 2018
508.6 - Student Exposure to Irritants and Allergens
508.6 - Student Exposure to Irritants and AllergensStudents may be exposed to irritants that pose a risk to the student’s health and safety during the school day. Parents and students shall take all precautions to ensure that they are not exposed to such irritants and/or allergens.
If the parent(s) requests a meeting, the district will meet with the parent(s) and/or student to discuss the student’s exposure to irritant(s) and/or allergen(s), and, if appropriate, develop a plan to limit the above student’s exposure to irritant(s) and/or allergen(s). Every such plan to avoid exposure shall include a completed Parental Identification of Student Irritant and/or Allergen Form and a completed Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medication to Student.
The district cannot guarantee that the student will never be exposed to such irritants and/or allergens. If a student is exposed to such an irritant and/or allergen and/or suffers from an allergic reaction, the district may administer medication to the student as necessary according to its policies and procedures.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed August 27, 2018
Revised August 27, 2018
508.6E1 - Student Exposure to Irritants and Allergens Form
508.6E1 - Student Exposure to Irritants and Allergens FormThe undersigned(s) are the parent(s), guardian(s), or person(s) in charge of ____________________________________ (student’s full legal name), who is in the ______ grade at the _________________________ building in the Red Oak Community School District.
I am requesting that the above student should not be exposed to or should be minimally exposed to the following irritant(s) and/or allergen(s) because such irritant(s) and/or allergen(s) pose a risk to the student’s health and safety during the school day: (Attach additional sheets if necessary):
(a) Irritant and/or Allergen: _______________________________________________________
Why Requesting Limited Exposure (i.e., identified allergy, doctor’s request, other reason):
_________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Possible Exposure Symptom(s):_______________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Proposed Plan for Limiting Exposure: ___________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________
Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medication to Student:
_____ I have completed a Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medication to Student so that the Red Oak Community School District, or its authorized representative, may administer medicine to the above-named student in the case of exposure to an irritant or an allergic reaction.
-OR-
_____ I have NOT completed a Parental Authorization and Release Form for the Administration of Medication to Student, and do not intend to do such.
Meeting with District Regarding Limiting Student Exposure to Irritant(s) and/or Allergen(s):
_____ I wish to request a meeting with the District to discuss the above student’s exposure to irritant(s) and/or allergen(s), and, if appropriate, develop a plan to limit the above student’s exposure to irritant(s) and/or allergen(s).
-OR-
_____ I DO NOT wish to request a meeting with the District to discuss the above student’s exposure to irritant(s) and/or allergen(s).
___________________________________ _________________
(Signature of Parent/Guardian) (Date)
___________________________________ _________________
(Printed Name of Parent/Guardian) (Phone Number)
508.7 - Student Special Health Services
508.7 - Student Special Health ServicesThe board recognizes that some special education students need special health services during the school day. These students will receive special health services in conjunction with their individualized education program.
The superintendent, in conjunction with licensed health personnel, will establish administrative regulations for the implementation of this policy.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed August 27, 2018
Revised August 27, 2018
508.7R1 - Special health Services Regulation
508.7R1 - Special health Services RegulationSome students who require special education need special health services in order to participate in the educational program. These students will receive special health services in accordance with their individualized educational program.
A. Definitions
“Assignment and delegation” - occurs when licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the health services. Primary consideration is given to the recommendation of the licensed health personnel. Each designation considers the student’s special health service. The rationale for the designation is documented. If the designation decision of the team differs from the licensed health professional, team members may file a dissenting opinion.
“Co-administration” - the eligible student’s participation in the planning, management and implementation of the student’s special health service and demonstration of proficiency to licensed health personnel.
“Educational program” - includes all school curricular programs and activities both on and off school grounds.
“Education team” - may include the eligible student, the student’s parent, administrator, teacher, licensed health personnel, and others involved in the student’s educational program.
“Health assessment” - health data collection, observation, analysis, and interpretation relating to the eligible student’s educational program.
“Health instruction” - education by licensed health personnel to prepare qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible student’s health plan. Documentation of education and periodic updates are on file at school.
“Individual health plan” - the confidential, written, preplanned and ongoing special health service in the educational program. It includes assessment, planning, implementation, documentation, evaluation and a plan for emergencies. The plan is updated as needed and at least annually. Licensed health personnel develop this written plan with the education team.
“Licensed health personnel” - includes licensed registered nurse, licensed physician, and other licensed health personnel legally authorized to provide special health services and medications.
“Prescriber” - licensed health personnel legally authorized to prescribe special health services and medications.
“Qualified designated personnel” - persons instructed, supervised and competent in implementing the eligible student’s health plan.
“Special health services” - includes, but is not limited to, services for eligible students whose health status (stable or unstable) requires:
- Interpretation or intervention,
- Administration of health procedures and health care, or
- Use of a health device to compensate for the reduction or loss of a body function.
“Supervision” - the assessment, delegation, evaluation and documentation of special health services by licensed health personnel. Levels of supervision include situations in which licensed health personnel are:
- physically present.
- available at the same site.
- available on call.
B. Licensed health personnel will provide special health services under the auspices of the school. Duties of the licensed personnel include the duty to:
- Participate as a member of the education team.
- Provide the health assessment.
- Plan, implement and evaluate the written individual health plan.
- Plan, implement and evaluate special emergency health services.
- Serve as liaison and encourage participation and communication with health service agencies and individuals providing health care.
- Provide health consultation, counseling and instruction with the eligible student, the student’s parent and the staff in cooperation and conjunction with the prescriber.
- Maintain a record of special health services. The documentation includes the eligible student’s name, special health service, prescriber or person authorizing, date and time, signature and title of the person providing the special health service and any unusual circumstances in the provision of such services.
- Report unusual circumstances to the parent, school administration, and prescriber.
- Assign and delegate to, instruct, provide technical assistance and supervise qualified designated personnel.
- Update knowledge and skills to meet special health service needs.
C. Prior to the provision of special health services the following will be on file:
- Written statement by the prescriber detailing the specific method and schedule of the special health service, when indicated.
- Written statement by the student’s parent requesting the provision of the special health service.
- Written report of the preplanning staffing or meeting of the education team.
- Written individual health plan available in the health record and integrated into the IEP or IFSP.
D. Licensed health personnel, in collaboration with the education team, will determine the special health services to be provided and the qualifications of individuals performing the special health services. The documented rationale will include the following:
- Analysis and interpretation of the special health service needs, health status stability, complexity of the service, predictability of the service outcome and risk of improperly performed service.
- Determination that the special health service, task, procedure or function is part of the person’s job description.
- Determination of the assignment and delegation based on the student’s needs.
- Review of the designated person’s competency.
- Determination of initial and ongoing level of supervision required to ensure quality services.
E. Licensed health personnel will supervise the special health services, define the level of supervision and document the supervision.
F. Licensed health personnel will instruct qualified designated personnel to deliver and perform special health services contained in the eligible individual health plan. Documentation of instruction and periodic updates are on file at school.
G. Parents will provide the usual equipment, supplies and necessary maintenance for such. The equipment is stored in a secure area. The personnel responsible for the equipment are designated in the individual health plan. The individual health plan will designate the role of the school, parents, and others in the provision, supply, storage and maintenance of necessary equipment.
508.8 - Emergency and Safety Plans and Drills
508.8 - Emergency and Safety Plans and DrillsStudents will be informed of the appropriate action to take in an emergency. Emergency drills for fire, weather, other disasters, and school safety issues are conducted each school year. At least one of each type of drill should be held as early in the school year as possible so that all children will be thoroughly familiar with emergency procedures.
Each attendance center will develop and maintain a written plan containing emergency, disaster, and school safety procedures. The plan will be communicated to and reviewed with employees. Employees will participate in emergency and school safety drills. Licensed employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed in the drill.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed August 27, 2018
Revised August 27, 2018
508.9 - Student Insurance
508.9 - Student InsuranceStudents will have the opportunity to participate in the health and accident insurance plan selected by the school district. The cost of the health and accident insurance program is borne by the student or the parent/guardian of the student. Participation in the insurance health and accident plan is not a contract with the school district, but rather, a contract between the insurance company and the student.
Students participating in intramural or extracurricular athletics are required to have health and accident insurance. The student will bring written proof of insurance or participate in the health and accident insurance program selected by the school district.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed August 27, 2018
Revised August 27, 2018
508.10 - Wellness Policy
508.10 - Wellness PolicyThe Red Oak Community School District’s Board of Education is committed to supporting wellness, good nutrition, and regular physical activity as a part of the total learning environment. The school district supports a healthy environment where students learn and participate in positive dietary and lifestyle practices. The board believes for students to have the opportunity to achieve personal, academic, developmental, and social success, there needs to be a positive, safe, and health-promoting learning environment at every level., in every setting.
The school district provides a comprehensive learning environment for developing and practicing lifelong wellness behaviors. The entire school environment, not just the classroom, shall be aligned with healthy school district goals to positively influence a student’s understanding, beliefs and habits as they relate to good nutrition and regular physical activity. In accordance with the laws and this belief the board commits to the following:
The school district will identify at least one goal in each of the following areas:
· Nutrition Education and Promotion: schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors
· Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.
· Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle.
The following nutritional guidelines for food available on school campuses will be adhered to:
· The meals served through the National School Lunch and School Breakfast Program will be appealing and meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by state and federal law.
· Schools providing access to healthy foods outside the reimbursable meal programs before school, during school, and thirty minutes after school shall meet the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) Smart Snacks in Schools nutrition standards, at a minimum. This includes such items as those sold through a la carte lines, vending machines, student run stores, and fundraising activities.
· Snacks provided to students during the school day without charge (class parties) will meet standards set by the district in accordance with law. The district will provide parents a list of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for classroom snacks and celebrations.
· Treats will be limited in the classrooms and students will get to choose other physical activities or games to play instead of bringing treats for celebrations (get ideas from Get Movin’ packet).
· Schools will only allow marketing and advertising of foods and beverages that meet the Smart Snacks in School nutritional standards on campus during the school day.
The superintendent or superintendent’s designee shall implement and ensure compliance with the policy by:
· Reviewing the policy at least every three years and recommending updates as appropriate for board approval.
· Implementing a process for permitting parents, students, representatives of the school food authority, teachers of physical education, school health professionals, the school board, administrators, and the public to participate in the development, implementation, and periodic review and update of the policy.
· Designate two staff members from each building to be advocates for our Wellness Committee and to help implement our policies in the District.
· Making the policy and updates assessment of the implementation available to the public (e.g., posting on the website, newsletters, etc.) This information shall include the extent to which the schools are in compliance with the policy and a description of the progress being made in attaining goals of the policy.
· Developing administrative regulations, which shall include specific wellness goals and indicators for measurement of progress consistent with law and district policy.
GOAL 1: Nutrition Education and Promotion: schools will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that helps students develop lifelong healthy eating behaviors.
A) Provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to promote and protect their health;
B) Promote fruits, vegetables, whole-grain products, low-fat and fat-free dairy products, and healthy foods;
GOAL 2: Physical Activity: Schools will provide students with age and grade appropriate opportunities to engage in physical activity that meet the Iowa Healthy Kids Act.
A) Promote the benefits of a physically active lifestyle and help students develop skills to engage in lifelong healthy habits;
B) Afford elementary students with recess according to the following: At least 20 minutes a day, outdoors as weather and time permits, and encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity;
C) Discourage all employees from using physical activity (e.g. running laps, pushups) or withholding opportunities for physical activity (e.g. recess, physical education) as punishment;
GOAL 3: Other School Based Activities that Promote Wellness: As appropriate, schools will support students, staff, and parents’ efforts to maintain a healthy lifestyle.
A) Permit students to bring and carry water bottles filled with water throughout the day;
B) Promote wellness activities and opportunities during professional development;
C) Encourage opportunities for physical activities to be incorporated into lessons across all subject areas using the Get Movin’ Activity Breaks packet from the Iowa Department of Public Health and the Iowa Nutrition Network.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed November 28, 2022
Revised November 28, 2022
508.10R1 - Nutrition Education and Promotion
508.10R1 - Nutrition Education and PromotionThe school district will provide nutrition education and engage in nutrition promotion that:
- is offered at each grade level K-8, and is an optional course at the high school, as part of a sequential, comprehensive, standards-based program designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to promote and protect their health;
- is part of not only health education classes, but also classroom instruction in subjects such as math, science, language arts, social sciences and elective subjects;
- includes enjoyable, developmentally appropriate, culturally relevant participatory activities, such as contests, promotions, taste-testing, farm visits and school gardens;
- promotes fruits, vegetables, whole-grain products, low-fat and fat-free dairy products, healthy food preparation methods and health-enhancing nutrition practices;
- emphasizes caloric balance between food intake and physical activity;
- links with meal programs, other foods and nutrition-related community services; and,
- includes training for teachers and other staff.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed November 28, 2022
Revised November 28, 2022
508.10R2 - Physical Activity
508.10R2 - Physical ActivityA. Daily Physical Education
The school district will provide physical education that:
- is for all students in grades K-12 for the entire school year;
- is taught by a certified physical education teacher;
- includes students with disabilities, students with special health-care needs may be provided in alternative educational settings; and,
- engages students in moderate to vigorous activity during at least 50 percent of physical education class time.
The total amount of physical education the school district provides is:
- Middle School provides 120 minutes per week
- High School provides 200 minutes per week
B. Daily Recess
Elementary schools should provide recess for students that:
- is at least 20 minutes a day;
- is preferably outdoors;
- encourages moderate to vigorous physical activity verbally and through the provision of space and equipment; and,
- discourages extended periods (i.e., periods of two or more hours) of inactivity.
When activities, such as mandatory school-wide testing, make it necessary for students to remain indoors for long periods of time, schools should give students periodic breaks during which they are encouraged to stand and be moderately active.
C. Physical Activity Opportunities after School
After-school child care and enrichment programs will provide and encourage—verbally, and through the provision of space, equipment and activities—daily periods of moderate to vigorous physical activity for all participants.
D. Physical Activity as Punishment Prohibited
Employees should not use physical activity (e.g., running laps, push-ups) or withhold opportunities for physical activity (e.g., recess, physical education) as punishment.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed November 28, 2022
Revised November 28, 2022
508.10R3 - Other School-Based Activities that Promote Student Wellness
508.10R3 - Other School-Based Activities that Promote Student WellnessA. Integrating Physical Activity into Classroom Settings
For students to receive the nationally recommended amount of daily physical activity and for students to fully embrace regular physical activity as a personal behavior, students need opportunities for physical activity beyond the physical education class. Toward that end, the school district will:
- offer classroom health education that complements physical education by reinforcing the knowledge and self-management skills needed to maintain a physically active lifestyle and to reduce time spent on sedentary activities;
- discourage sedentary activities, such as watching television, playing computer games, etc.;
- provide opportunities for physical activity to be incorporated into other subject lessons; and,
- encourage classroom teachers to provide short physical activity breaks between lessons or classes, as appropriate.
B. Communication with Parents
The school district will support parents’ efforts to provide a healthy diet and daily physical activity for their children. The school district will:
- offer healthy eating seminars for parents, send home nutrition information, post nutrition tips on school web sites and provide nutrient analyses of school menus;
- encourage parents to pack healthy lunches and snacks and to refrain from including beverages and foods that do not meet the established nutrition standards for individual foods and beverages;
- provide parents a list of foods that meet the school district’s snack standards and ideas for healthy celebrations/parties, rewards and fundraising activities;
- provide opportunities for parents to share their healthy food practices with others in the school community;
- provide information about physical education and other school-based physical activity opportunities before, during and after the school day;
- support parents’ efforts to provide their children with opportunities to be physically active outside of school; and,
- include sharing information about physical activity and physical education through a web site, newsletter, other take-home materials, special events or physical education homework.
C. Food Marketing in Schools
School-based marketing will be consistent with nutrition education and health promotion. The school district will:
- limit food and beverage marketing to the promotion of foods and beverages that meet the nutrition standards for meals or for foods and beverages sold individually;
- prohibit school-based marketing of brands promoting predominantly low-nutrition foods and beverages;
- promote healthy foods, including fruits, vegetables, whole grains, and low-fat dairy products; and
- market activities that promote healthful behaviors (and are therefore allowable) including: vending machine covers promoting water; pricing structures that promote healthy options in ala carte lines; sales of fruit for fundraisers.
Examples include marketing techniques include the following: logos and brand names on/in vending machines, books or curricula, textbook covers, school supplies, scoreboards, school structures, and sports equipment; educational incentive programs that provide food as a reward; programs that provide schools with supplies when families buy low-nutrition food products; in-school television, such as Channel One; free samples or coupons; and food sales through fundraising activities.
D. Staff Wellness
The school district values the health and well-being of every staff member and will plan and implement activities and policies that support personal efforts by staff to maintain a healthy lifestyle. Each school should:
- establish and maintain a staff wellness committee
- develop, promote and oversee a multifaceted plan to promote staff health and wellness developed by the staff wellness committee;
- base the plan on input solicited from employees and outline ways to encourage healthy eating, physical activity and other elements of a healthy lifestyle among employees.
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed November 28, 2022
Revised November 28, 2022
508.10R4 - Nutrition Guidelines for all Foods Available
508.10R4 - Nutrition Guidelines for all Foods AvailableA. School Meals
Meals served through the National School Lunch and Breakfast Programs will:
- be appealing and attractive to children;
- be served in clean and pleasant settings;
- meet, at a minimum, nutrition requirements established by local, state and federal law;
- offer a variety of fruits and vegetables daily;
- serve only low-fat (1%) and fat-free milk and nutritionally equivalent non-dairy alternatives (as defined by the USDA);
- ensure that half of the served grains are whole grain; and
- ensure that water is available in cafeteria.
As part of the school meal program, schools should:
- share information about the nutritional content of meals with parents and students. (The information could be made available on menus, a web site, on cafeteria menu boards, placards or other point-of-purchase materials.)
- accommodate alternatives for those students with allergies that meet the above guidelines as closely as possible.
B. Breakfast
To ensure that all children have breakfast, either at home or at school, in order to meet their nutritional needs and enhance their ability to learn, schools will:
- operate the breakfast program, to the extent possible;
- arrange bus schedules and utilize methods to serve breakfasts that encourage participation, “grab-and-go” breakfasts to the extent possible;
- notify parents and students of the availability of the School Breakfast Program, where available
C. Free and Reduced-Priced Meals
The school district will make every effort to eliminate any social stigma attached to, and prevent the overt identification of, students who are eligible for free and reduced-price meals. Toward this end, the school district may:
- utilize electronic identification and payment systems;
- provide meals to all children, based on income; and,
- promote the availability of meals to all students.
D. Meal Times and Scheduling
The school district:
- will provide students with at least 10 minutes to eat after sitting down for breakfast and 20 minutes after sitting down for lunch;
- should schedule meal periods at appropriate times, e.g., lunch should be scheduled between 11 a.m. and 1 p.m.; should not schedule tutoring, club or organizational meetings or activities during mealtimes, unless students may eat during such activities;
- will provide students access to hand washing or hand sanitizing before they eat meals or snacks;
- should take reasonable steps to accommodate the tooth-brushing regimens of students with special oral health needs (e.g., orthodontia or high tooth decay risk).
E. Qualification of Food Service Staff
Qualified nutrition professionals will administer the meal programs. As part of the school district’s responsibility to operate a food service program, the school district will:
- provide continuing professional development for all nutrition professionals; and,
- provide staff development programs that include appropriate certification and/or training programs for child nutrition directors, nutrition managers and cafeteria workers, according to their levels of responsibility.
F. Sharing of Foods
The school district discourages students from sharing their foods or beverages with one another during meal or snack times, given concerns about allergies and other restrictions on some children’s diets.
G. Foods Sold Outside the Meal (e.g. vending, a la carte, sales)
All foods and beverages sold individually outside the reimbursable meal programs (including those sold through ala carte [snack] lines, vending machines, student stores or fundraising activities) during the school day, or through programs for students after the school day will meet nutrition standards as required by state or federal law. Fundraising Activities
There are two types of fundraising – regulated and other. Regulated fundraisers are those that offer the sale of foods or beverages on school property and that are targeted primarily to PK-12 students by or through other PK-12 students, student groups, school organizations, or through on-campus school stores. Regulated fundraising activities must comply with the state nutrition guidelines. All other fundraising activities are encouraged, but not required, to comply with the state nutrition guidelines if the activities involve foods and beverages.
The school district encourages fundraising activities that promote physical activity.
I. Snacks
Snacks served during the school day or in after-school care or enrichment programs will make a positive contribution to children’s diets and health, with an emphasis on serving fruits and vegetables as the primary snacks and water as the primary beverage. Schools will assess if and when to offer snacks based on timing of meals, children’s nutritional needs, children’s ages and other considerations. The school district will disseminate a list of healthful snack items to teachers, after-school program personnel and parents.
J. Rewards
The school district will not use foods or beverages, especially those that do not meet the nutrition standards for foods and beverages sold individually, as rewards for academic performance or good behavior, and will not withhold food or beverages (including food served through meals) as a punishment.
K. Celebrations
Schools should evaluate their celebrations practices that involve food during the school day. The school district will disseminate a list of healthy party ideas to parents and teachers.
L. School-Sponsored Events
Foods and beverages offered or sold at school-sponsored events outside the school day are encouraged to meet the nutrition standards for meals or for foods and beverages sold individually.
M. Food Safety
All foods made available on campus adhere to food safety and security guidelines. All foods made available on campus comply with the state and local food safety and sanitation regulations. Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP) plans and guidelines are implemented to prevent food illness in schools. http://www.fns.usda.gov/tn/Resources/servingsafe_chapter6.pdf
For the safety and security of the food and facility, access to the food service operations are limited to child nutrition staff and authorized personnel.
N. Summer Meals
Schools in which more than 50 percent of students are eligible for free or reduced-price meals will sponsor the Summer Food Service Program
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed November 28, 2022
Revised November 28, 2022
508.10R5 - Plan for Measuring Implementation
508.10R5 - Plan for Measuring ImplementationThis has been replaced by the DE’s Triennial Assessment Process
Approved August 27, 2018
Reviewed November 28, 2022
Revised November 28, 2022
509 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters
509 - Miscellaneous Student-Related Matters dawn@iowaschoo… Tue, 09/22/2020 - 15:00509.1 - Class or Student Group Gifts
509.1 - Class or Student Group GiftsThe board welcomes gifts to the school district from a class or student group. While class gifts to the school district do not require the approval of the superintendent, the board encourages students to consult with the superintendent or other licensed employees prior to selecting a gift for the school district.
Approved: August 27, 2018
Reviewed: November 28, 2022
Revised: November 28, 2022
509.2 - Open Night
509.2 - Open NightIn keeping with good community relations, student school activities will not be scheduled on Wednesday evenings beyond 6:30 p.m. whenever possible. It is the responsibility of the principal and/or activities director to oversee the scheduling of school activities for compliance with this policy.
Approved: August 27, 2018
Reviewed: June 26, 2024
Revised: July 17, 2024
509.3 - Custody and Parental Rights
509.3 - Custody and Parental RightsDisagreements between family members are not the responsibility of the school district. The school district will not take the “side” of one family member over another in a disagreement about custody or parental rights. Court orders that have been issued are followed by the school district. It is the responsibility of the person requesting an action by the school district to inform and provide the school district the court order allowing such action.
This policy does not prohibit an employee from listening to a student’s problems and concerns. However, school district personnel shall remain neutral in a disagreement about custody and parental rights, other than child abuse situations.
Approved: August 27, 2018
Reviewed: November 28, 2022
Revised: November 28, 2022
510 - Parent and Family Engagement
510 - Parent and Family EngagementParent and family engagement is an important component in a student’s success in school. The board encourages parents and families to become involved in their child’s education to ensure the child’s academic success. In order to facilitate parent and family involvement, it is the goal of the district to conduct outreach and implement programs, activities, and procedures to further involve parents and families with the academic success of their students. The board will:
- Involve parents and families in the development of the Title I plan, the process for school review of the plan and the process for improvement. Title I is a federal aid program designed to ensure a high-quality education for every child. The Title I plan explains how the Red Oak Community School District provides additional reading assistance to qualifying students in grades K-5. The district will post the Title I plan on the district website and invite public comment and will review the plan with the School Improvement Advisory Committee (SIAC) and solicit feedback.
- Provide the coordination, technical assistance, and other support necessary to assist and build capacity in planning and implementing effective parent and family involvement activities. Academic achievement and school performance will be improved through administrative professional development and support, staff professional development on research-based instructional strategies, ongoing data analysis, academic interventions, and SIAC involvement.
- To the extent feasible, coordinate and integrate parent and family engagement strategies under Title I with parent and family engagement strategies outlined in other relevant Federal, State, and local policies and programs. District personnel will attend regional and state trainings and adopt Iowa Department of Education best practice principles.
- Conduct with the involvement of parents and family members, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of the parent and family engagement policy in improving the academic quality of the school served. This evaluation will include identifying barriers to greater participation by parents in Title I activities (with particular attention to low-income parents, Limited English Proficient (LEP) parents, parents of any racial or ethnic minority, parents with disabilities and parents with limited literacy); needs of parents and family to assist their children’s learning; and strategies to support successful school and family interactions. An annual survey of parents will be conducted to address barriers, needs, and strategies.
- The district will use the findings of the annual evaluation to design strategies for more effective parent and family involvement and to revise, as necessary, parent and family involvement policies. Parent feedback will inform plan revision.
- The district will involve parents and families in Title I activities through SIAC, building parent nights, summer school, and other appropriate activities.
The district shall involve parents in determining how to allocate reserved Title 1 funds in accordance with applicable laws.
The board will review this policy annually. The superintendent or designee is responsible for notifying parents and families of this policy annually or within a reasonable time after it has been amended during the school year. The Superintendent or designee will develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Approved: January 25, 2024
Reviewed:
Revised:
510R1 - Parent and Family Engagement - Building Level Regulation
510R1 - Parent and Family Engagement - Building Level RegulationTo further the interests of student achievement, the superintendent will create necessary rules to engage parents and family members within the district in the following ways on a building-level basis:
1. Policy Involvement
The district will host an annual meeting, invite all parents to attend and inform parents of their rights and the district’s requirements under Title I. This meeting will also allow parents to become involved in the planning, review, and improvement of a building policy and in developing the district plan. The district will inform parents of:
- programs under this policy
- curriculum and assessment used for students
- the opportunity to meet with administration to participate in decisions related to their children’s education,
- a description and explanation of curriculum used in the school forms of academic assessment used to
- measure student progress and
- achievement levels of the challenging State academic standards
2. Accessibility
Provide opportunities for informed participation of parents and family members in understandable formats and languages. This includes participation by parents and family members who may have disabilities, limited English proficiency, and migratory children. Offer a flexible number of meetings during the day and evening to facilitate parent involvement.
3. High Student Academic Achievement
Each school in the district will jointly develop with parents and family members a school-parent compact that outlines how parents, staff and students share responsibility for improving student academic achievement and how a partnership will be built to achieve this. The compact will describe the responsibility of the school to provide high quality curriculum and instruction, and the parents’ responsibility to support their children’s learning. This will also address the importance of communication between schools and parents through parent teacher conferences, regular reports to parents on their children’s progress, and ensuring regular meaningful communication between family and school staff.
4. Building Capacity for Involvement
Each school within the district will include in their plan ways to achieve the following:
- Assist parents and families to understand topics including academic standards and assessments and how to monitor student progress;
- Provide materials and training to help parents work with students to improve achievement;
- Educate teachers and staff in how to communicate with parents and build ties to foster academic success;
- Coordinate and integrate other federal, state and local programs to support parents in more fully participating in students’ education
600 - EDUCATION PROGRAM
600 - EDUCATION PROGRAM Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 09/08/2020 - 08:35600 - Goals and objectives of the Education Program
600 - Goals and objectives of the Education ProgramThis series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the delivery of the education program. The board’s objective in the design, contents and the delivery of the education program is to provide an equal opportunity for students to pursue an education free of discrimination on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, religion, creed, age (except for permitting/prohibiting students to engage in certain activities), marital/parental status, sexual orientation, gender identity, genetic information, disability or socioeconomic status.
In providing the education program of the school district, the board will strive to meet its overall goal of providing the students an opportunity to develop a healthy social, intellectual, emotional, and physical self-concept in a learning environment that provides guidance and encourages critical thinking in students.
In striving to meet this overall goal, the objectives of the education program are to provide students with an opportunity to:
- Acquire basic skills in obtaining information, solving problems, thinking critically and communicating effectively;
- Become effective and responsible contributors to the decision-making processes of the social and political institutions of the community, state and nation;
- Acquire entry-level job skills and knowledge necessary for further education;
- Acquire the capacities for satisfying and responsible roles as family members;
- Acquire knowledge, habits and attitudes that promote personal and public health, both physical and mental;
- Acquire an understanding of ethical principles and values and the ability to apply them to their own lives;
- Develop an understanding of their own worth, abilities, potential and limitations; and,
- Learn and enjoy the process of learning and acquire the skills necessary for a lifetime of continuous learning and adaptation to change.
An advisory committee of representatives of the school district community and the school district is appointed to make recommendations for the goals and objectives of the education program. Annually, the board will report to the committee regarding progress toward achievement of the goals and objectives of the education program.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised January 25, 2023
601 - General Organization
601 - General Organization dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 09/23/2020 - 11:59601.1 - School Calendar
601.1 - School CalendarThe school calendar will accommodate the education program of the school district. The school calendar is for a minimum of 1080 hours and includes, but is not limited to, the days for student instruction, staff development, in-service days and parent/teacher conferences.
The academic school year for students shall begin no sooner than August 23. Employees may be required to report to work at the school district prior to this date.
Special education students may attend school on a school calendar different from that of the regular education program consistent with their Individualized Education Program.
The board, in its discretion, may excuse graduating seniors from up to five days or 30 hours of instruction after the school district requirements for graduation have been met. The board may also excuse graduating seniors from making up days missed due to inclement weather if the student has met the school district’s graduation requirements.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the school calendar for recommendation, approval, and adoption by the board annually.
The board may amend the official school calendar when the board considers the change to be in the best interests of the school district’s education program. The board shall hold a public hearing on any proposed school calendar prior to adopting the school calendar.
Approved August 22, 2016
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised January 25, 2023
602 - Curriculum Development
602 - Curriculum Development dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 09/23/2020 - 12:00602.1 - Curriculum Development
602.1 - Curriculum DevelopmentCurriculum development is an ongoing process in the school district and consists of both research and design. Research is the studious inquiry and critical investigation of the various content areas for the purpose of revising and improving curriculum and instruction based on relevant information pertaining to the discipline. This study is conducted both internally (what and how we are currently doing at the local level) and externally (what national core curriculum, national standards, professional organizations, recognized experts, current research, etc. tell us relative to the content area). Design is the deliberate process of planning and selecting the standards and instructional strategies that will improve the learning experiences for all students. The board delegates the curriculum development process to the Superintendent, who will make curriculum development recommendations and submit them to the board for final approval.
A systematic approach to curriculum development (careful research, design, and articulation of the curriculum) serves several purposes:
- Focuses attention on the content standards of each discipline and ensure the identified learnings are rigorous, challenging, and represent the most important learning for our students.
- Increases the probability that students will acquire the desired knowledge, skills and dispositions and that our schools will be successful in providing appropriate learning experiences.
- Facilitates communication and coordination.
- Improves classroom instruction.
The Administrative Team with involvement by the Superintendent is responsible for curriculum development and for determining the most effective method of conducting research and design activities. A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed in researching, designing, and articulating each curriculum area. This framework will at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum development activities to:
- Study the latest thinking, trends research and expert advice regarding the content/discipline;
- Study the current status of the content/discipline (what and how well students are currently learning);
- Identify content standards, benchmarks, and grade level expectations for the content/discipline;
- Describe the desired learning behaviors, teaching and learning environment related to the content/discipline;
- Identify differences in the desired and present program and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
- Communicate with internal and external publics regarding the content area;
- Involve staff, parents/guardian, students, and community members in curriculum development decisions;
- Verify integration of local, state, and/or federal mandates (MCNS, school-to-work, etc.);
- Verify how the standards and benchmarks of the content/discipline support each of the broader student learning goals and provide a K-12 continuum that builds on the prior learning of each level.
It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the board apprised of necessary curriculum revisions, progress or each content area related to curriculum development activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum development including recommendations to the board.
Approved February 25, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised January 25, 2023
602.2 - Curriculum Adoption
602.2 - Curriculum AdoptionCurriculum of the district must be approved by the board. The board shall consider the changes to existing curriculum or the introduction of new curriculum that is recommended by the Superintendent.
The board may authorize the use of curriculum guides when it adopts curriculum. Such guides will be used when, in the opinion of the Superintendent, they will be of assistance to the instructional program and will provide a consistent approach in the instructional program.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised January 25, 2023
602.3 - Curriculum Implementation
602.3 - Curriculum ImplementationImplementation refers to what actually happens in practice as compared to what was supposed to happen. Without careful and continuing attention to implementation, planned changes in curriculum and instruction rarely succeed as intended. How change is put into practice, to a large extent, determines how well it fares.
Curriculum implementation includes the provision of organized assistance to staff in order to ensure that the newly developed curriculum and the most powerful instructional strategies are actually delivered at the classroom level. There are two components of any implementation effort that must be present to guarantee the planned changes in curriculum and instruction succeed as intended:
- Understanding the conceptual framework of the content/discipline being implemented; and,
- Organized assistance to understand the theory, observe exemplary demonstrations, have opportunities to practice, and receive coaching and feedback focused on the most powerful instructional strategies to deliver the content at the classroom level.
The Superintendent of Schools, working with School Principals, is responsible for curriculum implementation and for determining the most effective way of providing organized assistance and monitoring the level of implementation. A curriculum framework will describe the processes and procedures that will be followed to assist all staff in developing the knowledge and skills necessary to successfully implement the developed curriculum in each content area. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the processes and procedures for the following curriculum implementation activities to:
- Study and identify the best instructional practices and materials to deliver the content;
- Describe procedures for the purchase of instructional materials and resources;
- Identify/develop exemplars that demonstrate the learning behaviors, teaching, and learning environment to deliver the content;
- Study the current status of instruction in the content area (how teachers are teaching);
- Compare the desired and present delivery system, identify differences (gap analysis), and develop a plan for addressing the differences;
- Organize staff into collaborative study teams to support their learning and implementation efforts (address the gaps);
- Provide ongoing professional development related to instructional strategies and materials that focuses on theory, demonstration, practice and feedback;
- Regularly monitor and assess the level of implementation;
- Communicate with internal and external publics regarding curriculum implementation;
- Involve staff, parents/guardians, students, and community members in curriculum implementation decisions.
- Ensure the curriculum framework complies with applicable laws;
- Provide professional development to staff to support effective curriculum implementation.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum implementation activities, progress of each content area related to curriculum implementation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum implementation including recommendations to the board.
Approved February 25, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised January 25, 2023
602.4 - Curriculum Evaluation
602.4 - Curriculum EvaluationCurriculum evaluation refers to an ongoing process of collecting, analyzing, synthesizing, and interpreting information to aid in understanding what students know and can do. It refers to the full range of information gathered in the school district to evaluate (make judgments about) student learning and program effectiveness in each content area. Regular evaluation of the total curriculum is necessary to ensure that the written and delivered curriculum is having the desired effect for students.
Curriculum evaluation must be based on information gathered from a comprehensive assessment system that is designed for accountability and committed to the concept that all students will achieve at high levels, is standards-based, and informs decisions which impact significant and sustainable improvements in teaching and student learning.
The superintendent is responsible for curriculum evaluation and for determining the most effective way of ensuring that assessment activities are integrated into instructional practices as part of school improvement with a particular focus on improving teaching and learning. A curriculum framework will describe the procedures that will be followed to establish an evaluation process that can efficiently and effectively evaluate the total curriculum. This framework will, at a minimum, describe the procedures for the following curriculum evaluation activities:
- Identify specific purposes for assessing student learning;
- Develop a comprehensive assessment plan;
- Select/develop assessment tools and scoring procedures that are valid and reliable;
- Identify procedures for collecting assessment data;
- Identify procedures for analyzing and interpreting information and drawing conclusions based on the data (including analysis of the performance of various sub-groups of students);
- Identify procedures for establishing at least three levels of performance (specific to the content standard and the assessment tool when appropriate) to assist in determining whether students have achieved at a satisfactory level (at least two levels describe performance that is proficient or advanced and at least one level describes students who are not yet performing at the proficient level);
- Identify procedures for using assessment information to determine long-range and annual improvement goals;
- Identify procedures for using assessment information in making decisions focused on improving teaching and learning (data based decision making);
- Provide support to staff in using data to make instructional decisions;
- Define procedures for regular and clear communication about assessment results to the various internal and external publics (mandatory for communication about students receiving special education services);
- Define data reporting procedures;
- Verify that assessment tools are fair for all students and are consistent with all state and federal mandates;
- Verify that assessment tools measure the curriculum that is written and delivered;
- Identify procedures for deciding when multiple assessment measures are necessary for making good decisions and drawing appropriate conclusions about student learning;
- Identify roles and responsibilities of key groups;
- Involve staff, parents/guardians, students, and community members in curriculum evaluation;
- Ensure participation of eligible students receiving special education services in district-wide assessments.
- Ensure curriculum complies with applicable laws.
It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to keep the board apprised of curriculum evaluation activities, the progress of each content area related to curriculum evaluation activities, and to develop administrative regulations for curriculum evaluation including recommendations to the board.
Approved February 25, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised January 25, 2023
602.5 - Pilot, Experimental, and Innovation Projects
602.5 - Pilot, Experimental, and Innovation ProjectsThe board welcomes new ideas in curriculum. Proposals for pilot or experimental projects will first be reviewed and analyzed by the superintendent. Projects recommended by the superintendent will be considered by the board. Pilot and experimental projects approved by the board, the Iowa Department of Education, or the U. S. Department of Education may be utilized in the education program.
Students, who may be or are asked to participate in a research or experimental project or program, must have their parents/guardians written consent on file prior to participating in the project or program. A research or experimental program or project requiring parents/guardians prior written consent is a program or project designed to explore or develop new or unproven teaching methods or techniques. These programs or projects are designated as research or experimental projects or programs. The educational materials of a program or project designated as a research or experimental program or project may be inspected and reviewed by the parents/guardians of the students participating or being considered for participation in the program or project. The inspection and review by the parents/guardians is in accordance with board policy 605.2, “Instructional Materials Inspection.”
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Approved January 28, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
603 - Instructional Curriculum
603 - Instructional Curriculum dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 09/23/2020 - 12:08603.1 - Basic Instruction Program
603.1 - Basic Instruction ProgramThe basic instruction program will include the courses required for each grade level by the State Department of Education. The instructional approach will be gender fair and multicultural.
The basic instruction program of students enrolled in kindergarten is designed to develop healthy emotional and social habits, language arts and communication skills, mathematics, the capacity to complete individual tasks, character education, and the ability to protect and increase physical well-being with attention given to experiences relating to the development of life skills and human growth and development.
The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades one through six will include English-language arts, reading, social studies, mathematics, science, health, age-appropriate and research-based human growth and development, physical education, traffic safety, music, character education, and visual art. Computer science will be offered during at least one grade level.
The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades seven and eight will include English-language arts, social studies, including instruction related to civics, mathematics, science, health, age-appropriate and research-based human growth and development, family and consumer education, career exploration and development, technology education, physical education, music, and visual art. Computer science will be offered during at least one grade level.
The basic instruction program of students enrolled in grades nine through twelve will include English-language arts (6 units), social studies (5 units), mathematics (6 units), science (5 units), health (1unit), physical education (1units), fine arts (2 units), foreign language (2 units), financial literacy (1/2 unit), vocational education (12 units), and computer science (1/2 unit).
The curriculum established for each grade level shall meet or exceed the educational requirements as established by state statute and the State Department of Education. The board may, in its discretion, offer additional courses in the instruction program for any grade level.
Each instruction program is carefully planned for optimal benefit taking into consideration the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or superintendent. Each instruction program’s plan should describe the program, its goals, the effective materials, the activities, and the method for student evaluation.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations stating the required courses and optional courses for kindergarten, grades one through six, grades seven and eight, and grades nine through twelve.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed July 26, 2024
Revised August 21, 2024
603.2 - Summer School
603.2 - Summer SchoolGenerally, only credit recovery school will be offered during summer school. However, the board, in its discretion, may offer summer school for one or more courses and student activities for students who need additional help and instruction or for enrichment in those areas. This decision is within the discretion of the board.
If a child who is eligible for special education has been determined to need extended school year services as necessary to receive a free appropriate public education, as determined according to state and federal law, such services shall be provided as described in the child’s individualized education program.
Upon receiving a request for summer school, the board will weigh the benefit to the students and the school district as well as the school district’s budget and availability of licensed employees to conduct summer school.
The superintendent may develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised January 21, 2023
603.3 - Special Education
603.3 - Special EducationThe board recognizes some students have different educational needs than other students. The board will provide a free appropriate public education program and related services to students identified in need of special education. The special education services will be provided from birth until the appropriate education is completed, age twenty-one or to maximum age allowable in accordance with the law.
Students requiring special education will attend general education classes, participate in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities and receive services in a general education setting to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of each individual student.
Special education students are required to meet the requirements stated in board policy and in their IEPs for graduation. It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the area education agency director of special education to provide or make provisions for appropriate special education and related services.
Children from birth through age 2 and children age 3 through age 5 are provided comprehensive special education services within the public education system. The school district will work in conjunction with the area education agency to provide services, at the earliest appropriate time, to children with disabilities from birth through age 2. This is done to ensure a smooth transition of children entitled to early childhood special education services.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised January 19, 2023
603.4 - Multicultural and Gender Fair Education
603.4 - Multicultural and Gender Fair EducationThe education program of the Red Oak Community School District revolves around a philosophy of equal educational opportunities and non-discrimination in educational programs and activities. The educational objectives outlined in the board’s policies are the means whereby the school district will achieve its philosophy. Students will have an equal opportunity for a quality education without discrimination, regardless of their sex, race, color, national origin, religion, creed, age (except for permitting/prohibiting students to engage in certain activities), marital/parental status, sexual orientation, gender identity, genetic information, disability or socioeconomic status.
The education program is free of discrimination and provides equal opportunity for the students. The education program will foster knowledge of and respect and appreciation for the historical and contemporary contributions of diverse cultural groups, as well as men and women, to society. Special emphasis is placed on Asian Americans, African Americans, Hispanic Americans, American Indians, European Americans, and persons with disabilities. It will also reflect the wide variety of roles open to both men and women and provide equal opportunity to both sexes.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
603.5 - Health Education
603.5 - Health EducationStudents in grade levels one through twelve will receive, as part of their health education, instruction about personal health; food and nutrition; environmental health; safety and survival skills; consumer health; family life; human growth and development; substance abuse and non-use, including the effects of alcohol, tobacco, drugs and poisons on the human body; human sexuality; self-esteem; stress management; interpersonal relationships; emotional and social health; health resources; prevention and control of disease; and communicable diseases, including, but not limited to human papillomavirus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome.
The purpose of the health education program is to help each student protect, improve and maintain physical, emotional and social well-being. The health/human growth and development instruction shall be research-based, which means that the curriculum is verified or supported by the weight of the research conducted in compliance with accepted scientific professional organizations and agencies with relevant expertise in the field.
The areas stated above are included in age-appropriate health education, and the instruction are adapted at each grade level to aid understanding by the students.
Parents/guardians who object to health education instruction in human growth and development may file a written request that the student be excused from the instruction. The written request will include a proposed alternate activity or study acceptable to the superintendent. The superintendent will have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Student Excuse Form
603.5E1 - Human Growth and Development Student Excuse FormStudent Name: _______________________________________Grade: ______________
Parent/Guardian: _________________________________ Phone #: _______________
Please list the curricular objective(s) from which you wish to have your child excused and the class or grade in which each is taught. An example is provided for you to follow.
Objective Class/Grade
Ex: To understand the consequences of responsible Health Education/6
and irresponsible sexual behavior.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
I have reviewed the Human Growth and Development program goals, objectives, and materials and wish my child to be excused from class when these objectives are taught. I understand my child will incur no penalty but may/will be required to complete an alternative assignment that relates to the class and is consistent with assignments required of all students in the class.
Signed: _________________________________________ Date: _________________
(Parent or Guardian)
Signed: _________________________________________ Date: __________________
(School Administrator)
603.6 - Physical Education
603.6 - Physical EducationStudents in grades one through twelve are required to participate in physical education courses unless they are excused by the principal of their attendance center.
Students may be excused from physical education courses if the student presents a written statement from a doctor stating that such activities could be injurious to the health of the student or the student has been exempted because of a conflict with the student’s religious beliefs. Parents/guardians of students requesting such exemption should file a written request that shall include the basis for the request (e.g. verified health concerns and/or a religious conflict) and a proposed alternative activity or study acceptable to the superintendent. The superintendent will have the final authority to determine the alternate activity or study.
Students in grades 9-12 may also be excused from physical education courses if:
- the student is enrolled in a work-based learning program or other educational program authorized by the school which requires the student to leave the school premises for specified periods of time during the school day, or
- the student is enrolled in academic courses not otherwise available, or
- the student is enrolled in a school sponsored activity which requires at least as much physical activity per week as one-eighth unit of physical education, or
- the student is participating in the Legislative Page Program at the state capitol for a regular session of the general assembly; or
- the student is enrolled in a junior reserve officer training corps.
Students who will not participate in physical education must have a written request or statement from their parents/guardians. In accordance with the Healthy Kids Act, this statement must be accompanied by a physical activity contract outlining how the child will engage in at least 120 minutes per week of physical activity during the school year.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised August 16, 2023
603.7 - Career Education
603.7 - Career EducationPreparing students for careers is one goal of the education program. Career education will be written into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve. This education will include, but not be limited to, awareness of self in relation to others and the needs of society, exploration of employment opportunities, experiences in personal decision-making, and experiences of integrating work values and work skills into their lives.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist licensed employees in finding ways to provide career education in the education program. Special attention should be given to courses of vocational education nature. The board, in its review of the curriculum, will review the means in which career education is combined with other instructional programs.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
603.8 - Teaching About Religion
603.8 - Teaching About ReligionThe school district is required to keep the practice of religion out of the school curriculum. The board recognizes the key role religion has played in the history of the world and authorizes the study of religious history and traditions as part of the curriculum. Preferential or derogatory treatment of a single religion will not take place.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to ensure the study of religion in the schools in keeping with the following guidelines:
- the proposed activity must have a secular purpose;
- the primary objective of the activity must not be one that advances or inhibits religion; and
- the activity must not foster excessive governmental entanglement with religion.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
603.8R1 - Teaching About Religion Regulation
603.8R1 - Teaching About Religion RegulationThe historical and contemporary significance of religious holidays may be included in the education program provided that the instruction is presented in an unbiased and objective manner; has a secular purpose; is not intended to advance or inhibit religion; is not preferential or derogatory towards any particular religion(s), and does not foster an excessive government entanglement with religion.
The selection of holidays to be studied will take into account major celebrations of several world religions, not just those of a single religion. Holiday-related activities will be educationally sound and sensitive to religious differences and will be selected carefully to avoid the excessive or unproductive use of school time. Teachers will be especially careful in planning activities that are to take place immediately preceding or on a religious holiday.
Music, art, literature and drama having religious themes (including traditional carols, seasonal songs and classical music) will be permitted if presented in an objective manner without sectarian indoctrination. The emphasis on religious themes is only as extensive as necessary for a balanced and comprehensive study or presentation. Religious content included in student performances is selected on the basis of its independent educational merit and will seek to give exposure to a variety of religious customs, beliefs and forms of expression. Holiday programs, parties or performances will not become religious celebrations or be used as a forum for religious worship, such as the devotional reading of sacred writings or the recitations of prayers.
The use of religious symbols (e.g. a cross, menorah, crescent, Star of David, lotus blossom, nativity scene or other symbol that is part of a religious ceremony) is permitted as a teaching aid, but only when such symbols are used temporarily and objectively to give information about a heritage associated with a particular religion. The Christmas tree, Santa Claus, Easter eggs, Easter bunnies and Halloween decorations are secular, seasonal symbols and as such can be displayed in a seasonal context.
Expressions of belief or nonbelief initiated by individual students are permitted in composition, art forms, music, speech and debate. However, teachers may not require projects or activities that indoctrinate or force students to contradict their personal religious beliefs or nonbeliefs.
603.9 - Academic Freedom
603.9 - Academic FreedomThe board believes students should have an opportunity to reach their own decisions and beliefs about conflicting points of view. Academic freedom is the opportunity of licensed employees and students to study, investigate, present, interpret, and discuss facts and ideas relevant to the subject matter of the classroom and appropriate to and in good taste with the maturity and intellectual and emotional capacities of the students.
It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or biased positions in the classroom or through teaching methods. Teachers are not discouraged from expressing personal opinions as long as students are aware it is a personal opinion, and students are allowed to reach their own conclusions independently.
It is the responsibility of the principal to ensure academic freedom is allowed but not abused in the classroom.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues Regulation
603.9R1 - Teaching Controversial Issues RegulationA “controversial issue” is a topic of significant academic inquiry about which substantial groups of citizens of this community, this state or this nation hold sincere, conflicting points of view.
It is the belief of the board that controversial issues should be fairly presented in a spirit of honest academic freedom so that students may recognize the validity of other points of view but can also learn to formulate their own opinions based upon dispassionate, objective, unbiased study and discussion of the facts related to the controversy.
It is the responsibility of the instructor to present full and fair opportunity and means for students to study, consider and discuss all sides of controversial issues including, but not limited to, political philosophies.
It is the responsibility of the instructor to protect the right of the student to study pertinent controversial issues within the limits of good taste and to allow the student to express personal opinions without jeopardizing the student’s relationship with the teacher.
It is the responsibility of the teacher to refrain from advocating partisan causes, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind through any classroom or school device; however, an instructor will not be prohibited from expressing a personal opinion as long as students are encouraged to reach their own decisions independently.
The board encourages full discussion of controversial issues in a spirit of academic freedom that shows students that they have the right to disagree with the opinions of others but that they also have the responsibility to base the disagreement on facts and to respect the right of others to hold conflicting opinions.
603.10 - Global Education
603.10 - Global EducationBecause of our growing interdependence with other nations in the world, global education is incorporated into the education program for grades kindergarten through twelve so that students have the opportunity to acquire a perspective on world issues, problems, and prospects for an awareness of the relationship between an individual’s self-interest and the concerns of people elsewhere in the world. Global education, in the education program, focuses on the lifelong growth in understanding through the study and participation of the world community and the interdependency of its people and systems - social, cultural, racial, economic, linguistic, technological, and ecological.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
603.11 Citizenship Education
603.11 Citizenship EducationBeing a citizen of the United States, of Iowa and of the school district community entitles students to special privileges and protections as well as requiring the students to assume civic, economic and social responsibilities and to participate in their country, state and school district community in a manner that entitles them to keep these rights and privileges.
As part of the education program, students will have an opportunity to learn about their rights, privileges, and responsibilities as citizens of this country, state and school district community. As part of this learning opportunity students are instructed in the elements of good citizenship and the role quality citizens play in their country, state and school district community.
Approved June 24, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
604 - Alternative Programs
604 - Alternative Programs dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 09/23/2020 - 12:28604.1 - Individualized Instruction
604.1 - Individualized InstructionThe board’s primary responsibility in the management of the school district is the operation and delivery of the regular education program. Generally, students attending the school district will receive the regular education program offered by the district. Only in exceptional circumstances will the board approve students receiving individualized instruction at the expense of the school district.
Recommendations from the superintendent for individualized instruction will state the need for the instruction, the objectives and goals sought for the instruction, the employee requirements for the instruction, the implementation procedures for the instruction and the evaluation procedures and processes that will be used to assess the value of the instruction.
Approved September 9, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
604.2 - Student Promotion, Acceleration, and Retention
604.2 - Student Promotion, Acceleration, and RetentionThe board believes that the primary goal of the education system is to educate all students to their highest level of achievement. Since each child develops physically, mentally, emotionally, and socially at an individual rate, every student will not complete twelve grade levels of work at the same time. Some students will need more than twelve years, while others may need less.
The state standards in the state of Iowa and the school district’s curriculum define what students should know and be able to do at various stages of their school careers. Schools are responsible in providing opportunities to master the curriculum. Promotion from grade to grade as well as acceleration and retention should be based on a student’s ability to meet the standards over time.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
604.2R1 - Student Promotion, Acceleration, and Retention Regulation
604.2R1 - Student Promotion, Acceleration, and Retention RegulationDefinitions
Promotion is the single grade step most students take from year to year. Promotion practices at the school district shall have as their objective the placing of the student in an environment where his/her maximum development will take place.
Acceleration is the advancement of a student by a singular course or grade beyond the current grade level.
Retention allows a student to repeat all or part of a grade in order to fully prepare for the work of the next grade.
Implementation
Classroom educators are responsible for assessing student progress and recommending the promotion or retention of students each year. Educators will assess academic readiness using a thorough evaluation process that may include but is not limited to; district-based testing, portfolios, and teacher observation. The evaluation will also take into account social, emotional, physical and mental growth, past academic performance and behavior, motivation, attendance, and other pertinent circumstances.
Acceleration Procedures
The principal will develop rules to implement this policy that will specify a process for the consideration of acceleration that will include the following characteristics:
- Will seek the involvement of parents/guardians in a highly collaborative working relationship.
- Will seek the input from peer teachers at the same academic level to review and give recommendation based upon the student documentation.
- Will seek input from teachers at the grade that the student will be accelerated to review and give recommendation based upon the student documentation.
- Acceleration should be considered in rare cases after all enrichment opportunities have been thoroughly explored and exhausted.
- Students will be accelerated if it is expected that the action will be beneficial to the student socially, emotionally, academically and when there are no other means which meets the student’s needs. Before considering acceleration, actions such as inclusion in a talented enrichment program, enrichment in the classroom, or other advanced courses through correspondence, or distance learning should be examined.
- Will outline steps and time frames that provide for a great deal of interaction with parents/guardians.
- The final decision will be made by the principal after consultation with parents/guardians, classroom teachers, committee of peer teachers, committee of receiving staff, and other professional staff.
- Parents may appeal a decision of the principal to the superintendent.
Retention Procedures
The principal will develop rules to implement this policy that will specify a process for the consideration of retention that will include the following characteristics:
- Will seek the involvement of parents/guardians in a highly collaborative working relationship.
- Will seek input from curriculum specialists, classroom teachers, and counselors to review and give a recommendation based upon the student documentation.
- Retention should be considered in rare cases after all remediation opportunities have been thoroughly explored and exhausted.
- Students will be retained if it is expected that the action will be beneficial to the student socially, emotionally, academically and when there are no other means which meets the student’s needs. Before considering retention, such actions as remediation in class or out, tutoring in class or after school, mentoring, credit-recovery opportunities, cooperative efforts with families, or summer school should be evaluated.
- Will outline steps and time frames that provide for a great deal of interaction with parents/guardians.
- The final decision will be made by the principal after consultation with parents/guardians, classroom teachers, committee of receiving staff, and other professional staff.
- Parents/guardians may appeal a decision of the principal to the superintendent.
604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted Students
604.3 - Program for Talented and Gifted StudentsThe board recognizes some students require programming beyond the regular education program. The board will identify students with special abilities and provide education programming.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a talented and gifted program which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for training of employees.
Approved September 9, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
604.4 - Program for At-Risk Students
604.4 - Program for At-Risk StudentsThe board recognizes some students require additional assistance in order to graduate from the regular education program. The board will provide a plan to encourage and provide an opportunity for at-risk students to achieve their potential and obtain their high school diploma.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for students at-risk which provides for identifying students, for program evaluation, and for the training of employees.
Approved September 9, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
604.5 - Program for Limited English-Proficient Students
604.5 - Program for Limited English-Proficient StudentsA limited English proficient student is defined as a student whose native language is not English and whose inability or limited ability to speak, understand, read or write English significantly impedes educational progress.
Identification of LEP Students
For the purpose of identifying potential LEP students, a language survey is to be filled out for each student at the time of initial registration for school. The survey ascertains the first language acquired by the student, the language most often spoken by the student, and the language spoken in the home.
Assessment of LEP Students
A student whose language survey indicates that s/he may have limited English proficiency is assessed specifically for English language proficiency. If the results of the assessment demonstrate inability or limited ability to speak, understand, read, or write English, the school will design a program designed to promote functional ability in English in the preceding skill areas.
Since it is also important for placement decisions to assess content area knowledge, the school will seek this information through previous school records, nonverbal measures, and so on.
The district will also attempt to assess native language proficiency, as indicative of conceptual development for younger children, and degree of literacy for older children.
Student Placement
Students deemed to be Limited English Proficient are to be placed at the grade level of their age group as much as possible in order to facilitate language acquisition and social adaptation. Placement in a language instruction program depends on the age and English proficiency of the student.
Language Instruction Programs
Due to small numbers of students of widely varying language backgrounds and levels of English proficiency, English as a Second Language programs are those commonly chosen to meet the instructional needs of LEP students at the district. Such a program is designed to provide LEP students with a functional ability in the English language and an awareness of American cultural patterns.
Program Goals
The major aim of ESL instruction is to develop the skills of LEP students so they can function in school and in society at a level comparable to their native English-speaking peers. The goals of the program are to:
1. provide students with English language skills appropriate to their grade level as efficiently and carefully as possible.
2. orient students to the cultural patterns of American life so they can fully participate in classroom activities and community activities.
3. develop students' awareness of cultural diversity and encourage pride in their own bilingualism and biculturalism.
4. enable students to make as much progress as possible in their academic subjects by providing them with supplementary materials, instruction and tutoring.
5. provide a person in the school environment who understands the growth and development patterns of the learner.
Design a Program
Assessment measures used to determine English proficiency are also used diagnostically, along with any other measures deemed necessary. Based on this diagnosis, a specific program design is selected (pull‑out, content area English, and so on).
ESL Teacher/Tutor
The teacher in the ESL program must be certified in the state of Iowa.
Reassessment of Student
LEP students are reassessed annually in order to determine whether they are ready to exit the program or need continued instructional support. In order to exit the program, the following areas are considered:
- teacher observation and assessment
- parent/guardian reports
- student attitudes and behaviors
- self‑image
- cultural pride and adjustment to new culture
- awareness of new value system
- positive school attitudes
- language proficiency assessment instruments
- student grade reports
- standardized test results
If continued support is needed, diagnosis takes place again, and the program may be modified to meet changing student needs.
Evaluation of Program
The program itself is evaluated at the end of the year by the ESL teacher and the school principal with input from various client groups.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed December 19, 2023
Revised October 8, 2018
604.6 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School Program
604.6 - Religious-Based Exclusion from a School ProgramParents/guardians who wish to have their child excluded from a school program because of religious beliefs must inform the superintendent. The board authorizes the administration to allow the exclusion if it is not disruptive to the education program and it does not infringe on a compelling state or educational interest. Further, the exclusion must not interfere with other school district operations. Students who are allowed to be excluded from a program or activity which violates their religious beliefs are required to do an alternate supervised activity or study.
Parents/guardians may request to have their child excluded from a school program or activity because of religious beliefs if:
- The notice is in writing;
- The objection is based on religious beliefs;
- The objection states which activities or studies violate their religious beliefs;
- The objection states why these activities or studies violate their religious beliefs; and
- The objection states a proposed alternate activity or study.
The superintendent will have discretion to make this determination. The factors the superintendent will consider when a student requests to be excluded from a program or activity because of religious beliefs include, but are not limited to, staff available to supervise a student who wishes to be excluded, space to house the student while the student is excluded, available superintendent-approved alternative course of study or activity while the student is excluded, number of students who wish to be excluded, whether allowing the exclusion places the school in a position of supporting a particular religion, and whether the program or activity is required for promotion to the next grade level or for graduation.
Approved September 9, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
604.7 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational Institution
604.7 - Instruction at a Post-Secondary Educational InstitutionStudents in grades nine through twelve may receive academic or vocational-technical credits that count toward the graduation requirements set out by the board for courses successfully completed in post-secondary educational institutions. Students and parents or guardians shall be made aware of the post-secondary instructional opportunities as part of the development of each student’s individual career and academic plan as required by law. The Superintendent or designee is responsible for developing the appropriate forms and procedures for implementing this policy and the following post-secondary educational opportunities:
Concurrent Enrollment
The board may, in its discretion, enter into a contractual agreement with a community college to provide courses for eligible students in grades nine through twelve when comparable courses are not offered by the school district. Notice of the availability of the concurrent enrollment program shall be included in the school district’s course description handbook, and the handbook shall identify which courses, if successfully completed, generate post-secondary credit. Students shall not be charged tuition for concurrent enrollment courses and shall not be required to reimburse the school district for tuition if they do not successfully complete a course. Students or their parents or guardians may be required to pay a fee consistent with the school district’s established textbook policy and other materials for the concurrent enrollment course to the extent permitted by law. Students or their parents or guardians may also be required to provide their own transportation to and from concurrent enrollment courses to the extent permitted by law. However, transportation shall be the responsibility of the school district for any contracted course that is used to meet school district accreditation requirements.
Students who successfully complete a concurrent enrollment course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit in accordance with the institution’s policies and high school credit that will be reflected on their high school transcript. The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a concurrent enrollment course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.
Post-Secondary Enrollment Option
Ninth and tenth grade students who have been identified by the school district as gifted and talented, and eligible eleventh and twelfth grade students, may utilize the Post-Secondary Enrollment Option (“PSEO”) program. To qualify, a course must be a nonsectarian, credit-bearing course that leads to a degree, and in the areas of mathematics, science, social sciences, humanities, career and technical education. A course is not eligible for PSEO if a comparable course is offered by the school district. In addition, courses at a community college with which the district has a concurrent enrollment agreement are not eligible for PSEO. Students shall not be charged for tuition, textbooks, materials, or fees related to a PSEO course with the exception of equipment that becomes the property of the student unless they fail to receive credit (e.g., fail the course or withdraw from the course after the prescribed drop date) for the course.
The school district shall reimburse the post-secondary institution for tuition and other expenses for each PSEO course up to $250. Students who successfully complete a PSEO course, as determined by the postsecondary institution, shall receive postsecondary credit and high school credit. The Superintendent or designee shall grant to a student who successfully completes a PSEO course a unit of high school graduation credit for every unit of high school level instruction successfully completed.
Transportation to and from the postsecondary institution is the responsibility of the student or parent or legal guardian of the student enrolled in a PSEO course. Eligible students may take up to seven hours of post-secondary credit during the summer months and receive high school credit upon successful completion of a post-secondary course. However, the student or student’s parent or legal guardian are responsible for all costs associated with courses taken during the summer.
Students who fail a PSEO course and fail to receive credit are required to reimburse the school district for all costs directly related to the course up to the $250.00 reimbursement maximum. Prior to registering, students under the age of eighteen are required to have a parent or guardian sign a form indicating that the parent is responsible for the costs of the course should the student fail the course and fail to receive credit. Reimbursement waivers may be granted by the board if sufficient verification is provided to show that the student was unable to complete the course for reasons outside the student’s control, including but not limited to physical incapacity, a death in the student’s immediate family, or a move out of the school district.
If a student is unable to demonstrate proficiency or the school district or accredited nonpublic school determines that the course unit completed by the student does not meet the school district’s standards, the superintendent shall provide in writing to the student’s parent or guardian the reason for the denial of credit.
Approved September 9, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised January 25, 2023
604.8 - Home School Assistance Program
604.8 - Home School Assistance ProgramThe board, recognizing alternatives to education outside the formal public-school system, may authorize the establishment of a home school assistance program. If authorized, this program will assist students receiving competent private instruction by providing licensed employees of the school district to assist the parent/guardian or legal custodian in the education of the student.
The parent/guardian or legal custodian registering for the home school assistance program will agree to comply with the requirements established by the faculty of the program.
Students registered for the home school assistance program will be counted in the basic enrollment.
Approved September 9, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
604.9 - Virtual/On-Line Courses
604.9 - Virtual/On-Line CoursesThe board recognizes that on-line coursework may be a good alternative for students to not only meet graduation requirements but, also have the opportunity to take advanced or other courses not offered by the school district.
High school students may earn a maximum of six (6) credits to be applied toward graduation requirements by completing on-line courses offered through agencies approved by the board, such as the Iowa On-Line Learning. Credit from an on-line or virtual course may be earned only in the following circumstances:
- The course is not offered at the high school;
- Although the course is offered at the high school, the student will not be able to take it due to an unavoidable scheduling conflict that would keep the student from meeting graduation requirements;
- The course will serve as a supplement to extend homebound instruction;
- The student has been expelled from the regular school setting, but educational services are to be continued; or
- The principal, with agreement from the student’s teachers and parents/guardians, determines the student requires a differentiated or accelerated learning environment.
Students applying for permission to take a virtual course shall complete prerequisites and provide teacher/counselor recommendations to confirm the student possesses the maturity level needed to function effectively in an on-line learning environment. In addition, the express approval of the principal shall be obtained before a student enrolls in an on-line course. The school must receive an official record of the final grade before credit toward graduation will be recognized.
Provided courses are part of the student’s regular school day coursework and within budgetary parameters, the costs for a virtual course, such as textbooks or school supplies, shall be borne by the school district or parents/guardians of the student for students enrolled full-time, depending on the circumstances associated with taking the course(s).
Approved September 9, 2013
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
604.10 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning Platforms
604.10 - Appropriate Use of Online Learning PlatformsIt is important to embrace technology that can foster a creative, interactive learning environment for students, and facilitate employee professional development and collaboration. The use of online platforms to host remote interaction between students and employees and to facilitate learning is encouraged in the district.
While student and employee instruction and communication using virtual and online platforms provides a wide array of learning opportunities, it is imperative that employees and students recognize that the use of such platforms is a privilege. Training related to the use of online learning platforms will be provided to employees and students.
The district shall carefully safeguard the right of students and employees to learn and teach in a respectful environment regardless of the method. All instruction and communication through online learning platforms should be appropriate to the age and ability of the participants. Students and employees should be aware that online platforms may be monitored by the district. Verbal and written communication occurring on these platforms may be recorded and stored by the district in accordance with applicable laws.
Any verbal or written communication on these platforms deemed to be inappropriate will subject the student and/or employee to the same disciplinary measures that would exist if the interaction took place through traditional in-person learning. Students and employees who have concerns about the proper use of these platforms are encouraged to speak with their teachers or building principal. The superintendent will make administrative regulations necessary to enforce this policy.
Approved August 28, 2020
Reviewed December 19, 2022
Revised October 8, 2018
604.11 - Dual Enrollment
604.11 - Dual EnrollmentThe parent, guardian, or custodian of a student receiving competent private instruction may also enroll the student in the school district in accordance with state law and policy. The student is considered under dual enrollment. The parent, guardian, or custodian requesting dual enrollment for the student should notify the board secretary no later than September 15 of the school year in which dual enrollment is sought on forms provided by the school district. On the form, they will indicate the extracurricular and academic activities in which the student is interested in participating. The forms are available at the central administration office.
A dual enrollment student is eligible to participate in the school district's extracurricular and academic activities in the same manner as other students enrolled in the school district. The policies and administrative rules of the school district will apply to the dual enrollment students in the same manner as the other students enrolled the school district. These policies and administrative rules will include, but not be limited to, athletic eligibility requirements, the good conduct rule, academic eligibility requirements, and payment of applicable fees.
A dual enrollment student whose parent, guardian, or custodian has chosen standardized testing as the form of the student's annual assessment will not be responsible for the cost of the test or the administration of the test.
After the student notifies the school district which activities in which they wish to participate, the school district will provide information regarding the specific programs.
The applicable legal requirements for dual enrollment including, but not limited to those related to reporting and eligibility, shall be followed. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Approved February 15, 2023
Reviewed
Revised
605 - Instructional Materials
605 - Instructional Materials dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 09/23/2020 - 12:42605.1 - Instructional Materials Selection
605.1 - Instructional Materials SelectionThe board has sole discretion to approve instructional materials for the school district. This authority is delegated to licensed employees to determine which instructional materials, other than textbooks, will be utilized by and purchased by the school district. The licensed employees shall work closely together to ensure vertical and horizontal articulation of materials and textbooks in the education program. The Superintendent or designee will provide licensed employees necessary training to ensure selected instructional materials comply with applicable laws. All instructional materials are available for review upon request and subject to all applicable laws.
In reviewing current instructional materials for continued use and in selecting additional instructional materials, licensed employees will consider the current and future needs of the school district as well as the changes and the trends in education and society. Additionally, licensed employees are to select instructional materials that are free from discrimination, regardless of sex, race and color, national origin, religion and creed, age, marital/parental status, sexual orientation, gender identity, physical attributes, physical or mental ability or disability, ancestry, political party preference, political belief, or socioeconomic status or familial status. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to report to the board the action taken by licensed employees.
In the case of textbooks, the board will make the final decision after receiving a recommendation from the superintendent. The criteria stated above for selection of other instructional materials will apply to the selection of textbooks. The superintendent may develop another means for the selection of textbooks. Textbooks are reviewed as needed and at least every seven (7) years.
Education materials given to the school district must meet the criteria established above. The gift must be received in compliance with board policy.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised March 15, 2023
605.1R1 - Instructional Materials Selection Regulation
605.1R1 - Instructional Materials Selection Regulation
I. Responsibility for Selection of Instructional Materials
A. The board is responsible for matters relating to the operation of the Red Oak Community School District.
B. The responsibility for the selection of instructional materials is delegated to the professionally trained and licensed employees of the school system.
C. While selection of materials may involve many people including principals, teachers, students, parents/guardians, community members and media specialists, the responsibility for coordinating the selection of most instructional materials and making the recommendation for the purchase rests with licensed employees.
D. Responsibility for coordinating the selection of instructional materials for distribution to classes will rest with the licensed employees, principal and superintendent.
II. Material selected for use in media centers and classrooms will meet the following guidelines:
A. Religion - Material will represent the major religions in a factual, unbiased manner. The primary source material of the major religions is considered. appropriate, but material which advocates rather than informs, or is designed to sway reader judgment regarding religion, will not be included in the school libraries or classrooms. Required material will comply with all applicable laws.
B. Racism - Material will present a diversity of race, custom, culture, and belief as a positive aspect of the nation’s heritage and give candid treatment to unresolved intercultural problems, including those which involve prejudice, discrimination, and the undesirable consequences of withholding rights, freedom, or respect of an individual. Required material will comply with all applicable laws.
C. Sexism - Material will reflect a sensitivity to the needs, rights, traits and aspirations of individuals without preference or bias.
D. Age - Material will recognize the diverse contributions of various age groups and portray the continuing contributions of maturing members of society.
E. Ideology - Material will present basic primary and factual information on an ideology or philosophy of government which exerts or has exerted a strong force, either favorably or unfavorably, over civilization or society, past or present. This material will not be selected with the intention to sway reader judgment and is related to the maturity level of the intended audience.
F. Profanity and Sex - Material complies with all applicable laws and is subjected to a test of literary merit and reality by the teacher librarian and licensed staff who will take into consideration their reading of public and community standards of morality.
G. Controversial issues materials will be directed toward maintaining a balanced collection representing various views.
The selection decision should be made on the basis of whether the material presents an accurate representation of society and culture, whether the circumstances depicted are realistically portrayed, or whether the material has literary or social value when the material is viewed as a whole.
These guidelines will not be construed in such a manner as to preclude materials which accurately represent the customs, morals, manners, culture, or society of a different time or a different place.
III. Procedure for Selection
A. Material purchased for media centers and classrooms is recommended for purchase by licensed employees, in consultation with administrative staff, media center staff, students or an ad hoc committee as appointed by the board. The material recommended for purchase is approved by the appropriate building administrator.
1. The materials selected will support stated objectives and goals of the school district. Specifically, the goals are:
a. To acquire materials and provide service consistent with the demands of the curriculum;
b. To develop students’ skills and resourcefulness in the use of libraries and learning resources;
c. To effectively guide and counsel students in the selection and use of materials and libraries;
d. To foster in students a wide range of significant interests;
e. To provide opportunities for aesthetic experiences and development of an appreciation of the fine arts;
f. To provide materials to motivate students to examine their own attitudes and behaviors and to comprehend their own duties and responsibilities as citizens in a pluralistic democracy;
g. To encourage life-long education through the use of the library; and,
h. To work cooperatively and constructively with the instructional and administrative staff in the school.
2. Materials selected are consistent with stated principles of selection. These principles are:
a. To select material, within established standards, which will meet the goals and objectives of the school district;
b. To consider the educational characteristics of the community in the selection of materials within a given category;
c. To present the sexual, racial, religious, and ethnic groups in the community by:
1. Portraying people, both men and women, adults and children, whatever their ethnic, religious or social class identity, as human and recognizable, displaying a familiar range of emotions, both negative and positive.
2. Placing no constraints on individual aspirations and opportunity.
3. Giving comprehensive, accurate, and balanced representation to minority groups and women - in art and science, history and literature, and in all other fields of life and culture.
4. Providing abundant recognition of minority groups and women by showing them frequently in positions of leadership and authority.
d. To intelligently, quickly, and effectively anticipate and meet needs through awareness of subjects of local, national and international interest and significance; and,
e. To strive for impartiality in the selection process.
3. The materials selected will meet stated selection criteria. These criteria are:
a. Authority-Author’s qualifications - education, experience, and previously published works;
b. Reliability:
1. Accuracy-meaningful organization and emphasis on content, meets the material’s goals and objectives, and presents authoritative and realistic factual material.
2. Current-presentation of content which is consistent with the finding of recent and authoritative research.
c. Treatment of subject-shows an objective reflection for the multi-ethnic character and cultural diversity of society.
d. Language:
1. Vocabulary:
a. Does not indicate bias by the use of words which may result in negative value judgments about groups of people;
b. Does not use “man” or similar limiting word usage in generalization or ambiguities which may cause women to feel excluded or dehumanized.
2. Compatible to the reading level of the student for whom it is intended.
e. Format:
1. Book
a. Adequate and accurate index;
b. Paper of good quality and color;
c. Print adequate and well spaced;
d. Adequate margins;
e. Firmly bound; and,
f. Cost.
2. Nonbook, including software and electronically available materials
a. Flexibility, adaptability;
b. Curricular orientation of significant interest to students;
c. Appropriate for audience;
d. Accurate authoritative presentation;
e. Good production qualities (fidelity, aesthetically adequate);
f. Durability; and,
g. Cost.
3. Illustrations of book and nonbook materials should:
a. Depict instances of fully integrated grouping and settings to indicate equal status and non-segregated social relationships.
b. Make clearly apparent the identity of minorities;
c. Contain pertinent and effective illustrations;
4. Flexible to enable the teacher to use parts at a time and not follow a comprehensive instructional program on a rigid frame of reference.
f. Special Features:
1. Bibliographies.
2. Glossary.
3. Current charts, maps, etc.
4. Visual aids.
5. Index.
6. Special activities to stimulate and challenge students.
7. Provide a variety of learning skills.
g. Potential use:
1. Will it meet the requirement of reference work?
2. Will it help students with personal problems and adjustments?
3. Will it serve as a source of information for teachers and librarians?
4. Does it offer an understanding of cultures other than the student’s own and is it free of racial, religious, age, disability, ethnic, and sexual stereotypes?
5. Will it expand students’ sphere of understanding and help them to understand the ideas and beliefs of others?
6. Will it help students and teachers keep abreast of and understand current events?
7. Will it foster and develop hobbies and special interest?
8. Will it help develop aesthetic tastes and appreciation?
9. Will it serve the needs of students with special needs?
10. Does it inspire learning?
11. Is it relevant to the subject?
12. Will it stimulate a student’s interest?
4. Gifts of library or instructional materials may be accepted if the gift meets existing criteria for library and instructional materials. The acceptance and placement of such gifts is within the discretion of the board.
5. In order to provide a current, highly usable collection of materials, teacher librarians will provide for constant and continuing renewal of the collection, not only the addition of up-to-date materials, but by the judicious elimination of materials which no longer meet school district needs or find use. The process of weeding instructional materials will be done according to established and accepted standards for determining the relevance and value of materials in a given context.
605.2 - Instructional Materials Inspection
605.2 - Instructional Materials InspectionParents/guardians and other members of the school district community may view the instructional materials used by the students. All instructional materials, including teacher’s manuals, DVDs, tapes or other supplementary material which will be used in connection with any survey, analysis, or evaluation as part of any federally funded programs must be available for inspection by parents/guardians.
The district will publish on the district’s website a comprehensive list of all books available to students in libraries operated by the school district.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised September 20, 2023
605.3 - Objection to Instructional Materials
605.3 - Objection to Instructional MaterialsMembers of the school district community may object to the instructional materials utilized in the school district and ask for their use to be reconsidered.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the principals, to develop administrative regulations for reconsideration of instructional materials. Information related to the process for reconsideration of instructional and library materials will be made available on the district’s website.
Parents or guardians of students enrolled in the district have the ability to request that their student not be able to check out certain library materials. For purposes of prohibiting access to instructional materials, Iowa law has defined instructional materials to mean either printed or electronic textbooks and related core materials that are written and published primarily for use in elementary school and secondary school instruction and are required by a state educational agency or district for use by students in the student’s classes by the teacher of record. Instructional materials does not include lesson plans.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised September 20, 2023
605.3R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation
605.3R1 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Regulation- A member of the school district community may raise an objection to instructional materials used in the school district’s education program. While the individuals recommending the selection of such material were duly qualified to make the selection and followed the proper procedure and observed the criteria for selecting such material
1. The complainant will address the complaint at the lowest organizational level of licensed staff. Often this will be the classroom teacher.
2. The school official or employee receiving a complaint regarding instructional materials will try to resolve the issue informally or at the lowest organizational level. The materials generally will remain in use pending the outcome of the reconsideration procedure.
a. The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the board’s selection procedure, criteria to be met by the instructional materials, and qualifications of those persons selecting the material.
b. The school official or employee initially receiving a complaint will explain to the individual the role of the objected material in the education program, its intended educational purpose, and additional information regarding its use. In the alternative, the employee may refer the individual to the media specialist who can identify and explain the use of the material.
c. The school official or employee receiving the initial complaint will direct the complainant to complete the Request for Reconsideration of Instructional and Library Materials Form, and notify the building level principal of receipt of the complaint within two school days after the reconsideration form is received. Schools officials will offer to assist the complainant in completing the form, but if a complainant refuses to complete the form, the complaint will be deemed invalid and no further action taken.
B. Request for Reconsideration
1. A member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional materials on the basis of appropriateness used in the school district’s education program. This procedure is for the purpose of considering the opinions of those persons in the school district and the community who are not directly involved in the selection process.
2. Each attendance center and the school district’s central administrative office will keep on hand and make available Reconsideration Request Forms. Formal objections to instructional materials must be made on this form.
3. The individual will state the specific reason the instructional material is being challenged. The Reconsideration Request Form is signed by the individual and filed with the building level principal.
4. The building level principal will promptly file the objection with the Superintendent for re-evaluation.
5. The Superintendent will convene a reconsideration committee within two weeks of receipt of the Reconsideration Form.
6. The committee will make their recommendation to the Superintendent within five school days of meeting.
7. The Superintendent will issue a decision related to the Reconsideration Request Form within 5 school days of receipt of the committee’s recommendation. A copy of the Superintendent’s decision will be provided to the complainant.
8. An appeal of the Superintendent’s decision may be filed with the board secretary within five days of the Superintendent’s decision. The board will determine whether to hear the appeal at the next regular meeting or within 30 days of the Superintendent’s decision, whichever is later. If the board elects to hear the appeal, the board will act to affirm, modify or reverse the decision of the Superintendent. The board’s decision will be communicated to the complainant. The board’s decision will be deemed final.
9. Generally, access to challenged instructional material will not be restricted during the reconsideration process. However, in unusual circumstances, the instructional material may be removed temporarily by following the provisions of Section B.6.C. of this rule.
10. The Reconsideration Committee
a. The reconsideration committee is made up of six members.
(1) One licensed employee designated annually by the superintendent.
(2) One teacher librarian designated annually by the superintendent.
(3) One member of the administrative team designated annually by the superintendent.
(4) Three members of the community appointed annually or as needed by the board.
b. The committee will meet at the request of the superintendent.
c. Special meetings may be called by the board to consider temporary removal of materials in unusual circumstances. A recommendation for temporary removal will require a two-thirds vote of the committee.
d. The committee may be subject to applicable open meetings and public records laws. Notice of committee meetings is made public through appropriate communications methods as required by law.
e. The committee will receive the completed Reconsideration Request Form from the superintendent.
f. The committee will determine its agenda for the first meeting which may include the following:
(1) Distribution of copies of the completed Reconsideration Request Form.
(2) An opportunity for the individual or a group spokesperson to talk about or expand on the Reconsideration Request Form.
(3) Distribution of reputable, professionally prepared reviews of the challenged instructional material if available.
(4) Distribution of copies of the challenged instructional material as available.
g. The Committee will determine whether interested persons, including the individual filing the challenge, may have the opportunity to share their views. The committee may request that individuals with special knowledge be present to give information to the committee.
h. The individual filing the challenge is kept informed by the Superintendent on the status of the reconsideration request throughout the reconsideration process. The individual filing the challenge and known interested parties is given appropriate notice of meetings as required by law.
i. At the second or a subsequent meeting the committee will make its final recommendation. The committee’s final recommendation may be to take no removal action, to remove the challenged material from the school environment, or to limit the educational use of the challenged material. The sole criterion for the final recommendation is the appropriateness of the material for its intended educational use. The written final recommendation and its justification are forwarded to the board superintendent, the individual and the appropriate attendance centers. The superintendent my also make a recommendation but if so, it should be independent from the committee’s.
j. The individual filing the challenge is kept informed by the Superintendent of the status of the reconsideration request throughout the reconsideration process. The individual filing the challenge and known interested parties are given appropriate notice of meetings as required by law.
k. Following the superintendent’s decision with respect to the committee’s recommendation, the individual or the chairperson of the reconsideration committee may appeal the decision to the board for review. Such appeal must be presented to the superintendent in writing within five days following the announcement of the superintendent’s decision.
l. A recommendation to sustain a challenge will not be interpreted as a judgment of irresponsibility on the part of the individuals involved in the original selection or use of the material.
m. Requests to reconsider materials which have previously been reconsidered by the committee must receive approval of two-thirds of the committee members before the materials will again be reconsidered.
n. If necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the committee, the committee may consolidate related challenges or decline to hear multiple challenges to the same materials. Generally, the committee will not hear subsequent challenges to the same materials within the same school year.
605.3E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration Committee
605.3E1 - Instructions to the Reconsideration CommitteeThe policy of this school district related to selection of learning materials states that any member of the school district community may formally challenge instructional materials used in the district’s education program. This policy allows those persons in the school and the community who are not directly involved in the selection of materials to make their own opinions known. The task of the reconsideration committee is to provide an open forum for discussion of challenged materials and to make an informed recommendation on the challenge. The meetings of the committee may be subject to the open meetings law.
The most critical component of the reconsideration process is the establishment and maintenance of the committee’s credibility in the community. For this purpose, the committee is composed of community members. The community should not, therefore, infer that the Committee is biased or is obligated to uphold prior professional decisions. For this same reason, a community member will be selected to chair the committee.
The reconsideration process, the task of this committee, is just one part of the selection continuum. Material is purchased to meet a need. It is reviewed and examined, if possible, prior to purchase. It is periodically re-evaluated through updating, discarding, or re-examination. The committee must be ready to acknowledge that an error in selection may have been made despite this process. Librarians and school employees regularly read great numbers of reviews in the selection process, and occasional errors are possible.
In reconsidering challenged materials, the role of the committee, and particularly the chairperson, is to produce a climate for disagreement. However, the committee should begin by finding items of agreement, keeping in mind that the larger the group participating, the greater the amount of information available and, therefore, the greater the number of possible approaches to the problem.
If the complainant chooses, the complainant may make an oral presentation to the committee to expand and elaborate on the complaint. The committee will listen to the Complainant, to those with special knowledge, and any other interested persons. In these discussions, the committee should be aware of relevant social pressures which are affecting the situation. Individuals who may try to dominate or impose a decision must not be allowed to do so. Minority viewpoints expressed by groups or individuals must be heard, and observers must be made to feel welcome. It is important that the committee create a calm, nonvolatile environment in which to deal with a potentially volatile situation. To this end, the complainant will be kept informed of the progress of the complaint.
The committee will listen to the views of all interested persons before making recommendations. In deliberating its recommendation, the committee should remember that the school system must be responsive to the needs, tastes, and opinions of the community it serves. Therefore, the committee must distinguish between broad community sentiment and attempts to impose personal standards. The deliberations should concentrate on the appropriateness of the material. The question to be answered by the committee is, “Is the material appropriate for its designated audience at this time?”
The committee’s final recommendation will be (1) to remove the challenged material from the total school environment, (2) to take no removal action, or (3) to agree on a limitation of the educational use of the materials.
The committee chairperson will instruct the secretary to convey the committee’s recommendation to the office of the superintendent. The recommendation should detail the rationale on which it was based. A letter will be sent to the complainant outlining the outcome
605.3E2 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Request Form
605.3E2 - Reconsideration of Instructional Materials Request FormRequest for re-evaluation of instructional material to be submitted to the Superintendent.
REVIEW INITIATED BY: DATE: _________________
Name __________________________________________________________________
Address ________________________________________________________________
City/State _______________________ Zip Code ___________ Telephone __________
School(s) in which item is used ______________________________________________
Relationship to school (parent/guardian, student, citizen, etc.) ___________________________
BOOK OR OTHER PRINTED MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:
Author _______________________ Hardcover _____ Paperback ______ Other ______
Title ___________________________________________________________________
Publisher (if known) ________________________________________________________________________
Date of Publication ________________________________________________________________________
MULTIMEDIA MATERIAL IF APPLICABLE:
Title ___________________________________________________________________
Producer (if known) _______________________________________________________
Type of material (filmstrip, motion picture, etc.) ________________________________
PERSON MAKING THE REQUEST REPRESENTS:
Self _______________ Group or Organization _______________________
Name of Group or Organization _______________________________________
Address of Group or Organization ______________________________________
1. What brought this item to your attention?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
2. To what in the item do you object? (please be specific; cite pages, or frames, etc.)
_________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
3. In your opinion, what harmful effects upon students might result from use of this item?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
4. Do you perceive any instructional value in the use of this item?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
5. Did you review the entire item? If not, what sections did you review?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
6. Should the opinion of any additional experts in the field be considered?
Yes _______________ No ______________
If yes, please list specific suggestions: __________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
7. To replace this item, do you recommend other material which you consider to be of equal or superior quality for the purpose intended?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
8. Do you wish to make an oral presentation to the Review Committee?
Yes _______________ (a) Please contact the Superintendent
(b) Please be prepared at this time to indicate the approximate length of time your presentation will require. Although this is no guarantee that you'll be allowed to present to the committee, or that you will get your requested amount of time.
Minutes. __________________________
No _______________
__________________________________________ ________________________
Signature Dated
605.3E3 - Sample Letter to Individual Challenging Instructional Materials
605.3E3 - Sample Letter to Individual Challenging Instructional MaterialsDear:
We recognize your concern about the use of in our school district. The school district has developed procedures for selection of instructional materials but realizes that not everyone will agree with every selection made.
To help you understand the selection process, we are sending copies of the following school district materials:
1. Instructional goals and objectives,
2. Instructional Materials Selection policy statement, and
3. Procedure for reconsideration of instructional materials.
If you are still concerned after you review this material, please complete the Reconsideration Request Form and return it to me. You may be assured of prompt attention to your request. If I have not heard from you within one week, we will assume you no longer wish to file a formal complaint.
Sincerely,
605.4 - Technology and Instructional Materials
605.4 - Technology and Instructional MaterialsThe board supports the use of innovative methods and the use of technology in the delivery of the education program. The board encourages employees to investigate economic ways to utilize multi-media, computers, electronic devices, and other technologies as a part of the curriculum.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop a plan for the use of technology in the curriculum and to evaluate it annually. The superintendent will report the results of the evaluation and make a recommendation to the board annually regarding the use of technology in the curriculum.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised March 15, 2023
605.5 - Media Centers
605.5 - Media CentersThe school district will maintain a school library in each building for use by employees and by students during the school day.
Materials for the school libraries will be acquired according to board policy, “Instructional Materials Selection.” It is the responsibility of the principal of the building in which the school library is located to oversee the use of materials in the media center.
It is the responsibility of the principal and teacher librarian to develop procedures for the selection and replacement of both library and instructional materials, for the acceptance of gifts, for the weeding of library and instructional materials, and for the handling of challenges to either library or classroom materials.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised March 15, 2023
605.6 - Appropriate use of District Technology, Network Systems, and Internet Access
605.6 - Appropriate use of District Technology, Network Systems, and Internet AccessThe district recognizes the importance of developing students into agile learners who are capable of addressing the complex needs of our future workforce. For this reason, the district has prioritized making available technology and programs that teach students to embrace modern technology and tools while fostering a secure learning environment for students to the extent reasonable. Because technology is a vital part of the school district curriculum, the Internet will be made available to employees and students. Appropriate and equitable use of the Internet will allow employees and students to access resources unavailable through traditional means.
Students will be able to access the Internet through their assigned device. Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students. Students may be permitted to use district-issued email addresses and Internet-based collaboration software to send and receive messages at school.
The school district’s technology, network and/or internet connection are not a public access service or a public forum. The school district has the right to place reasonable restrictions on the material accessed and/or posted through the use of its technology, network and/or internet connection, including the use of personal technology brought into the school district by students and staff and the ability of students and staff to access the school district’s network systems and internet access using personal technology.
The Internet can provide a vast collection of educational resources for students and employees. It is a global network which makes it impossible to control all available information. Because information appears, disappears and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate. The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the Internet. Although students will be under teacher supervision while on the network, it is not possible to constantly monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network. Some students might encounter information which may not be of educational value. Student Internet records and access records are confidential records treated like other student records. Students’ Internet activities will be monitored by the school district to ensure students are not accessing inappropriate sites that have visual depictions that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors. The school district will use technology protection measures to protect students from inappropriate access, including sites that include obscenity, child pornography or are harmful to minors.
The school district will monitor the online activities of students and will educate students about appropriate online behavior, including interacting on social networking sites and chat rooms. Students will also be educated on cyberbullying, including awareness and response. Employees will provide age-appropriate training for students who use the Internet. The training provided will be designed to promote the school district’s commitment to:
- The standards and acceptable use of Internet services as set forth this policy and regulation;
- Student safety with regard to:
- safety on the Internet;
- appropriate behavior while online, on social networking websites, and
- in chat rooms; and
- cyberbullying awareness and response.
- Compliance with the E-rate requirements of the Children’s Internet Protection Act
Employees and students will be instructed on the appropriate use of the Internet. Parents will be required to sign a permission form to allow their students to access the Internet. Students will sign a form acknowledging they have read and understand the Internet Acceptable Use policy and regulations, that they will comply with the policy and regulations, and that they understand the consequences for violation of the policy or regulations.
In compliance with federal law, this policy will be maintained at least five years beyond the termination of funding under the Children’s Internet Protection Act (CIPA) or E-rate.
Approved: September 18, 2000
Reviewed: May 15, 2024
Revised: June 26, 2024
605.6R1 - Appropriate use of District Technology, Network Systems, and Internet Access Regulation
605.6R1 - Appropriate use of District Technology, Network Systems, and Internet Access RegulationI. Responsibility for Internet Appropriate Use.
A. The authority for appropriate use of electronic internet resources is delegated to the licensed employees.
B. Instruction in the proper use of the internet will be available to employees who will then provide similar instruction to their students.
C. Employees are expected to practice appropriate use of the internet, and violations may result in discipline up to, and including, discharge. Violations relating to or supporting of illegal activities will be reported to law enforcement agencies.
II. Internet Access.
A. Access to the internet is available to teachers and students as a source of information and a vehicle of communication.
B. Students will be able to access the internet while at school under the supervision of a staff member. Individual student accounts and electronic mail addresses may be issued to students at this time.
1. Making internet access available to students carries with it the potential that some students might encounter information that may not be appropriate for students. However, on a global network, it is impossible to control all materials. Because information on the internet appears, disappears and changes, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate.
2. It is a goal to allow teachers and students access to the rich opportunities on the internet, while we protect the rights of students and parents/guardians who choose not to risk exposure to questionable material.
3. The smooth operation of the network relies upon the proper conduct of the end users who must adhere to strict guidelines which require efficient, ethical and legal utilization of network resources.
4. To reduce unnecessary system traffic, users may use real-time conference features such as talk/chat/internet relay chat only as approved by the supervising teacher.
5. Transmission of material, information or software in violation of any board policy or regulation is prohibited.
6. Users will be allowed to download and upload files that pass the requirements of the virus protection and/or content filter technologies that are in place.
7. The school district makes no guarantees as to the accuracy of information received on the internet.
III. Permission to Use Internet
- Annually, parents/guardians of students under the age of 18 will grant permission for their student to use the internet using the prescribed form.
- All employees will sign the “District Employee Technology Usage Agreement” and return it to the Central Office.
- People using the guest wireless network to access the internet will be required to agree to the terms of use before they are granted access.
IV. Student Use of Internet.
- Equal Opportunity - The internet is available to all students who have permission to use the internet within the school district under the supervision of a staff member. The amount of time available for each student may be limited by the number of available terminals and the demands for each terminal.
- It is possible that students in grades 6-12 who have a school-issued device as part of the 1:1 program will access the internet without direct supervision of a staff member during the school day.
- Students in grades 6-12 who have a school-issued device as part of the 1:1 program will be able to access the internet while away from school. Because they will be accessing the internet via the school’s internet service and content filtering technology, the same rules apply.
- The internet is available to all staff that has a District Employee Technology Usage Agreement on file with Central Office.
B. Digital Citizenship
1. The use of the network is a privilege and may be taken away for violation of board policy or regulations. As a user of the internet, employees and students may be allowed access to other networks. Each network may have its own set of policies and procedures. It is the user’s responsibility to abide by the policies and procedures of these other networks.
2. Internet Safety
a. Users shall not post personal contact information on the internet with district-owned devices. This includes name, age, gender, home address, or telephone number. This does not include posts made on the school’s learning management system.
b. Users should not share personal photos, personal videos, or photos/videos of others that do not support the curriculum or that are inappropriate.
c. Students shall not engage in instant messaging or social networking sites at any time during the school day except when such has been approved for classroom use.
d. Students should inform district personnel of any threatening, derogatory, or obscene communication immediately.
3. Cyberbullying— The Board Policy forbids cyberbullying. For the purposes of this policy, “cyberbullying” shall mean using digital communication capabilities on any electronic device to bully others by:
a. Sending or posting cruel messages or images
b. Threatening others
c. Excluding or attempting to exclude others from activities or organizations.
d. Starting or passing on rumors about others or the school system.
e. Harassing or intimidating others.
f. Sending angry, rude, or vulgar messages directed at a person or persons privately or to an online group.
g. Sending or posting harmful, untrue or cruel statements about a person to others.
h. Pretending to be someone else and sending or posting material that makes that person look bad or places that person in potential danger.
i. Sending or posting material about a person that contains sensitive, private, or embarrassing information, including forwarding private messages or images.
j. Engaging in tricks to solicit embarrassing information that is then made public.
- Employees and students should adhere to on-line protocol:
a. Respect all copyright and license agreements.
b. Cite all quotes, references and sources.
c. Remain on the system long enough to get needed information, then exit the system.
d. Apply the same privacy, ethical and educational considerations utilized in other forms of communication.
e. Copyright—The Red Oak School District views copyright as a critical issue in regards to 21st Century learning. Copyright, and the related areas of trademark and licensing, are one of the most important issues to be addressed and taught to students. Copyright protects the rights of creators and users of information. Students and employees of the Red Oak Community School District are expected to follow copyright law.
1) Plagiarism—The dictionary defines plagiarism as “taking ideas or writings from another person and offering them as your own.” The person who leads readers to believe that they are reading original work when it is copied, is guilty of plagiarism. The person who created a piece of work, should always be given credit. With the amount of cutting and pasting that is done via the internet, it is important that the guidelines of plagiarism are followed and credit is always given to the author of any piece of work.
2) Fair Use—Fair use is part of the copyright law, and can be used when completing school work. If copying is not specifically prohibited in the copyright law, then it may be allowed under fair use. Users need to make good decisions about the specific circumstances in which they are using others’ work. Students and employees of the Red Oak School District are expected to follow the fair use guidelines that are provided in the Board Policy Manual.
3) Public Domain—Users may upload creative works that are in the public domain for their own use. Users are responsible for determining whether a program is in the public domain.
4) File Sharing—The installation and/or use of any internet-based file-sharing tools is prohibited. File-sharing programs and protocols like BitTorrent, Limewire, Kazaa, Acquisition and others may not be used to facilitate the illegal sharing of copyrighted material (music, video, and images).
5. Email—Employees and Students should use only district-assigned email accounts or other approved forms of digital communication while at school. Employees and students are expected to adhere to the following guidelines:
-
- School-issued email accounts will be accessed using the district supported and approved client software.
- Users are responsible for their passwords and accounts. At no time should one share his or her passwords with other users. Users are not to use, or allow others to use their email or other accounts. Any inappropriate use can result in the loss of the account as specified in the Acceptable Use Policy.
- Information transported using district email and other district owned accounts is not to be considered private, secure, or confidential. All electronic communication generated on district-owned hardware is considered the property of the school district and may be reviewed and deleted as needed to ensure network integrity and confidentiality.
- Email and other electronic communication should reflect professional standards at all time. School accounts should only be used for school related correspondence. With regards to personal email use, occasional sending or receiving of personal messages by staff or students is inevitable. This type of incidental personal use is permitted providing it does not violate district policy, adversely affect others, the speed of the network, or the employee’s professional responsibilities, including using instructional time for personal communication.
- District owned resources should never be used for the conduct of any personal, discriminatory, or unlawful business. This includes use for commercial purposes, advertising, and political lobbying.
- In addition to the regulations listed above, users are expected to adhere to the following guidelines:
- Read email on a regular basis
- Delete unwanted messages immediately
- Use of vulgar and/or abusive language is prohibited
- Always sign your name to a message
- Acknowledge that you have received a document or file that someone has sent to you
C. Restricted Material
- Employees and students will not intentionally access, transmit, or download any text file or engage in any conference that:
a. includes material which is obscene, libelous, indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd.
b. advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law.
c. constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses others.
d. presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial
disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities.
e. will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations. - Users agree to inform an appropriate district employee immediately if he or she:
- accidentally enters an internet site that is inappropriate as defined by this policy.
- accidentally changes the configurations on any computer.
- receives a message which makes him or her uncomfortable or is offensive.
- Use of social network sites, game sites, chat rooms, and other similar sites, except under the direction of a classroom teacher during instructional hours is prohibited.
- Any user of district technology resources used in the context of the school is prohibited from viewing, sending, or composing any digital communication that indicates or suggests unethical or illegal solicitation, racism, sexism, language that is inappropriate for the educational setting, cyberbullying, harassment, pornography, and other issues, including those defined by the nondiscrimination policy of the district.
- Employees and students are prohibited from installing any unauthorized software, including personally owned software, on district-owned computers without permission from the district technology director.
- All users are responsible for ensuring that any storage media that is brought in from outside the school are virus free and do not contain any unauthorized or inappropriate files as defined in this document.
D. Unauthorized Costs - If an employee or student gains access to any service via the internet which has a cost involved or if an employee or student incurs other
types of costs, the user accessing such a service will be responsible for those costs.
E. Abuse of Network Privileges
- Employees and students will not use the network in such a way that would disrupt the use of the network by others.
-
- Users should never share their password with anyone or use another user’s password.
-
- Users who share their passwords will be considered responsible any results of such use.
- If a user believes others know their password and if any user files have been altered, he or she should notify a district employee.
-
- Students should never use teachers’ computers without permission or supervision.
- Teachers should never allow students to use any device while the teacher is logged in.
- Gaining or attempting to gain unauthorized access to others’ files or vandalizing the data of another user is prohibited.
- Users should never share their password with anyone or use another user’s password.
F. Vandalism is not permitted and will be strictly disciplined.
- Vandalism is defined as any attempt to harm or destroy computer equipment as well as the data of another user or of another agency or network that is connected to the internet.
- Vandalism includes, but is not limited to the uploading, downloading, or creation of computer viruses, or programs that infiltrate computer systems and/or damage software components.
V. District Rights and Responsibilities
-
-
-
-
- Teachers and those assisting students are responsible for teaching proper techniques and standards for participation, for guiding student access to appropriate areas of the internet, for assuring that students understand what constitutes misuse of the internet, and the consequences of misuse. Teachers should model appropriate behavior and enforce the Acceptable Use Agreement.
- The district shall provide all reasonable software for use by staff and students.
- All software/hardware purchases need approval of the superintendent.
- Red Oak Community School District reserves the right to monitor all activity and use of the network. This includes, but is not limited to, monitoring downloads, files, and documents stored on any school-owned hardware, checking internet histories and cache files, observing users’ screens, reading email if deemed necessary, and blocking what the district considers inappropriate sites.
- The district technology staff routinely monitors and performs maintenance on fileservers, email, workstations, the internet, and user accounts. During these procedures, it may be necessary to review email and/or files stored on the network. Users should avoid storing personal and/or private information on the district and/or school’s technology resources.
- If routine maintenance and monitoring of the district’s systems shows that a user has violated this agreement, another school district agreement or law, school district officials will conduct an individual investigation or search.
- Sanctions may be both internal, involving loss of privileges or other district measures; and external, involving civil or criminal action under state or federal laws. All inappropriate items can be confiscated and only be returned to a parent/guardian.
-
-
-
VI. Student Violations--Consequences and Notifications.
- Students who access restricted items on the internet are subject to the appropriate action described in board policy or regulations or the consequences found in the table on the next page.
- Parents/Guardians will be notified of all violations of this Acceptable Use Agreement in a written letter or email from a school administrator or the technology coordinator.
605.6E1 - Student Internet Access Permission Form
605.6E1 - Student Internet Access Permission FormThe internet can provide a vast collection of educational resources for students. It is global, making it impossible to control all information available. Because information appears, disappears, and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate 100% of the time. In an effort to prevent access to such material, the Red Oak Community School District does use content filtering software designed to block access to undesirable material. Although students will usually be under staff supervision while on the network, it is not possible to always monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network. Therefore, some students might access information that is inappropriate or that may not be of educational value to them. As a consequence of knowingly accessing and/or downloading inappropriate/objectionable items or sending messages with vulgar/abusive/threatening language, students shall be disciplined. The district’s complete Internet Appropriate Use Policy and Violation Notification Form can be found in the student handbook. Please decide if you would like your child to be granted internet access while a student at Red Oak Community School District.
I understand that by signing this form, I am permitting my child access the internet for educational purposes. This permission will remain in force until such time as I notify the school district that I no longer want my child to access the internet. I understand that my child can and will be disciplined for inappropriate use of the internet as defined in the student handbook. I also agree to be responsible for any unauthorized costs incurred by my child while using the internet.
Student Name: ________________________________
Grade Level: ______________
Parent/Guardian: ________________________________
Parent Signature: ________________________________
Date: ______________
605.6E2 - Student Internet Access Denial Form
605.6E2 - Student Internet Access Denial FormThe internet can provide a vast collection of educational resources for students. It is global, making it impossible to control all information available. Because information appears, disappears, and changes constantly, it is not possible to predict or control what students may locate 100% of the time. In an effort to prevent access to such material, the Red Oak Community School District does use content filtering software designed to block access to undesirable material. Although students will usually be under staff supervision while on the network, it is not possible to always monitor individual students and what they are accessing on the network. Therefore, some students might access information that is inappropriate or that may not be of educational value to them. As a consequence of knowingly accessing and/or downloading inappropriate/objectionable items or sending messages with vulgar/abusive/threatening language, students shall be disciplined. Our district’s complete Internet Appropriate Use Policy and Violation Notification Form can be found in the student handbook. Please decide if you would like your child to be granted internet access while a student at Red Oak Community School District.
I understand that by signing this form, I am denying my child access to the internet for educational purposes. This denial will remain in force until such time as I notify the school district that I no longer want my child denied access to the internet.
Student Name: ________________________________
Grade Level: ______________
Parent/Guardian: ________________________________
Parent Signature: ________________________________
Date: ______________
605.6E3 - Internet Appropriate use Violation Notice
605.6E3 - Internet Appropriate use Violation NoticeStudent ______________________________________
Administrator _________________________________
Date ________________________________________
Student Violations, Consequences, and Notifications:
Students who access and/or download inappropriate/objectionable items or send messages with vulgar/threatening language while on the internet shall be subjected to the following consequences:
First Violation:
For the first violation during the school’s fiscal year (July 1-June 30), a verbal and written “First Violation” notice will be issued to the student by the principal’s office using the prescribed form and the student’s internet privileges will be suspended for a period of nine weeks. A copy of the notice will be sent by mail to the student’s parent/guardian by the building principal’s office and a copy kept on file in the principal’s office.
Second Violation:
*Students in violation of district internet policies may also be punished according to our district good conduct policy, or other board policies, on a case-by-case basis to be determined by each building principal.
A student who has lost his/her internet privileges by committing a second violation may, at the beginning of the next regular school year, petition the Board of Education to have his/her internet privileges reinstated on a one-year probationary basis. If during the one-year probationary period the student commits an additional violation, his/her internet privileges will be permanently suspended for the remainder of his/her time as a student in the Red Oak Community School District.
Nothing in this policy prevents the school district from immediately suspending a student’s internet privileges.
605.7 - Use of Information Resources
605.7 - Use of Information ResourcesIn order for students to experience a diverse curriculum, the board encourages employees to supplement their regular curricular materials with other resources. In so doing, the board recognizes that federal law makes it illegal to duplicate copyrighted materials without authorization of the holder of the copyright, except for certain exempt purposes. Severe penalties may be imposed for plagiarism, unauthorized copying or using of media, including, but not limited to, print, electronic and web-based materials, unless the copying or using conforms to the “fair use” doctrine. Under the “fair use” doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research providing that all fair use guidelines are met.
While the school district encourages employees to enrich the learning programs by making proper use of supplementary materials, it is the responsibility of employees to abide by the school district’s copying procedures and obey the requirements of the law. In no circumstances shall it be necessary for school district staff to violate copyright requirements in order to perform their duties properly. The school district will not be responsible for any violations of the copyright law by employees or students. Violation of the copyright law by employees may result in discipline up to, and including, termination. Violation of the copyright law by students may result in discipline, up to and including, suspension or expulsion.
Parents/guardians or others who wish to record, by any means, school programs or other activities need to realize that even though the school district received permission to perform a copyrighted work does not mean outsiders can record it, copy it and/or re-play it. Those who wish to do so should contact the employee in charge of the activity to determine what the process is to ensure the copyright law is followed. The school district is not responsible for outsiders violating the copyright law or this policy.
Any employee or student who is uncertain as to whether reproducing or using copyrighted material complies with the school district’s procedures or is permissible under the law should contact the principal, teacher or media specialist who will also assist employees and students in obtaining proper authorization to copy or use protected material when such authorization is required.
Approved September 9, 2013
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised October 8, 2018
605.7R1 - Use of Information Resources Regulations
605.7R1 - Use of Information Resources RegulationsEmployees and students may make copies of copyrighted materials that fall within the following guidelines. Where there is reason to believe the material to be copied does not fall within these guidelines, prior permission shall be obtained from the publisher or producer with the assistance of the librarian. Employees and students who fail to follow this procedure may be held personally liable for copyright infringement and may be subject to discipline by the board.
Under the “fair use” doctrine, unauthorized reproduction of copyrighted materials is permissible for such purposes as criticism, comment, news reporting, teaching, scholarship or research. Under the fair use doctrine, each of the following four standards must be met in order to use the copyrighted document:
- Purpose and Character of the Use - The use must be for such purposes as teaching or scholarship.
- Nature of the Copyrighted Work - The type of work to be copied.
- Amount and Substantiality of the Portion Used - Copying the whole of a work cannot be considered fair use; copying a small portion may be if these guidelines are followed.
- Effect of the Use Upon the Potential Market for or value of the Copyrighted Work - If resulting economic loss to the copyright holder can be shown, even making a single copy of certain materials may be an infringement, and making multiple copies presents the danger of greater penalties.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Material Reminders
- Materials on the internet should be used with caution since they may, and likely are, copyrighted.
- Proper attribution (author, title, publisher, place and date of publication) should always be given.
- Notice should be taken of any alterations to copyrighted works, and such alterations should only be made for specific instructional objectives.
- Care should be taken in circumventing any technological protection measures. While materials copied pursuant to fair use may be copied after circumventing technological protections against unauthorized copying, technological protection measures to block access to materials may not be circumvented.
In preparing for instruction, a teacher may make or have made a single copy of:
- A chapter from a book;
- An article from a newspaper or periodical;
- A short story, short essay or short poem; or,
- A chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture from a book, periodical or newspaper.
A teacher may make multiple copies not exceeding more than one per pupil, for classroom use or discussion, if the copying meets the tests of “brevity, spontaneity and cumulative effect" set by the following guidelines. Each copy must include a notice of copyright.
- Brevity
- A complete poem, if less than 250 words and two pages long, may be copied: excerpts from longer poems cannot exceed 250 words;
- Complete articles, stories or essays of less than 2500 words or excerpts from prose works less than 1000 words or 10% of the work, whichever is less may be copied; in any event, the minimum is 500 words;
- Each numerical limit may be expanded to permit the completion of an unfinished line of a poem or prose paragraph;
- One chart, graph, diagram, drawing, cartoon or picture per book or periodical issue may be copied. "Special" works cannot be reproduced in full; this includes children's books combining poetry, prose or poetic prose. Short special works may be copied up to two published pages containing not more than 10 percent of the work.
- Spontaneity - Should be at the "instance and inspiration" of the individual teacher when there is not a reasonable length of time to request and receive permission to copy.
- Cumulative Effect - Teachers are limited to using copied material for only one course for which copies are made. No more than one short poem, article, story or two excerpts from the same author may be copied, and no more than three works can be copied from a collective work or periodical column during one class term. Teachers are limited to nine instances of multiple copying for one course during one class term. Limitations do not apply to current news periodicals, newspapers and current news sections of other periodicals.
Copying Limitations
Circumstances will arise when employees are uncertain whether or not copying is prohibited. In those circumstances, the librarian should be contacted. The following prohibitions have been expressly stated in federal guidelines:
- Reproduction of copyrighted material shall not be used to create or substitute for anthologies, compilations or collective works.
- Unless expressly permitted by agreement with the publisher and authorized by school district action, there shall be no copying from copyrighted consumable materials such as workbooks, exercises, test booklets, answer sheets and the like.
- Employees shall not:
- Use copies to substitute for the purchase of books, periodicals, music recordings, consumable works such as workbooks, computer software or other copyrighted material. Copy or use the same item from term to term without the copyright owner's permission;
- Copy or use more than nine instances of multiple copying of protected material in anyone term;
- Copy or use more than one short work or two excerpts from works of the same author in any one term;
- Copy or use protected material without including a notice of copyright. The following is a satisfactory notice: NOTICE: THIS MATERIAL MAY BE PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT LAW.
- Reproduce or use copyrighted material at the direction of someone in higher authority or copy or use such material in emulation of some other teacher's use of copyrighted material without permission of the copyright owner.
- Require other employees or students to violate the copyright law or fair use guidelines.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Materials in the Library
A library may make a single copy or three digital copies of:
- An unpublished work in its collection;
- A published work in order to replace it because it is damaged, deteriorated, lost or stolen, provided that an unused replacement cannot be obtained at a fair price.
- A work that is being considered for acquisition, although use is strictly limited to that decision. Technological protection measures may be circumvented for purposes of copying materials in order to make an acquisition decision.
A library may provide a single copy of copyrighted material to a student or employee at no more than the actual cost of photocopying. The copy must be limited to one article of a periodical issue or a small part of other material, unless the library finds that the copyrighted work cannot be obtained elsewhere at a fair price. In the latter circumstance, the entire work may be copied. In any case, the copy shall contain the notice of copyright and the student or employee shall be notified that the copy is to be used only for private study, scholarship or research. Any other use may subject the person to liability for copyright infringement.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Music or Dramatic Works
Teachers may:
- Make a single copy of a song, movement, or short section from a printed musical or dramatic work that is unavailable except in a larger work for purposes of preparing for instruction;
- Make multiple copies for classroom use of an excerpt of not more than 10% of a printed musical work if it is to be used for academic purposes other than performance, provided that the excerpt does not comprise a part of the whole musical work which would constitute a performable unit such as a complete section, movement, or song;
- In an emergency, a teacher may make and use replacement copies of printed music for an imminent musical performance when the purchased copies have been lost, destroyed or are otherwise not available,
- Make and retain a single recording of student performances of copyrighted material when it is made for purposes of evaluation or rehearsal;
- Make and retain a single copy of excerpts from recordings of copyrighted musical works for use as aural exercises or examination questions; and,
- Edit or simplify purchased copies of music or plays provided that the fundamental character of the work is not distorted. Lyrics shall not be altered or added if none exist.
Performance by teachers or students of copyrighted musical or dramatic works is permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner as part of a teaching activity in a classroom or instructional setting. The purpose shall be instructional rather than for entertainment.
Performances of non-dramatic musical works that are copyrighted are permitted without the authorization of the copyright owner, provided that:
- The performance is not for a commercial purpose;
- None of the performers, promoters or organizers are compensated; and,
- Admission fees are used for educational or charitable purposes only.
All other musical and dramatic performances require permission from the copyright owner. Parents or others wishing to record a performance should check with the sponsor to ensure compliance with copyright.
Recording of Copyrighted Programs
Television programs, excluding news programs, transmitted by commercial and non-commercial television stations for reception by the general public without charge may be recorded off-air simultaneously with broadcast transmission (including simultaneous cable retransmission) and retained by a school for a period not to exceed the first forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days after date of recording. Upon conclusion of this retention period, all off-air recordings must be erased or destroyed immediately. Certain programming such as that provided on public television may be exempt from this provision; check with the librarian or the subscription database, e.g. united streaming.
Off-air recording may be used once by individual teachers in the course of instructional activities, and repeated once only when reinforcement is necessary, within a building, during the first 10 consecutive school days, excluding scheduled interruptions, in the 45 calendar day retention period. Off-air recordings may be made only at the request of and used by individual teachers and may not be regularly recorded in anticipation of requests. No broadcast program may be recorded off-air more than once at the request of the same teacher, regardless of the number of times the program may be broadcast. A limited number of copies may be reproduced from each off-air recording to meet the legitimate needs of teachers. Each additional copy shall be subject to all provisions governing the original recording.
After the first ten (10) consecutive school days, off-air recordings may be used up to the end of the 45-calendar day retention period only for evaluation purposes, i.e., to determine whether or not to include the broadcast program in the teaching curriculum. Permission must be secured from the publisher before the recording can be used for instructional purposes after the ten day period.
Off-air recordings need not be used in their entirety, but the recorded programs may not be altered from their original content. Off-air recordings may not be physically or electronically combined or merged to constitute teaching anthologies or compilations. All copies of off-air recordings must include the copyright notice on the broadcast program as recorded.
Authorized Reproduction and Use of Copyrighted Computer Software
Schools have a valid need for high-quality software at reasonable prices. To assure a fair return to the authors of software programs, the school district shall support the legal and ethical issues involved in copyright laws and any usage agreements that are incorporated into the acquisition of software programs. To this end, the following guidelines shall be in effect:
- All copyright laws and publisher license agreements between the vendor and the school district shall be observed;
- Employees shall take reasonable precautions to prevent copying or the use of unauthorized copies on school equipment;
- A back-up copy shall be purchased, for use as a replacement when a program is lost or damaged. If the vendor is not able to supply a replacement, the school district shall make a back-up copy that will be used for replacement purposes only;
- A copy of the software license agreement shall be retained by the technology director or librarian; and,
- A computer program may be adapted by adding to the content or changing the language. The adapted program may not be distributed.
Fair Use Guidelines for Educational Multimedia
Students may incorporate portions of copyrighted materials in producing educational multimedia projects such as videos, Power Points, podcasts and web sites for a specific course, and may perform, display or retain the projects.
Educators may perform or display their own multimedia based instructional activities. These projects may be used:
- In face-to-face instruction;
- In demonstrations and presentations, including conferences;
- In assignments to students;
- For remote instruction if distribution of the signal is limited;
- Over a network that cannot prevent duplication for fifteen days, after fifteen days a copy may be saved on-site only: or,
- In their personal portfolios.
Educators may use copyrighted materials in a multimedia project for two years, after that permission must be requested and received.
The following limitations restrict the portion of any given work that may be used pursuant to fair use in an educational multimedia project:
- Motion media: ten percent or three minutes, whichever is less;
- Text materials: ten percent or 1,000 words, whichever is less:
- Poetry: an entire poem of fewer than 250 words, but no more than three poems from one author or five poems from an anthology. For poems of greater than 250 words, excerpts of up to 250 words may be used, but no more than three excerpts from one poet or five excerpts from an anthology:
- Music, lyrics and music video: Up to ten percent, but no more than thirty seconds. No alterations that change the basic melody or fundamental character of the work;
- Illustrations, cartoons and photographs: No more than five images by an artist, and no more than ten percent or fifteen images whichever is less from a collective work;
- Numerical data sets: Up to ten percent or 2,500 field or cell entries, whichever is less;
Fair use does not include posting a student or teacher's work on the internet if it includes portions of copyrighted materials. Permission to copy shall be obtained from the original copyright holder(s) before such projects are placed online. The opening screen of such presentations shall include notice that permission was granted, and materials are restricted from further use.
606 - Instructional Arrangements
606 - Instructional Arrangements dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 09/23/2020 - 13:25606.1 - Class Size and Class Grouping
606.1 - Class Size and Class GroupingIt is within the sole discretion of the board to determine the size of classes and to determine whether class grouping will take place. The board may review the class sizes annually.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board on class size based upon the financial condition of the school district, the qualifications of and number of licensed employees, and other factors deemed relevant to the board.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised October 8, 2018
606.2 - Insufficient Classroom Space
606.2 - Insufficient Classroom SpaceIt is the goal of the district to create learning environments that encourage the growth and development of each student. Providing classroom with an appropriate student-teacher ratio is central to achieving this goal. Insufficient classroom space exists when conditions in the district adversely affect the implementation of the district's educational goals, objectives and program.
Insufficient classroom space is determined on a case-by-case basis. (paragraph break added)
Insufficient classroom space is determined on a case-by-case basis. In making its determination whether insufficient classroom space exists, the board may consider several factors, including but not limited to, the nature of the education program, the grade level, the available licensed employees, the instructional method, the physical space, student-teacher ratios, equipment and materials, facilities either being planned or under construction, facilities planned to be closed, financial condition of the school district and projected to be available, a sharing agreement in force or planned, a bargaining agreement in force, laws or rules governing special education class size, board-adopted school district goals and objectives, and other factors considered relevant by the board.
The Board may seek to reserve space to allow for additional resident students. Open enrollment students shall receive consideration aligned with the policy on open enrollment transfers. The Board shall not be compelled to hire additional staff or add space to accommodate open enrolled students.
This policy is reviewed by the board annually. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring this policy to the attention of the board each year.
Approved September 26, 2022
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised September 26, 2022
606.3 - School Ceremonies and Observances
606.3 - School Ceremonies and ObservancesThe school district will continue school ceremonies and observances which have become a tradition and a custom of the education program. These include, but are not limited to, reciting the Pledge of Allegiance and observance of holidays, such as Christmas, Halloween and Easter, by programs and performances. Such ceremonies or observances will have a secular purpose and will not advocate or sponsor a particular religion.
The district will provide and maintain a suitable flagstaff at each school site and raise the Iowa and United States flags each school day as weather conditions permit. The district will display the United States flag and administer the Pledge of Allegiance in each 1st through 12th grade classroom on school days as required by law.
Students who do not wish to participate in these activities may be silent during the ceremony or observance or receive permission from the principal to be excused from the ceremony for religious reasons in compliance with board policy.
Approved October 8, 201
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised March 15, 2023
606.4 - Animals in the Classroom
606.4 - Animals in the ClassroomWith the exception of certified companion animals for students, staff, or visitors with special needs, live animals will not be allowed in school district facilities except under special circumstances, for an educational purpose. Permission from the principal will be required of anyone wishing to bring an animal into school district facilities. Appropriate supervision of animals is required when animals are brought into the school district facilities.
The person bringing the animal must furnish transportation for the animal brought to school. Animals will not be allowed to travel to and from the student’s attendance center on the school bus without prior approval from the principal.
It is the responsibility of the principal to determine appropriate supervision of animals in the classroom.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised October 8, 2018
606.5 - Production of Materials and Services by Students and Employees
606.5 - Production of Materials and Services by Students and EmployeesMaterials and services produced by students at the expense of the school district are the property of the school district. Materials and services produced by students at the student’s expense, except for incidental expense to the school district, are the property of the student.
Materials and services produced by employees at the expense of the school district are the property of the school district, including but not limited to, materials and services produced in the scope of the employee’s duties as an employee of the school district and materials and services produced using school district time or resources. Materials and services produced by employees at the employee's expense, except for incidental expense to the school district, are the property of the employee.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine incidental expense.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised October 8, 2018
606.6 - Student Field Trips and Excursions
606.6 - Student Field Trips and ExcursionsThe principal may authorize field trips and excursions when such events contribute to the achievement of education goals of the school district. The school district will provide transportation for field trips and excursions.
In authorizing field trips and excursions, the principal will consider the financial condition of the school district, the educational benefit of the activity, the inherent risks or dangers of the activity, and other factors deemed relevant by the superintendent. Written parental permission will be required prior to the student’s participation in field trips and excursions. Board approval will be required for out-of-state field trips and excursions which involve unusual length (such as overnight trips) or expense.
Field trips and excursions are to be arranged with the principal well in advance. A detailed schedule and budget must be submitted by the employee. The school district will be responsible for obtaining a substitute teacher if one is needed. Following field trips and excursions, the teacher may be required to submit a written summary of the event.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised March 15, 2023
607 - Instructional Services
607 - Instructional Services dawn@iowaschoo… Wed, 09/23/2020 - 13:31607.1 - Student Guidance and Counseling Program
607.1 - Student Guidance and Counseling ProgramThe board will provide a student guidance and counseling program. The school counselor will be certified with the Iowa Board of Educational Examiners and hold the qualifications required by the board. The guidance and counseling program will serve grades pre-kindergarten through twelve. The program will assist students with their personal, educational, and career development. The program is coordinated with the education program and will involve licensed employees.
Approved October 8, 2018
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised March 15, 2023
607.2 - Student Health Services
607.2 - Student Health ServicesHealth services are an integral part of comprehensive school improvement, assisting all students to increase learning, achievement, and performance. Health services coordinate and support existing programs to assist each student in achievement of an optimal state of physical, mental and social wellbeing. Student health services ensure continuity and create linkages between school, home, and community service providers. The school district’s comprehensive school improvement plan, needs, and resources determine the linkages.
Except in emergent care situations or child abuse assessments, the district will not administer invasive physical examinations or health screenings of a student that are not required by state or federal law without first obtaining the written consent of the student’s parent or guardian.
- Emergent care situation means a sudden or unforeseen occurrence of onset of a medical or behavioral condition that could result in serious injury or harm to a student or others in the event immediate medical attention is not provided. Emergent care situation includes the need to screen a student or others for symptoms or exposures during an outbreak or public health event of concern as designated by the department of public health.
- Invasive physical examination means any medical examination that involves the exposure of private body parts or any act during such examination that includes incision, insertion, or injection into the body, but does not include a hearing, vision or scoliosis screening.
- Student health screening means an intentionally planned, periodic process to identify if students may be at risk for a health concern and to determine if a referral for an in-depth assessment is needed to consider appropriate health services. Student health screening does not include an episodic, individual screening done in accordance with professional licensed practice.
The superintendent, in conjunction with the school nurse will develop administrative regulations implementing this policy. The superintendent will provide a written report on the role of health services in the education program to the board annually.
Approved August 8, 2022
Reviewed February 15, 2023
Revised August 8, 2022
607.2R1 - Student Health Services Regulation
607.2R1 - Student Health Services RegulationStudent Health Services Administrative Regulations
- Student Health Services - Each school building may develop a customized student health services program within comprehensive school improvement based on its unique needs and resources. Scientific advances, laws, and school improvement necessitate supports to students with health needs to receive their education program.
Supports to improve student achievement include:
- qualified health personnel
- school superintendent, school nurse, and school health team working collaboratively
- family and community involvement
- optimal student health services program with commitment to its continuing improvement
Components provided within a coordinated school health program include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Student health services are provided to identify health needs; facilitate access to health care; provide for health needs related to educational achievement; promote health, well-being, and safety; and plan and develop the health services program.
- Student Health Services Essential Functions
- Identify student health needs:
1. Provide individual initial and annual health assessments
2. Provide needed health screenings
3. Maintain and update confidential health records
4. Communicate (written, oral, electronic) health needs as consistent with confidentiality laws
- Facilitate student access to physical and mental health services:
1. Link students to community resources and monitor follow through
2. Promote increased access and referral to primary health care financial resources such as Medicaid, HAWK-I, social security, and community health clinics
3. Encourage appropriate use of heath care
- Provide for student health needs related to educational achievement:
1. Manage chronic and acute illnesses
2. Provide special health procedures and medication including delegation, training, and supervision of qualified designated school personnel
3. Develop, implement, evaluate, and revise individual health plans (IHPs) for all students with special health needs according to mandates in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), Rehabilitation Act (Section 504), and American with Disabilities Act (ADA)
4. Provide urgent and emergency care for individual and group illness and injury
5. Prevent and control communicable disease and monitor immunizations
6. Promote optimal mental health
7. Promote a safe school facility and a safe school environment
8. Participate in and attend team meetings as a team member and health consultant
- Promote student health, well-being, and safety to foster healthy living:
1. Provide developmentally appropriate health education and health counseling for individuals and groups
2. Encourage injury and disease prevention practices
3. Promote personal and public health practices
4. Provide health promotion and injury and disease prevention education
E. Plan and develop the student health services program collaboratively with the superintendent, school nurse, and school health team:
1. Gather and interpret data to evaluate needs and performance
2. Establish health advisory council and school health team
3. Develop health procedures and guidelines
4. Collaborate with staff, families, and community
5. Maintain and update confidential student school health records
6. Coordinate program with all school health components
7. Coordinate with school improvement
8. Evaluate and revise the health service program to meet changing needs
9. Organize scheduling and direct health services staff
10. Develop student health services annual status report
11. Coordinate information and program delivery within the school and between school and major constituents
12. Provide health services by qualified health professionals to effectively deliver services, including multiple levels of school health expertise such as registered nurses, physicians, and advanced registered nurse practitioners
13. Provide for professional development for school health services staff
- Expanded Health Services
These additional health services address learning barriers and the lack of access to health care. Examples include school-based services in the school, school-linked services connected to the school, primary care, mental health, substance abuse, and dental health.
700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS
700 - NON-INSTRUCTIONAL OPERATIONS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 09/08/2020 - 08:36700 - Purpose of Non-instructional and Business Services
700 - Purpose of Non-instructional and Business ServicesThis series of the board policy manual is devoted to the goals and objectives for the school district’s non-instructional services and business operations that assist in the delivery of the education program. These non-instructional services include, but are not limited to, transportation, the school lunch program and childcare. The board, as it deems necessary, will provide additional non-instructional services to support the education program.
It is the goal of the board to provide non-instructional services and to conduct its business operations in an efficient manner.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 19, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
701 - Fiscal Management
701 - Fiscal Management dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 13:48701.1 - Depository of Funds
701.1 - Depository of FundsEach year at its annual meeting, the board will designate by resolution the name and location of the Iowa located financial depository institution or institutions to serve as the official school district depository or depositories. The maximum deposit amount to be kept in the depository will be stated in the resolution. The amount stated in the resolution must be for all depositories and include all of the school district’s funds.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to include the resolution in the minutes of the meeting.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 19, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
701.2 - Transfer of Funds
701.2 - Transfer of FundsThe board may loan monies between funds as it deems necessary. The board shall exercise this authority judiciously.
When the necessity for a fund has ceased to exist, the balance may be transferred to another fund or account by board resolution. School district monies received without a designated purpose may be transferred in this manner. School district monies received for a specific purpose or upon vote of the people may only be transferred, by board resolution when the purpose for which the monies were received has been completed. Voter approval is required to transfer monies to the general fund from the capital projects fund and debt service fund.
If all requirements for district use of funds under the Preschool Foundation Aid, Professional Development Supplement, Home School Assistance Program, Teacher Leadership Supplement or any discontinued fund teacher have been met and funds remain unexpended and unobligated at the end of the fiscal year, the district may transfer all or a portion of remaining funds by passage of a board resolution into the district’s flexibility account in accordance with law. Before the expenditure of amounts in the flexibility account, the district shall publish notice of the time, date, and place of a public hearing on the proposed resolution approving said expenditures. The board must find and certify that the statutory requirements of each original source of funds have been met before adopting the resolution approving the expenditures. The district will present a copy of the signed board resolution to the Department of Education.
The District may transfer by board resolution from the general fund to the student activity fund an amount needed to purchase or refurbish protective and safety equipment required for any extracurricular interscholastic athletic contest or competition sponsored or administered by the Iowa High School Athletic Association of Iowa Girls High School Athletic Union.
If the before and after school program exceeds the amount necessary to operate the program, the excess amount may, following a public hearing, be transferred by resolution of the board of directors of the school corporation for deposit in the general fund of the school corporation to be used for school district general fund purposes. The district will present a copy of the signed board resolution to the Department of Education.
The district may choose to request approval from the School Budget Review Committee to transfer funds to make a program whole, prior to its elimination.
Temporary transfers (loans) of funds are permitted between funds but must be repaid to the originating fund, with interest, by Oct. 1 following the end of the fiscal year.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to make recommendations to the board regarding transfers and to provide the documentation justifying the transfer.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised June 21, 2023
701.3 - Financial Records
701.3 - Financial RecordsFinancial records of the school district are maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law. School district monies are received and expended from the appropriate fund and/or account. The funds and accounts of the school district will include, but not be limited to:
Governmental fund type:
- General fund
- Special revenue fund
- Management levy fund
- Public education and recreation levy fund (PERL)
- Student activity fund
- Capital projects fund
- Physical plant and equipment levy fund (PPEL)
- Secure an Advanced Vision for Education (SAVE)
- Debt service fund
- State penny sales tax fund
Proprietary fund type:
- Enterprise fund
- School nutrition fund
- Childcare fund
- Internal service fund
Fiduciary funds:
- Trust funds
- Expendable trust funds
- Nonexpendable trust funds
- Pension trust funds
- Custodial funds
Account groups:
- General capital assets account group
- General long-term debt account group
As necessary the board may, by board resolution, create additional funds within the governmental, proprietary and fiduciary fund types. The resolution shall state the type of fund, name of the fund and purpose of the fund.
The general fund is used primarily for the education program. Special revenue funds are used to account for monies restricted to a specific use by law. Proprietary funds account for operations of the school district operated similar to private business, and they account for the costs of providing goods and services provided by one department to other departments on a cost reimbursement basis. Fiduciary funds are used to account for monies or assets held by the school district on behalf of, or in trust for, another entity. The account groups are the accounting records for fixed assets and long-term debt.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 19, 2023
Revised June 21, 2023
701.4 - Governmental Accounting Practices
701.4 - Governmental Accounting PracticesSchool district accounting practices will follow state and federal laws and regulations, generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the uniform financial accounting system provided by the Iowa Department of Education. As advised by the school district’s auditor, determination of liabilities and assets, prioritization of expenditures of governmental funds and provisions for accounting disclosures shall be made in accordance with governmental accounting standards.
In Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54, the board identifies the order of spending unrestricted resources applying the highest level of classification of fund balance - restricted, committed, assigned, and unassigned - while honoring constraints on the specific purposes for which amounts in those fund balances can be spent. A formal board action is required to establish, modify and or rescind a committed fund balance. The resolution will state the exact dollar amount. In the event, the board chooses to make changes or rescind the committed fund balance, formal board action is required.
The board authorizes the superintendent and school business manager to assign amounts to a specific purpose in compliance with GASB 54. An ‘assigned fund balance’ should also be reported in the order of spending unrestricted resources, but is not restricted or committed.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make recommendations to the board regarding fund balance designations.
Approved: November 26, 2018
Reviewed: May 17, 2023
Revised: June 21, 2023
701.5 - Fiscal Management
701.5 - Fiscal ManagementFiduciary Responsibility
The Board recognizes its fiduciary responsibility to oversee the management of school district funds in keeping with the school district’s vision, mission, and goals. To achieve this purpose, the board may engage in learning about the financial needs, operations, and requirements of the district as appropriate for the board’s understanding of the district’s financial position. The Board also commits to engaging in annual financial goal setting for the district based upon measurable data and projections for the district.
After the fiscal year has closed, the Superintendent or their designee will provide to the Board concise, timely, well organized financial data. At least annually, the Board will consider the following financial information in establishing and reviewing annual financial goals:
- Revenues by fund and major sources as of June 30 for each year for the prior three years
- Expenditures by fund and major categories as of June 30 each year for prior three years
- Financial solvency ratio as of June 30 each year for the prior five years
- Unspent Balance as of June 30 each year for the prior five years
- Unspent Balance Ratio as of June 30 each year for the prior five years
- Enrollment Trend for prior ten years
- Staff costs as percent of total general fund as of June 30 each year for prior ten years
Financial Metrics
The District is committed to utilizing the following financial metrics in determining district financial goals:
- Unspent Authorized Budget (UAB) Percentage: Unspent Authorized Budget or unspent balance is the amount of spending authority remaining at the end of the fiscal year. The UAB Percentage is calculated by dividing the UAB by the current year spending authority. The District will seek to maintain a UAB Percentage within the 15%-25% range to hedge against overspending and unforeseen expenses. The current year’s projected balance will be discussed with the Board before establishing the succeeding year’s cash reserve levy and before staffing and other spending decisions are finalized for the succeeding year.
- Solvency Ratio: Solvency Ratio is the hypothetical percentage of remaining revenue assuming the district were to end operations at the end of the current fiscal year, after receiving all yearly revenues and meeting all financial obligations. Solvency Ratio is calculated by dividing the Assigned and Unassigned General Fund Balance by Total General Fund Revenues minus AEA Flow-Through funds. The District will seek to maintain a Solvency Ratio within the 8%-15% target range with 5% being a minimum goal. The current year’s projected balance will be discussed with the Board before staffing and other spending decisions are finalized for the succeeding year.
- Enrollment Trends: The Iowa school foundation formula is driven by student enrollment. Both increasing and decreasing enrollment impact the district’s spending authority and costs. The District will seek to monitor long-term and short-term enrollment trends to anticipate staffing needs and likely expenditures.
The District will measure whether these goals were obtained as of June 30, but only after completion of the Certified Annual Report due September 15th each year.
Approved: January 25, 2024
Reviewed:
Revised:
702 - Cash in School Buildings
702 - Cash in School Buildings dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 13:58702.1 - Cash in School Buildings
702.1 - Cash in School BuildingsThe amount of cash that may be kept in the school building for any one day is sufficient for that day’s operations. Funds raised by students are kept in the locked fireproof vault or locked fireproof cabinet in the building or in the Administrative Center.
A minimal amount of cash is kept in the central administration office at the close of the day. Excess cash is deposited in the authorized depository of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount of cash necessary for each day’s operations and to comply with this policy.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
703 - Budget
703 - Budget dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 13:59703.1 - Budget Planning
703.1 - Budget PlanningPrior to certification of the budget, the board will review the projected revenues and expenditures for the school district and make adjustments where necessary to carry out the education program within the revenues projected.
A budget for the school district is prepared annually for the board’s review. The budget will include the following:
- the amount of revenues to be raised by taxation;
- the amount of revenues from sources other than taxation;
- an itemization of the amount to be spent in each fund; and,
- a comparison of the amount spent and revenue received in each fund for like purposes in the two prior fiscal years.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary/treasurer to prepare the budget for review by the board prior to the April 30 deadline each year.
Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, the public is apprised of the proposed budget for the school district. Prior to the adoption of the proposed budget by the board, members of the school district community will have an opportunity to review and comment on the proposed budget. A public hearing for the proposed budget of the board is held each year in sufficient time to file the adopted budget no later than April 30.
The proposed budget filed by the board with the board secretary and the time and place for the public hearing on the proposed budget is published in a newspaper designated for official publication in the school district. It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish the proposed budget and public hearing information at least 20 but no more than 10 days prior to the public hearing.
The board will adopt and certify a budget for the operation of the school district to the county auditor by April 30. It is the responsibility of the board secretary to file the adopted and certified budget with the county auditor and other proper authorities.
The board may amend the budget for the fiscal year in the event of unforeseen circumstances. The amendment procedures will follow the procedures for public review and adoption of the original budget by the board outlined in these policies.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent and the board secretary to bring any budget amendments necessary to the attention of the board to allow sufficient time to file the amendment with the county auditor no later than May 31 of each year.
Approved November 26, 201
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised June 21, 2023
703.2 - Spending Plan
703.2 - Spending PlanThe budget of the school district is the authority for the expenditures of the school district for the fiscal year for which the budget was adopted and certified. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to operate the school district within the budget.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
704 - Revenue
704 - Revenue dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 14:02704.1 - Local, State, Federal, and Miscellaneous Revenue
704.1 - Local, State, Federal, and Miscellaneous RevenueRevenues of the school district are received by the board treasurer. Other persons receiving revenues on behalf of the school district will promptly turn them over to the board treasurer.
Revenue, from whatever source, is accounted for and classified under the official accounting system of the school district. It is the responsibility of the board treasurer to deposit the revenues received by the school district in a timely manner. School district funds from all sources will not be used for private gain or political purposes.
Tuition fees received by the school district are deposited in the general fund. The tuition fees for kindergarten through twelfth grade during the regular academic school year are set by the board based upon the superintendent’s recommendation in compliance with current law. Tuition fees for summer school, driver’s education and adult education are set by the board prior to the offering of the programs.
The board may charge materials fees for the use or purchase of educational materials. Materials fees received by the school district are deposited in the general fund. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board when materials fees will be charged and the amount of the materials fees.
Rental fees received by the school district for the rental of school district equipment or facilities are deposited in the general fund. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to recommend to the board a fee schedule for renting school district property.
Proceeds from the sale of real property are placed in the physical plant and equipment levy (PPEL) fund. However, following a properly noticed public hearing, the board of directors may elect to deposit proceeds from the sale of real property or buildings into any fund under the control of the school corporation. Notice for the public hearing must be published in a newspaper of general circulation within the district not less than ten and no more than twenty days prior to the proposed public hearing. Notice of the public hearing must include the date, time and location of the public hearing, and a description of the proposed action. The proceeds from the sale of other school district property are placed in the general fund.
The board may claim exemption from the law prohibiting competition with private enterprise for the following activities:
- Goods and services directly and reasonably related to the educational mission;
- Goods and services offered only to students, employees or guests, which cannot be provided by private enterprise at the same or lower cost;
- Use of vehicles for charter trips offered to the public, full- or part-time, or temporary students;
- Goods and services, which are not otherwise available in the quantity or quality required by the school district;
- Telecommunications other than radio or television stations;
- Sponsoring or providing facilities for fitness and recreation;
- Food service and sales; and,
- Sale of books, records, tapes, software, educational equipment, and supplies.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to bring to the board’s attention additional sources of revenue for the school district.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 12C; 23A; 24.9; 257.2; 279.8; 41; 282.2, .6, .24; 291.12, 297.9-.12, .22; 301.1.
Approved August 23, 2021
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised August 23, 2021
704.2 - Debt Management
704.2 - Debt ManagementDEBT LIMITS
Credit Ratings
The school district seeks to maintain the highest possible credit ratings for all categories of short- and long-term debt that can be achieved without compromising the delivery of services and the achievement of adopted objectives. The school district recognizes that external economic, natural, or other events may from time to time affect the creditworthiness of its debt. Nevertheless, the school district is committed to ensuring that actions within their control are prudent.
Debt Limits
For general obligation debt, the school district’s outstanding debt limit shall be no more than five percent (5%) of the actual value of property within the school district’s boundaries, as prescribed in the Iowa constitution and statutory restrictions.
For revenue debt, the school district’s goal is to provide adequate debt service coverage of at least 1.20 times the annual debt service costs.
In accordance with Iowa law, the school district may not act as a conduit issuer or issue municipal securities to raise capital for revenue-generating projects where the funds generated are used by a third party (“conduit borrower”) to make payments to investors.
PURPOSES AND USES OF DEBT
Capital Planning
To enhance creditworthiness and prudent financial management, the school district is committed to systematic capital planning, intergovernmental cooperation and coordination and long-term financial planning.
Capital Financing
The school district may issue long-term debt for capital projects as authorized by Iowa law, which include, but are not limited to, the costs of planning, design, land acquisition, buildings, permanent structures, attached fixtures or equipment, and movable pieces of equipment. Capitalized interest may be included in sizing any capital project debt issue. The types of debt instruments to be used by the school district include:
- General Obligation Bonds
- General Obligation Capital Loan Notes
- Bond Anticipation Notes
- Revenue Anticipation Notes
- School Infrastructure Sales, Services and Use Tax Revenue Bonds
- Lease Purchase Agreements, including Certificates of Participation
Working Capital Financing
The school district may issue debt for working capital for operations after cash flow analysis has determined that there is a mismatch between available cash and cash outflows. The school district shall strive to repay working capital debt by the end of the fiscal year in which the debt was incurred. A Working Capital Reserve may be included in sizing any working capital debt issue.
Refundings
Periodic reviews of all outstanding debt will be undertaken to determine if refunding opportunities exist. Refunding will be considered (within federal tax law restraints) if and when there is a net economic benefit of the refunding or if the refunding is otherwise in the best interests of the school district, such as to release restrictive bond covenants which affect the operations and management of the school district.
In general, advance refundings for economic savings will be undertaken when a net present value savings exceeds three percent of the refunded debt can be achieved. Current refundings, which produce a new present value savings of less than three percent will be considered on a case by case basis taking into consideration bond covenants and general conditions. Refundings with negative savings will not be considered unless there is a compelling public policy objective for doing so.
DEBT STANDARDS AND STRUCTURE
Length of Debt
Debt will be structured for the shortest period consistent with a fair allocation of costs to current and future beneficiaries or users. Long-term debt will not be issued for periods exceeding the useful life or average useful lives of the project or projects to be financed. All debt issued will adhere to state and federal law regarding the length of time the debt may be outstanding.
Debt Structure
Debt will be structured to achieve the lowest possible net cost to the school district given market conditions, the urgency of the capital project, the type of debt being issued, and the nature and type of repayment source. To the extent possible, the school district will design the repayment of its overall debt to rapidly recapture its credit capacity for future use.
Generally, the school district will only issue fixed-rate debt. In very limited circumstances, the school district may issue variable rate debt, consistent with the limitations of Iowa law and upon a finding of the board that the use of fixed rate debt is not in the best interest of the school district and a statement of the reasons for the use of variable rate debt.
All debt may be structured using discount, par or premium coupons, and as serial or term bonds or notes, or any combination thereof, consistent with Iowa law. The school district should utilize the coupon structure that produces the lowest True Interest Cost (TIC) taking into consideration the call option value of any callable maturities.
The school district will strive to structure their debt in sinking fund installments for each debt issue that achieves, as nearly as practicable, level debt service within an issue or overall debt service within a particular classification of debt.
Derivatives (including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, caps, collars, corridors, ceiling and floor agreements, forward agreements, float agreements, or other similar financing arrangements), zero-coupon or capital appreciation bonds are not allowed to be issued consistent with State law.
Decision Analysis to Issue Debt
Whenever the school district is contemplating the issuance of debt, information will be developed concerning the following four categories commonly used by rating agencies assessing the school district’s credit worthiness, listed below.
Debt Analysis – Debt capacity analysis; purpose for which debt is proposed to be issued; debt structure; debt burden; debt history and trends; and adequacy of debt and capital planning.
Financial Analysis – Stability, diversity, and growth rates of tax or other revenue sources; trend in assessed valuation and collections; current budget trends; appraisal of past revenue and expenditure trends; history and long-term trends of revenues and expenditures; evidences of financial planning; adherence to GAAP; audit results; fund balance status and trends in operating and debt funds; financial monitoring systems and capabilities; and cash flow projections.
Governmental and Administrative Analysis – Government organization structure; location of financial responsibilities and degree of control; adequacy of basic service provision; intergovernmental cooperation/conflict and extent of duplication; and overall planning efforts.
Economic Analysis – Geographic and location advantages; population and demographic characteristics; wealth indicators; types of employment, industry and occupation; housing characteristics; new construction; evidences of industrial decline; and trend of the economy.
DEBT ISSUANCE
Credit Enhancement
Credit enhancements (.i.e., bond insurance, etc.) may be used but only when the net debt service on the debt is reduced by more than the costs of the credit enhancement.
Costs and Fees
All costs and fees related to issuing the debt will be paid out of debt proceeds and allocated across all projects receiving proceeds of the debt issue.
Method of Sale
Generally, all school district debt will be sold through a competitive bidding process. Bids will be awarded on a TIC basis providing other bidding requirements are satisfied.
The school district may sell debt using a negotiated process in extraordinary circumstances when the complexity of the issue requires specialized expertise, when the negotiated sale would result in substantial savings in time or money, or when market conditions of school district credit are unusually volatile or uncertain.
Professional Service Providers
The school district will retain external bond counsel for all debt issues. All debt issued by the school district will include a written opinion by bond counsel affirming that the school district is authorized to issue the debt, stating that the school district has met all Iowa constitutional and statutory requirements necessary for issuance and determining the debt’s federal income tax status. The bond counsel retained must have comprehensive municipal debt experience and a thorough understanding of Iowa law as it relates to the issuance of the particular debt.
The school district will retain an independent financial advisor. The financial advisor will be responsible for structuring and preparing all offering documents for each debt issue. The financial advisor retained will have comprehensive municipal debt experience, experience with diverse financial structuring and pricing of municipal securities.
The treasurer shall have the authority to periodically select other service providers (e.g., escrow agents, verification agents, trustees, arbitrage consultants, rebate specialist, etc.) as necessary to meet legal requirements and minimize net debt costs. These services can include debt restructuring services and security or escrow purchases.
Compensation for bond counsel, financial advisor and other service providers will be as economical as possible and consistent with industry standards for the desired qualification levels.
DEBT MANAGEMENT
Investment of Debt Proceeds
The school district shall invest all proceeds received from the issuance of debt separate from the school district’s consolidated cash pool unless otherwise specified by the authorizing bond resolution or trust indenture. Investments will be consistent with those authorized by Iowa law and the school district’s Investment Policy to maintain safety of principal and liquidity of the funds.
Arbitrage and Record Keeping Compliance
The treasurer shall maintain a system of record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures with respect to all federal tax requirements which are currently, or may become applicable through the lifetime of all tax-exempt or tax credit bonds.
Federal tax compliance, record-keeping, reporting and compliance procedures shall include not be limited to:
1) post-issuance compliance procedures (including proper use of proceeds, timely expenditure of proceeds, proper use of bond financed property, yield restriction and rebate, and timely return filing);
2) proper maintenance of records to support federal tax compliance;
3) investments and arbitrage compliance;
4) expenditures and assets;
5) private business use; and
6) designation of primary responsibilities for federal tax compliance of all bond financings.
Financial Disclosure
The school district is committed to full and complete financial disclosure, and to cooperating fully with rating agencies, institutional and individual investors, other levels of government, and the general public to share comprehensible and accurate financial information. The school district is dedicated to meeting secondary disclosure requirements on a timely and comprehensive basis, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The Official Statements accompanying debt issues, Annual Audits, and Continuing Disclosure statements will meet the standards articulated by the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB), the Government Accounting Standards Board (GASB), the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). The treasurer shall be responsible for ongoing debt disclosure as required by any Continuing Disclosure Certificate for any debt issue and for maintaining compliance with disclosure standards promulgated by state and federal regulatory bodies
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
704.2R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations
704.2R1 - Post-Issuance Compliance Regulation for Tax-Exempt Obligations1. Role of Compliance Coordinator/Board Treasurer
The board treasurer shall:
a) Be responsible for monitoring post-issuance compliance;
b) Maintain a copy of the transcript of proceedings or minutes in connection with the issuance of any tax-exempt obligations and obtain records that are necessary to meet the requirements of this regulation;
c) Consult with bond counsel, a rebate consultant, financial advisor, IRS publications and such other resources as are necessary to understand and meet the requirements of this regulation;
d) Seek out training and education to be implemented upon the occurrence of new developments in the area and upon the hiring of new personnel to implement this regulation.
2. Financing Transcripts’ Filing and Retention
The board treasurer shall confirm the proper filing of an IRS 8038 Series return and maintain a transcript of proceedings and minutes for all tax-exempt obligations issued by the school district including, but not limited to, all tax-exempt bonds, notes and lease-purchase contracts. Each transcript shall be maintained until 11 years after the tax-exempt obligation documents have been retired. The transcript shall include, at a minimum:
a) Form 8038;
b) Minutes, resolutions and certificates;
c) Certifications of issue price from the underwriter;
d) Formal elections required by the IRS;
e) Trustee statements;
f) Records of refunded bonds, if applicable;
g) Correspondence relating to bond financings; and
h) Reports of any IRS examinations for bond financings.
3. Proper Use of Proceeds
The board treasurer shall review the resolution authorizing issuance for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the school district shall:
a) Obtain a computation of the yield on such issue from the school district’s financial advisor;
b) Create a separate Project Fund (with as many sub-funds as shall be necessary to allocate proceeds among the projects being funded by the issue) into which the proceeds of issue shall be deposited;
c) Review all requisitions, draw schedules, draw requests, invoices and bills requesting payment from the Project Fund;
d) Determine whether payment from the Project Fund is appropriate and, if so, make payment from the Project Fund (and appropriate sub-fund, if applicable);
e) Maintain records of the payment requests and corresponding records showing payment;
f) Maintain records showing the earnings on, and investment of, the Project Fund;
g) Ensure that all investments acquired with proceeds are purchased at fair market value;
h) Identify bond proceeds or applicable debt service allocations that must be invested with a yield-restriction and monitor the investments of any yield-restricted funds to ensure that the yield on such investments do not exceed the yield to which such investments are restricted;
i) Maintain records related to any investment contracts, credit enhancement transactions and the bidding of financial products related to the proceeds.
4. Timely Expenditure and Arbitrage/Rebate Compliance
The board treasurer shall review the Tax-Exemption Certificate (or equivalent) for each tax-exempt obligation issued by the school district and the expenditure records provided in Section 2 of this regulation, above and shall:
a) Monitor and ensure that proceeds of each such issue are spent within the temporary period set forth in such certificate;
b) Monitor and ensure that the proceeds are spent in accordance with one or more of the applicable exceptions to rebate as set forth in such certificate if the school district does not meet the “small issuer” exception for said obligation;
c) Not less than 60 days prior to a required expenditure date, confer with bond counsel and a rebate consultant, if the school district will fail to meet the applicable temporary period or rebate exception expenditure requirements of the Tax-Exemption Certificate. In the event the school district fails to meet a temporary period or rebate exception:
1. Procure a timely computation of any rebate liability and, if rebate is due, file a Form 8038-T and arrange for payment of such rebate liability;
2. Arrange for timely computation and payment of yield reduction payments (as such term is defined in the Code and Treasury Regulations), if applicable.
5. Proper Use of Bond Financed Assets
The board treasurer shall:
a) Maintain appropriate records and a list of all bond financed assets. Such records shall include the actual amount of proceeds (including investment earnings) spent on each of the bond financed assets;
b) Monitor and confer with bond counsel with respect to all proposed bond financed assets;
1. management contracts;
2. service agreements;
3. research contracts;
4. naming rights contracts;
5. leases or sub-leases;
6. joint venture, limited liability or partnership arrangements;
7. sale of property; or
8. any other change in use of such asset.
c) Maintain a copy of the proposed agreement, contract, lease or arrangement, together with the response by bond counsel with respect to said proposal for at least three years after retirement of all tax-exempt obligations issued to fund all or any portion of bond financed assets; and
d) Contact bond counsel and ensure timely remedial action under IRS Regulation Sections 1.141-12 in the event the school district takes an action with respect to a bond financed asset, which causes the private business tests or private loan financing test to be met.
6. General Project Records
For each project financed with tax-exempt obligations, the board treasurer shall maintain, until three years after retirement of the tax-exempt obligations or obligations issued to refund those obligations, the following:
a) Appraisals, demand surveys or feasibility studies;
b) Applications, approvals and other documentation of grants;
c) Depreciation schedules;
d) Contracts respecting the project.
7. Advance Refundings
The board treasurer shall be responsible for the following current, post issuance and record retention procedures with respect to advance refunding bonds. The board treasurer shall:
a) Identify and select bonds to be advance refunded with advice from internal financial personnel and a financial advisor;
b) Identify, with advice from the financial advisor and bond counsel, any possible federal tax compliance issues prior to structuring any advance refunding;
c) Review the structure with the input of a financial advisor and bond counsel, of advance refunding issues prior to the issuance to ensure;
(1) that the proposed refunding is permitted pursuant to applicable federal tax requirements if there has been a prior refunding of the original bond issue;
(2) that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which might impose restrictions on the redemption date of the refunded bonds;
(3) that the proposed issuance complies with federal income tax requirements which allow for the proceeds and replacement proceeds of an issue to be invested temporarily in higher yielding investments without causing the advance refunding bonds to become “arbitrage bonds”; and
(4) that the proposed issuance will not result in the issuer’s exploitation of the difference between tax exempt and taxable interest rates to obtain an financial advantage nor overburden the tax exempt market in a way that might be considered an abusive transaction for federal tax purposes;
d) Collect and review data related to arbitrage yield restriction and rebate requirements for advance refunding bonds. To ensure such compliance, the board treasurer shall engage a rebate consultant to prepare a verification report in connection with the advance refunding issuance. Said report shall ensure said requirements are satisfied;
e) Whenever possible, purchase State and Local Government Series (SLGS) to size each advance refunding escrow. The financial advisor shall be included in the process of subscribing SLGS. To the extent SLGS are not available for purchase, the Board treasurer shall, in consultation with bond counsel and the financial advisor, comply with IRS regulations;
f) Ensure, after input from bond counsel, compliance with any bidding requirements set forth by the IRS regulations to the extent as issuer elects to the purchase of a guaranteed investment contract;
g) In determining the issue price for any advance refunding issuance, obtain and retain issue price certification by the purchasing underwriter at closing;
h) After the issuance of an advance refunding issue, ensure timely identification of violations of any federal tax requirements and engage bond counsel in attempt to remediate same in accordance with IRS regulations.
8. Continuing Disclosure
The board treasurer shall assure compliance with each continuing disclosure certificate and annually, per continuing disclosure agreements, file audited annual financial statements and other information required by each continuing disclosure agreement. The board treasurer will monitor material events as described in each continuing disclosure agreement and assure compliance with material event disclosure. Events to be reported shall be reported promptly, but in no event not later than 10 business days after the day of the occurrence of the event. Currently, such notice shall be given in the event of:
a) Principal and interest payment delinquencies;
b) Non-payment related defaults, if material;
c) Unscheduled draws on debt service reserves reflecting financial difficulties;
d) Unscheduled draws on credit enhancements relating to the bonds reflecting financial difficulties;
e) Substitution of credit or liquidity providers, or their failure to perform;
f) Adverse tax opinions, the issuance by the Internal Revenue Service of proposed or final determinations of taxability, Notices of Proposed Issue (IRS Form 5701-TEB), or other material notices, or determinations with respect to the tax-exempt status of the bonds, or material events affecting the tax-exempt status of the bonds;
g) Modifications to rights of Holders of the Bonds, if material;
h) Bond calls (excluding sinking fund mandatory redemptions), if material and tender offers;
i) Defeasances of the bonds;
j) Release, substitution, or sale of property securing repayment of the bonds, if material;
k) Rating changes on the bonds;
1) Bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar event of the Issuer;
m) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition involving the Issuer or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer, other than in the ordinary course of business, the entry into a definitive agreement to undertake such an action or the termination of a definitive agreement relating to any such actions, other than pursuant to its terms, if material; and
n) Appointment of a successor or additional trustee or the change of name of a trustee, if material.
704.3 - Investments
704.3 - InvestmentsSchool district funds in excess of current needs are invested in compliance with this policy. The goals of the school district’s investment portfolio in order of priority are:
- To provide safety of the principal;
- To maintain the necessary liquidity to match expected liabilities; and
- To obtain a reasonable rate of return.
In making investments, the school district will exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use to meet the goals of the investment program.
School district funds are monies of the school district, including operating funds. “Operating funds” of the school district are funds that are reasonably expected to be used during a current budget year or within fifteen months of receipt. When investing operating funds, the investments must mature within three hundred and ninety-seven days or less. When investing funds other than operating funds, the investments must mature according to the need for the funds.
The board authorizes the treasurer to invest funds in excess of current needs in the following investments.
- Interest bearing savings, money market, and checking accounts at the school district’s authorized depositories;
- Qualified investment pool, including, but not limited to, Iowa Schools Joint Investment Trust Program (ISJIT);
- Certificates of deposit and other evidences of deposit at federally insured Iowa depository institutions; and,
- Obligations of the United States government, its agencies, and instrumentalities.
It is the responsibility of the treasurer to oversee the investment portfolio in compliance with this policy and the law.
The treasurer is responsible for reporting to and reviewing with the board at its regular meetings the investment portfolio’s performance, transaction activity and current investments including the percent of the investment portfolio by type of investment and by issuer and maturities. It shall also be the responsibility of the treasurer to obtain the information necessary to ensure that the investments and the outside persons doing business with the school district meet the requirements outlined in this policy.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to deliver a copy of this policy to the school district’s depositories, auditor and outside persons doing investment business with the school district. It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent, in conjunction with the treasurer, to develop a system of investment practices and internal controls over the investment practices. The investment practices are designed to prevent losses, to document the officers’ and employees’ responsibility for elements of the investment process and address the capability of the management.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
704.4 - Gifts, Grants, and Bequests
704.4 - Gifts, Grants, and BequestsThe board believes gifts, grants, and bequests to the school district may be accepted when they will further the interests of the school district. The board will have sole authority to determine whether the gift furthers the interests of the school district. The board reserves the right to turn away a gift, grant, and/or bequest that places an undue burden on the school district if the school district were to accept.
Gifts, grants, and bequests are approved by the board. Once it has been approved by the board, a board member or the superintendent may accept the gift on behalf of the school district.
Gifts, grants, and bequests once accepted on behalf of the school district become the property of the school district. Gifts, grants, and bequests are administered in accordance with terms, if any, agreed to by the board.
The board also recognizes and supports the Red Oak Community School District Foundation, Inc., which has been established to accept grants, bequests, gifts, and other contributions.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
704.5 - Student Activities Fund
704.5 - Student Activities FundRevenue raised by students or from student activities is deposited and accounted for in the student activities fund. This revenue is the property of and is under the financial control of the board. Students may use this revenue for purposes approved by the superintendent or superintendent’s designee.
Whether such revenue is collected from student contributions, club dues, and special activities or result from admissions to special events or from other fund-raising activities, all funds will be under the jurisdiction of the board and under the specific control of the superintendent or superintendent’s designee. They will be deposited in a designated depository and will be disbursed and accounted for in accordance with instructions issued by the superintendent.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to keep student activity accounts up-to-date and complete.
Any unencumbered class or activity account balances will automatically revert to the activity fund when a class graduates or an activity is discontinued.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
704.6 ONLINE FUNDRAISING CAMPAIGNS – CROWDFUNDING
704.6 ONLINE FUNDRAISING CAMPAIGNS – CROWDFUNDINGThe Red Oak Community School District Board of Education believes online fundraising campaigns, including crowdfunding campaigns, may further the interests of the district. Any person or entity acting on behalf of the district and wishing to conduct any fundraising campaign, online or otherwise, for the benefit of the district shall begin the process by seeking prior approval from the Superintendent. Any fundraising efforts conducted using the district's name, symbols, or imagery will be conducted in accordance with all policies, regulations and rules for fundraising within the district. Money or items raised by an online fundraising campaign will be the property of the district only upon acceptance by the board, and will be used only in accordance with the terms for which they were given, as agreed to by the board.
Approval of requests shall depend on factors including, but not limited to:
- Compatibility with the district’s educational program, mission, vision, core values, and beliefs;
- Congruence with the district and school goals that positively impact student performance;
- The district’s instructional priorities;
- The manner in which donations are collected and distributed by the crowdfunding platform;
- Equity in funding; and
- Other factors deemed relevant or appropriate by the district.
If approved, the requestor shall be responsible for preparing all materials and information related to the online fundraising campaign and keeping district administration apprised of the status of the campaign.
The requestor is responsible for compliance with all state and federal laws and other relevant district policies and procedures. All items and money generated are subject to the same controls and regulations as other district property and shall be deposited or inventoried accordingly. No money raised or items purchased shall be distributed to individual employees.
Legal Reference:
Iowa Code §§ 279.8; 279.42; 565.6.
Approved: August 23, 2021
Reviewed: May 17, 2023
Revised: August 23, 2021
705 - Expenditures
705 - Expenditures dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 14:18705.1 - Purchasing and Bidding
705.1 - Purchasing and BiddingThe board supports economic development in Iowa, particularly in the local community. As permitted by law, purchasing preference will be given to Iowa goods and services from a locally-owned businesses located within the school district or from an Iowa-based company that offers these goods or services if the cost and other considerations are relatively equal and they meet the required specifications. However, when spending federal Child Nutrition Funds, geographical preference is allowed only for unprocessed agricultural food items as a part of response evaluation. Other statutory purchasing preferences will be applied as provided by law, including goals and reporting with regard to procurement from certified targeted small businesses, minority-owned businesses, and female-owned businesses.
Prior to August 15 of each year and after analyzing the school district’s anticipated procurement level for the current fiscal year, the school board will set a goal of ten percent of the anticipated procurement level to be purchased from certified targeted small businesses. In determining the procurement level, the cost of utilities (heat, electricity, telephone and natural gas) and employees’ costs will not be included. After the goal has been established, the superintendent will file the required Targeted Small Business Procurement form with the Department of Education by August 15.
By July 31 of each year, the superintendent will file a report with the Department of Education outlining purchases of goods and services from targeted small businesses for the previous fiscal year.
The school board and superintendent will encourage targeted small businesses that are not certified with the Department of Inspections and Appeals to become certified targeted small businesses.
All Projects
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve purchases, except those authorized by or requiring direct board action. The superintendent may coordinate and combine purchases with other governmental bodies to take advantage of volume price breaks. Joint purchases with other political subdivisions will be considered in the purchase of equipment, accessories or attachments with an estimated cost of $50,000 or more.
The superintendent will have the authority to authorize purchases without competitive bids for goods and services costing under $5,000 without prior board approval. For goods and services costing more than $5,000, the superintendent will receive, at a minimum, quotes of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval of the board.
In the event that only one quotation or bid is submitted, the board may proceed if the quotation or bid meets the contract award specifications.
The contract award may be based on several cost considerations including, but not limited to the following:
- The cost of the goods and services being purchased;
- Availability of service and/or repair;
- The targeted small business procurement goal and other statutory purchasing preferences; and
- Other factors deemed relevant by the board.
When using federal Child Nutrition funds to purchase goods and services, dollars spent annually must be estimated. It is acceptable to categorize (e.g. groceries, milk, produce, small equipment, large equipment, supplies, and chemicals). A formal sealed bid procurement process is required when annual spending in the category exceeds $25,000 annually. An informal process is used for all other purchases under the threshold annually. Documentation of informal procurement activity is kept on file.
Public Improvement Projects
For goods and services utilized in public improvement projects, as defined under Iowa law, costing $81,000 (or as outlined by law) or less, the superintendent shall receive quotes of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval by the superintendent or the board.
For goods and services utilized in public improvement projects, as defined under Iowa law, costing more than $81,000 (or as outlined by law) and less than $196,000, the superintendent shall receive competitive quotations of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval by the board. The purchase will be made from the party submitting the lowest responsive, responsible quotation based upon total cost considerations including, but not limited to, the cost of the goods and services being purchased, availability of service and/or repair, delivery date, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.
For goods and services utilized in public improvement projects, as defined under Iowa law, costing more than $196,000 (or as outlined by law), the superintendent shall receive competitive sealed bids of the goods and services to be purchased prior to approval of the board. The purchase will be made from the party submitting the lowest responsive, responsible bid based upon total cost considerations including, but not limited to, the cost of the goods and services being purchased, availability of service and/or repair, delivery date, and other factors deemed relevant by the board.
The board and the superintendent will have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to re-advertise. If it is determined that a targeted small business which bid on the project may be unable to perform the contract, the superintendent will notify the Department of Economic Development. The board will enter into such contract or contracts as the board deems in the best interests of the school district.
The district shall comply with all federal and state laws and regulations required for procurement, including the selection and evaluation of contractors. The superintendent or designee is responsible for developing an administrative process to implement this policy, including, but not limited to, procedures related to suspension and debarment for transactions subject to those requirements.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised June 21, 2023
705.1R1 Purchasing and Bidding Protest Procedure
705.1R1 Purchasing and Bidding Protest ProcedureA. Any actual or prospective bidder, offeror, or contractor who considers himself to have been aggrieved in connection with the solicitation, evaluation, or award of a contract by the Red Oak Community School District may formally protest to the School Business Official of the Red Oak Community School District. Such protests must be made in writing and received by the School Business Official of the Red Oak Community School District within seven (7) days of the award of the contract. The protesting party must mail or deliver copies of the protest to the Red Oak Community School District, the State Agency, and other interested parties.
B. In the event of a timely protest, the Red Oak Community School District shall not proceed further with the solicitation or award of the contract.
C. A formal protest must be sworn and contain:
1. A specific identification of the statutory or regulatory provision that the protesting party alleges has been violated.
2. A specific description of each action by the Red Oak Community School District that the protesting party alleges to be a violation of the statutory or regulatory provision that the protesting party has identified.
3. A precise statement of the relevant facts.
4. A statement of any issues of law or fact that the protesting party contends must be resolved.
5. A statement of the argument and authorities that the protesting party offers in support of the protest.
6. A statement that copies of the protest have been mailed or delivered to the State Agency and all other identifiable interested parties.
D. The Red Oak Community School District may settle and resolve the dispute over the solicitation or award of a contract at any time before the matter is submitted on appeal to the Board. The Red Oak Community School District may solicit written responses to the protest from other interested parties.
E. If the protest is not resolved by mutual agreement, the Red Oak Community School District shall issue a written determination that resolves the protest.
1. If the Red Oak Community School District determines that no violation of statutory or regulatory provisions has occurred, then the Red Oak Community School District shall inform the protesting party, the State Agency, and other interested parties by letter that sets forth the reasons for the determination.
2. If the Red Oak Community School District determines that a violation of any statutory or regulatory provisions has occurred in a situation in which a contract has not been awarded, then the Red Oak Community School District shall inform the protesting party, the State Agency, and other interested parties of that determination by letter that details the reasons for the determination and the appropriate remedy.
3. If the Red Oak Community School District determines that a violation of any statutory or regulatory provisions has occurred in a situation in which a contract has been awarded, then the Red Oak Community School District shall inform the protesting party, the State Agency, and other interested parties of that determination by letter that details the reasons for the determination. This letter may include an order that declares the contract void.
F. The Red Oak Community School District shall maintain all documentation on the purchasing process that is the subject of a protest or appeal in accordance with the retention schedule of Red Oak Community School.
Approved March 8, 2021
Reviewed March 8, 2021
Revised March 8, 2021
705.1R2 - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors Procedure
705.1R2 - Suspension and Debarment of Vendors and Contractors ProcedureIn connection with transactions subject to federal suspension and debarment requirements, the district is prohibited from entering into transactions with parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in federal assistance programs or activities.
When soliciting bids or otherwise preparing to enter into such a transaction, the superintendent or designee will use at least one of the following verification methods to ensure that any parties to the transaction are not suspended or debarred prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract:
- Obtaining a certification of a party’s compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements in connection with any application, bid, or proposal;
- Requiring compliance with the federal suspension and debarment requirements as an express condition of any sub-award, purchase, or contract in question; or
- Prior to committing to any sub-award, purchase, or contract, check the online Federal System for Award Management at https://sam.gov/portal/SAM/##11 to determine whether the relevant party is subject to any suspension or debarment restrictions.
2 CFR Part 200 Subpart B-General Provisions
200.113 Mandatory Disclosures
A non-Federal entity or applicant for a Federal award must disclose, in a timely manner, in writing to the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity all violations of Federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery, or gratuity violations potentially affecting the Federal award. Non-Federal entities that have received a Federal award including the term and condition outlined in Appendix XII—Award Term and Condition for Recipient Integrity and Performance Matters are required to report certain civil, criminal, or administrative proceedings to SAM. Failure to make required disclosures can result in any of the remedies described in §200.338 Remedies for noncompliance, including suspension or debarment. (See also 2 CFR part 180, 31 U.S.C. 3321, and 41 U.S.C. 2313.) It is the responsibility of the Superintendent to timely report to the relevant federal or pass through agency any violations of federal criminal law involving fraud, bribery or gratuity potentially impacting a federal grant.
705.1R3 - Using Federal Funds in Procurement Contracts
705.1R3 - Using Federal Funds in Procurement ContractsIn addition to the District’s standard procurement and purchasing procedures, the following procedures for vendors/contractors paid with federal funds are required. When federal, state, and local requirements conflict, the most stringent requirement will be followed.
2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.318 (c)(1)
No District employee, officer, or agent may participate in the selection, award and administration of contracts supported by a Federal award if he or she has a real or apparent conflict of interest. Such a conflict of interest would arise when the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which employs or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in or a tangible personal benefit from a firm considered for a contract. District officers, employees, and agents may neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors or parties to subcontracts. However, for situations where the financial interest is not substantial or the gift is an unsolicited item of nominal value, district employees must abide by all relevant board policies. Violation of this requirement may result in disciplinary action for the District employee, officer, or agent.
2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.320 (e)(1-4)
Procurement for contracts paid with federal funds may be conducted by noncompetitive (single source) proposals when one or more of the following circumstances apply: (1) the item is only available from a single source; (2) public exigency or emergency will not permit the delay resulting from competitive bids; (3) the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the non-Federal entity; or (4) after solicitation of a number of sources, competition is inadequate.
2 CFR Part 200, Subpart D Subsection §200.321
The District will take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. Affirmative steps must include: (1) placing such businesses on solicitation lists; (2) soliciting such businesses whenever they are potential sources; (3) when economically feasible, dividing contracts into smaller tasks or quantities to allow participation from such businesses; (4) establishing delivery schedules that encourage participation by such businesses; (5) when appropriate, utilizing the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and (6) requiring the primary contractor to follow steps (1) through (5) when subcontractors are used.
The district will include the following provisions in all procurement contracts or purchase orders include the following provisions when applicable:
2 CFR Part 200 Appendix II
(A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate.
(B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the non-Federal entity including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement.
(C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal
Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.”
(D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The non-Federal entity must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The non-Federal entity must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency.
(E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the non-Federal entity in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence.
(F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency.
(G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended—Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
(H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the government wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549.
(I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award.
(J) See §200.322 Procurement of recovered materials.
§200.216 Prohibition on certain telecommunications and video surveillance services or equipment
(a) The district is prohibited from obligating or expending loan or grant funds to:
- Procure or obtain;
- Extend or renew a contract to procure or obtain; or
- Enter into a contract (or extend or renew a contract) to procure or obtain equipment, services, or systems that uses covered telecommunications equipment or services as a substantial or essential component of any system, or as critical technology as part of any system. As described in Public law 115-232, section 889, covered telecommunications equipment is telecommunications equipment produced by Huawei Technologies Company or ZTE Corporation (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities).
i. For purpose of public safety, security of government facilities, physical security surveillance of critical infrastructure, and other national security purposes, video surveillance and telecommunication equipment produced by Hytera Communications Corporation, Hangzhou Hikvision Digital Technology Company, or Dahua Technology Company (or any subsidiary or affiliate of such entities).
ii. Telecommunications or video surveillance services provided by such entities or using such equipment.
iii. Telecommunications or video surveillance equipment or services produced or provided by an entity that the Secretary of Defense, in consultation with the Director of the National Intelligence of the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, reasonably believes to be an entity owned by or controlled by, or otherwise connected to, the government of a foreign country.
(b) In implementing the prohibition under Public Law 115-232, section 889, subsection (f), paragraph (l), heads of executive agencies administering loan, grant, or subsidy programs shall prioritize available funding and technical support to assist affected businesses, institutions and organizations as is reasonably necessary for those affected entities to transition from covered communications equipment and services, to procure replacement equipment and services, and to ensure that communications service to users and customers is sustained.
(c) See Public Law 115-232, section 889 for additional information.
(d) See also §200.471.
705.2 - Purchasing on Behalf of Employees
705.2 - Purchasing on Behalf of EmployeesGenerally, the school district will not purchase items on behalf of employees. The school district may in unusual and unique circumstances do so. It is within the discretion of the board to determine when unique and unusual circumstances exist.
No purchase is made unless the employee has paid the school district prior to the order being placed and the employee has agreed to be responsible for any taxes or other expenses due.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
705.3 - Payment for Goods and Services
705.3 - Payment for Goods and ServicesThe board authorizes the payment of claims against the school district for goods and services. The board will allow the payment after the goods and services have been received and accepted in compliance with board policy.
Claims for payment of freight, drayage, express, postage, printing, water, lights, telephone, rents, and payment of salaries pursuant to the terms of a written contract may be paid by the board secretary prior to formal audit and approval by the board. In addition, the secretary, upon approval of the board president, may issue warrants for approved registrations, claims offering a discount for early payment, approved travel expenses, approved goods and services delivered C.O.D. and other verified bills filed with the secretary when the board is not in session prior to payment of these claims and prior to audit and approval by the board. The board secretary will examine the claims and verify bills.
The secretary will determine to the secretary’s satisfaction that the claims presented to the board are in order and are legitimate expenses of the school district. It is the responsibility of the secretary to bring claims to the board.
The board president and board secretary may sign warrants by use of a signature plate or rubber stamp. If the board president is unavailable to personally sign warrants, the vice president may sign warrants on behalf of the president.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop the administrative regulations regarding this policy.
Approved November 26, 2018
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
705.4 - Credit and Procurement Cards
705.4 - Credit and Procurement CardsEmployees may use school district credit cards and/or procurement cards (p-cards) for the actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties. Actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of work-related duties include, but are not limited to travel expenses related to professional development or fulfillment of required job duties, fuel for school district transportation vehicles used for transporting students to and from school and for school-sponsored events, payment of claims related to professional development of the board and employees, and other expenses required by employees and the board in the performance of their duties.
Employees and officers using a school district credit or procurement card must submit a detailed, itemized receipt in addition to a credit or procurement card receipt indicating the date, purpose and nature of the expense for each claim item. Failure to provide a proper receipt will make the employee responsible for expenses incurred. Those expenses are reimbursed to the school district no later than ten working days following use of the school district's credit or procurement card. In exceptional circumstances, the superintendent or board may allow a claim without proper receipt. Written documentation explaining the exceptional circumstances is maintained as part of the school district's record of the claim.
The school district may maintain a school district credit or procurement card for actual and necessary expenses incurred by employees and officers in the performance of their duties. The superintendent may maintain a school district credit or procurement card for actual and necessary expenses incurred in the performance of the superintendent's duties. The transportation director may maintain a school district credit or procurement card for fueling school district transportation vehicles in accordance with board policy.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine whether the school district credit or procurement card use is for appropriate school business. It is the responsibility of the board to determine through the audit and approval process of the board whether the school district credit or procurement card used by the superintendent and the board is for appropriate school business.
The superintendent is responsible for developing administrative regulations regarding actual and necessary expenses and use of a school district credit or procurement card. The administrative regulations will include the appropriate forms to be filed for obtaining a credit or procurement card.
Approved June 21, 2023
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised
705.5 - Expenditures for Public Purpose
705.5 - Expenditures for Public PurposeThe board recognizes that school district funds are public funds, and as such, should be used to further a public purpose and the overall educational mission of the school community. The district is committed to managing and spending public funds in a transparent and responsible manner. Prior to making a purchase with public funds, an individual should be comfortable defending the purchase/reimbursement to the taxpayers in the district. If the individual is uncomfortable doing so, the purchase may not fulfill a public purpose and additional guidance should be sought before the purchase is made.
The superintendent shall develop a process for approving expenditures of public funds. The board will review expenditures and applicable reports as necessary to ensure proper oversight of the use of public funds. To the extent possible, expenditures shall be pre-approved by the district prior to expending the funds. Purchases of food and refreshment for district staff, even within district, should comply with the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy, and all other applicable policies. All purchases/reimbursements shall comply with applicable laws, board policies and district accounting requirements.
Approved June 21, 2023
Reviewed May 17, 2023
Revised
705.5R1 - Expenditures for Public Purpose
705.5R1 - Expenditures for Public PurposeThe following is a list of examples organized by activity for what is allowable, or not allowable as a purchase/reimbursement using public funds. This regulation is intended as guidance and there may be situations that are not listed here. Any questions regarding the appropriateness of an expenditure should be submitted to administration prior to expending funds.
Reimbursements to an Individual
- Use of Credit/Procurement Card: All purchases through a district-owned credit or procurement card shall be pre-approved and comply with the district’s policy 705.4 – Credit and Procurement Cards.
- Mileage: Individuals who are required to travel (other than to and from work) as part of fulfilling their job duties to the district shall be reimbursed for mileage costs in accordance with the requirements stated in the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy.
- Travel accommodations: Employees who are required to travel and stay overnight as part of fulfilling their job duties to the district shall be reimbursed for costs in accordance with the requirements stated in the district’s Employee Travel Compensation policy.
- Alcohol: Alcohol is a personal expense and is never allowable for purchase or reimbursement using public funds.
- Food/Refreshments: Food and refreshments are typically a personal expense. Meetings spanning meal times should be avoided when possible. When a district meeting is required to take place spanning a customary meal time, the superintendent or designee shall determine whether food and/or refreshment will be provided to employees whose presence is required during the meeting. The cost of food and refreshment for employees shall be reasonable, and when possible, a separate itemized receipt for each employee is required. If an itemized receipt is not available, approval is required by the school business official prior to reimbursement. In all cases, the names and number of employees shall be noted on the receipt.
- Apparel/Personal Items: Apparel and personal items including, but not limited to items such as t-shirts, hats, mugs, etc. provide personal benefit to individuals and are a personal expense. These items shall not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds.
- Gifts: Gift cards or gifts given to individuals are personal expenses and public funds should not be used (except for recognition/staff retirement, listed below) for these purposes. Voluntary collections from staff would be an acceptable way of purchasing gifts.
- Retirement and Recognition Gifts: Recognizing an employee or volunteer’s years of dedication to educating the community and commitment to the district serves a public purpose by honoring individuals with a token gift, or honorarium, in recognition of their service. The same is true for individual awards, mementos, or items purchased in recognition of employee service to the district. These purchases may use public funds, provided the expenditures are modest and approved by the superintendent.
- Honoraria: District employees may at times receive an honorarium from an outside source as compensation for the employee’s time devoted to preparing and delivering a presentation within the scope of their professional field. Honorariums may only be accepted by employees when the employee has used their personal time outside of their work for the district to prepare and deliver the presentation. If the employee uses district time or resources to prepare or deliver a presentation, any honorarium shall be given to the district.
- Break Room Supplies: The purchase of perishable or disposable supplies for employee break rooms is primarily designed for individual consumption and is a personal expense. This includes items such as coffee, coffee filters, plates, cups, spoons, napkins, etc.
Supplies for Public Areas
- Limited refreshments such as water and coffee may be available in public reception areas of the district including, but not limited to the central office, the building administrator’s office, etc. These refreshments may be purchased with the use of public funds, as they provide light refreshment to members of the community.
Staff Parties/Receptions
- Parties and receptions to benefit individual staff members are considered a personal expense and should not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds. This includes but is not limited to holiday parties.
- Hosting a group reception to honor all employees retiring from the district in a given school year is allowable as a public expense. Hosting a retirement reception provides a direct benefit to the community as an opportunity for the community to attend and honor the retiring employees’ years of dedication and service to the district.
School/ Student Activity Banquets
- School/student activity banquets are typically a personal expense and will not be purchased or reimbursed with public funds unless the public purpose is submitted for review and pre-approved by the superintendent.
Memorial Gifts
- Memorial flowers to convey sympathy or congratulations are allowable as a public expense if they have been approved by the superintendent. Memorial cards are always appropriate.
- Memorial gifts of any sort other than flowers and a card are a personal expense.
Student Incentives
- It is within the discretion of the building principal to authorize the purchase of awards holding a nominal value to commemorate the achievements of a student or group of students. These awards should be designed to reward behavior and values that exemplify the educational and community mission of the district. Awards should not be gift cards or other monetary awards.
- Flowers and decorations for school dances held as part of the district’s student activity program are an allowable expense paid out of the student activity fund, provided the purchases are approved by the building principal.
Meetings
- To the extent possible, meetings which span normal meal times should be avoided.
- Meetings of the district’s board of directors and board committees are made up of individuals who volunteer a large amount of their personal time to serve the needs of the school community. These meetings are also scheduled at time most convenient for the public, and often span normal meal hours. Food and refreshment purchased for board members is an acceptable use of public funds. The service of these unpaid volunteers directly benefits the entire school community. The superintendent has discretion to purchase/reimburse reasonable expenses for providing food and refreshment to these unpaid volunteers during these meetings.
Some expenditures will be considered personal expenses regardless of the context. These include purchase or reimbursement of alcohol, and personal items not included as retirement or memorial gifts listed above.
706 - Payroll Procedures
706 - Payroll Procedures dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 14:26706.1 - Payroll Periods
706.1 - Payroll PeriodsThe payroll period for the school district is monthly. Employees shall be paid on the 10th day of each month. If this day is a holiday, recess, or weekend, the payroll is paid on the last working day prior to the holiday, recess or weekend.
It shall be the responsibility of the board secretary to issue payroll to employees in compliance with this policy.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 2, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
706.2 - Payroll Deductions
706.2 - Payroll DeductionsEase of administration is the primary consideration for payroll deductions, other than those required by law. Payroll deductions are made for federal income tax withholdings, Iowa income tax withholdings, social security, and the Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System (IPERS).
Employees may elect to have payments withheld for district-related and mutually agreed upon group insurance coverage and/or tax sheltered annuity programs. Requests for these deductions will be made in writing to the superintendent. Requests for purchase or change of tax-sheltered annuities may be made at any time while the individual is employed in the Red Oak Community School District.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine which additional payroll deductions will be allowed.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
706.3 - Pay Deductions
706.3 - Pay DeductionsThe district provides leaves of absences to allow employees to be absent from work to attend to important matters outside of the workplace. As public employers, school districts are expected to record and monitor the work that employees perform and to conform to principles of public accountability in their compensation practices.
Consistent with principles of public accountability, it is the policy of the district that, when an employee is absent from work for less than one work day and the employee does not use accrued leave for such absence, the employee’s pay will be reduced or the employee will be placed on leave without pay if:
- the employee has not sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence,
- the employee has sought permission to use paid leave for this partial-day absence and permission has been denied,
- the employee’s accrued paid leave has been exhausted, or
- the employee chooses to use leave without pay.
In each case in which an employee is absent from work for part of a work day, a deduction from compensation will be made or the employee will be placed on leave without pay for a period of time which is equal to the employee’s absence from the employee’s regularly scheduled hours of work on that day.
The district complies with all applicable laws with respect to payment of wages and benefits to employees including laws such as the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and the Iowa Wage Payment Collection Act. The district will not make pay deductions that violate either the federal or state laws.
Any employee who believes that the district has made an inappropriate deduction or has failed to make proper payment regarding wages or benefits is encouraged to immediately consult with the appropriate supervisor. Alternatively, any employee may file a formal written complaint with the Board Secretary. Within 15 business days of receiving the complaint, the Board Secretary will make a determination as to whether the pay deductions were appropriate and provide the employee with a written response that may include reimbursement for any pay deductions that were not appropriately made. This complaint procedure is available in addition to any other complaint process that also may be available to employees.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
707 - Fiscal Reports
707 - Fiscal Reports dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 14:30707.1 - Secretary’s Reports
707.1 - Secretary’s ReportsThe board secretary will report to the board each month about the receipts, disbursements and balances of the various funds. This report will be in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual Report
707.2 - Treasurer’s Annual ReportAt the annual meeting, the treasurer will give the annual report stating the amount held over, received, paid out, and on hand in the general and Physical Plant and Equipment funds. This report is in written form and sent to the board with the agenda for the board meeting. The treasurer will also furnish the board with a sworn statement from each depository showing the balance then on deposit.
It is the responsibility of the treasurer to submit this report to the board annually.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
707.3 - Publication of Financial Reports
707.3 - Publication of Financial ReportsEach month the schedule of bills allowed by the board is published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication. Annually, the total salaries paid to employees regularly employed by the school district will also be published in a newspaper designated as a newspaper for official publication.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to publish these reports in a timely manner.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
707.4 - Audit
707.4 - AuditTo review the funds and accounts of the school district, the board will employ an auditor to perform an annual audit of the financial affairs of the school district. The superintendent will use a request for proposal procedure in selecting an auditor. The administration will cooperate with the auditors. Such annual audit reports shall remain on permanent file in the central office of the school district.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
707.5 - Internal Controls
707.5 - Internal ControlsThe Board expects all board members, employees, volunteers, consultants, vendors, contractors, students and other parties maintaining any relationship with the school district to act with integrity, due diligence, and in accordance with all laws in their duties involving the school district’s resources. The board is entrusted with public dollars and no one connected with the school district should do anything to erode that trust.
Internal control is the responsibility of all employees of the school district. The superintendent, business manager and board secretary shall be responsible for developing internal controls designed to prevent and detect fraud, financial impropriety, or fiscal irregularities within the school district subject to review and approval by the board. Administrators shall be alert for any indication of fraud, financial impropriety, or irregularity within the administrator’s area of responsibility.
Any employee who suspects fraud, impropriety, or irregularity shall report his/her suspicions immediately to his/her immediate supervisor and/or the superintendent, and/or an audit committee member. The superintendent and/or an audit committee member shall have primary responsibility for any necessary investigations and shall coordinate investigative efforts with the board’s legal counsel, auditing firm, and other internal or external departments and agencies, including law enforcement officials, as the superintendent and/or an audit committee member may deem appropriate.
Employees bringing forth a legitimate concern about a potential impropriety will not be retaliated against and those who do retaliate against such an employee will be subject to disciplinary action up to, and including, discharge.
In the event the concern or complaint involves the superintendent, the concern shall be brought to the attention of the board president and/or an audit committee member who shall be empowered to contact the board’s legal counsel, insurance agent, auditing firm, and any other agency to investigate the concern or complaint.
Upon approval of the board, the superintendent and/or an audit committee member may contact the State Auditor or elect to employ the school district’s auditing firm or State Auditor to conduct a complete or partial forensic/internal control audit annually or otherwise as often as deemed necessary. The superintendent is authorized to order a complete forensic audit if, in the superintendent’s judgment, such an audit would be useful and beneficial to the school district. The superintendent and/or an audit committee member shall ensure the State Auditor is notified of any suspected embezzlement or theft pursuant to Iowa law. In the event there is an investigation, records will be maintained for use in the investigation. Individuals found to have altered or destroyed records will be subject to disciplinary action, up to, and including termination.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
707.5R1 - Internal Controls Regulation
707.5R1 - Internal Controls RegulationFraud, financial improprieties, or irregularities include, but are not limited to:
- Forgery or unauthorized alteration of any document or account belonging to the district.
- Forgery or unauthorized alteration of a check, bank draft, or any other financial document.
- Misappropriation of funds, securities, supplies, or other assets.
- Impropriety in the handling of money or reporting of financial transactions.
- Profiteering because of “insider” information of district information or activities.
- Disclosing confidential and/or proprietary information to outside parties.
- Accepting or seeking anything of material value, other than items used in the normal course of advertising, from contractors, vendors, or persons providing services to the district.
- Destroying, removing, or inappropriately using district records, furniture, fixtures, or equipment.
- Failing to provide financial records to authorized state or local entities.
- Failure to cooperate fully with any financial auditors, investigators or law enforcement.
- Any other dishonest or fraudulent act involving district monies or resources.
- Acting for purposes of personal financial gain, rather than in the best interest of the district.
- Providing false, inaccurate or misleading financial information to district administrators or the board of directors.
The superintendent and/or an audit committee member shall investigate reports of fraudulent activity in a manner that protects the confidentiality of the parties and the facts. All employees involved in the investigation shall be advised to keep information about the investigation confidential.
If an investigation substantiates the occurrence of a fraudulent activity, the superintendent, and/or an audit committee member, or board vice-president if the investigation centers on the superintendent, shall issue a report to the board and appropriate personnel. The final disposition of the matter and any decision to file or not file a criminal complaint or to refer the matter to the appropriate law enforcement and/or regulatory agency for independent investigation shall be made in consultation with district legal counsel. The results of the investigation shall not be disclosed to or discussed with anyone other than those individuals with a legitimate right to know until the results are made public.
708 - District Records
708 - District RecordsSchool district records are housed in the central administration office of the school district. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the maintenance and accuracy of the records. The following records are kept and preserved according to the schedule below:
- Secretary’s financial records................................................Permanently
- Treasurer’s financial records................................................Permanently
- Minutes of the Board of Directors........................................ Permanently
- Annual audit reports............................................................ Permanently
- Annual budget......................................................................Permanently
- Permanent record of individual pupil....................................Permanently
- School election results.........................................................Permanently
- Real property records (e.g., deeds, abstracts).....................Permanently
- Records of payment of judgments against the school district...................................................................................20 years
- Bonds and bond coupons.....................................................11 years after maturity, cancellation, transfer, redemption, and/or replacement
- Written contracts.................................................................. 11 years
- Cancelled warrants, check stubs, bank statements, bills, invoices, and related records..................................................................................5 years
- Recordings of closed meetings............................................ 1 year
- Program grants.....................................................................As determined by the grant
- Nonpayroll personnel records...............................................7 years
- Payroll records...................................................................... 3 years
- Employment applications.......................................................2 years
- School meal program accounts/records.............................. 3 years after submission of the final claim for reimbursement
In the event that any federal or state agency requires a record be retained for a period of time longer than that listed above for audit purposes or otherwise, the record shall be retained beyond the listed period as long as is required for the resolution of the issue by the federal or state agency.
Employees’ records are housed in the central administration office of the school district. The employees’ records are maintained by the superintendent, the building administrator, the employee’s immediate supervisor, and the board secretary.
An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other non-consumable items other than real property of the school district is conducted annually under the supervision of the superintendent. This report is filed with the board secretary.
The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the school district are housed in the central administration office of the attendance center where the student attends. Permanent records must be housed in a fireproof vault. The building administrator is responsible for keeping these records current. Records of students who have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the school district are housed in the high school principal’s office. These records will be maintained by the superintendent.
The superintendent may electronically store and/or back-up or use any other reliably mass storage method to preserve school district records and may destroy paper copies of the records if they are more than three years old. A properly authenticated reproduction of a microfilmed record meets the same legal requirements as the original record.
The board secretary shall act as custodian of public records of the district and shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of the Iowa public records law. Such records shall be open for public examination, except that records required or authorized to be kept confidential by law shall not be made available for public examination. The board secretary may seek opinion of counsel as to whether a record is a public or confidential record prior to releasing the document. Public records may be examined during hours in which the central office is open, generally 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Such examination shall be done under the supervision of the board secretary or the board secretary’s designee. No person shall destroy, alter, disorganize, or damage any record or remove any record from the central office. If the examination will take longer than 15 minutes, the board secretary is authorized to charge his/her or the designee’s hourly wage for duties in supervising the examination. Copies may be made of public records upon payment of a designated fee per page.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 2, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
708.1 - District Records
708.1 - District RecordsSchool district records are housed in the central administration office of the school district. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the maintenance and accuracy of the records. The following records are kept and preserved according to the schedule below:
- Secretary’s financial records........................................... Permanently
- Treasurer’s financial records........................................... Permanently
- Minutes of the Board of Directors................................... Permanently
- Annual audit reports........................................................ Permanently
- Annual budget................................................................. Permanently
- Permanent record of individual pupil.............................. Permanently
- Records of payment of judgments against
the school district............................................................. 20 years - Bonds and bond coupons................................................. 10 years
- Written contracts............................................................. 10 years
- Cancelled warrants, check stubs, bank
statements, bills, invoices, and
related records................................................................. 5 years - Recordings of closed meetings........................................ 1 year
- Program grants................................................................. As determined by the grant
- Nonpayroll personnel records.......................................... 7 years
- Payroll records................................................................. 3 years
Employees’ records are housed in the central administration office of the school district. The employees’ records are maintained by the superintendent, the building administrator, the employee’s immediate supervisor, and the board secretary.
An inventory of the furniture, equipment, and other nonconsumable items other than real property of the school district is conducted annually under the supervision of the superintendent. This report is filed with the board secretary.
The permanent and cumulative records of students currently enrolled in the school district are housed in the central administration office of the attendance center where the student attends. Permanent records must be housed in a fireproof vault. The building administrator is responsible for keeping these records current. Records of students who have graduated or are no longer enrolled in the school district are housed in the high school principal’s office. These records will be maintained by the superintendent.
The superintendent may electronically store and/or back-up or use any other reliably mass storage method to preserve school district records and may destroy paper copies of the records if they are more than three years old. A properly authenticated reproduction of a microfilmed record meets the same legal requirements as the original record.
The board secretary shall act as custodian of public records of the district and shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of the Iowa public records law. Such records shall be open for public examination, except that records required or authorized to be kept confidential by law shall not be made available for public examination. The board secretary may seek opinion of counsel as to whether a record is a public or confidential record prior to releasing the document. Public records may be examined during hours in which the central office is open, generally 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Such examination shall be done under the supervision of the board secretary or the board secretary’s designee. No person shall destroy, alter, disorganize, or damage any record or remove any record from the central office. If the examination will take longer than 15 minutes, the board secretary is authorized to charge his/her or the designee’s hourly wage for duties in supervising the examination. Copies may be made of public records upon payment of a designated fee per page.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
709 - Insurance Program
709 - Insurance Program dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 14:42709.1 - Insurance Program
709.1 - Insurance ProgramThe board will maintain a comprehensive insurance program to provide adequate coverage against major types of risk, loss, or damage, as well as legal liability. The comprehensive insurance program is reviewed once every three years.
The board will purchase insurance at replacement values, when possible, after reviewing the costs and availability of such insurance. Insurance will only be purchased through legally licensed Iowa insurance agents.
The school district will assume the risk of property damage, legal liability, and dishonesty in cases in which the exposure is so small or dispersed that a loss does not significantly affect the operation of the education program or financial condition of the school district. Insurance of buildings, structures, or property in the open will not generally be purchased to cover loss exposures below $1,000 unless such insurance is required by statute or contract.
Administration of the insurance program, making recommendations for additional insurance coverage, placing the insurance coverage and loss prevention activities is the responsibility of the superintendent. The board secretary is responsible for maintaining the fixed assets management system, processing claims and maintaining loss records. The board may retain a private organization for fixed assets management services.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
710 - School Food Services
710 - School Food Services dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 14:43710.1 - School Food Program
710.1 - School Food ProgramThe purpose of the school food program shall be to provide nutritional, balanced meals to the students of the school district on a non-profit basis and to utilize the program as an instrument to teach nutrition education.
The school district will operate a school lunch and breakfast program in each attendance center. The school food program services will include hot lunches through participation in the National School Lunch Program and supplementary foods for students during the school day. Students may bring their lunches from home and purchase milk or juice and other incidental items.
School food service facilities are provided to serve students and employees when school is in session and during school-related activities. They may also be used under the supervision of the food service director for food service to employee groups, parent-teacher meetings, civic organizations meeting for the purpose of better understanding the schools, and senior citizens in accordance with board policy.
The school food program is operated on a nonprofit basis. The revenues of the school food program will be used only for paying the regular operating costs of the school food program. Supplies of the school food program will only be used for the school food program.
The board will set, and periodically review, the prices for school lunches, breakfast and special milk programs. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding the prices of school lunch, breakfast and milk. Employees, students and others will be required to purchase tickets for meals consumed.
It is the responsibility of the food service director to administer the program and to cooperate with the superintendent and head cook for the proper functioning of the school food program.
Approved December 16, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
710.2 - Free or Reduced Cost Meals Eligibility
710.2 - Free or Reduced Cost Meals EligibilityStudents enrolled and attending school in the school district who meet USDA eligibility guidelines will be provided the school nutrition program services at no cost or at a reduced price.
The district shall at least twice annually notify all families of the availability, eligibility criteria, and application procedures for free or reduced price meals in accordance with state and federal law.
It is the responsibility of the building principal to determine the eligibility of students for free or reduced price school nutrition programs, in accordance with criteria established by state and federal law. If school personnel have knowledge of a student who is in need of free or reduced-price meals, school personnel shall contact the building principal.
Students who participate in free or reduced price meal programs will not be distinguished in any way from students who pay the regular price; great care shall be taken to protect the anonymity of these students. Their names will not be made known to any person except such staff member or members as needed to make the special arrangements for them.
Employees will be required to pay for meals consumed.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations for implementing this policy.
Approved December 16, 2013
Reviewed August 2, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
710.3 Meal Charges and Negative Balances
710.3 Meal Charges and Negative BalancesMEAL CHARGES
In accordance with state and federal law, The Red Oak Community School District adopts the following policy to ensure school district employees, families and students have a shared understanding of expectations regarding meal charges. The policy seeks to allow students to receive the nutrition they need to stay focused during the school day, prevent the overt identification of students with insufficient funds to pay for school meals, and maintain the financial integrity of the nonprofit school nutrition program.
Payment of Meals
I. Grades K-6th
- Students will be allowed to charge reimbursable meals.
- Ala carte items are not part of the USDA program and are not allowed to be charged if a student has a negative balance.
II. Grades 7th-12th
- Students will be allowed to charge reimbursable meals up to $10.00
- Ala carte items are not part of the USDA program and are not allowed to be charged if a student has a negative balance.
III. District Employees
- District employees shall not be allowed to charge meals or carry a negative balance.
- All meal purchases must be prepaid before meal service begins
Students who qualify for free meals shall never be denied a reimbursable meal, even if they have accrued a negative balance from previous purchases.
Negative Account Balances
The school district will make reasonable efforts to notify families when meal account balances are low. Additionally, the school district will make reasonable efforts to collect unpaid meal charges classified as delinquent debt. Families will be notified by an automated calling system and e-mail notification. Negative balances of more than $50 not paid prior to the end of the month will be turned over to the Superintendent or Superintendent’s designee for collection. Negative balances of more than $15 not paid prior to the end of the school year will be turned over to the Superintendent or Superintendent’s designee for collection. Options for collection may include: collection agencies, small claims court, or any other legal method permitted by law.
Free/Reduced Priced Meals
Free and reduced priced meals are available to those families who qualify.
Information regarding free or reduced priced meals will be provided at least twice annually to the parents or guardians of all enrolled students.
Students who qualify for free meals shall never be denied a reimbursable meal, even if they have accrued a negative balance from previous purchases. Students with outstanding meal charge debt shall be allowed to purchase a meal if the student pays for the meal when it is received.
If a student owes money for five or more meals, school personnel may contact the student’s parent or guardian to provide information regarding the application for free or reduced priced meals or to provide information on other options or assistance available.
Unpaid Student Meals Account
The district will establish an unpaid student meals account in a school nutrition fund. Funds from private sources and funds from the district flexibility account may be deposited into the unpaid school meals account in accordance with law. Funds deposited into this account shall be used only to pay individual student meal debt.
Communication of the Policy
The policy and supporting information regarding meal charges shall be provided to:
- All households at or before the start of each school year
- Students and families who transfer into the district, at time of transfer; and
- All staff responsible for enforcing any aspect of the policy.
Records of how and when the policy and supporting information was communicated to households and staff will be retained.
The Superintendent may develop an administrative process to implement this policy.
Approved: October 10, 2022
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised
711 - Transportation
711 - Transportation dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 14:45711.1 - Student Eligibility for School Transportation Services
711.1 - Student Eligibility for School Transportation ServicesElementary and middle school students living more than two miles from their designated school attendance centers and high school students living more than three miles from their designated attendance centers are entitled to transportation to and from their attendance center at the expense of the school district.
The board shall annually approve bus routes upon the recommendation of the superintendent and the transportation director. Transportation routes will be determined after considering the number of students to be transported in each area of the district, the seating capacity of the buses, the distance to be traveled, safety factors, efficiency and economy of the routes, and such other factors as deemed pertinent. The superintendent or the superintendent’s designee may temporarily adjust routes as deemed necessary.
Transportation of students who require special education services will generally be provided as for other students, when appropriate. Specialized transportation of a student to and from a special education instructional service is a function of that service and, therefore, an appropriate expenditure of special education instructional funds generated through the weighting plan.
Transportation of a student to and from a special education support service is a function of that service, and is specified in the individualized education program (IEP) or the individualized family service plan (IFSP). When the IEP or IFSP team determines that unique transportation arrangements are required and the arrangements are specified in the IEP or IFSP, the school district will provide one or more of the following transportation arrangements for instructional services and the AEA for support services:
- Transportation from the student’s residence to the location of the special education and back to the student’s residence, or child care placement for students below the age of six.
- Special assistance or adaptations in getting the student to and from and on and off the vehicle, en route to and from the special education.
- Reimbursement of the actual costs of transportation when by mutual agreement the parents provide transportation for the student to and from the special education.
The school district is not required to provide reimbursement to parents who elect to provide transportation in lieu of agency-provided transportation.
A student may be required, at the board’s discretion, to meet a school vehicle without reimbursement up to three-fourths of a mile. The board may require the parent to transport their children up to two miles to connect with school bus vehicles at the expense of the school district when conditions deem it advisable. It is within the discretion of the board to determine such conditions.
Parents of students who live where transportation by bus is impracticable or unavailable may be required to furnish transportation to and from the designated attendance center at the expense of the school district. Parents, who transport their children at the expense of the school district, are reimbursed at the rate per mile set by the state.
Transportation arrangements made by agreement with a neighboring school district will follow the terms of the agreement. Students, who choose to attend a school in a school district other than their resident school district, will provide transportation to and from the school at their own expense.
Approved November 11, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
711.2 - Student Conduct on School Transportation
711.2 - Student Conduct on School TransportationStudents utilizing school transportation will conduct themselves in an orderly manner fitting to their age level and maturity with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of the school vehicle driver and the other passengers. Students who fail to behave in an orderly manner will be subject to disciplinary measures.
The driver will have the authority to maintain order on the school vehicle. It is the responsibility of the driver to report misconduct to the transportation director and building administrator.
The board supports the use of video cameras, including video and audio recordings, on school buses used for transportation to and from school as well as for field trips, curricular or extracurricular events. The video cameras may be used to monitor student and/or employee behavior and may be used as evidence in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding. The video recordings may be student records or employment records subject to school district confidentiality, board policy, and administrative regulations.
After one violation of the bus conduct rules, or for a serious violation of bus conduct rules, the building principal will have the authority to suspend transportation privileges of the student or impose other appropriate discipline.
Approved December 16, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
711.2R1 - Student Conduct on School Transportation Regulation
711.2R1 - Student Conduct on School Transportation RegulationAll persons riding in school district vehicles will adhere to the following rules. The driver, sponsor or chaperones are to follow the school bus discipline procedure for student violations of this policy. Video cameras may be in operation on the school buses.
1. Bus riders will be at the designated loading point before the bus arrival time.
2. Bus riders will wait until the bus comes to a complete stop before attempting to enter.
3. Riders must not extend arms or heads out of the windows at any time.
4. Aisles must be kept cleared at all times.
5. All bus riders will load and unload through the right front door. The emergency door is for emergencies only.
6. A bus rider will depart from the bus at the designated point unless written permission to get off at a different location is given to the driver.
7. A rider may be assigned a seat by the driver.
8. Riders who damage seats or other equipment will reimburse the district for the cost of the repair or replacement (that is, vandalism is not allowed).
9. Riders are not permitted to leave their seats while the vehicle is in motion.
10. Waste containers are provided on all buses for bus riders’ use.
11. Permission to open windows must be obtained from the driver.
12. Classroom conduct is to be observed by students while riding the bus except for ordinary conversation (students are to talk lowly and softly).
13. The driver is in charge of the students and the vehicle, and the driver is to be obeyed promptly and cheerfully. Verbal abuse will not be tolerated.
14. Students will assist in looking after the safety and comfort of younger students.
15. A bus rider who must cross the roadway to board or depart from the bus will pass in front of the bus (no closer than 10 feet), look in both directions and proceed to cross the road or highway only on signal from the driver.
16. Objects of any kind are not to be thrown about the vehicle nor out through the windows.
17. Shooting paper wads, squirt guns or other material in the vehicle is not permitted.
18. Students will keep feet off the seats.
19. Roughhousing in the vehicle is prohibited.
20. Students will refrain from crowding or pushing.
21. Students are to “keep their hands to themselves.”
22. The use or possession of alcohol, tobacco or look-alike substances is prohibited in the vehicle.
23. The Good Conduct Rule is in effect.
711.2R2 - Use of Video Cameras on School Transportation Regulation
711.2R2 - Use of Video Cameras on School Transportation RegulationThe board supports the use of video cameras on school transportation as a means to monitor and maintain a safe environment for students and employees. The video cameras may be used on buses or other school vehicles used for transportation to and from school, field trips, curricular events and extracurricular events. The contents of the video recordings may be used as evidence in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding.
Student and Employment Records
The content of the video recordings may be a student or employment record subject to board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student and employment records. If the video recording is considered a student record, only those persons with a legitimate educational purpose may view the video recordings. In most instances, those individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal, transportation director, bus driver and special education staffing team. A video recording recorded during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the sponsor or coach of the activity. If the content of the video recording becomes the subject of a student or employee disciplinary proceeding, it will be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.
Notice
The school district will annually provide the following notice to students and parents:
The Red Oak Community School District Board of Directors has authorized the use of video cameras on school district buses. The video cameras will be used to monitor student behavior to maintain order on the school buses to promote and maintain a safe environment. Students and parents are hereby notified that the content of the video recordings may be used in a student disciplinary proceeding. The content of the video recordings are confidential student records and will be retained with other student records. Video recordings will only be retained if necessary for use in a student disciplinary proceeding or other matter as determined necessary by the administration. Parents may request to view video recordings of their child if the video recordings are used in a disciplinary proceeding involving their child.
The following notice will also be placed on all school transportation equipped with a video camera:
This vehicle is equipped with a video/audio monitoring system.
Review of Video Recordings
The school district may review video recordings randomly. The video recordings may be recirculated for erasure after 10 school days.
Viewing of video recordings is limited to the individuals having a legitimate educational purpose. A written log will be kept of those individuals viewing the video recordings stating the time, name of individual viewing, and the date the video recording was viewed.
Video Monitoring System
Video cameras will be rotated randomly on school district transportation.
Determination of how video cameras will be used and which school buses or vehicles will be equipped with video equipment will be made by the superintendent in consultation with the building principals and transportation director.
Student Conduct
Students are prohibited from tampering with the video cameras on the school buses or vehicles. Students found in violation of this regulation will be disciplined in accordance with the school district discipline policy and Good Conduct Rule and will reimburse the school district for any repairs or replacement necessary as a result of the tampering.
711.2R3 - School Transportation Discipline Procedures
711.2R3 - School Transportation Discipline ProceduresThe operation of safe, efficient, and economical transportation requires that all passengers observe the associated set of regulations. In order to avoid any misunderstanding that might develop at a future date, the procedures described below will be followed in the event of a violation of the rules.
First Violation;
- The driver will discuss the problem with the child.
- The driver will file a bus conduct report with the transportation manager and principal.
- The driver will contact the parent. It is the driver’s responsibility to make the initial parent contact and try to solve the problem. If that does not work, then the transportation supervisor will take over.
Second Violation:
- The driver will file a bus conduct report with the transportation manager and the principal.
- The transportation manager shall call the parent, or make a personal contact, to inform the parent of a second violation.
- The principal will arrange a meeting with the principal (or designee), transportation manager, driver, and student.
- Bus riding privileges may be suspended for one day to two weeks. This decision will be made by the principal, with input from the transportation manager and the driver.
Third Violation: On the third violation, the student may lose bus riding privileges for three days to one semester; this decision will be made by the principal, with input from the transportation manager and the driver.
Any Further Violations: Automatic loss of bus-riding privileges for a minimum of one semester. A student returning after this level of the procedures will again face the loss of bus riding-privileges for a semester for another violation.
When, in the judgment of the bus driver, behavior by a rider is such that it becomes an immediate threat to the safety of other riders, driver and/or the bus itself, the driver will take action to remove the student from the bus without going through the above steps. In severe cases, when a student must be removed before reaching his/her destination, the driver will stop the bus in a safe place and call for assistance. The student will remain on the bus until assistance arrives. Then the student will be removed and transported by the person(s) providing assistance.
In summary, when a threat to bus safety occurs, the students(s) responsible may lose bus riding privileges without going through the “First Violation, Second Violation, Third Violation” process as listed above.
To ride a school bus is a privilege paid for by property taxes, a privilege that should never be lost. However, if bus safety is jeopardized due to student behavior, the student will lose bus riding privileges. We trust that we will receive parent/guardian support in our effort to achieve bus safety.
711.3 - Student Transportation for Extracurricular Activities
711.3 - Student Transportation for Extracurricular ActivitiesThe board in its discretion may provide school district transportation for extracurricular activities including, but not limited to, transporting student participants and other students to and from extracurricular events.
Students participating in extracurricular events, other than those held at the school district facilities, may be transported to the extracurricular event by school district transportation vehicles or by another means approved by the superintendent. Students attending extracurricular events, other than those held at the school district facilities may be transported to the extracurricular event by school district transportation vehicles.
Students, who are provided transportation in school district transportation vehicles for extracurricular events, will ride both to and from the event in the school vehicle unless arrangements have been made with the building principal or the athletic director prior to the event. A student’s parent may personally appear and request to transport the student home from a school-sponsored event in which the student traveled to the event on a school district transportation vehicle.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board annually as to whether the school district will provide the transportation authorized in this policy. In making the recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students who would qualify for such transportation, and other factors the board or superintendent deem relevant.
Approved December 16, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
711.4 - Student Transportation for Summer School Program
711.4 - Student Transportation for Summer School ProgramTransportation to and from the student’s attendance center for summer school instructional programs is within the discretion of the board. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation regarding transportation of students in summer school instructional programs at the expense of the school district. In making the recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the financial condition of the school district, the number of students involved in summer school programs, and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.
The school district may use school vehicles for transportation to and from summer extracurricular activities. The superintendent will make a recommendation to the board annually regarding their use.
Approved December 16, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
711.5 - Transportation of Non-Resident and Nonpublic School Students
711.5 - Transportation of Non-Resident and Nonpublic School StudentsThe board has sole discretion to determine the method to be utilized for transporting nonresident and nonpublic students. Nonresident students paying tuition may be, and resident students attending a nonpublic school accredited by the State Department of Education, will be transported on an established public school vehicle route as long as such transportation does not interfere with resident public students’ transportation. Nonresident and nonpublic school students will obtain the permission of the superintendent prior to being transported by the school district.
Parents of resident students who provide transportation for their children attending a nonpublic school accredited by the Iowa Department of Education will be reimbursed at the established state rate. This reimbursement is paid only if the school district receives the funds from the state. If less than the amount of funds necessary to fully reimburse parents of the nonpublic students is received by the school district, the funds will be prorated.
The charge to the nonresident students is determined based on the students’ pro rata share of the actual costs for transportation. The parents of these students are billed for the student’s share of the actual costs of transportation. The billing is according to the schedule developed by the superintendent. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to determine the amount to be charged and report it to the board secretary for billing.
Continued transportation of nonresident and nonpublic school students on a public-school vehicle route will be subject to resident public school students’ transportation needs. The superintendent will make a recommendation annually to the board regarding the method to be used. In making a recommendation to the board, the superintendent will consider the number of students to be transported, the capacity of the school vehicles, the financial condition of the school district and other factors deemed relevant by the board or the superintendent.
Nonresident and nonpublic school students are subject to the same conduct regulations as resident public students as prescribed by board policy, and to other policies, rules, or regulations developed by the school district regarding transportation of students by the school district.
Approved December 16, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
711.6 - Transportation of Non-School Groups
711.6 - Transportation of Non-School GroupsOnly in unusual circumstances will the board make school district transportation vehicles available to local nonprofit entities which promote cultural, educational, civic, community, or recreational activities for transporting to and from nonschool-sponsored activities in the state. The local nonprofit entity must pay the cost of using the school district vehicle as per the current fee schedule.
In the event school district transportation vehicles are made available to local nonprofit entities, it is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop requirements for application for, use of, and payment for using the school district transportation vehicles.
Approved December 16, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
711.7 - School Vehicle Safety Instruction
711.7 - School Vehicle Safety InstructionThe school district will conduct school bus and other vehicle safe riding practices instruction and emergency safety drills at least twice during the school year for students who utilize school district transportation.
Each school vehicle will have, in addition to the regular emergency safety drill, a plan for helping those students who require special assistance to safety during an emergency. This will include, but not be limited to, students with disabilities.
School district vehicle drivers are required to attend each safety drill. Employees are responsible for instructing the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency, as well as safe riding practices.
Approved December 16, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
711.8 - Transportation in Inclement Weather
711.8 - Transportation in Inclement WeatherSchool district vehicles will not operate when weather conditions due to fog, rain, snow or other natural elements make it unsafe to do so. Because weather conditions may vary around the school district and may change quickly, the best judgment possible will be used with the information available.
The final judgment as to when conditions are unsafe to operate will be made by the superintendent. The superintendent will be assisted by the actual “on location” decisions and reports through the director of transportation.
Bus drivers will report weather and road conditions by bus radio when requested to do so. If radio contact is not possible, the driver will proceed to the next stop which does not present a hazard and make telephone contact personally, with the assistance of a student rider, monitor, or other person.
When school is cancelled because of weather anywhere in the school district, all schools will be closed. Employees and students will be notified by commercial radio, television, web site and/or automated phone service when school is cancelled or temporarily delayed.
When weather conditions deteriorate during the day after school has begun, cancellation notices will be announced as outlined above. Students will be returned to their regular drop-off sites unless weather conditions prevent it. In that case, students will be kept at or returned to school until they are picked up by the parents.
Approved December 16, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
711.9 - School Vehicle Idling
711.9 - School Vehicle IdlingThe board recognizes that it has a role in reducing environmental pollutants and in assisting students and others be free from pollutants that may impact their respiratory health. Unnecessary vehicle idling emits pollutants and wastes fuel. The board directs the superintendent and the director of transportation to collaborate and provide appropriate training and directives to bus drivers in an effort to reduce school vehicle idling time.
Approved December 16, 2013
Reviewed August 16, 2023
Revised November 26, 2018
711.10 - School Bus Seat Belts
711.10 - School Bus Seat BeltsIt is the goal of the Red Oak Community School District Transportation Department to provide the safest student transportation possible. Beginning in 2020-21, the District is purchasing school buses equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts. The District requires that all students riding a school district bus equipped with seat belts wear seat belts while the bus is in motion.
All students will receive instruction on the proper use of seat belts during the twice annual bus safety drills. Drivers are not responsible (i.e. liable) for students wearing seat belts while riding. Drivers are responsible for instructing students to put on seat belts prior to the bus moving.
Students who may require assistance in using seat belts should ask the bus driver for help, so that all students are safely belted in their seat before the bus is in motion. Drivers will announce prior to the bus leaving that each student needs to be in their seat with the seat belt fastened.
Students refusing to use seat belts create a safety concern for themselves and others, and are subject to school district disciplinary actions. Repeated refusal to wear seat belts can result in suspension from bus riding privileges.
All adults accompanying students as bus riders are expected to utilize the lap/shoulder seat belts, too.
Approved August 24, 2020
Reviewed August 2, 2023
Revised
800 - BUILDINGS & SITES
800 - BUILDINGS & SITES Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 09/08/2020 - 08:36800 - Objectives of Buildings & Sites
800 - Objectives of Buildings & SitesThis series of the board policy manual sets forth the board objectives and goals for the school district’s buildings and sites. It is the goal of the board to provide sufficient school district buildings and sites for the education program. The board will strive to provide an environment which will encourage and support learning.
In providing this environment the school district buildings and sites will accommodate the organizational and instructional patterns that support the education program. The board has final authority to determine what is necessary to meet the needs of the education program.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to oversee the day-to-day operations of the school buildings and sites and to notify the board of areas in need of improvement.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction
801 - Site Acquisition and Building Construction dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 15:12801.1 - Buildings and Sites Long Range Planning
801.1 - Buildings and Sites Long Range PlanningAs part of the board’s long range plan for the school district’s education program, the board will include the buildings and sites needs for the education program. The long-term needs for building will be discussed and determined by the board.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to provide information including, but not limited to, enrollment projections and education program requirements to the board.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
801.2 - Buildings and Sites Surveys
801.2 - Buildings and Sites SurveysThe board may engage the services of consultants or other personnel to study the needs of the school district’s buildings and sites in providing the education program. The results of these services will be considered in planning the education program and in making decisions about the improvement and acquisition of additional buildings and sites.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the need for such services and who should perform such services for the board.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
801.3 - Educational Specifications for Building and Sites
801.3 - Educational Specifications for Building and SitesBuildings and sites considered for purchase or construction by the board or currently owned by the school district and used for the education program must meet, or upon improvement be able to meet, the specifications set by the board. The board will make this determination.
Prior to construction or renovation of buildings and sites, when required by law, the specifications must be endorsed by the State of Iowa. The board may set standards in addition to the requirements of the State of Iowa for school district buildings and sites.
Prior to remodeling or other construction of buildings and sites, the board may appoint a committee of consultants, employees, citizens, or others to assist the board in developing the specifications for the new or improved buildings and sites. The education specifications will include, but not be limited to, the financial resources available for the project, the definition and character of classrooms, the functional use to be made of the rooms, description of specialized needs, and other pertinent information as the board deems necessary. These specifications will be consistent with the education program, will support the teaching and learning that will take place in the building, and will provide the architect with the information necessary to determine what is expected from the facility. It is within the discretion of the board to determine whether a committee is appointed.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the specifications of buildings and sites.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
801.4 - Site Acquisition
801.4 - Site AcquisitionSites acquired by the board will meet or upon improvement be able to meet the specifications set out by the board prior to using the site for the education program. The board may meet in closed session to discuss potential purchases of sites.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to assist the board and to make recommendations concerning the acquisition of sites.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
801.5 - Bids and Awards for Construction Contracts
801.5 - Bids and Awards for Construction ContractsThe board supports economic development in Iowa, particularly in the school district community. Construction contracts will be made in the school district community or in Iowa from Iowa-based companies if the bids submitted meet the required specifications and are comparable in quality and can be received without additional cost in comparison to those submitted by other bidders. The board will have the authority to approve or retain construction contracts.
Public, competitive sealed bids are required for public improvement construction projects, including renovation and repair, with a cost exceeding the statutory minimums required by law. The public, competitive sealed bid requirement is waived in the case of emergency repairs when the repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school. The AEA administrator will certify that the emergency repairs are necessary to prevent the closing of a school. The superintendent will comply with the competitive quote process for those projects subject to the competitive quote law. The superintendent will determine the process for obtaining quotes for projects below the competitive quote limit.
The award of construction contracts will, generally, be made to the lowest responsible bidder. The board, in its discretion, after considering factors relating to the construction, including, but not limited to, the cost of the construction, availability of service and/or repair, completion date, and any other factors deemed relevant by the board, may choose a bid other than the lowest bid. The board will have the right to reject any or all bids, or any part thereof, and to enter into the contract or contracts deemed to be in the best interests of the school district.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation and the reason for it to the board for construction contract bids. The board secretary shall recommend to the board which bid to accept.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
802 - Maintenance, Operation and Management
802 - Maintenance, Operation and Management dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 15:18802.1 - Maintenance Schedule
802.1 - Maintenance ScheduleThe school district buildings and sites, including the grounds, buildings and equipment, will be kept clean and in good repair. Employees should notify the building principal when something is in need of repair or removal, including graffiti.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to maintain the school district buildings and sites. As part of this responsibility, a maintenance schedule for the general care and housekeeping of all buildings, equipment, and grounds is created and adhered to in compliance with this policy. This schedule shall include provisions establishing the proper lines of authority in administering such schedule.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
802.2 - Request for Improvements
802.2 - Request for ImprovementsGenerally, except for emergency situations, requests for improvements or repairs are made to the superintendent by building principals and the head custodian. Requirements for requests outlined in the maintenance schedule will be followed.
Minor improvements, not exceeding a cost of $5,000, may be approved by the superintendent. Improvements exceeding $5,000 must be approved by the board. Routine maintenance and repairs outlined in the maintenance schedule will be followed.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
802.3 - Emergency Repairs
802.3 - Emergency RepairsWhen an emergency arises in the maintenance or operation of any district property that directly affects the learning environment and/or safety and welfare of personnel and students, the following actions shall be taken:
- Insure the safety and welfare of the students.
- Insure the safety and welfare of personnel.
- Report such emergency condition to the appropriate administrator and/or maintenance staff for correction or to outside authorities.
In the event an emergency requiring repairs in excess of the statutory minimums required by law to a school district facility is necessary to correct or control the situation and to prevent the closing of school, the provisions relating to bidding will not apply. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to obtain certification from the area education agency administrator stating such repairs in excess of the statutory minimums required by law were necessary to prevent the closing of school.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to notify the board as soon as possible considering the circumstances of the emergency.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
802.4 - Capital Assets
802.4 - Capital AssetsThe school district will establish and maintain a capital assets management system for reporting capitalized assets owned or under the jurisdiction of the school district in its financial reports in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) as required or modified by law; to improve the school district’s oversight of capital assets by assigning and recording them to specific facilities and programs and to provide for proof of loss of capital assets for insurance purposes.
Capital assets, including tangible and intangible assets, are reported in the government-wide financial statements (i.e. governmental activities and business type activities) and the proprietary fund financial statements. Capital assets reported include school district buildings and sites, construction in progress, improvements other than buildings and sites, land and machinery and equipment. Capital assets reported in the financial reports will include individual capital assets with an historical cost equal to or greater than $2,500. The Federal regulations governing school lunch programs require capital assets attributable to the school lunch program with a historical cost of equal to or greater than $500 be capitalized. Additionally, capital assets are depreciated over the useful life of each capital asset.
All intangible assets with a purchase price equal to or greater than $2,500 with useful life of two or more years, are included in the intangible asset inventory for capitalization purposes. Such assets are recorded at actual historical cost and amortized over the designated useful lifetime applying a straight-line method of depreciation. If there are no legal, contractual, regulatory, technological or other factors that limit the useful life of the asset, then the intangible asset needs to be considered to have an indefinite useful life and no amortization should be recorded.
Phase III districts, as determined under GASB 34, will not retroactively report intangible assets. If actual historical cost cannot be determined for intangible assets due to lack of sufficient records, estimated historical cost will be used.
This policy applies to all intangible assets. If an intangible asset that meets the threshold criteria is fully amortized, the asset must be reported at the historical cost and the applicable accumulated amortization must also be reported. It is not appropriate to “net” the capital asset and amortization to avoid reporting. For internally generated intangible assets, outlays incurred by the government’s personnel, or by a third-party contractor on behalf of the government, and for development of internally generated intangible assets should be capitalized.
The capital assets management system must be updated monthly to account for the addition/acquisition, disposal, relocation/transfer of capital assets. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to count and reconcile the capital assets with capital assets management system on June 30 each year.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to develop administrative regulations implementing this policy. It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to educate employees about this policy and its supporting administrative regulations.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
802.4R1 - Capital Assets Regulation
802.4R1 - Capital Assets RegulationA. Capital Assets Management System
The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, shall:
1) Conduct the fixed assets physical count;
2) Develop the fixed assets listing;
3) Tag fixed assets included in the fixed assets management system with a bar code identification number;
4) Make a recommendation of a computer software program for managing the fixed assets management system;
5) Enter the necessary data into the fixed capital assets management system and compile the appropriate reports;
6) Develop forms and procedures for maintaining the integrity of the fixed capital assets management system; and,
7) Maintain responsibility for an accurate fixed capital assets management system.
B. Determining historical cost
1. The historical cost of a capital asset is based on the actual costs expended in making the capital assets serviceable.
2. Gifts of capital assets are valued at the estimated fair market value at the addition/acquisition date.
3. Fixed assets purchased under a capital lease are valued at historical cost of their net present value of the minimum lease payments on the addition/acquisition date.
4. The historical cost of capital assets must include capitalized interest.
C. Annual capital assets listing reconciliation
1. The superintendent, and/or other designated staff, in conjunction with the capital assets management team, will conduct an annual capital assets physical count to develop the annual capital assets listing in a manner similar to the initial capital assets listing process in B above. At least every three years, someone other than the person in custody of the capital assets in the building/department/room will perform the capital assets physical count for the building/department/room.
2. Upon completion of the annual capital assets listing, the capital assets listing is reconciled to the capital assets management system data base.
3. Capital assets found to have been excluded from the data base are added to the capital assets management system. The capital assets management system process should be reviewed to prevent future incidents of excluding a capital asset.
4. Capital assets unaccounted for are reported to the superintendent who contacts the supervisor of and the individual in charge/control/custody of the capital asset. The individual in charge/control/custody of the capital asset has thirty days to account for the capital asset.
5. Capital assets unaccounted for after thirty days are reported to the superintendent for appropriate action and documentation. “Appropriate action” may include discipline, up to and including discharge, and may require the employee/person in charge/control/custody of the capital asset to replace the asset.
6. The superintendent is responsible for documenting the reasons each asset was not reconciled to the capital assets management system.
D. Addition/acquisition of capital assets.
1. The school district’s purchasing policy and administrative regulations must be followed when acquiring capital assets. The school district’s policy and administrative regulations must be followed for receiving a gift of capital assets.
2. The capital assets addition/acquisition documentation must be completed for each additional capital assets with an addition/acquisition cost of equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold). The following information should be collected, if applicable:
a. Name of location-building/department/room;
b. Location-building/department/room code;
c. Balance sheet accounting/class code;
d. Government or BTA program;
e. Addition/acquisition date;
f. Check/purchase order number or gift;
g. Bar code identification number assigned to and placed on the capital asset;
h. Serial/model number;
i. Cost-historical;
j. Fair market value on acquisition date (donated assets only);
k. Estimated useful life;
l. Vendor;
m. Purchasing fund and function;
n. Description of capital asset;
o. Department/person charged with custody,
p. Method of addition/acquisition-purchase, trade, gift etc.,
q. Quantity;
r. Replacement cost;
s. Addition/acquisition authorization; and,
t. Function for depreciation.
3. Capital assets acquired in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.
4. The actual costs of construction in progress, other than infrastructure, is entered into the capital assets management system in the month in which costs are incurred until the total cost of addition/acquisition is entered. Upon completion of construction, the total costs accumulated over the period of construction are reclassified to buildings.
5. Capital assets acquired in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.
E. Relocation/transfer of machinery and equipment capital assets.
1. A capital assets relocation/transfer documentation must be completed prior to removing machinery and equipment capital assets from their current location. The following information must be collected:
a. Relocation/transfer date;
b. Quantity;
c. Bar code identification number;
d. Current location-building/department/room code;
e. Name of current location-building/department/room;
f. New location-building/department/room code;
g. Name of new location-building/department/room;
h. Date placed at new location-building/department/room;
i. Department/person charged with custody; and
j. Relocation/transfer authorization.
2. Capital assets relocated/transferred in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.
F. Disposal of capital assets
1. A Capital Assets disposal documentation must be completed prior to disposing of real property. The following information must be collected:
a. Disposal date;
b. Quantity;
c. Bar code tag identification number;
d. Legal description,
e. Location/Address;
f. Purchaser;
g. Disposal methods for real property trade, sale, stolen, etc.; and,
h. Disposal authorization.
2. Capital assets disposed of in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.
3. When assets are sold or disposed of, it is necessary to calculate and report a gain or loss in the statement of activities. The gain/loss is calculated by subtracting the net book value (historical cost less any accumulated amortization) from the net amount realized on the sale or disposal.
G. Lost, damaged or stolen capital assets.
1. A Lost, Damaged or Stolen Capital Assets Report must be completed when a capital asset has been lost, damaged or stolen. The following information must be collected:
a. Date of loss, damage or theft;
b. Employee/person discovering;
c. Quantity;
d. Description of capital asset;
e. Bar code tag identification number;
f. Location-building/department/room;
g. Description of loss, damage, etc.;
h. Filing of police report-yes or no;
i. Filing of insurance report-yes or no;
j. Sent for repair-yes or no;
k. Date returned from repair;
l. Date returned to location-building/department/room;
m. Department/person charged with custody; and,
n. Authorization.
2. Capital assets damaged, lost or stolen in a month must be entered into the capital assets management system in the same month.
H. Capital assets reports
1. Annual reports for June 30 each year.
a. Capital assets listing including the following items:
1) Balance sheet accounting/class code;
2) Purchasing fund, function and depreciation function;
3) Bar code tag identification number;
4) Description of the capital asset;
5) Historical cost or other;
6) Location;
7) Current year depreciation/expense; and,
8) Accumulated depreciation/amortization.
b. Capital assets listing by location/building;
c. Capital assets listing by department/employee/person charged with custody; and,
d. Capital assets listing by replacement cost.
802.4R2 - Capital Assets Management System Definitions
802.4R2 - Capital Assets Management System DefinitionsBack trending/standard costing - an estimate of the historical original cost using a known average installed cost for like units as of the estimated addition/ acquisition date. This cost is only applied to the capital assets initially counted upon implementation of the capital assets management system when the historical original cost cannot be determined. It is inappropriate to apply the back trending/standard costing method to any capital assets acquired after the assets management system implementation date.
Balance sheet accounting/class codes - the codes set out for assets in the Iowa Department of Education Uniform Accounting Manual. They are: 200-capital assets; 211- land and land improvements; 221-site improvements; 222-accumulated depreciation on site improvements; 231-buildings and building improvements; 232-accumulated depreciation on buildings and building improvements; 241-machinery and equipment; 242-accumulated depreciation on machinery and equipment, 251-works of art and historical treasures; 252-accumulated depreciation on works of art and historical treasures, 261-infrastructure, 262-accumulated depreciation on infrastructure, and 271-construction in progress.
Book value - the value of capital assets on the records of the school district, which can be the cost or, the cost less the appropriate allowances, such as depreciation.
Buildings and building improvements - a capital assets account reflecting the addition/acquisition cost of permanent structures owned or held by a government and the improvements thereon.
Business-type activities – one of two classes of activities reported in the government-wide financial statements. Business-type activities are financed in the whole or in part by fees charged to external parties for goods or services. These activities are usually reported in enterprise funds.
Capital expenditures/expenses - expenditures/expenses resulting in the addition/acquisition of or addition/acquisition to the school district’s capital assets.
Capital assets - Capital assets with a value of equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold) based on the historical cost include: long-lived assets obtained or controlled as a result of past transactions, events or circumstances. Capital assets include buildings, construction in progress, improvements other than facilities, land, machinery and equipment, and intangible assets.
Capitalization policy - the criteria used by the school district to determine which capital assets will be reported as capital assets on the school district’s financial statements and records
Capitalization threshold - The dollar value at which a government elects to capitalize tangible or intangible assets that are used in operations and that have initial useful lives extending beyond a single reporting period.
Capitalized interest - interest accrued and reported as part of the cost of the capital assets during the construction phase of a capital project. The construction phase extends from the initiation of pre-construction activities until the time the asset is placed in service.
Construction in progress - buildings in the process of being constructed other than infrastructure.
Cost - the amount of money or other consideration exchanged for goods or services.
Depreciation/Amortization - expiration in the service life of capital assets, other than wasting assets, attributable to wear and tear, deterioration, action of the physical elements, inadequacy and obsolescence. In accounting for depreciation/amortization, the cost of a capital asset, less any salvage value, is prorated over the estimated service life of such an asset, and each period is charged with a portion of such cost.
Fixtures - attachments to buildings that are not intended to be removed and cannot be removed without damage to the buildings. Those fixtures with a useful life presumed to be as long as that of the building itself are considered a part of the building. Other fixtures are classified as machinery and equipment.
General capital assets - capital assets that are not capital assets of any fund, but of the governmental unit as a whole. Most often these capital assets arise from the expenditure of the financial resources of governmental funds.
General capital assets account group (GFAAG) - a self-balancing group of accounts established to account for capital assets of the school district, not accounted for through specific proprietary funds.
Government activities – activities generally financed through taxes, intergovernmental revenues, and other non-exchange revenues. These activities are usually reported in governmental funds and internal service funds.
Government-wide financial statements – Financial statements that incorporate all of a government’s governmental and business-type activities, as well as its nonfiduciary component units. There are two basic government-wide financial statements the statement of net assets and the statement of activities. Both basic government-wide financial statements are presented using the economic resources measurement focus and the accrual basis of accounting.
Historical (acquisition) cost - the actual costs expended to place a capital asset into service. For land and buildings, costs such as legal fees, recording fees, surveying fees, architect fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost. For machinery and equipment, costs such as freight and installation fees and similar fees are included in the historical cost.
Improvements – In addition made to, or change made in, a capital asset, other than maintenance, to prolong its life or to increase the efficiency or capacity. The cost of the addition or change is added to the book value of the asset.
Improvements other than buildings - attachments or annexation to land that are intended to remain so attached or annexed, such as sidewalks, trees, drives, tunnels, drains and sewers. Sidewalks, curbing, sewers and highways are sometimes referred to as “betterments,” but the term “improvements” is preferred.
Infrastructure – long-lived capital assets that normally are stationary in nature and normally can be preserved for a significantly greater number of years than most capital assets. Examples of infrastructure assets include; roads, bridges, tunnels, drainage systems, tater and sewer systems, dams, and lighting systems.
Investment in general capital assets - an account in the GFAAG representing the school district’s investment in general capital assets. The balance in this account generally is subdivided according to the source of the monies that finance the capital assets addition/acquisition, such as general fund revenues and special assessments.
Land and buildings - real property owned by the school district.
Machinery and equipment - capital assets which maintain their identity when removed from their location and are not changed materially or consumed immediately (e.g., within one year) by use. Machinery and equipment are often divided into specific categories such as: transportation machinery and equipment which includes school buses and school district owned automobiles, trucks and vans; other motor machinery and equipment which includes lawn maintenance machinery and equipment, tractors, motorized carts, maintenance machinery and equipment, etc.; other machinery and equipment which includes furniture and machinery and equipment contained in the buildings whose original cost is equal to or greater than ($ capitalization threshold), and capital assets under capital leases and capital assets being acquired under a lease/purchase agreement.
Proprietary funds – Funds that focus on the determination of operating income, changes in net assets (or cost recovery), financial position, and cash flows. There are two different types of proprietary funds: enterprise funds and internal service funds.
Replacement cost - the amount of cash or other consideration required today to obtain the same capital assets or its equivalent.
802.4E1 - Fixed Assets Management System Machinery and Equipment Fixed Assets Additions/Acquisitions Form
802.4E1 - Fixed Assets Management System Machinery and Equipment Fixed Assets Additions/Acquisitions FormAddition/Acquisition Date: PO/Check Number: Class Code:
Purchasing Fund: Gift: Yes No Bar Code No:
GFAAG Proprietary Fund
Description: _______________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Quantity: Useful life (proprietary funds only):
Serial No./Model No.:
Cost: $ Replacement cost: $
Vendor: ____________________________________________________________________________
Building: ____________________________________________________________________________
Building Code: Department/Room:
Controlling Person: Completed by:
(Initials) (date)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorization:
Entered into the Fixed Assets Management System Record by: __________________________________
(Initials) (date)
The upper portion of this form is to be completed in accordance with the Fixed Assets Management System Administrative Regulations. The lower portion of this form is to be completed by the superintendent.
802.4E2 - Fixed Assets Management System Real Property Fixed Assets Additions/Acquisitions Form
802.4E2 - Fixed Assets Management System Real Property Fixed Assets Additions/Acquisitions FormAddition/Acquisition Date: PO/Check Number: Class Code:
Purchasing Fund: Gift: Yes No Bar Code No:
GFAAG Proprietary Fund
Legal Description: ___________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Address: ___________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________
Cost: $ Actual _____ Estimate ____
If estimated cost, describe method________________________________________________________
Useful life of building (proprietary funds only): _____________________________________________
Seller: ___________________________________________________________________________
Controlling Person: Completed by:
(Initials) (date)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorization:
Entered into the Fixed Assets Management System Record by: __________________________________
(Initials) (date)
The upper portion of this form is to be completed in accordance with the Fixed Assets Management System Administrative Regulations. The lower portion of this form is to be completed by the superintendent.
802.4E3 - Fixed Assets Management System Fixed Assets Relocation/Transfer Form
802.4E3 - Fixed Assets Management System Fixed Assets Relocation/Transfer FormTransfer Date: Bar Code Number: ____________________________________
Description: ________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Quantity: __________________ Serial/Model Number: ___________________________________
Transfer From:
Building: _____________________________________________________________________________
Building Code: __________________________ Department/Room:_____________________________
Controlling Person: Completed by:
(Initials) (date)
Transfer To:
Building: _____________________________________________________________________________
Building Code: __________________________ Department/Room: _____________________________
Reason for the Transfer: _________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Controlling Person: Completed by:
(Initials) (date)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorization:
Entered into the Fixed Assets Management System Record by: __________________________________
(Initials) (date)
The upper portion of this form is to be completed in accordance with the Fixed Assets Management System Administrative Regulations. The lower portion of this form is to be completed by the superintendent
Instructions: This form is used only when a fixed assets is relocated/ transferred to another location for continued use. The upper portion of this form is to be completed in accordance with the Fixed Assets Management System Administrative Regulations. The lower portion of this form is to be completed by the superintendent. The information on this form should be entered into the fixed assets management system on the same day the relocation/transfer is completed and no later than in the month in which the relocation/transfer occurred.
802.4E4 - Fixed Assets Management System Machinery and Equipment Fixed Assets Disposal Form
802.4E4 - Fixed Assets Management System Machinery and Equipment Fixed Assets Disposal FormDisposal Date: Bar Code Number: ___________________
Completed by: ________________________________________________________________________
Description: ________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Quantity: __________________________ Serial/Model No.: ______________________________
Disposal Method: Trade-in Junk Sale Trade Other __________________
Condition of Item: _____________________________________________________________________
Reason for Disposal: ___________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Cost: $ Actual _____ Estimate ____
Controlling Person: Completed by:
(Initials) (date)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorization:
Entered into the Fixed Assets Management System Record by: __________________________________
(Initials) (date)
The upper portion of this form is to be completed in accordance with the Fixed Assets Management System Administrative Regulations. The lower portion of this form is to be completed by the superintendent.
Instructions: This form is used to remove a fixed asset that is of no further service/use to the school district. The upper portion of this form is to be completed in accordance with the Fixed Assets Management System Administrative Regulations. The lower portion of this form is to be completed by the superintendent. The information on this form should be entered into the fixed assets management system on the same day the relocation/transfer is completed and no later than in the month in which the relocation/transfer occurred.
802.4E5 - Fixed Assets Management System Real Property Fixed Assets Disposal Form
802.4E5 - Fixed Assets Management System Real Property Fixed Assets Disposal FormDisposal Date: Bar Code Number: ___________________
Completed by: ________________________________________________________________________
Legal Description: ___________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Address: ___________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________
Cost: $ Purchaser: ____________________________________
Disposal Method: Sale Trade Other ____________________________________
Condition of Asset: ____________________________________________________________________
Reason for Disposal: ___________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Controlling Person: Completed by:
(Initials) (date)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorization:
Entered into the Fixed Assets Management System Record by: __________________________________
(Initials) (date)
The upper portion of this form is to be completed in accordance with the Fixed Assets Management System Administrative Regulations. The lower portion of this form is to be completed by the superintendent.
802.4E6 - Fixed Assets Management System Lost, Damaged or Stolen Fixed Assets Report
802.4E6 - Fixed Assets Management System Lost, Damaged or Stolen Fixed Assets ReportDiscovery Date: Bar Code Number: _______ Quantity: ____________
Person Discovering the Loss: ____________________________________________________________
Description: ________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________
Building: ___________________________________________ Building Code: ___________________
Department/Room: ___________________________ Controlling Person: ________________________
Reported as: ____Arson ____Theft ____Unexplained Loss
____Burglary ____Vandalism ____Failure to Return
Explain Circumstances Surrounding Loss: __________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________________
Estimated Loss: $__________________________
Sent for Repair: ____Yes ____No Date Submitted for Repair: _______ Returned from Repair:_______
Police Report Filed: ____Yes ____No Police Report Date: __________ Police Report No._________
Insurance Report Filed: ____Yes ____No Insurance Report Date: _____________________________
Completed by: __________________________________________
(Initials) (date)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Authorization:
Entered into the Fixed Assets Management System Record by: __________________________________
(Initials) (date)
The upper portion of this form is to be completed in accordance with the Fixed Assets Management System Administrative Regulations. The lower portion of this form is to be completed by the superintendent.
802.5 - Building and Sites Adaptation for Persons with Disabilities
802.5 - Building and Sites Adaptation for Persons with DisabilitiesThe board recognizes the need for access to its buildings and sites by persons with disabilities. School district buildings and sites currently in use will be altered to be accessible to persons with disabilities unless the alteration would cause an undue hardship for the school district. Renovated and new buildings and sites will be accessible to persons with disabilities.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent, upon board approval, to take the necessary action to ensure school district buildings and sites are accessible to persons with disabilities.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
802.6 - Vandalism/Naming School District Facilities or Portions of District Facilities
802.6 - Vandalism/Naming School District Facilities or Portions of District FacilitiesVANDALISM
The board believes everyone should treat school district buildings and sites and property with respect for the benefit of the education program. Users of school district property will treat it with care. Employees discovering vandalism should report it to the building principal as soon as possible.
Persons suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property may be subject to discipline by the school district, if the person is under the jurisdiction of the school district, and may be reported to local law enforcement officials. Persons who are not under the jurisdiction of the school district and who are suspected, found or proven to have destroyed or otherwise harmed school district property will be reported to the local law enforcement authorities.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
Regulations 802.6
NAMING SCHOOL DISTRICT FACILITIES OR PORTIONS OF DISTRICT FACILITIES
The Board will consider request to name or rename a District facility or a portion of a District facility such as a media center, gymnasium, auditorium, or field. Once named, a District facility shall not be renamed without the consent of the Board.
Any request will take into account the following criteria, if relevant:
- Historical preservation.
- District traditions.
- The traditions and programs of the facility.
- The intended purpose and function of the facility.
- The geographical area in which the facility is located.
- The long-range impact of any name change.
- The contributions and moral character of the person or entity being considered.
- The need for any naming or renaming to have board acceptance in a multi-cultural society.
- Other factors as deemed relevant.
The Board may decide to appoint a committee to review requests to name or rename a facility or portions of a facility. If a committee is appointed, upon the receipt of a recommendation from the committee, the Board may select a name for the facility or portions of a facility.
If the Board does not decide to appoint a committee to review request to name or rename a facility or portions of a facility, they will determine whether the request should be honored.
The Board retains the discretion to name or rename a District facility or portion of a facility.
Approved 3-9-2020
Revised 3-9-2020 -Naming Facilities
802.7 - Energy Conservation
802.7 - Energy ConservationIn concert with the board’s goal to utilize public funds in an effective and efficient manner, employees and students will practice energy conservation methods when utilizing the school district’s buildings and sites. These methods include, but are not limited to, turning off lights and equipment when not in use, adjusting the temperature of the facility, particularly when it is not in use, and keeping windows and doors properly closed or open, depending upon the weather.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent and maintenance director to develop energy conservation guidelines for employees and students. Employees and students will abide by these guidelines.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
803 - Selling and Leasing
803 - Selling and Leasing dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 15:45803.1 - Disposition of Obsolete Equipment
803.1 - Disposition of Obsolete EquipmentSchool property, such as equipment, furnishings, supplies, or any other property that is not real property (hereafter equipment), will be disposed of when it is determined to be of no further use to the school district. It is the objective of the school district in disposing of the equipment to achieve the best available price or most economical disposal.
The Board authorizes the administration to sell or otherwise dispose of obsolete equipment having a value of less than $25,000 in any manner as determined by the Superintendent or designee to be in the best interest of the school district. Each such sale or disposition shall be published once in a newspaper having general circulation in the District.
A public hearing will be held regarding the sale or disposal of equipment with a value of $25,000 or more prior to the Board’s final decision. The Board will adopt a resolution announcing the proposed sale or disposition and will publish notice of the time and place of the public hearing and the description of the property will be in the resolution. Notice of the public hearing will be published at least once, but not less than 10 days and not more than 20 days, prior to the hearing date unless otherwise required by law. Upon completion of the public hearing, the board may sell or otherwise dispose of the equipment.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the method for disposing of equipment of no further use to the school district.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed August 2, 2023
Revised August 2, 2023
803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings and Sites
803.2 - Lease, Sale or Disposal of School District Buildings and SitesDecisions regarding the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property are made by the board. In making its decision the board will consider the needs of the education program and the efficient use of public funds.
The board may lease, sell, or otherwise dispose of property, other than real property. with a value of less than $5,000 in whatever manner the board determines appropriate and consistent with Iowa law. The board may lease for longer than a year, sell, or otherwise dispose of any real property and/or any property with a value of $5,000 or more in a manner consistent with Iowa law. Prior to the board’s final decision regarding said property with a value of $5,000 or more, a public hearing will be held. The board will act consistent with Iowa law regarding the public hearing and the disposal of the property.
If the real property contains less than two acres, is located outside of a city, is not adjacent to a city and was previously used as a schoolhouse site, the property may revert to the owner of the tract from whom the property was taken following the procedures set forth in Iowa law.
In the case of the demolition of a school district facility or structure, the board will follow all applicable laws regarding competitive bidding for the demolition project.
The superintendent is responsible for coordinating the action necessary for the board to accomplish the lease, sale, or disposal of school district real property, including student-constructed buildings. It will also be the responsibility of the superintendent to make a recommendation to the board regarding the use of school district real property not being utilized for the education program.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
804 - Safety Program
804 - Safety Program dawn@iowaschoo… Thu, 09/24/2020 - 15:48804.1 - Facilities Inspections
804.1 - Facilities InspectionsA program for annual inspection, in addition to those conducted by authorized agencies, of the equipment, facilities, and grounds will be conducted as part of the maintenance schedule for school district buildings and sites. The results of this inspection will be reported to the board at its annual meeting. Further, the board may conduct its own inspection of the school district buildings and sites annually.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
804.2 - Warning System and Emergency Plans
804.2 - Warning System and Emergency PlansThe school district will maintain a warning system designed to inform students, employees, and visitors in the facilities of an emergency. This system is maintained on a regular basis under the maintenance plan for school district buildings and sites.
Students are informed of this system according to board policy. Each classroom and office will have a plan for helping those in need of assistance to safety during an emergency. This will include, but not be limited to, students and employees with disabilities.
Licensed employees are responsible for instructing students on the proper techniques to be followed during an emergency. Administration is responsible for instructing staff on the proper techniques to be followed during and emergency and to provide drills for students and staff.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
804.3 - Bomb Threats
804.3 - Bomb ThreatsAs soon as a bomb threat is reported to the administration, the school district facility should be cleared immediately once emergency personnel give directive. A thorough search will be made by the appropriate school district or law enforcement officials. Employees and students will remain outside the school district facility until it is determined that danger no longer exists.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to file a report or keep a report of each incident for the school district records. All bomb threats will be reported to the Red Oak Fire Department.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
804.4 - Asbestos Containing Material
804.4 - Asbestos Containing MaterialThe board shall implement the rules of the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA) and will provide the necessary funding to implement the response actions as required. The board shall appoint a designated person as required in the rules as well as provide required training for maintenance and custodial workers. Each school building will maintain a copy of the district’s asbestos management plan.
Friable and non-friable asbestos containing materials will be maintained in good condition and appropriate precautions will be followed when the material is disturbed. If there is a need to replace asbestos it will be replaced with non-asbestos containing materials. Each school building will maintain a copy of the asbestos management plan.
Approved January 16, 2014
Reviewed December 16, 2013
Revised February 25, 2019
804.5 - Hazardous Chemical Risks Right to Know
804.5 - Hazardous Chemical Risks Right to KnowThe board shall develop and implement a program to comply with the Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act (EPCRA). The program shall be administered by a designated administrator who shall develop a Hazardous Chemical Communications Program consistent with federal and state law. The program will consist of material safety data sheets, container labeling, chemical inventories, and employee training and transmittal of the program to applicable employees, the community, and Emergency Response personnel.
Approved February 11, 2019
Reviewed February 11, 2019
Revised February 25, 2019
804.6 - Stock Prescription Medication Supply
804.6 - Stock Prescription Medication SupplyThe Red Oak Community School District seeks to provide a safe environment for students, staff, and visitors who are at risk of potentially life-threatening incidents including severe allergic reactions, respiratory distress, and opioid overdose. Therefore, it is the policy of the district to annually obtain a prescription for epinephrine auto-injectors, bronchodilator canisters and spacers and/or opioid antagonists from a licensed health care professional, in the name of the school district, for administration by a school nurse or personnel trained and authorized to administer to a student or individual who may be experiencing an anaphylactic reaction, respiratory distress, or acute opioid overdose.
Procurement and maintenance of supply: The district may stock a minimum of the following for each attendance center:
- One pediatric dose and one adult dose epinephrine auto-injector;
- One pediatric and one adult dose bronchodilator canister and spacer;
- One dose naloxone or other opioid antagonist.
The supply of such medication may be maintained in a secure, easily accessible area for an emergency within the school building, or in addition to other locations as determined by the school district.
The School Nurse will routinely check stock of medication and document in a log monthly:
- The expiration date;
- Any visualized particles or color change for epinephrine auto-injectors; or
- Bronchodilator canister damage.
The School Nurse will be responsible for ensuring the district replaces, as soon as reasonably possible, any logged epinephrine auto-injector brochodilator canister or spacer or opioid antagonist that is empty after use, damaged, or close to expiration. The district shall dispose of stock medications and delivery devices in accordance with state laws and regulations.
Training: A school nurse or personnel trained and authorized may provide or administer any of the medication listed in this policy from a school supply to a student or individual if the authorized personnel or school nurse reasonably and in good faith believes the student or individual is having an anaphylactic reaction, respiratory distress, asthma or other airway-constricting disease, or opioid overdose. Training to obtain a signed certificate to become personnel authorized to administer an epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canister or spacer or opioid antagonist shall consist of the requirements of medication administration established by law and an annual anaphylaxis, asthma, other airway-constricting disease, opioid overdose training program approved by the Department of Education.
Authorized personnel will be required to retake the medication administration course, training program, and provide a procedural skills demonstration to the school nurse demonstrating competency in the administration of stock epinephrine auto-injectors, bronchodilator canister, or spacer or opioid antagonists to retain authorization to administer these medications if the following occur:
- Failure to administer an epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canister or spacer or opioid antagonist according to generally accepted standards of practice (“medication error”); or
- Accidental injection injury to school personnel related to improperly administering the medication (“medication incident”).
Reporting: Authorized personnel will contact the school nurse or emergency medical services (911) immediately after a stock bronchodilator canister is administered to a student or individual. The school nurse retains accountability for professional nursing judgment with the administration of stock bronchodilator and whether to contact emergency medical services in accordance with Iowa laws.
The district will contact emergency medical services (911) immediately after a stock epinephrine auto-injector, or stock opioid antagonist is administered to a student or individual. The school nurse or authorized personnel will remain with the student or individual until emergency medical services arrive.
Within 48 hours, the district will report to the Iowa Department of Education:
- Each medication incident with the administration of stock epinephrine, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist;
- Each medication error with the administration of stock epinephrine, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist; or
- The administration of a stock epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist.
As provided by law, the district, board, authorized personnel or school nurse, and the prescriber shall not be liable for any injury arising from the provision, administration, failure to administer, or assistance in the administration of an epinephrine auto-injector, bronchodilator canister or spacer, or opioid antagonist provided they acted reasonably and in good faith.
The superintendent shall develop an administrative process to implement this policy.
Approved: January 25, 2024
Reviewed:
Revised:
804.6E1 - PARENTAL AUTHORIZATION AND RELEASE FORM FOR THE ADMINISTRATIONOF A VOLUNTARY SCHOOL SUPPLY OF STOCK MEDICATION FOR LIFE THREATENING INCIDENTS
804.6E1 - PARENTAL AUTHORIZATION AND RELEASE FORM FOR THE ADMINISTRATIONOF A VOLUNTARY SCHOOL SUPPLY OF STOCK MEDICATION FOR LIFE THREATENING INCIDENTS
________________________________ ___/___/_____ ______________ ____/___/___
Student's Name (Last), (First), (Middle) Birthday School Date
The district seeks to provide a safe environment for students, staff, and visitors who are at risk of potentially life-threatening incidents The district supplies the following prescription medications for life threatening incidents that are listed below. Generic brands may be substituted, (select all that apply):
- Epinephrine auto-injectors
- Bronchodilator
- Bronchodilator Canisters and Spacers
- Opioid Antagonist
Pursuant to state law, the school district or and its employees are to incur no liability for any injury arising from the provision, administration, failure to administer, or assistance in the administration of the selected prescription medications supplied by the school for life threatening incidents provided they have acted reasonably and in good faith.
The parent or guardian must sign consent for the student to receive the voluntary school supply of stock medication listed for life threatening incidents and sign a statement acknowledging that the school district is to incur no liability as a result of administration of a prescription medication for life threatening incidents provided the school district to have acted reasonably and in good faith. Electronic signature meets the requirement of written signature.
- I request the above-named student be administered the voluntary stock supply of prescription medication, in the name of the school district, by a school nurse or personnel trained and authorized to administer to a student who acting reasonably and in good faith perceives the student may be experiencing symptoms associated with a life threatening incident following the administration instructions listed as identified in the required annual awareness training associated with the stock medication(s) above and after completion of the medication administration course requirements
- I understand the school district and its employees acting reasonably and in good faith may incur no liability as a result of administration of the prescription medication(s) for life threatening incidents provided the school district to have acted reasonably and in good faith.
______________________________________ __________________________________
Parent/Guardian Signature Date (agreed to the above statement)
805 Radon Mitigation
805 Radon MitigationThe district recognizes the importance of providing healthy learning environments for students, employees and community members in district buildings. The district will take appropriate measures as required by law to assess radon levels in attendance centers and provide for mitigation or other measures where appropriate.
It is the responsibility of the superintendent to create administrative regulations necessary to carry out this policy.
Approved August 22, 2022
Reviewed August 22, 2022
Revised August 22, 2022
805R1. Radon Mitigation
805R1. Radon MitigationThe district will create and the board will approve a plan to assess levels of radon gas present in district attendance centers. Funding for any costs related to radon testing or mitigation will be paid from the state school foundation aid received to the district or from revenues received from the Secure an Advanced Vision for Education fund.
Each district attendance center will undergo a short-term test for the presence of radon gas at least once by July 1, 2027. Short-term test means a test using a device that remains in an area for two to seven days to determine the amount of radon in the air.
Radon testing will be performed by an individual certified to conduct such testing pursuant to Iowa Code section 136B.1 or by district employees who have completed a school radon testing training program approved by the Iowa Department of Education and the Iowa Department of Public Health.
If the results of any short-term test at an attendance center are at or above four picocuries per liter, the district will conduct a second short-term test in spaces with elevated levels within sixty days of the first test. If the averaged test results of the first and second tests are at or above four picocuries per liter, the district will retain an individual credentialed to develop a radon mitigation plan.
The plan may include further diagnostic testing, corrective measures, and active mitigation. The mitigation plan will be completed within two years of first short-term test unless the district plans to abandon or renovate the attendance center within five years and renovation includes radon mitigation.
All new school construction will include radon resistant construction techniques.
Approved August 22, 2022
Reviewed August 22, 2022
Revised August 22, 2022
806 Use of Recording Devices on School Property
806 Use of Recording Devices on School PropertyDistrict-Generated Recordings
The district believes in the importance of providing a safe and enriching learning environment possible for its students. The district uses digital recording devices on school property including school transportation vehicles to help protect the safety of district students, employees and community members; and to safeguard district property which is funded using public resources. Additionally, district-generated recordings of students engaging in the district’s educational and extracurricular programs can be essential to engage positively with the school community and promote the value of public education.
In order to balance privacy and safety interests, no recording devices will be utilized on district property where individuals maintain a reasonable expectation of privacy. These areas include but are not limited to: the school nurse’s office, restrooms, locker rooms, changing areas, lactation spaces and employee break areas.
Recordings of students have the potential to be considered education records. Any recordings will be maintained and accessed in compliance with the requirements of the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act and the district’s policy on student records.
Recordings will be digitally maintained and stored for an appropriate amount of time to maintain the safety of the educational environment and to safeguard district property, after which they will be destroyed. The superintendent or superintendent’s designee will establish any necessary regulations related to the secure storage, maintenance, viewing and destruction of digital recordings.
Non-District Generated Recordings
The use of non-district owned recording devices on school property and at school events will be regulated. Students, parents and community members will not be permitted to take recordings of other students or employees during school hours unless the recording is authorized in advance by building administration. Students and employees found to violate this policy will be subject to disciplinary measures consistent with board policy and applicable student and employee handbooks. This policy will not be construed or enforced in a way that infringes on employee activity otherwise protected by law.
It is important to foster a community spirit and sense of unity within the district. However, the district acknowledges that not every student or staff member feels comfortable or safe being recorded. At district-sponsored extracurricular events and activities, the use of non-district owned recording devices by the public may be monitored by administration if a concern is made known to district administration by a student, employee or parent. Any individuals determined to be making recordings considered bothersome to students or staff may be asked to stop or destroy their recording and may be asked to leave the event.
Approved: November 15, 2023
Reviewed
Revised
806R1 Use of Recording Devices on School Property-Use of District Owned Recording Devices Regulation
806R1 Use of Recording Devices on School Property-Use of District Owned Recording Devices RegulationThe board supports the use of recording devices on district property as a means to monitor and maintain a safe environment for students and employees. District property includes district-owned land, buildings, vehicles, buses and any other property as needed. The contents of the recordings may be used as evidence in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding.
Student Records
The content of the recordings may be a student record subject to federal and state law, board policy and administrative regulations regarding confidential student records. Generally, surveillance video that does not capture any specific incident is not a student record or personnel record and may be disclosed as a public record upon request. Only those persons with a legal basis or legitimate educational purpose may view the recordings. In most instances, individuals with a legitimate educational purpose may be the superintendent, building principal, classroom teacher, transportation director, bus driver, HR director and special education staffing team. A parent may inspect, review or be informed of the content of the recording without consent from any student or parent of a minor student also shown in the recording, whether the student is a bystander to an incident or directly involved. The district may, but is not obligated by law to provide a copy of a recording to a parent or student upon request.
A recording during a school-sponsored trip, such as an athletic event, may also be accessible to the sponsor or coach of the activity. If the content of the recording becomes the subject of a student disciplinary proceeding, it will be treated like other evidence in the proceeding.
Notice
The school district will annually provide the following notice to students, employees, and parents:
The Community School District Board of Directors has authorized the use of recording devices on school district owned property. The recording devices will be used to enhance safety and security within the educational environment. Students, employees, and parents are hereby notified that the content of the recording may be used in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding. The content of the recordings may be considered confidential student records and will be retained with other student records. Recordings will only be retained if necessary for use in a student or employee disciplinary proceeding or other matter as determined necessary by the administration. Parents may request to view the recording of their child.
The following notice will also be placed on all school buses equipped with recording devices:
This building/bus is equipped with a recording /audio monitoring system.
Review of Recording Devices
The school district will review the recordings when necessary, as a result of an incident reported by an employee or student. The recordings may be re-circulated for erasure after 90 days.
If not public records, the viewing of the recordings is limited to the individuals having a legitimate educational purpose. A written log, as appropriate, may be kept of those individuals viewing the recordings stating the time, name of individual viewing and the date the recordings was viewed.
Student Conduct
Students are prohibited from tampering with the recording devices on the school property. Students found in violation of this regulation will be disciplined in accordance with the school district discipline policy and Good Conduct Rule and will reimburse the school district for any repairs or replacement necessary as a result of the tampering.
Employee Conduct
District-generated recordings may be used as evidence in employee disciplinary matters, as appropriate. Employees are prohibited from tampering with recording devices on school property. Employees found to be in violation of this regulation will be subject to disciplinary action as outlined in the employee handbook and relevant board policies.
900 - DISTRICT/COMMUNITY RELATIONS
900 - DISTRICT/COMMUNITY RELATIONS Jen@iowaschool… Tue, 09/08/2020 - 08:37900 - Principles and Objectives for Community Relations
900 - Principles and Objectives for Community RelationsSuccessful education programs require the support of the school district community. The board addresses the importance of the role of the school district community in the school district in this series of the policy manual. The board recognizes this support is dependent on the school district community’s understanding of participation in the efforts, goals, problems and programs of the school district.
In this section, the board sets out its policies defining its relationship with the school district community. In striving to obtain the support of the school district community, the board will:
- Provide access to school district records;
- Inform the school district community of the school district’s goals, objectives, achievements, and needs;
- Invite the input of the school district community; and
- Encourage cooperation between the school district and the school district community.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
901 - Public Examination of School District Records
901 - Public Examination of School District Records dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 10:45901.1 - Public Examination of School District Records
901.1 - Public Examination of School District RecordsPublic records of the school district may be viewed by the public during the regular business hours of the administration offices of the school district. These hours are 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, except for holidays and recesses.
Persons wishing to view the school district’s public records will contact the board secretary and make arrangements for the viewing. The board secretary will make arrangements for viewing the records as soon as practicable, depending on the nature of the request.
Persons may request copies of public records by submitting a request for said records in writing, including electronically. The school district may require pre-payment of the costs prior to copy and mailing.
Persons requesting records may be assessed a reasonable fee for the copy of the records. Persons wanting a compilation of information may be assessed a reasonable fee for the time of the employee to review and compile the requested information. The district will make every effort to provide the public record requested at no cost other than copying costs for a record which takes less than thirty minutes to produce.
Costs for legal services utilized for the redaction or review of legally protected confidential information may also be assessed to the individual requesting the records. Printing of materials for the public at the expense of the school district will only occur when the event is sponsored by the school district.
Pursuant to Iowa law, the board has determined certain records need to be confidential as their disclosure could jeopardize the safety of persons or property and include, but are not limited to, the following:
- Security procedures
- Emergency preparedness procedures
- Evacuation procedures
- Security codes and passwords
- Personal information contained in private personnel records
- Health or medical records
- Attorney work product relating to litigation
Records defined by law as confidential records will be made available in accordance with the law.
It is the responsibility of the board secretary to maintain accurate and current records of the school district. It is the responsibility of the board secretary to respond in a timely manner to requests for viewing and receiving public information of the school district.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised August 8, 2022
901.E1 - Freedom of Information Act Form
901.E1 - Freedom of Information Act FormRequests to review public records or receive copies of District information may be made by phone to the Administrative Center Office at (712) 623-6600 or electronically at harrish@redoakschools.org
I REQUEST THE OPPORTUNITY TO
(CIRCLE ONE)
I n s p e c t or P h o t o c o p y
the following record (s). Please describe records precisely.
Please be aware of the following charges. Requests will be completed as quickly as possible but may take up to two (2) weeks for processing.
Clerical Costs: Actual expenses incurred
Photocopies: $ 0.10 per side
Requestor Information:
Name_______________________________________________________________________
Address_____________________________________________________________________
City________________________________ State___________________ ZIP_____________
Phone:______________________________ Email___________________________________
************************************************************
The following information will be used by the Information Services Office to track requests.
Date of Request_________ Time Needed To Fulfill Request_________ Completed__________
Administrative Center
Red Oak Community School District
604 S Broadway
Red Oak, Iowa 51566
712-623-6600
Board Policy 901 Public Examinations of School District Records
902 - Press, Radio and Television News Media
902 - Press, Radio and Television News Media902.1 - News Media Relations
The board recognizes the value of and supports open, fair, and honest communication with the news media. The board will maintain a cooperative relationship with the news media. As part of this cooperative relationship, the board and the media will develop a means for sharing information while respecting each party’s limitations.
Members of the news media are encouraged and welcome to attend open board meetings. The board president is the spokesperson for the board, and the superintendent is the spokesperson for the school district. It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to respond to inquiries from the news media about the school district.
Members of the news media seeking information about the school district will direct their inquiries to the superintendent. The superintendent will accurately and objectively provide the facts and board positions in response to inquiries from the news media about the school district to the extent permitted under law.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
902.1 - News Media Relations
902.1 - News Media RelationsThe board recognizes the value of and supports open, fair and honest communication with the news media. The board will maintain a cooperative relationship with the news media. As part of this cooperative relationship, the board and the media will develop a means for sharing information while respecting each party’s limitations.
Members of the news media are encouraged and welcome to attend open board meetings. The board president is the spokesperson for the board, and the superintendent is the spokesperson for the school district. It is the responsibility of the board president and superintendent to respond to inquiries from the news media about the school district.
Members of the news media seeking information about the school district will direct their inquiries to the superintendent. The superintendent will accurately and objectively provide the facts and board positions in response to inquiries from the news media about the school district to the extent permitted under law.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed January 28, 2014
Revised February 25, 2019
902.2 - News Conference and Interviews
902.2 - News Conference and InterviewsThe superintendent, on behalf of the board and the school district, may hold a news conference or respond to a request for an interview with the news media. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to keep the board apprised of news conferences and interviews.
The superintendent will respond accurately, openly, honestly, and objectively to inquiries from the news media about the school district, to the extent permitted by law.
News conferences and interviews planned or pre-arranged for school district activities will include the board and the superintendent. News conferences for issues requiring an immediate response may be held by the superintendent. It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether a news conference or interview is held to provide an immediate response to an issue.
School district personnel shall refer interview requests and information requests from the news media to the superintendent. School district personnel may be interviewed or provide information about school district matters only after receiving permission from the superintendent or the superintendent’s designee. It shall be within the discretion of the superintendent to allow news media to interview and to receive information from school district personnel.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
902.3 - News Releases
902.3 - News ReleasesThe superintendent will determine when a news release about internal school district and board matters will be issued. In making this determination, the superintendent will strive to keep the media and the school district community accurately and objectively informed. Further, the superintendent will strive to create and maintain a positive image for the school district. It is the responsibility of the superintendent to approve news releases originating within the school district prior to their release.
News releases will be prepared and disseminated to news media in the school district community. Questions about news releases will be directed to the superintendent.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
902.4 - Live Broadcast or Recording
902.4 - Live Broadcast or RecordingIndividuals may broadcast or record public school district events, including open board meetings, as long as it does not interfere with or disrupt the school district event and it does not create an undue burden in adapting the buildings and sites to accommodate the request.
It is within the discretion of the superintendent to determine whether the request is unduly burdensome and whether the broadcast or recording will interfere with or disrupt the school district event.
Recording of student and/or classroom activities will be allowed only at the discretion of the superintendent. Parents will be notified prior to recording of classroom activities.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
903 - Public Participation in the School District
903 - Public Participation in the School District dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 10:54903.1 - School-Community Groups
903.1 - School-Community GroupsThe board values the participation and the support of school district-community groups, including, but not limited to, the booster club and parent-teacher organizations, which strive for the betterment of the school district and the education program. The board will work closely with these groups.
Parent-teacher organizations may be established for each attendance unit in the school district. The building administrator for each attendance unit shall serve as the liaison officer representing the school system.
Membership and rules governing school-community groups/organizations shall be determined by each individual organization and/or organization at each attendance unit. Activities of individual organizations and/or units, when related to school purposes, shall be evaluated by the administrator assigned to that attendance unit.
Funds raised by these organizations for the school district may be kept as part of the accounts of the school district or may be separately maintained by the organization, as mutually agreed upon by the organization and the superintendent acting on behalf of the school district.
Prior to any purchase of, or fund raising for the purchase of goods or services for the school district, the organization will confer with the superintendent or designee to assist the organization in purchasing goods or services to meet the school district’s needs.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
903.2 - Community Volunteers
903.2 - Community VolunteersThe board recognizes the valuable resource it has in the members of the school district community. When possible and in concert with the education program, members of the school district community may be asked to make presentations to the students or to assist employees in duties other than teaching when the volunteering would be appropriate considering the needs of the educational program.
Whether an individual will be permitted to volunteer for the school district will be the sole discretion of the superintendent. The volunteer may be asked to agree to a criminal background check at the discretion of the Superintendent.
Recruitment, training, utilization, and the maintenance of records for the purposes of insurance coverage and/or recognition of school district volunteers is the responsibility of the superintendent.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
903.3 - Visitors to School District Buildings & Sites
903.3 - Visitors to School District Buildings & SitesThe board welcomes the interest of parents and other members of the school district community and invites them to visit the school buildings and sites. Visitors, which include persons other than employees or students, must notify the principal of their presence in the facility upon arrival. Visitors who do not notify the principal of their presence may be considered trespassers.
Persons who wish to visit a classroom while school is in session are asked to notify the principal and obtain approval from the principal prior to the visit so appropriate arrangements can be made and so class disruption can be minimized. Teachers and other employees will not take time from their duties to discuss matters with visitors.
Visitors will conduct themselves in a manner fitting to their age level and maturity and with mutual respect and consideration for the rights of others while attending school events. Visitors failing to conduct themselves accordingly may be asked to leave the premises and/or may be banned from the premises for an extended period of time. Children who wish to visit school must be accompanied by a parent or responsible adult.
It is the responsibility of employees to report inappropriate conduct. It is the responsibility of the superintendent and principals to take the action necessary to cease the inappropriate conduct. If the superintendent or principals are not available, a school district employee will act to cease the inappropriate conduct.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
903.4 - Conduct on School Premises
903.4 - Conduct on School PremisesThe board expects that students, employees and visitors will treat each other with respect; engage in responsible behavior; exercise self-discipline; and model fairness, equity and respect. Individuals violating this policy will be subject to discipline. Students will be disciplined consistent with the student conduct policies. Employees will be disciplined consistent with employee discipline policies and laws. Others will be subject to discipline according to this policy.
Individuals are permitted to attend school sponsored or approved activities or visit school premises only as guests of the school district, and, as a condition, they must comply with the school district’s rules and policies. Individuals will not be allowed to interfere with or disrupt the education program or activity. Visitors, like the participants, are expected to display mature, responsible behavior. The failure of individuals to do so is not only disruptive but embarrassing to the students, the school district and the entire community.
To protect the rights of students to participate in the education program or activities without fear of interference or disruption and to permit the school officials, employees and activity sponsors and officials to perform their duties without interference or disruption, the following provisions are in effect:
- Abusive, verbal or physical conduct of individuals directed at students, school officials, employees, officials, and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities or at other individuals will not be tolerated.
- Verbal or physical conduct of individuals that interferes with the performance of students, school officials, employees, officials, and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities will not be tolerated.
- The use of vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression directed at students, school officials, employees, officials and activity sponsors of sponsored or approved activities participating in a sponsored or approved activity or at other individuals will not be tolerated.
If an individual becomes physically or verbally abusive, uses vulgar, obscene or demeaning expression, or in any way interrupts an activity, the individual may be removed from the event by the individual in charge of the event. Law enforcement may be contacted for assistance.
Individuals removed from school premises have the ability to follow the board’s chain of command and complaint policies should they choose to do so. The exclusion is in effect should the individual choose to appeal the decision of the superintendent. The term “individual” as used in the policy also includes students and employees.
If an individual has been notified of exclusion and thereafter tries to enter a school building or attends a sponsored or approved activity, the individual will be advised that his/her attendance will result in prosecution. The school district may obtain a court order for permanent exclusion from the school building or from future school sponsored or approved activities.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
903.5 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free Environment
903.5 - Tobacco/Nicotine-Free EnvironmentThe use of tobacco and nicotine products; including, but not limited to, cigarettes, nicotine chew, snus, dissolvables, electronic cigarettes and/or other nicotine products that are not approved by the Federal Drug Administration for tobacco cessation; on school district property; including in school district buildings, on school district grounds, in school district transportation vehicles, or at any school district activity; is prohibited.
This policy extends to all students, employees, volunteers and visitors. This policy applies at all times, including during school-sponsored events and during non-school-sponsored events.
Persons violating this policy shall be asked to cease using the tobacco and/or nicotine product, properly dispose of the tobacco and/or nicotine product and refrain from using tobacco and/or nicotine products in the future. Persons failing to abide by this request shall be required to leave the school district premises immediately.
It shall be the responsibility of all school district personnel, and specifically school district administrators, to enforce this policy.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
904 - Community Activities Involving Students
904 - Community Activities Involving Students dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 11:01904.1 - Distribution of Materials
904.1 - Distribution of MaterialsThe board recognizes that students, employees, parents or citizens may want to distribute materials within the school district that are non-curricular. Non-curricular materials to be distributed must be approved by the building principal and meet certain standards prior to their distribution.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
904.1R1 - Distribution of Materials Regulation
904.1R1 - Distribution of Materials RegulationI. Guidelines.
Individuals, including students, may have the right to distribute on school premises, at reasonable times and places, unofficial written material, petitions, buttons, badges or other insignia, except expression which:
1. is obscene to minors;
2. is libelous;
3. contains indecent, vulgar, profane or lewd language;
4. advertises any product or service not permitted to minors by law;
5. constitutes insulting or fighting words, the very expression of which injures or harasses other people (e.g., threats of violence, defamation of character or of a person’s race, religion, gender, disability, age or ethnic origin);
6. presents a clear and present likelihood that, either because of its content or the manner of distribution, it will cause a material and substantial disruption of the proper and orderly operation and discipline of the school or school activities, will cause the commission of unlawful acts or the violation of lawful school regulations.
Distribution on school premises of material in categories (1) through (4) to any student is prohibited. Distribution on school premises of material in categories (5) and (6) to a substantial number of students is prohibited.
II. Procedures.
Anyone wishing to distribute unofficial written material must first submit for approval a copy of the material to the building principal at least twenty-four hours in advance of desired distribution time, together with the following information:
1. Name and phone number of the person submitting request and, if a student, the homeroom number;
2. Date(s) and time(s) of day of intended display or distribution;
3. Location where material will be displayed or distributed;
4. The grade(s) of students to whom the display or distribution is intended.
Within twenty-four hours of submission, the principal will render a decision whether the material violates the guidelines in subsection I or the time, place and manner restrictions in subsection III of this policy. In the event that permission to distribute the material is denied, the person submitting the request should be informed in writing of the reasons for the denial. Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either, the school, the administration, the board or the individual reviewing the material submitted.
If the person submitting the request does not receive a response within twenty-four hours of submission, the person will contact the building principal’s office to verify that the lack of response was not due to an inability to locate the person. If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the request, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.
If the person is dissatisfied with the decision of the principal, the person may submit a written request for appeal to the superintendent. If the person does not receive a response within three school days of submitting the appeal, the person will contact the superintendent to verify that the lack of response is not due to an inability to locate the person. If the person has made this verification and there is no response to the appeal, the material may be distributed in accordance with the time, place and manner provisions in subsection III.
At every level of the process the person submitting the request will have the right to appear
and present the reasons, supported by relevant material, as to why distribution of the written material is appropriate.
Permission to distribute material does not imply approval of its contents by either, the school district, the board, the administration or the individual reviewing the material submitted.
III. Time, Place, and Manner of Distribution.
The distribution of written material is prohibited when it blocks the safe flow of traffic within corridors and entrance ways of the school or otherwise disrupts school activities. The distribution of unofficial material is limited to a reasonable time, place and manner as follows:
1. The material will be distributed from a table set up for the purpose in a location designated by the principal, which location will not block the safe flow of traffic or block the corridors or entrance ways, but which will give reasonable access to students.
2. The material will be distributed either before and/or after the regular instructional day.
3. No written material may be distributed during and at the place of a normal school activity if it is reasonably likely to cause a material and substantial disruption of that activity.
IV. Definitions.
The following definitions apply to the following terms used in this policy:
1. “Obscene to minors” is defined as:
(a) The average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find that the written material, taken as a whole, appeals to the prurient interest of minors of the age to whom distribution is requested;
(b) The material depicts or describes, in a manner that is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community concerning how such conduct should be presented to minors of the age to whom distribution is requested, sexual conduct such as intimate sexual acts (normal or perverted), masturbation, excretory functions, and lewd exhibition of the genitals; and
(c) The material, taken as a whole, lacks serious literary, artistic, political or scientific value for minors.
2. “Minor” means any person under the age of eighteen.
3. “Material and substantial disruption” of a normal school activity is defined as follows:
(a) Where the normal school activity is an educational program of the district for which student attendance is compulsory, “material and substantial disruption” is defined as any disruption which interferes with or impedes the implementation of that program.
(b) Where the normal school activity is voluntary in nature (including, without limitation, school athletic events, school plays and concerts, and lunch periods), “material and substantial disruption” is defined as student rioting, unlawful seizures of property, widespread shouting or boisterous demonstration, sit-in, stand-in, walk-out, or other related forms of activity.
(c) In order for expression to be considered disruptive, there must exist specific facts upon which the likelihood of disruption can be forecasted including past experience in the school, current events influencing student activities and behavior, and instances of actual or threatened disruption relating to the written material in question.
4. “School activities” means any activity of students sponsored by the school and includes, by way of example but not limited to, classroom work, library activities, physical education classes, official assemblies and other similar gatherings, school athletic contests, band concerts, school plays and in-school lunch periods.
5. “Unofficial” written material includes all written material except school newspapers, literary magazines, yearbooks, and other publications funded and/or sponsored or authorized by the school. Examples include leaflets, brochures, flyers, petitions, placards and underground newspapers, whether written by students or others.
6. “Libelous” is a false and unprivileged statement about a specific individual that tends to harm the individual’s reputation or to lower him/her in the esteem of the community.
7. “Distribution” means circulation or dissemination of written material by means of handing out free copies, selling or offering copies for sale and accepting donations for copies. It includes displaying written material in areas of the school which are generally frequented by students.
V. Disciplinary action.
Distribution by any student of unofficial written material prohibited in subsection I or in violation of subsection III may be halted, and students may be subject to discipline including suspension and expulsion. Any other party violating this policy may be requested to leave the school property immediately and, if necessary, local law enforcement officials will be called.
VI. Notice of policy to students.
A copy of this policy will be published in student handbooks and posted conspicuously in school buildings.
904.2 - Advertising and Promotion
904.2 - Advertising and PromotionThe use of students, including students’ names and/or likenesses; employees, including employees’ names and/or likenesses; the school district name; or its buildings and sites for advertising and promoting products and/or services of entities and/or organizations operating for a profit or political entities and/or organizations is not allowed except with prior board approval. Nonprofit entities and organizations may be allowed to use students, the school district name, or its buildings and sites if the purpose is educationally related and prior approval has been obtained from the board.
Approved February 12, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
905 - Buildings, Sites, and Equipment
905 - Buildings, Sites, and Equipment dawn@iowaschoo… Fri, 09/25/2020 - 11:10905.1 - Community Use of School Facilities
905.1 - Community Use of School FacilitiesThe board promotes the concept of school facilities serving as a center for community activities. Therefore, groups or organizations in the community will be allowed to use school facilities when the following conditions are met:
- The use in no way interferes with the district’s educational and activity programs.
- The use is consistent with state law and conforms to district regulations.
- The use does not result in the facilities being over maximum capacity. If the use would result in the facilities being over maximum capacity, the various uses requested (by various groups or organizations) will be granted as the school district determines appropriate.
- The group or organization is responsible and will exercise care in the use of the facilities.
- The activity is supervised by an adequate number of adult sponsors.
- No alcoholic beverages or controlled substances are available or used on school grounds.
- Red Oak Community School District buildings and campus facilities are tobacco/nicotine-free. The use of tobacco and/or nicotine products (in any form) is prohibited.
- The activity is confined to the area designated, and no school equipment or supplies are used except as approved in advance.
- Any decorations or materials to be applied to the walls or floors must be approved in advance by the building principal.
- Candles or other flammable materials shall be prohibited.
- The activity is not a commercial profit-making venture by a taxable entity.
- The use is not for private purpose or for personal gain.
- A written application and agreement is executed, and approval is received in advance. A valid certificate of insurance is required.
- The group or organization shall be responsible for paying for any damage or destruction to the school facilities.
- The group or organization shall indemnify and hold the district harmless from any claims or charges arising from the actions or inactions of the group or organization.
Application and Arrangements. A written application must be filled out by the group or organization and approval received through the Administrative Center. The district reserves the right to withdraw approval.
Priority. Requests for use of school facilities for activities other than for the educational and activity program of the district (which shall always have precedence) shall receive priority scheduling as follows. Once an activity is scheduled, however, the district need not cancel the activity to make the facility available for a group with a higher priority.
- First Priority: Meetings or activities for students, parents, and/or staff sponsored by recognized tax-exempt organizations which are affiliated with the district programs, such as:
-
- Parent-Teacher Organizations
- Booster Clubs
- Red Oak Education Association for meetings of the local association only.
- Red Oak Support Staff Association for meetings of the local association only.
- Second Priority: Adult education programs and other programs or training activities sponsored by tax-supported organizations, such as:
-
- Community College adult education classes
- University/college educational programs
- Green Hills Area Education Agency staff development activities
- Law Enforcement Programs or Training sponsored at the City, County, or State Patrol levels, with a designated law enforcement official responsible for supervision
- Armed Forces programs, other than recruitment or fundraising programs, that are open to the public and for which there is no admission charge
- Third Priority*: Educational and recreational programs which are sponsored by tax-exempt organizations, such as:
- Staff recreational programs
- City recreational programs
- YMCA recreational programs
- Church programs
- Red Cross programs
- Civic Clubs/Organizations
- Meetings sponsored by governmental agencies to which the public is invited
- Nonpublic schools for special purposes
- Political meetings
- Fourth Priority: Fund-raising activities and nonprofit making meetings and activities sponsored by commercial groups and parent-study groups sponsored by non-tax-exempt organizations.
Fees. Groups specified in the first priority are exempt from all rental and personnel fees. Groups specified in the second priority are exempt from all rental fees but will be charged for necessary personnel fees. Groups specified in the third and fourth priorities will be charged rental fees as set forth below and shall be charged for necessary personnel fees. Personnel fees include fees for the custodian(s), for food service workers if the kitchen is used, and for persons to operate public address systems, lighting, and special stage equipment. The rate shall be $25.00 per hour.
Rental Fees.
|
|
Second Priority |
Third Priority |
Fourth Priority |
a. |
Jr-Sr High Auditorium |
|
$75.00 |
$125.00 |
b. |
Inman School Gymnasium |
|
$75.00 |
$125.00 |
c. |
Jr-Sr High Gymnasium |
|
$75.00 |
$125.00 |
d. |
Media Center |
|
$75.00 |
$125.00 |
e. |
Inman School Cafeteria (including kitchen) |
|
$75.00 |
$125.00 |
f. |
Jr-Sr High Cafeteria |
|
$75.00 |
$125.00 |
g. |
General classrooms (all buildings) |
|
$75.00 |
$125.00 |
h. |
Inman Cafeteria |
|
$75.00 |
$125.00 |
i. |
Athletic Fields (per day) |
|
$75.00 |
$125.00 |
*No fees will be charged for use of classrooms for after-school use (Monday-Friday from 3:15 p.m. to 4:45 p.m., during the school year), by Third Priority Groups which provide adult supervised activities for Red Oak Community School students. These groups will be charged a custodial fee if clean-up is required or if a custodian must stay beyond normally scheduled hours.
Third Priority Groups shall be eligible for a reduced-rate for multiple use requests. These rates shall be determined by the administration.
Football Stadium/Track Use.
- Groups shall be charged the following rental fees for use of limited facilities at the football stadium:
- Third Priority - $75.00
- Fourth Priority - $125.00
The following facilities are included in the above user fee as needed:
- Stadium parking facilities
- Parking lots
- Ticket stations
- Players’ benches
- Restrooms
- Groups shall be charged the following rental fees for use of extended facilities at the football stadium:
- Third Priority - $75.00
- Fourth Priority - $1254.00
The following additional facilities are included in the above use fee as needed:
- Athletic field and track
- Sound system
- Locker & shower rooms
- Press box
- Lights
The following conditions shall apply in addition to the general conditions outlined in this policy:
- Any use of the track or football field must be approved in advance.
- All concession rights and privileges are reserved by the district.
- If designated by the district, the organization shall insure that police protection is provided and shall pay all such costs.
- If rehearsals are necessary, arrangements shall be determined by the business office.
- If any platforms, stages, chairs or additional stage equipment are needed, they shall be provided by the organization. Installation must be approved by the Maintenance Director.
- The organization shall be required to provide public liability insurance naming the Red Oak Community School District as an “additional insured” through a company approved by the district with a minimum of $100,000 property coverage.
Approved June 21, 2023
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised
905.1E1 - Community Use of School Facilities and Equipment Request Form
905.1E1 - Community Use of School Facilities and Equipment Request FormFacility/Equipment Requested:_______________________________________________
Date of Event:_____________________________ Alternate Date:__________________
Set Up Time:______________ Start Time: _______________End Time: ____________
Group Title: _______________________Purpose of Activity:_____________________
Admission charged? ___Yes ___No ________Amount____________ For Profit? _____
Contact Person: ______________________________No. people expected ___________
Address: ________________________________ ____________________________
Phone: (Business) _______________________ (Home) __________________________
Email Address: ___________________________________________________________
CUSTODIAL SERVICES NEEDED: To Open ____ To Close ____ During use____
EQUIPMENT NEEDED:
_____ Bleachers _____ Lunch Tables _____Volleyball nets
_____ Chairs _____Writing Tables _____ Basketball hoops
_____ Dressing Rooms _____Shower Rooms _____ Media Equip:
_____Microphones _____Podium
_____Stage Lights
Other Notes:___________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
AGREEMENTS:
The undersigned, hereafter referred to as “entity,” agrees to the following:
AGREES TO OBSERVE THE TOBACCO/NICOTINE FREE AREAS AND NOT BRING ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES OR ILLEGAL SUBSTANCES ON THE PREMISES.
AGREES TO PAY FOR ANY DAMAGES OCCURRING TO SCHOOL PROPERTY DUE TO YOUR USE OF THE FACILITIES.
AGREES TO NOT ALTER THE FACILITY IN ANY MANNER WITHOUT FIRST SECURING PERMISSION OF THE BUILDING PRINCIPAL OR HIS/HER DESIGNEE; AGREES TO ABIDE BY ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS PERTAINING TO THE USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES.
AGREES TO PROVIDE THE DISTRICT WITH A VALID CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE NAMING THE RED OAK COMMUNITY SCHOOL DISTRICT AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED WITH A MINIMUM OF $100,000 OF GENERAL LIABILITY. (YOUR CERTIFICATE MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH THIS FORM SO THAT YOUR REQUEST CAN BE CONSIDERED FOR APPROVAL.)
AGREES TO HOLD THE DISTRICT HARMLESS AND INDEMNIFY THE DISTRICT AS OUTLINED IN ITS SIGNED INDEMNITY AND LIABILITY INSURANCE AGREEMENT.
SIGNED BY: DATE:
ACTING ON BEHALF OF THE FOLLOWING ORGANIZATION:
PLEASE SUBMIT THIS FORM TO THE RED OAK COMMUNITY SCHOOL DISTRICT, ADMINISTRATIVE CENTER, 1901 N. BROADWAY ST STE A RED OAK, IA 51566. PHONE: (712) 623-6600; FAX: (712) 623-6603
905.1E2 - Community Use of School District Facilities and Equipment Indemnity and Liability Insurance Agreement
905.1E2 - Community Use of School District Facilities and Equipment Indemnity and Liability Insurance AgreementThe undersigned, hereafter referred to as “entity,” states that it will hold the Red Oak Community School District, hereafter referred to as “school district,” harmless from any and all damages and claims that may arise by reason of any negligence on the part of the entity in the use of any facilities or equipment owned by the school district. In case any action is brought therefore against the school district or any of its officers, employees or agents, the entity will assume full responsibility for the legal defense thereof, and upon its failure to do so on proper notice, the school district reserves the right to defend such action and to charge all costs, including attorneys’ fees, to the entity.
The entity agrees to furnish and maintain during the usage of the facilities or equipment owned by the school district such bodily injury and property damage liability insurance as will protect the entity and the school district from claims or damages for personal injury, including accidental death, and from claims for property damages which may arise from the entity’s use of the school district’s facilities or equipment whether such operations be by the entity or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the entity.
The entity will furnish the school district with a certificate of insurance acceptable to the school district’s insurance carrier before the contract is issued.
Dated at , Iowa, this day of , 20 .
|
School District |
(Entity) |
By: _______________________________ By:___________________________
Superintendent
Title: ______________________________ By: __________________________
Secretary
Address:___________________________
___________________________
905.2 - Community Use of School District Equipment
905.2 - Community Use of School District EquipmentTo foster collaboration within the community, the district equipment can be loaned to groups that work with the Red Oak Community School District.
District equipment may be temporarily loaned to community groups under the following conditions:
- The use in no way interferes with the district’s educational and activity program.
- The use is consistent with state law and conforms to district regulations.
- The use is consistent with the conditions or purposes for which the equipment was originally intended. For example, equipment designed for interior use will not be used in outdoor settings.
- Electrical equipment must be used in settings with adequate, appropriate, and properly installed electrical access.
- The group or organization is responsible and will exercise care in the use of the equipment.
- Properly trained individuals must operate equipment.
- The activity is supervised by an adequate number of adult sponsors.
- The activity is not a commercial profit-making venture by a taxable entity.
- A written application and agreement is executed and approval is received in advance through the appropriate administrator.
- The group or organization shall be responsible for paying for any damage or destruction to the school equipment, up to and including replacement of equipment lost or damaged beyond repair.
- If it is determined that the use of school equipment by community groups or organizations could result in increased and unnecessary liability exposure for the district, the request will be denied.
Approved March 31, 2014
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised February 25, 2019
906 - District Operation During Public Emergencies
906 - District Operation During Public EmergenciesThe district believes that student learning is the heart of its core mission. While traditional in-person teaching continues to provide the greatest learning opportunity to all students, there may be rare and unusual circumstances that prevent the school community from convening in traditional in-person settings. At times of a public emergency declared by federal, state or local officials, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies to assist in determining the safety of convening traditional in-person learning.
During a declared public emergency, the school board delegates to the Superintendent the authority to determine whether to close school buildings to traditional in-person learning if the Superintendent determines in-person learning would hinder the health and safety of the school community. The district will instead utilize remote or hybrid learning opportunities permitted by law.
Following guidance and recommendations from federal, state, and local agencies when reasonably possible, the administration will create regulations related to district operations during a public emergency, including, but not limited to, student, employee and visitor safety and security; the use and safeguarding of district property; public meetings and events, and when applicable, measures to prevent or slow the spread of infectious disease.
These measures will be enforced for the period of time of the public emergency, or until the [school board and] superintendent, in consultation with federal, state and local agencies determine it is appropriate for the safety measures to end.
Approved August 29, 2020
Reviewed March 20, 2024
Revised
906R1 District Operations During a Public Health Emergency Regulation
906R1 District Operations During a Public Health Emergency RegulationCode No. 906R1
DISTRICT OPERATIONS DURING A PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCY REGULATION
During a public health emergency, the district will seek guidance and recommendations from federal, state and local agencies that monitor and respond to the emergency. The district will follow any mandatory closures or other mandatory measures imposed by such agencies.
The superintendent, in conjunction with relevant government agencies and/or athletic and activity associations, will determine under what circumstances the district will restrict or cancel in-person learning, student events or activities including sporting events, extracurricular clubs or meetings for students, and the use of district facilities by outside organizations.
The district will promote and follow other recommended measures and guidance from federal, state and local agencies to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances. These measures may include, but are not limited to the following:
On-line learning, hybrid models of learning, or modified in-person learning may occur dependent on the circumstances and in accordance with applicable law.
Hand washing and any other recommended hygiene practices will be taught to all students and employees.
Non-medical-grade face masks are encouraged and may be required to be worn by all individuals on school grounds, including students, employees, visitors and volunteers. Masks will be provided to individuals who request them. Reusable masks should be washed regularly by individuals wearing them.
Employees, volunteers and students are encouraged to monitor their temperatures each morning prior to traveling to any school building or event. Individuals with a temperature over 100.3 degrees may not enter school buildings or attend school events.
Due to the increased cost to the district of providing additional cleaning and disinfecting measures, and in order to preserve cleaning supplies for school use during the time of a public health emergency, the superintendent has discretion to restrict the use of school buildings and facilities for non-school groups in a neutral and non-discriminatory manner. The superintendent may also require, as a condition of using district facilities, non-school groups to provide the school district with EPA-approved cleaning and disinfecting supplies to properly clean and disinfect the space used after each event or reimburse the district the actual cost of school personnel time needed to clean and disinfect school facilities after the event.
Approved: 9-28-2020
Reviewed:_______
Revised:_______